Annotations on the book of Ecclesiastes
         Reynolds, Edward, 1599-1676.
      
       
         
           1669
        
      
       Approx. 528 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 209 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2004-05 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A57129
         Wing R1238
         ESTC R26989
         09602341
         ocm 09602341
         43786
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A57129)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 43786)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 1339:18)
      
       
         
           
             Annotations on the book of Ecclesiastes
             Reynolds, Edward, 1599-1676.
          
           413 p.
           
             Printed by J. Streater,
             London :
             1669.
          
           
             Reproduction of original in the Union Theological Seminary Library, New York.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Bible. -- O.T. -- Ecclesiastes -- Commentaries.
        
      
    
     
        2003-12 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2004-02 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2004-03 Rina Kor
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2004-03 Rina Kor
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2004-04 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           ANNOTATIONS
           ON
           THE
           BOOK
           OF
           Ecclesiastes
           .
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           by
           
             I.
             Streater
          
           ,
           1669.
           
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
         
           ECCLESIASTES
           ,
           OR
           ,
           The
           Preacher
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Argument
             .
          
           
             THe
             Author
             of
             this
             Book
             both
             by
             the
             Style
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             Title
             of
             it
             appeareth
             to
             have
             been
             Solomon
             ,
             since
             no
             other
             Son
             of
             David
             was
             King
             in
             Jerusalem
             ,
             but
             he
             .
             He
             seemeth
             to
             have
             written
             it
             in
             his
             old
             Age
             ,
             when
             he
             took
             a
             more
             serious
             view
             of
             his
             past
             Life
             .
             The
             Honours
             ,
             pleasures
             ,
             wealth
             ,
             wisdome
             ,
             he
             had
             so
             abundantly
             enjoyed
             :
             The
             Errors
             and
             miscarriages
             which
             he
             had
             fallen
             into
             :
             the
             large
             experience
             ,
             and
             many
             observations
             he
             had
             made
             ,
             of
             things
             Natural
             ,
             Moral
             ,
             Domestical
             ,
             Civil
             ,
             Sensual
             ,
             Divine
             :
             the
             Curious
             and
             Critical
             inquiry
             he
             had
             made
             after
             true
             happinesse
             ,
             and
             what
             Contribution
             all
             things
             under
             the
             Sun
             could
             afford
             thereunto
             .
             
             Concerning
             which
             ,
             He
             doth
             ,
             1.
             
             In
             the
             general
             discover
             the
             utter
             vanity
             and
             insufficiency
             of
             all
             things
             here
             below
             to
             make
             a
             man
             Blessed
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             their
             mutable
             nature
             ,
             of
             their
             weaknesse
             and
             disproportion
             to
             the
             Soul
             of
             Man
             :
             of
             the
             weariness
             which
             is
             contracted
             by
             the
             studying
             of
             them
             :
             and
             the
             impossibility
             of
             ever
             drawing
             from
             them
             more
             then
             ha●●
             been
             formerly
             extracted
             ;
             and
             consequently
             the
             fruitlesse
             attempt
             of
             any
             that
             should
             ever
             after
             go
             about
             to
             receive
             satisfaction
             from
             them
             .
             2.
             
             He
             demonstrateth
             this
             General
             Proposition
             touching
             the
             most
             Vain
             Vanity
             of
             all
             things
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             by
             an
             Induction
             of
             those
             particulars
             ,
             from
             which
             ,
             above
             all
             others
             ,
             men
             usually
             expect
             the
             greatest
             Contentment
             .
             Those
             are
             ,
             1.
             
             Wisdom
             and
             Knowledg
             both
             natural
             and
             moral
             ,
             for
             inquiry
             whereinto
             no
             man
             was
             ever
             furnished
             with
             greater
             abilities
             and
             stronger
             inclinations
             in
             himself
             ;
             or
             with
             more
             fitting
             provisions
             and
             assistants
             from
             without
             ,
             then
             Solomon
             was
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             his
             dignity
             and
             estate
             ;
             and
             yet
             after
             all
             he
             concludeth
             ,
             That
             Wisdome
             and
             Know●edge
             do
             but
             encrease
             Grief
             and
             Sorrow
             ,
             so
             far
             are
             they
             from
             bringing
             such
             blessedness
             to
             the
             Soul
             ,
             as
             may
             fully
             satisfie
             the
             desires
             thereof
             .
             2.
             
             Pleasures
             and
             Delights
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             as
             much
             advantage
             by
             his
             greatnesse
             to
             Enjoy
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             wisdome
             to
             Examine
             ,
             as
             ever
             any
             
             other
             man
             should
             have
             :
             and
             yet
             all
             the
             content
             he
             expected
             from
             them
             ,
             did
             end
             in
             hatred
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             despair
             of
             ever
             mending
             his
             condition
             by
             them
             .
             3.
             
             Honour
             ,
             greatnesse
             ,
             and
             power
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             concerning
             which
             ,
             he
             sheweth
             that
             it
             is
             so
             far
             from
             making
             men
             happy
             ,
             as
             that
             without
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             to
             correct
             and
             ●emper
             it
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             occasion
             of
             much
             wickednesse
             to
             those
             that
             have
             it
             ,
             and
             of
             much
             misery
             to
             th●se
             that
             suffer
             under
             it
             :
             It
             usually
             breaking
             forth
             into
             oppression
             and
             violence
             ,
             whereby
             men
             in
             power
             carry
             themselves
             like
             beasts
             towards
             their
             brethren
             ,
             and
             shall
             themselves
             dye
             like
             beasts
             ,
             undesired
             ,
             and
             unlamented
             .
             It
             being
             likewise
             matter
             of
             much
             discouragement
             to
             men
             that
             are
             oppressed
             by
             it
             ,
             making
             them
             weary
             of
             their
             lives
             ,
             careless
             of
             their
             labours
             ,
             resolved
             rather
             upon
             quiet
             idlenesse
             ,
             then
             upon
             envied
             imployments
             ;
             and
             to
             get
             what
             they
             can
             privately
             to
             themselves
             ,
             then
             having
             been
             publickly
             useful
             ,
             to
             ●e
             repayed
             with
             no
             other
             Rewards
             then
             wrong
             and
             danger
             :
             by
             which
             means
             Society
             and
             Community
             of
             services
             amongst
             men
             ,
             so
             greatly
             beneficial
             to
             publick
             interest
             ,
             are
             obstructed
             and
             dissolved
             .
             4.
             
             An
             outward
             form
             of
             Religion
             and
             of
             Divine
             Worship
             ,
             into
             which
             foolish
             men
             by
             carnal
             confidence
             ,
             and
             superficial
             performances
             ,
             do
             also
             put
             diverse
             vanities
             ,
             and
             make
             even
             Gods
             service
             unuseful
             to
             their
             
             Happinesse
             .
             5.
             
             Riches
             and
             great
             Possessions
             ,
             which
             are
             so
             far
             from
             satisfying
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             ,
             as
             that
             they
             occasion
             more
             cares
             ,
             lesse
             sleep
             ,
             lesse
             quiet
             ,
             are
             snares
             and
             occasions
             of
             much
             Hurt
             to
             the
             owners
             of
             them
             ,
             who
             ,
             living
             ,
             possess
             them
             with
             sorrow
             ;
             and
             dying
             ,
             part
             with
             them
             with
             wrath
             and
             indignation
             :
             Having
             little
             benefit
             by
             them
             in
             their
             life
             ,
             as
             having
             not
             power
             no
             enjoy
             them
             :
             nor
             in
             their
             death
             any
             comfort
             from
             them
             ,
             as
             leaving
             them
             to
             they
             know
             not
             whom
             ,
             being
             not
             at
             all
             exempted
             by
             them
             either
             from
             misery
             or
             mortality
             .
          
           
             And
             having
             thus
             discovered
             the
             vanity
             of
             the
             principal
             things
             from
             whence
             the
             Heart
             of
             man
             might
             have
             expected
             satisfaction
             :
             He
             doth
             thereupon
             prescribe
             many
             excellent
             means
             for
             healing
             and
             abating
             of
             that
             Vanity
             ,
             and
             for
             procuring
             tranquility
             unto
             the
             Mind
             ,
             and
             peace
             and
             comfort
             to
             the
             life
             of
             a
             man.
             Such
             are
             ,
             Contentation
             of
             heart
             in
             the
             sweet
             and
             fr●e
             Enjoyment
             of
             all
             outward
             Blessings
             ,
             with
             thanksgiving
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             God.
             Quiet
             and
             Humble
             Acquiescency
             under
             the
             holy
             and
             powerful
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             in
             all
             the
             Events
             which
             befall
             us
             in
             the
             World.
             Sincerity
             of
             heart
             in
             his
             worship
             ,
             and
             prudent
             Piety
             in
             our
             vowes
             ,
             prayers
             ,
             and
             addresses
             unto
             him
             .
             Patience
             of
             spirit
             under
             all
             the
             oppressions
             we
             meet
             with
             in
             the
             world
             .
             A
             composed
             preparedness
             
             of
             mind
             to
             undergo
             sorrows
             and
             afflictions
             .
             Prudent
             and
             pious
             moderation
             of
             spirit
             in
             our
             behaviour
             towards
             all
             men
             ,
             that
             so
             we
             may
             preserve
             our
             names
             from
             Cal●mnie
             ,
             and
             our
             persons
             from
             danger
             .
             Meekness
             ,
             Charity
             ,
             Patience
             towards
             such
             as
             offend
             ,
             considering
             Common
             frailty
             ,
             and
             our
             own
             weaknesse
             .
             Sobriety
             of
             mind
             ,
             contenting
             our selves
             with
             a
             measure
             of
             wisdome
             and
             knowledge
             ,
             and
             not
             busying
             our selves
             with
             things
             too
             high
             for
             us
             .
             Practical
             Prudence
             ,
             which
             may
             render
             us
             beautiful
             in
             the
             eyes
             of
             others
             .
             Loyalty
             a●d
             obedience
             towards
             Magistrates
             ,
             that
             our
             lives
             may
             not
             be
             made
             uncomfortable
             by
             their
             displeasure
             .
             Wisdome
             to
             discern
             of
             time
             and
             judgment
             .
             Preparedness
             of
             heart
             against
             inevitable
             evils
             .
             Submission
             to
             the
             Holy
             and
             invincible
             Providence
             of
             God
             ,
             admiring
             his
             Works
             ,
             adoring
             his
             Iudgments
             .
             Ioyful
             fruition
             of
             Comforts
             .
             Conscionable
             and
             industrious
             walking
             in
             our
             particular
             Callings
             .
             Wisdome
             how
             to
             carry
             our selves
             amidst
             the
             many
             Casualties
             which
             meet
             us
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             so
             as
             that
             we
             may
             by
             our
             loyalty
             towards
             our
             Superiours
             decline
             the
             danger
             of
             displeasure
             from
             them
             :
             and
             by
             our
             Charity
             to
             Inferiours
             ,
             lay
             up
             a
             good
             foundation
             for
             our selves
             ,
             against
             the
             time
             to
             come
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             Moderation
             in
             the
             use
             of
             Comf●rts
             here
             :
             And
             preparation
             by
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             keeping
             of
             his
             Commandements
             ,
             
             for
             death
             and
             Iudgment
             hereafter
             .
             That
             by
             these
             means
             as
             our
             Life
             is
             sweet
             ,
             so
             our
             Death
             may
             be
             welcome
             .
             That
             the
             Piety
             of
             our
             Youth
             may
             help
             us
             to
             bear
             the
             Infirmities
             of
             our
             Age
             ,
             and
             to
             lift
             up
             our
             Heads
             in
             the
             day
             of
             Redemption
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             
          
           
             IN
             this
             Chapter
             we
             have
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             Inscription
             of
             the
             whole
             Book
             ,
             ver
             .
             1.
             wherein
             the
             Author
             thereof
             is
             described
             by
             his
             Natural
             Relation
             ,
             
               the
               son
               of
               David
            
             ;
             His
             Civil
             Relation
             ,
             
               King
               in
               Ierusalem
            
             ;
             and
             his
             Church-Relation
             ,
             a
             Preacher
             ;
             or
             a
             Penitent
             Soul
             ,
             returning
             into
             the
             bosome
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             from
             whence
             by
             many
             gross
             miscarriages
             he
             had
             secluded
             himself
             .
             2.
             
             A
             general
             Proposition
             ,
             setting
             forth
             the
             utter
             insufficiency
             of
             all
             things
             under
             the
             Sun
             to
             make
             a
             man
             Blessed
             ,
             and
             the
             extream
             vanity
             which
             is
             in
             them
             ,
             in
             relation
             unto
             such
             an
             End
             ,
             (
             however
             otherwise
             useful
             and
             benef●cial
             they
             may
             be
             ,
             within
             their
             own
             sphere
             ,
             when
             sanctified
             ,
             to
             sweeten
             and
             comfort
             the
             life
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             who
             hath
             placed
             his
             Happiness
             in
             God
             :
             )
             insomuch
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             labour
             which
             is
             taken
             to
             extract
             happiness
             from
             the
             Creature
             ,
             will
             be
             wholly
             fruitless
             ,
             and
             without
             
             any
             profit
             at
             all
             ,
             vers
             .
             2
             ,
             3.
             3.
             
             The
             proof
             of
             this
             general
             Proposition
             ;
          
           
             1.
             
             By
             mans
             mortality
             ,
             whereby
             he
             is
             quickly
             removed
             from
             the
             fruition
             of
             them
             ;
             whereas
             that
             which
             makes
             a
             man
             happy
             ought
             for
             ever
             to
             abide
             with
             him
             ,
             vers
             .
             4.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             By
             the
             Instability
             of
             all
             other
             Creatures
             ,
             They
             come
             and
             presently
             they
             go
             ,
             and
             are
             never
             in
             a
             fixed
             condition
             :
             If
             comeing
             ,
             they
             make
             happy
             ;
             then
             departing
             ,
             they
             leave
             miserable
             again
             .
             By
             which
             imstability
             of
             the
             creatures
             ,
             being
             themselves
             continually
             unsatisfied
             ,
             is
             implyed
             ,
             1.
             
             Their
             weaknesse
             to
             minister
             satisfaction
             to
             so
             noble
             a
             creature
             as
             man
             ,
             vers
             .
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7.
             2.
             
             The
             restlesse
             and
             fruitlesse
             Labour
             which
             is
             taken
             in
             seeking
             satisfaction
             f●om
             things
             which
             only
             affect
             the
             sences
             ,
             since
             the
             Eye
             is
             not
             satisfied
             with
             seeing
             ,
             nor
             the
             ear
             with
             hearing
             ,
             vers
             .
             8.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             By
             the
             continual
             Vicissitudes
             and
             returns
             of
             the
             same
             things
             ,
             which
             having
             failed
             once
             ,
             yea
             often
             before
             ,
             are
             never
             likely
             to
             afford
             further
             supplyes
             ,
             then
             already
             they
             have
             done
             (
             which
             indeed
             are
             none
             )
             towards
             the
             happinesse
             of
             a
             man.
             And
             therefore
             except
             they
             can
             minister
             some
             new
             matter
             ●f
             satisfact●on
             to
             the
             soul
             ,
             which
             was
             never
             found
             in
             them
             before
             ,
             and
             which
             indeed
             they
             will
             never
             do
             ;
             impossible
             it
             is
             ,
             but
             the
             
             same
             disappointment
             which
             others
             have
             met
             with
             ,
             must
             likewise
             befall
             those
             ,
             who
             shall
             from
             the
             same
             things
             seek
             for
             that
             ,
             which
             the
             wisest
             of
             men
             heretofore
             were
             never
             able
             to
             extract
             from
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11.
             
          
           
             4.
             
             By
             Solomons
             own
             experience
             ,
             who
             by
             the
             dignity
             of
             his
             place
             ,
             by
             t●e
             inclination
             of
             his
             heart
             ,
             by
             the
             greatness
             of
             his
             wisdome
             and
             learning
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             abundance
             of
             his
             wealth
             ,
             was
             able
             to
             go
             as
             far
             as
             any
             other
             man
             could
             in
             this
             enquiry
             after
             true
             happinesse
             ;
             and
             when
             he
             had
             set
             himself
             to
             make
             a
             most
             Critical
             and
             Accurate
             search
             into
             all
             things
             here
             below
             ,
             doth
             conclude
             of
             them
             all
             in
             general
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             most
             excellent
             of
             them
             all
             in
             particular
             ,
             namely
             of
             wisdome
             and
             knowledge
             ,
             That
             they
             are
             not
             onely
             Vanity
             ,
             and
             so
             unable
             to
             satisfie
             the
             Soul
             ,
             but
             are
             further
             
               Vexation
               of
               spirit
            
             ,
             as
             causing
             much
             grief
             and
             sorrow
             to
             that
             heart
             which
             is
             immoderately
             conversant
             about
             them
             .
          
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             
               THe
               words
               of
               the
               Preacher
               ,
               the
               son
               of
               David
               ,
               King
               in
               Ierusalem
               .
            
             ]
             These
             words
             are
             the
             Inscription
             of
             th●s
             Book
             ,
             setting
             down
             the
             Author
             thereof
             by
             his
             Parentage
             ,
             dignity
             ,
             and
             design
             in
             this
             writing
             .
             The
             Author
             is
             prefixed
             ,
             
             as
             owning
             and
             avowing
             the
             doctrine
             therein
             contained
             :
             His
             dignity
             is
             added
             ,
             to
             set
             on
             the
             drift
             and
             scope
             of
             the
             Book
             the
             better
             .
             A
             King.
             Such
             a
             King
             ,
             
               the
               son
               of
               David
            
             ,
             so
             piously
             educated
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             2.2
             ,
             3.
             1
             
             Chron.
             28.9
             .
             Prov.
             31.1
             .
             so
             solemnly
             by
             God
             selected
             and
             separated
             to
             that
             Honour
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             7.12
             —
             15.
             2
             
             Chron.
             1.1
             .
             so
             admirably
             endowed
             with
             inward
             wisdome
             ,
             whereby
             he
             was
             fitted
             ,
             as
             in
             special
             for
             the
             work
             of
             Government
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             3.12
             ,
             28.
             so
             likewise
             for
             all
             natural
             and
             moral
             inquiries
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             10.3
             .
             1
             Reg.
             4.29
             —
             34.
             
             So
             rightly
             furnished
             with
             all
             outward
             means
             to
             further
             such
             an
             inquiry
             ,
             2
             Chron.
             9.22
             .
             so
             fixed
             and
             wholly
             taken
             up
             with
             it
             ,
             sometimes
             vitiously
             taking
             his
             fill
             of
             outward
             pleasures
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             11.1
             .
             sometimes
             critically
             ,
             purposely
             setting
             himself
             to
             extract
             the
             quintessence
             of
             all
             sublunary
             perfections
             ,
             Eccles.
             1.17
             .
             and
             lastly
             ,
             being
             instructed
             by
             God
             ,
             an
             inspired
             person
             ,
             and
             called
             out
             to
             publish
             this
             as
             a
             Preacher
             of
             so
             necessary
             a
             truth
             to
             Gods
             people
             ;
             In
             all
             these
             respects
             ,
             there
             is
             much
             Authority
             added
             to
             what
             the
             Wise
             man
             delivers
             in
             this
             Book
             ,
             and
             he
             do●●
             hereby
             excite
             the
             attention
             of
             the
             people
             thereunto
             ,
             as
             unto
             the
             words
             of
             a
             penitent
             Convert
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             wise
             ,
             holy
             ,
             and
             potent
             Prince
             .
          
           
           
             
               The
               words
               of
               the
               Preacher
            
             ]
             Some
             read
             it
             as
             a
             proper
             name
             ,
             the
             words
             of
             Koheleth
             son
             of
             David
             ,
             and
             so
             would
             have
             it
             to
             be
             one
             of
             the
             names
             of
             Solomon
             ,
             as
             Jedidiah
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             12.25
             .
             Lemuel
             ,
             Prov.
             31.1
             .
             It
             is
             usually
             out
             of
             the
             Greek
             rendred
             Ecclesiastes
             ,
             or
             
               the
               Preacher
            
             :
             as
             if
             Solomon
             had
             publickly
             delivered
             it
             to
             the
             Congregation
             ,
             (
             as
             we
             find
             sometimes
             Kings
             and
             extraordinary
             persons
             have
             spoken
             to
             the
             people
             in
             their
             Church
             assemblies
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             8.1.12
             .
             )
             But
             it
             seemeth
             chiefly
             to
             signifie
             Solomons
             repentance
             ,
             and
             re-uniting
             himself
             to
             the
             congregation
             of
             Gods
             people
             ,
             from
             whence
             by
             his
             idolatries
             and
             other
             apostasies
             he
             had
             departed
             :
             and
             so
             the
             sense
             is
             ,
             The
             words
             of
             the
             soul
             ,
             or
             person
             congregated
             or
             gathered
             unto
             the
             Church
             ,
             or
             congregation
             of
             Saints
             ,
             Ps.
             89.6
             .
             viz.
             of
             the
             son
             of
             David
             ,
             King
             in
             Jerusalem
             .
             Some
             were
             not
             to
             be
             admitted
             into
             the
             congregation
             at
             all
             ,
             Deut.
             23.3
             .
             Nehem.
             13.1
             .
             and
             others
             by
             idolatry
             and
             apostacy
             ,
             did
             shut
             out
             themselves
             from
             the
             assemblies
             of
             the
             Saints
             ,
             by
             joyning
             themselves
             to
             other
             gods
             .
             Now
             here
             Solomon
             doth
             by
             solemn
             and
             serious
             repentance
             return
             into
             the
             bosome
             of
             that
             congregation
             ,
             from
             which
             by
             his
             idolatry
             he
             had
             departed
             ,
             and
             turned
             his
             heart
             from
             the
             Lord
             God
             of
             Israel
             ,
             1
             King.
             11.9
             .
             And
             doth
             therein
             ,
             and
             thereunto
             declare
             the
             
             vanity
             of
             all
             other
             waies
             ,
             save
             only
             the
             fear
             and
             worship
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             unto
             true
             happiness
             .
             And
             herein
             he
             imitateth
             his
             father
             David
             ,
             whose
             name
             is
             haply
             here
             for
             that
             cause
             mentioned
             ,
             that
             as
             David
             being
             converted
             did
             publish
             his
             repentance
             unto
             the
             Church
             ,
             in
             that
             solemn
             penitential
             Psalm
             ,
             Psal.
             51.
             
             So
             his
             son
             ,
             having
             fallen
             from
             his
             integrity
             ,
             did
             take
             the
             same
             course
             to
             give
             glory
             to
             God
             in
             the
             great
             congregation
             ,
             Psal.
             40.10
             .
             and
             to
             make
             known
             his
             repentance
             to
             all
             the
             Church
             ,
             that
             thereby
             he
             might
             glorifie
             God
             ,
             and
             strengthen
             his
             brethren
             .
             Whence
             he
             frequently
             in
             this
             book
             giveth
             himself
             this
             title
             ,
             as
             of
             a
             penitent
             convert
             ,
             Chap.
             1.12
             .
             &
             7.29
             .
             &
             12.8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10.
             
             The
             word
             is
             a
             Participle
             or
             Adjective
             of
             the
             feminine
             gender
             ,
             yet
             joyned
             here
             to
             a
             verb
             masculine
             ,
             as
             elsewhere
             to
             a
             verb
             feminine
             ,
             Chap.
             7.27
             .
             There
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             grammatical
             congruity
             ,
             Here
             ,
             with
             relation
             to
             the
             person
             thereby
             signified
             .
             They
             use
             to
             supply
             the
             sense
             with
             the
             word
             nephesh
             ,
             soul
             ,
             which
             is
             mentioned
             presently
             after
             it
             ,
             Chap.
             7.27
             ,
             28.
             and
             so
             that
             word
             is
             elsewhere
             supplyed
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             13.29
             .
             so
             where
             it
             is
             said
             ,
             Gen.
             49.6
             .
             My
             glory
             be
             not
             thou
             united
             unto
             their
             assembly
             ;
             the
             Noun
             is
             masculine
             ,
             the
             verb
             feminine
             ,
             to
             signifie
             that
             by
             glory
             ,
             the
             same
             was
             to
             be
             understood
             in
             that
             clause
             ,
             which
             was
             expressed
             
             by
             the
             feminine
             Noun
             ,
             the
             soul
             ,
             in
             the
             former
             clause
             :
             and
             so
             glory
             seems
             elsewhere
             to
             signifie
             the
             soul
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             Ps.
             30.12
             .
             If
             it
             be
             inquired
             what
             may
             be
             the
             cause
             why
             Solomon
             doth
             not
             prefix
             his
             proper
             name
             to
             this
             Book
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             other
             two
             of
             the
             Proverbs
             and
             Canticles
             :
             Though
             it
             be
             not
             necessary
             to
             be
             curious
             in
             questions
             of
             this
             nature
             ,
             yet
             this
             may
             be
             inoffensively
             conjectured
             ;
             1.
             
             That
             he
             seems
             hereby
             to
             intimate
             ,
             That
             by
             his
             former
             sins
             he
             had
             as
             it
             were
             forfeited
             his
             name
             of
             Peace
             ,
             and
             so
             we
             find
             that
             by
             reason
             of
             those
             his
             sins
             ,
             God
             stirred
             up
             adversaries
             against
             him
             ,
             1
             King.
             11.14
             ,
             23.
             2.
             
             To
             note
             his
             sincerity
             ,
             who
             now
             chose
             to
             be
             known
             rather
             by
             the
             name
             of
             a
             penitent
             convert
             ,
             than
             of
             a
             peaceable
             Prince
             ,
             as
             if
             he
             who
             had
             troubled
             Israel
             by
             his
             sins
             ,
             did
             no
             longer
             deserve
             his
             name
             of
             peace
             ,
             as
             the
             prodigal
             said
             to
             his
             father
             ,
             I
             am
             no
             more
             worthy
             to
             be
             called
             thy
             son
             .
             So
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             men
             have
             taken
             new
             names
             suitable
             to
             a
             new
             condition
             ,
             Gen.
             52.28
             .
             Ruth
             .
             1.20
             .
             Mar.
             3.16
             ,
             17.
             
             Nehem.
             9.7
             .
             The
             other
             additions
             likewise
             to
             his
             name
             of
             penitence
             may
             seem
             to
             be
             looked
             on
             by
             him
             as
             aggravations
             of
             his
             sins
             .
             1.
             
             That
             he
             was
             the
             son
             of
             David
             ,
             a
             godly
             father
             ,
             who
             had
             given
             him
             such
             holy
             education
             ,
             who
             had
             provided
             him
             materials
             to
             build
             Gods
             house
             ,
             and
             greatly
             encouraged
             
             him
             to
             advance
             the
             worship
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             who
             had
             been
             an
             example
             to
             him
             to
             take
             heed
             of
             falling
             into
             gross
             sins
             ,
             that
             the
             son
             of
             such
             a
             father
             should
             fall
             so
             souly
             .
             2.
             
             That
             he
             was
             a
             King
             on
             his
             fathers
             throne
             ,
             and
             that
             not
             by
             right
             of
             inheritance
             ,
             but
             by
             special
             designation
             from
             the
             Lord
             ,
             who
             had
             singled
             him
             out
             above
             his
             brethren
             ,
             and
             had
             appeared
             unto
             him
             twice
             ,
             &
             gave
             him
             wisdome
             and
             princely
             endowments
             for
             so
             great
             a
             place
             ,
             that
             he
             should
             defile
             the
             throne
             whereunto
             he
             had
             been
             so
             graciously
             advanced
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             give
             to
             all
             the
             people
             so
             sad
             an
             example
             of
             sensuality
             and
             apostacy
             .
             3.
             
             That
             he
             was
             a
             King
             in
             Jerusalem
             ,
             an
             holy
             City
             ,
             where
             was
             Gods
             throne
             as
             well
             as
             the
             thrones
             of
             the
             house
             of
             David
             ,
             that
             he
             should
             defile
             the
             Lords
             land
             ,
             and
             his
             dwelling
             place
             :
             These
             were
             considerations
             worthy
             for
             such
             a
             penitent
             to
             have
             his
             eyes
             on
             ,
             for
             his
             greater
             humiliation
             .
             Thereby
             teaching
             us
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             the
             sins
             of
             the
             child
             are
             greatly
             aggravated
             by
             the
             godliness
             of
             the
             parent
             ,
             Jer.
             22.15
             ,
             16
             ,
             17.
             2.
             
             That
             the
             sins
             of
             the
             child
             are
             greatly
             aggravated
             by
             the
             falls
             and
             miscarriages
             of
             the
             parent
             ,
             Dan.
             5.18
             —
             23.
             3.
             
             That
             sins
             are
             greatly
             aggravated
             by
             the
             dignities
             and
             priviledges
             of
             those
             that
             commit
             them
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             12.7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
             Deut.
             32.12
             —
             19.
             
             Amos
             2.9
             —
             13.3.2
             .
             4.
             
             That
             the
             greater
             the
             
             person
             is
             that
             sinneth
             ,
             whereby
             the
             scandal
             to
             the
             Church
             is
             likewise
             the
             greater
             ,
             the
             more
             solemn
             ought
             his
             repentance
             to
             be
             ,
             Numb
             .
             12.14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16.
             2
             
             Chron.
             33.12
             ,
             13
             ,
             15
             ,
             16
             ,
             18
             ,
             19.
             5.
             
             That
             the
             power
             of
             grace
             is
             exceeding
             great
             ,
             which
             can
             subdue
             the
             hearts
             of
             the
             greatest
             men
             unto
             the
             heaviest
             yoke
             of
             publick
             and
             solemn
             repentance
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             10.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             And
             further
             ,
             from
             the
             description
             of
             the
             person
             ,
             and
             his
             writi●g
             of
             this
             book
             ,
             we
             may
             observe
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             eminency
             of
             wisdome
             without
             the
             continued
             assistance
             of
             grace
             ,
             cannot
             keep
             a
             man
             from
             gross
             and
             foul
             lapses
             .
             Never
             a
             wiser
             man
             than
             Solomon
             ,
             and
             never
             any
             Saint
             fell
             into
             more
             foolish
             lusts
             .
             God
             is
             pleased
             sometimes
             to
             suffer
             men
             to
             fall
             into
             such
             sins
             ,
             the
             contrary
             graces
             whereunto
             they
             had
             most
             eminently
             been
             adorned
             withal
             .
             As
             David
             ,
             a
             most
             spiritual
             man
             ,
             into
             fleshly
             l●st
             ;
             Lot
             ,
             whose
             righteous
             soul
             had
             been
             vexed
             at
             the
             filthy
             conversation
             of
             the
             Sodomites
             ,
             into
             another
             sort
             of
             unnatural
             impurity
             by
             incest
             of
             his
             daughters
             :
             Job
             ,
             into
             impatience
             ;
             Moses
             ,
             the
             meekest
             man
             alive
             ,
             into
             great
             passion
             of
             mind
             ,
             Numb
             .
             20.10
             .
             Peter
             ,
             the
             boldest
             Disciple
             ,
             into
             base
             fear
             and
             cowardise
             of
             spirit
             in
             denying
             his
             Master
             .
             2.
             
             That
             height
             of
             honour
             ,
             and
             abundance
             of
             wealth
             ,
             are
             sore
             snares
             and
             temptations
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             
             wisest
             and
             most
             excellent
             men
             ,
             Mark
             10.23
             ,
             25.
             1
             
             Tim.
             6.9
             .
             Isa.
             39.1
             ,
             2.
             3.
             
             That
             repentance
             sets
             a
             man
             most
             against
             that
             evil
             by
             which
             he
             had
             most
             dishonoured
             God
             ,
             and
             been
             foiled
             under
             temptation
             .
             Abundance
             of
             knowledge
             and
             treasures
             drew
             Solomons
             heart
             too
             far
             from
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             being
             converted
             ,
             he
             sets
             himself
             most
             to
             discern
             the
             emptiness
             and
             vanity
             of
             them
             .
             So
             Zacheus
             ,
             Luke
             19.8
             .
             And
             Mary
             Magdalen
             ,
             Luke
             7.37
             ,
             38.
             4.
             
             That
             the
             Lord
             maketh
             the
             falls
             of
             his
             servants
             very
             beneficial
             unto
             his
             Church
             ;
             Davids
             fall
             was
             an
             occasion
             of
             his
             penning
             some
             excellent
             Psalms
             ,
             and
             Solomons
             of
             writing
             this
             excellent
             book
             ,
             setting
             forth
             the
             vanity
             of
             those
             worldly
             things
             ,
             whereby
             even
             wise
             men
             are
             many
             times
             drawn
             away
             from
             God.
             5.
             
             That
             the
             Saints
             ,
             after
             some
             great
             offence
             given
             by
             their
             falls
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             make
             it
             their
             business
             ,
             upon
             their
             repentance
             ,
             to
             do
             some
             more
             notable
             and
             eminent
             service
             to
             the
             Church
             :
             as
             Peter
             who
             had
             been
             most
             fearful
             in
             denying
             Christ
             ,
             was
             after
             most
             forward
             in
             preaching
             him
             ,
             and
             most
             bold
             in
             the
             profession
             of
             him
             ,
             Act.
             1.15
             .
             &
             2.14
             .
             &
             3.12
             .
             &
             4.8
             .
             &
             5.29
             .
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               Vanity
               of
               vanities
               ,
               saith
               the
               Preacher
               ,
               vanity
               of
               vanities
               ,
               All
               is
               vanity
               .
            
             ]
             The
             scope
             of
             the
             wise
             man
             is
             ,
             to
             direct
             us
             in
             the
             right
             way
             to
             true
             happiness
             .
             And
             this
             he
             
             doth
             ,
             first
             negatively
             ,
             assuring
             us
             that
             it
             is
             not
             to
             be
             found
             in
             any
             thing
             under
             the
             sun
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             affirmatively
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             to
             be
             found
             only
             in
             God
             and
             his
             service
             .
             For
             the
             former
             ,
             this
             is
             the
             last
             issue
             and
             result
             of
             all
             that
             curious
             inquiry
             which
             Solomon
             made
             into
             the
             utmost
             excellencies
             of
             creatures
             here
             below
             .
             He
             was
             furnished
             above
             all
             other
             men
             with
             all
             variety
             of
             requisites
             for
             such
             a
             work
             ,
             set
             himself
             critically
             about
             it
             ,
             to
             dissect
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             thorow
             view
             of
             the
             creature
             ,
             and
             having
             so
             done
             ,
             this
             is
             the
             upshot
             ,
             that
             All
             is
             nothing
             but
             very
             vanity
             .
             And
             this
             he
             doth
             in
             a
             vehement
             and
             pathetical
             manner
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             be
             the
             more
             observed
             .
             He
             doth
             not
             say
             ,
             All
             is
             vain
             ;
             but
             in
             the
             abstract
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             much
             more
             emphatical
             )
             All
             is
             vanity
             :
             Not
             vanity
             only
             ,
             but
             vanity
             of
             vanities
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             extreme
             vanity
             .
             The
             Genetive
             case
             of
             the
             Noun
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             use
             of
             that
             tongue
             ,
             supplying
             an
             Adjective
             of
             the
             superlative
             degree
             ,
             Gen.
             9.25
             .
             Cant.
             1.1
             .
             Hos.
             10.15
             .
             1
             Tim.
             6.15
             .
             And
             this
             proposition
             he
             doubleth
             and
             repeateth
             again
             ;
             thereby
             intimating
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             unquestionable
             certainty
             of
             it
             ,
             Gen.
             40.32
             .
             Isa.
             8.9
             ▪
             2.
             
             The
             great
             consequence
             of
             it
             ,
             as
             being
             a
             truth
             necessary
             to
             be
             inculcated
             ,
             that
             it
             might
             make
             the
             deeper
             impression
             on
             the
             heart
             ,
             Ezek.
             21.27
             .
             Psal.
             62.11
             .
             Rev.
             18.2
             .
             3.
             
             The
             na●ural
             
             unaptness
             which
             is
             in
             us
             to
             give
             credit
             to
             it
             ,
             or
             to
             take
             notice
             of
             it
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             thus
             inculcated
             upon
             us
             ,
             Jer.
             22.29
             .
             4.
             
             The
             earnest
             affection
             of
             the
             wise
             man
             in
             pressing
             this
             necessary
             truth
             ,
             with
             which
             he
             himself
             in
             his
             repentance
             was
             so
             deeply
             affected
             .
             Repetitions
             argue
             vehemency
             of
             affections
             ,
             and
             earnest
             contending
             for
             the
             things
             so
             repeated
             ,
             Ezek.
             16.6
             .
             Luk.
             23.21
             .
             Gal.
             1.8
             ,
             9.
             
             Psal.
             93.3
             .
          
           
             And
             because
             it
             might
             be
             thought
             to
             be
             true
             only
             of
             some
             things
             ,
             and
             that
             some
             other
             things
             which
             Solomon
             had
             not
             looked
             so
             narrowly
             into
             ,
             might
             haply
             have
             more
             excellency
             in
             them
             ,
             therefore
             he
             addeth
             ,
             to
             prevent
             this
             objection
             ,
             that
             All
             is
             vanity
             .
             All
             ,
             not
             simply
             ,
             but
             with
             limitation
             to
             the
             subject
             matter
             of
             which
             he
             treateth
             in
             this
             Book
             ;
             Every
             thing
             severally
             ,
             all
             things
             joyntly
             .
             Not
             any
             one
             thing
             alone
             ,
             not
             all
             things
             collectively
             and
             together
             are
             able
             to
             satisfie
             the
             soul
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             it
             happy
             .
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             the
             works
             of
             God
             are
             all
             good
             and
             excellent
             ,
             sought
             out
             of
             all
             those
             that
             have
             pleasure
             in
             them
             .
             But
             good
             in
             their
             kind
             and
             order
             ;
             of
             excellent
             use
             to
             set
             forth
             the
             glory
             ,
             power
             ,
             wisdome
             and
             goodness
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             of
             necessary
             service
             for
             the
             use
             of
             man.
             1
             Tim.
             4.4
             ,
             5.
             
             Yet
             withal
             vain
             in
             other
             respects
             ;
             1.
             
             Comparatively
             vain
             ,
             when
             put
             in
             the
             ballance
             
             with
             God
             ,
             and
             heavenly
             things
             ,
             Job
             15.15
             .
             Isa.
             40.15
             ,
             16
             ,
             17.
             2.
             
             Vain
             by
             that
             superinduced
             vanity
             ,
             whereunto
             they
             are
             subjected
             by
             the
             sin
             of
             man
             ,
             Rom.
             8.20
             .
             3.
             
             Vain
             in
             order
             unto
             happiness
             ,
             the
             full
             possession
             ,
             the
             most
             vigorous
             fruition
             of
             them
             ,
             cannot
             bring
             real
             satisfaction
             to
             the
             soul
             of
             a
             man
             ;
             Man
             himself
             ,
             the
             noblest
             of
             them
             all
             ,
             and
             that
             at
             his
             best
             estate
             ,
             being
             altogether
             vanity
             ,
             Psal.
             39.5
             ,
             6
             ,
             11.
             
             Psal.
             62.9
             .
             &
             144.3
             ,
             4.
             
             They
             are
             vain
             .
             1.
             
             In
             regard
             of
             their
             unprofitableness
             unto
             such
             an
             use
             ,
             Jer.
             16.19
             .
             2.
             
             In
             regard
             of
             their
             falseness
             and
             deceitfulness
             to
             those
             who
             lean
             upon
             them
             ,
             Job
             15
             —
             20.
             
             Ps.
             31.7
             .
             &
             62.10
             .
             Jon.
             2.8
             .
             3.
             
             In
             regard
             of
             their
             instability
             and
             impermanency
             ,
             as
             being
             under
             the
             bondage
             of
             corruption
             ,
             Rom.
             8.20
             .
             1
             Cor.
             7.30
             ,
             31.
             
             Ps.
             39.11
             .
             2
             Cor.
             4.18
             .
             And
             in
             all
             these
             respects
             useless
             unto
             happiness
             ;
             for
             that
             which
             makes
             a
             man
             happy
             ,
             must
             bear
             a
             thorow
             proportion
             to
             all
             the
             wants
             ,
             desires
             and
             capacities
             of
             the
             soul
             ,
             and
             must
             withal
             be
             of
             an
             equal
             duration
             and
             continuance
             therewith
             ;
             neither
             of
             which
             is
             to
             be
             found
             in
             any
             worldly
             thing
             .
          
           
             
               saith
               the
               Preacher
            
             ]
             Both
             by
             inspiration
             ,
             as
             a
             Pen-man
             of
             the
             holy
             Ghost
             :
             and
             by
             experience
             ,
             as
             one
             who
             had
             learned
             it
             dearly
             ,
             and
             to
             his
             cost
             .
             He
             sets
             his
             name
             as
             in
             the
             
             inscription
             to
             the
             whole
             book
             ,
             so
             here
             ,
             a
             second
             time
             to
             this
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             sum
             of
             the
             whole
             book
             ,
             confidently
             owning
             the
             truth
             thereof
             ;
             as
             sometimes
             the
             Apostle
             addeth
             his
             name
             emphatically
             ,
             to
             set
             on
             what
             he
             affirmeth
             or
             desireth
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             10.1
             .
             Gal.
             5.2
             .
             Philem.
             ver
             .
             9
             ,
             19.
             
             So
             1
             Pet.
             5.1
             .
             1
             Joh.
             1.1
             ,
             3.
             
             They
             who
             speak
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             should
             do
             it
             experimentally
             ,
             and
             from
             demonstration
             of
             the
             truth
             to
             their
             own
             hearts
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             confidently
             able
             to
             own
             ,
             and
             to
             avow
             what
             they
             say
             .
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               What
               profit
               hath
               a
               man
               of
               all
               his
               labour
               which
               he
               taketh
               under
               the
               sun
               ?
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             what
             remaineth
             and
             abideth
             with
             a
             man
             of
             all
             his
             labour
             ?
             What
             is
             added
             to
             him
             ,
             or
             what
             more
             hath
             he
             by
             it
             ?
          
           
             
               of
               all
               his
               labour
            
             ]
             The
             word
             imports
             toylsome
             and
             troublesome
             labour
             ,
             and
             so
             rendred
             by
             the
             Septuagint
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             and
             by
             Aquila
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
          
           
             
               under
               the
               sun
            
             ]
             This
             may
             relate
             to
             either
             passage
             of
             the
             verse
             ,
             either
             ,
             what
             remaineth
             to
             a
             man
             under
             the
             Sun
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             nothing
             under
             the
             Sun
             will
             tarry
             or
             abide
             with
             him
             .
             Or
             ,
             of
             all
             the
             labour
             which
             he
             hath
             laboured
             under
             the
             Sun
             ;
             or
             in
             relation
             to
             worldly
             matters
             here
             below
             .
             There
             is
             a
             conversation
             and
             a
             labour
             in
             order
             to
             things
             above
             the
             Sun
             ,
             which
             will
             remain
             with
             a
             man
             ,
             and
             profit
             him
             ,
             
             Phil.
             3.20
             .
             Col.
             3.1
             ,
             2.
             
             Joh.
             6.27
             .
             But
             labour
             in
             earthly
             things
             will
             not
             do
             so
             .
             We
             are
             said
             to
             labour
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             because
             earthly
             labour
             is
             done
             by
             the
             light
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             Psal.
             104.22
             ,
             23.
             
             Joh.
             9.4
             .
             and
             because
             by
             that
             light
             we
             are
             more
             comforted
             in
             the
             fruition
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             Eccles.
             11.7
             .
             and
             because
             the
             benefit
             we
             expect
             from
             our
             labours
             ,
             is
             wrought
             instrumentally
             by
             the
             warmth
             and
             influence
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             Deut.
             33
             ,
             14.
             
             Here
             then
             the
             wise
             man
             proveth
             his
             general
             proposition
             .
             Whatsoever
             is
             unprofitable
             and
             perishing
             ,
             is
             very
             vanity
             :
             All
             things
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             about
             which
             the
             anxious
             and
             toylsome
             labour
             of
             man
             is
             conversant
             ,
             are
             unprofitable
             and
             perishing
             ,
             for
             nothing
             of
             them
             will
             remain
             unto
             him
             ,
             or
             abide
             with
             him
             .
             Therefore
             they
             are
             all
             vain
             .
             And
             this
             he
             propoundeth
             by
             way
             of
             interrogation
             ,
             which
             makes
             the
             negative
             more
             unquestionable
             ,
             as
             appealing
             to
             the
             conscience
             of
             every
             man
             ,
             and
             challenging
             any
             man
             to
             disprove
             it
             .
             The
             Scripture
             usually
             denies
             more
             emphatically
             by
             way
             of
             interrogation
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             30.2
             .
             2
             Sam.
             7.5
             .
             compared
             with
             1
             Chron.
             17.4
             .
             Matth.
             16.26
             .
             Zech.
             1.5
             .
             And
             he
             further
             insisteth
             on
             this
             point
             as
             certain
             and
             necessary
             ,
             Chap.
             2.11
             .
             &
             3.9
             .
             &
             5.15
             .
             The
             Sum
             is
             this
             ;
             1.
             
             Whatever
             fruit
             we
             have
             from
             worldly
             things
             ,
             we
             get
             it
             with
             very
             hard
             and
             toylsome
             
             labour
             ,
             either
             of
             the
             mind
             or
             body
             ,
             Gen.
             3.17
             ,
             19.
             
             Job
             5.7
             .
             2.
             
             However
             that
             labour
             be
             useful
             and
             subservient
             to
             our
             temporal
             condition
             ,
             yet
             it
             is
             wholly
             unprofitable
             in
             order
             unto
             happiness
             .
             3.
             
             The
             foundation
             of
             this
             unprofitableness
             ,
             is
             ;
             1.
             
             It
             doth
             not
             cause
             a
             man
             to
             excel
             ;
             it
             adds
             nothing
             of
             real
             worth
             unto
             him
             at
             all
             ,
             Jam.
             2.1
             —
             6.
             
             Eccl.
             9.14
             ,
             16.
             
             Ps.
             49.12
             ,
             13
             ,
             20.
             2.
             
             It
             doth
             not
             abide
             with
             him
             ;
             all
             the
             comfort
             it
             brings
             ,
             is
             dying
             comfort
             ;
             it
             stops
             at
             the
             grave
             ,
             and
             goes
             no
             further
             .
             Now
             nothing
             is
             profitable
             to
             a
             man
             which
             he
             cannot
             transport
             beyond
             the
             grave
             ;
             which
             he
             doth
             not
             carry
             with
             him
             into
             another
             world
             ,
             Job
             .
             1.21
             .
             &
             21.21
             .
             Psal.
             49.14
             ,
             17.
             
             Jo●
             6.27
             .
             1
             Tim.
             6.7
             .
             Those
             works
             are
             ben●●icial
             which
             follow
             a
             man
             ,
             Rev.
             14.13
             .
             therefore
             we
             must
             lay
             out
             our
             labour
             upon
             a
             life
             that
             abides
             and
             abounds
             ,
             Joh.
             10.10
             .
             Isa.
             55.2
             .
             and
             not
             labour
             in
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             for
             every
             vanity
             ,
             Hab.
             2.13
             .
             Luk.
             12.6
             .
             Matth.
             24.38
             ,
             39.
             
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               One
               generation
               goeth
               ,
               and
               another
               generation
               cometh
               ,
               but
               the
               earth
               abideth
               for
               ever
            
             ]
             By
             Generation
             is
             meant
             the
             time
             wherein
             a
             Body
             of
             men
             do
             live
             and
             continue
             together
             ,
             so
             we
             read
             of
             this
             or
             that
             Generation
             ,
             Luk.
             21.32
             .
             Heb.
             3.10
             .
             the
             second
             ,
             third
             ,
             tenth
             generation
             or
             ages
             of
             men
             yet
             to
             come
             ,
             Deut.
             23.2
             ,
             3
             ,
             8.
             
             A
             mans
             own
             generation
             ,
             
             or
             ages
             of
             men
             yet
             to
             come
             ,
             Deut.
             23.2
             ,
             3
             ,
             8.
             
             A
             mans
             own
             generation
             ,
             or
             the
             age
             wherein
             he
             liveth
             ,
             Acts
             12.36
             .
             There
             is
             a
             constant
             succession
             of
             men
             to
             one
             another
             ,
             a
             fixed
             time
             ,
             as
             the
             daies
             of
             an
             hireling
             ,
             Job
             7.1
             .
             —
             10.
             
             &
             14.14
             .
             The
             inward
             principles
             of
             change
             and
             mortality
             are
             alwaies
             working
             ,
             and
             life
             is
             like
             a
             shepherds
             tent
             ,
             which
             doth
             not
             continue
             in
             one
             place
             or
             stay
             ,
             Isa.
             68.12
             .
          
           
             
               But
               the
               earth
               abideth
               or
               standeth
               for
               ever
            
             ]
             Continueth
             much
             longer
             than
             the
             men
             that
             are
             upon
             it
             ;
             for
             ever
             ,
             noteth
             often
             a
             long
             time
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             the
             present
             course
             and
             order
             of
             nature
             is
             to
             continue
             ,
             Ps.
             119.90
             .
             so
             long
             as
             such
             or
             such
             an
             administration
             lasteth
             ,
             Gen.
             9.12
             .
             1
             Sam.
             2.30
             .
             1
             Sam.
             13.13
             .
             otherwise
             we
             know
             the
             earth
             is
             to
             be
             changed
             ,
             and
             in
             some
             sense
             at
             the
             least
             to
             pass
             away
             ,
             as
             now
             the
             inhabitants
             thereof
             do
             ,
             Matth.
             24.35
             .
             Psal.
             102.25
             ,
             27.
             
             There
             seems
             to
             be
             a
             double
             sense
             in
             the
             words
             ,
             both
             Consonant
             to
             the
             present
             argument
             .
             1.
             
             That
             man
             cannot
             be
             happy
             by
             any
             thing
             which
             is
             here
             below
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             his
             transitory
             condition
             ,
             fathers
             going
             ,
             and
             children
             succeeding
             ;
             a
             mans
             labour
             haply
             may
             enrich
             him
             ,
             or
             bring
             him
             to
             honour
             ,
             but
             it
             cannot
             lengthen
             out
             his
             daies
             beyond
             one
             generation
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             and
             all
             his
             acquirements
             must
             part
             ,
             and
             in
             
             this
             respect
             ,
             the
             earth
             on
             which
             he
             treads
             ,
             is
             in
             a
             condition
             better
             than
             himself
             ,
             for
             it
             abideth
             to
             the
             end
             .
             2.
             
             Man
             seeking
             happiness
             from
             the
             earth
             and
             earthly
             things
             ,
             must
             needs
             be
             disappointed
             of
             his
             expectation
             ,
             because
             he
             passeth
             away
             ,
             and
             the
             earth
             staies
             behind
             him
             .
             If
             he
             could
             carry
             the
             earth
             along
             with
             him
             ,
             he
             might
             haply
             promise
             himself
             his
             wonted
             contentments
             ,
             but
             the
             earth
             abides
             where
             it
             was
             ,
             when
             he
             goeth
             from
             it
             ,
             and
             can
             enjoy
             it
             no
             more
             ,
             Job
             .
             7.10
             .
             Ps.
             49.17
             .
             Here
             then
             we
             may
             observe
             .
             First
             ,
             a
             determinate
             time
             prefixed
             to
             the
             life
             ,
             states
             ,
             honours
             ,
             offices
             of
             men
             ,
             at
             uttermost
             they
             are
             but
             for
             one
             generation
             ,
             wherein
             every
             man
             hath
             his
             service
             to
             do
             ,
             his
             warfare
             to
             ●ccomplish
             ,
             his
             race
             to
             run
             ,
             Job
             7.1
             .
             &
             14.5
             .
             1
             Cor.
             9.24
             .
             Phil.
             3.14
             .
             2
             Tim.
             4.7
             .
             Act.
             13.36
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             in
             continuing
             the
             several
             succeeding
             ●ges
             of
             men
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             still
             have
             a
             seed
             ●o
             serve
             him
             ,
             that
             one
             generation
             may
             declare
             ●is
             works
             to
             another
             .
             That
             the
             admirable
             ●ontexture
             of
             the
             works
             of
             providence
             ,
             ●arried
             along
             by
             pieces
             ,
             through
             various
             successions
             of
             men
             ,
             may
             at
             last
             most
             gloriously
             set
             forth
             his
             wisdome
             ,
             justice
             and
             goodness
             ,
             Psal.
             22.30
             ,
             31.
             and
             102.18
             .
             Isa.
             38.19
             .
             Eccles.
             8.17
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             a
             mans
             labour
             un●er
             the
             sun
             ,
             is
             for
             himself
             and
             his
             posterity
             :
             
             his
             labour
             about
             heavenly
             things
             will
             abide
             with
             ,
             and
             benefit
             himself
             for
             ever
             .
             Fourthly
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             the
             generations
             of
             men
             continue
             ,
             so
             long
             doth
             the
             Lord
             by
             his
             decree
             continue
             the
             earth
             for
             their
             supportance
             and
             salvation
             ,
             because
             he
             hath
             given
             it
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             ,
             Deut
             ,
             32.8
             ▪
             and
             when
             the
             generations
             of
             men
             are
             ended
             ,
             it
             shall
             then
             appear
             that
             the
             whol●
             Creation
             was
             subject
             to
             vanity
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             the
             bondage
             of
             corruption
             ,
             Rom.
             8.20
             .
             2
             Pe●
             3.5
             ,
             7.
             
          
           
             V.
             5.
             
             
               The
               sun
               also
               ariseth
               ,
               and
               th●
               sun
               goeth
               down
               ,
               and
               hasteth
               to
               the
               pla●●
               where
               he
               arose
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             panteth
             towards
             th●
             place
             .
             A
             metaphor
             from
             one
             who
             run
             earnestly
             to
             some
             mark
             ,
             or
             presseth
             fo●●ward
             with
             strong
             desire
             to
             something
             would
             attain
             ,
             Psal.
             119.131
             .
             Job
             7.
             
             ●●
             A
             like
             expression
             ,
             Psal.
             19.6
             ,
             7.
             an●
             104.19
             .
             whereby
             is
             signified
             an
             unwe●●ried
             ,
             yet
             constant
             and
             regular
             motio●
             founded
             in
             a
             Covenant
             or
             ordinance
             Heaven
             ,
             Jer.
             31.35
             ,
             36
             ,
             and
             33
             .
             2●
             Job
             38.33
             .
             from
             which
             without
             a
             sp●●cial
             and
             extraordinary
             restraint
             from
             〈◊〉
             (
             as
             Josh.
             10.12
             .
             Isa.
             38.8
             .
             Job
             9.7
             ▪
             it
             never
             varieth
             .
             Having
             thus
             affirmed
             all
             things
             under
             the
             sun
             that
             they
             are
             〈◊〉
             he
             here
             beginneth
             with
             the
             sun
             it
             〈◊〉
             
             which
             doth
             as
             it
             were
             weary
             it self
             out
             of
             breath
             with
             continual
             motion
             .
             1.
             
             If
             it
             did
             bring
             happiness
             to
             a
             man
             in
             its
             rising
             ,
             it
             would
             remove
             it
             again
             in
             its
             setting
             .
             2.
             
             Though
             the
             earth
             abideth
             for
             ever
             ,
             and
             the
             sun
             moveth
             regularly
             over
             it
             with
             its
             warmth
             ,
             and
             the
             winds
             blow
             on
             it
             to
             refresh
             the
             fruits
             thereof
             ,
             Cant.
             4.16
             .
             and
             the
             waters
             pass
             through
             it
             to
             make
             it
             fruitful
             ,
             Gen.
             2.10
             ,
             11.
             yet
             all
             this
             can
             benefit
             a
             man
             only
             in
             his
             own
             generation
             ,
             but
             cannot
             convey
             any
             durable
             happiness
             unto
             him
             .
             3.
             
             The
             earth
             abides
             alwaies
             alike
             ,
             the
             sun
             moves
             ,
             the
             windes
             blow
             ,
             the
             rivers
             run
             after
             one
             constant
             manner
             in
             one
             age
             as
             in
             another
             .
             If
             they
             have
             never
             yet
             made
             any
             hap●y
             ,
             they
             never
             will
             ,
             because
             they
             do
             minister
             but
             the
             same
             comforts
             again
             .
             4.
             
             Mortality
             and
             mutability
             here
             is
             as
             natural
             to
             ●an
             ,
             as
             standing
             to
             the
             earth
             ,
             the
             motions
             ●f
             the
             sun
             ,
             the
             circuits
             of
             the
             windes
             ,
             the
             ●owing
             of
             the
             Rivers
             :
             so
             that
             it
             is
             as
             im●ossible
             for
             him
             to
             be
             happy
             by
             creatures
             ●n
             earth
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             to
             alter
             the
             covenant
             of
             day
             〈◊〉
             night
             :
             or
             to
             stop
             the
             regular
             and
             inva●●able
             courses
             of
             the
             Heavens
             .
             5.
             
             The
             sun
             〈◊〉
             his
             course
             ,
             observes
             his
             times
             of
             rising
             〈◊〉
             setting
             ,
             and
             though
             he
             set
             ,
             he
             riseth
             in
             〈◊〉
             glory
             again
             ,
             but
             when
             man
             goes
             ,
             he
             ●●turns
             hither
             no
             more
             ,
             Job
             14.7
             ,
             12.
             
             6.
             
             Observe
             the
             constant
             and
             steady
             obedience
             of
             other
             creatures
             to
             that
             law
             of
             working
             ,
             which
             was
             primitively
             implanted
             in
             them
             ,
             they
             act
             as
             it
             were
             knowingly
             ,
             Psal.
             104.19
             .
             willingly
             ,
             Rom.
             8.20
             .
             vigorously
             with
             joy
             and
             strength
             ,
             Psal.
             19.5
             .
             and
             thereby
             shame
             those
             who
             have
             indeed
             a
             principle
             of
             light
             and
             reason
             ,
             but
             act
             not
             in
             conformity
             unto
             them
             .
          
           
             V.
             6.
             
             
               The
               winde
               goeth
               towards
               the
               South
               and
               turneth
               about
               unto
               the
               North
               ,
            
             &c.
             
             As
             the
             sun
             ,
             so
             the
             windes
             have
             their
             courses
             ,
             whereby
             is
             noted
             the
             uncertainty
             of
             outward
             things
             ,
             if
             they
             please
             in
             their
             coming
             they
             must
             disquiet
             in
             their
             departing
             ,
             where●as
             the
             matter
             of
             happiness
             must
             be
             ever
             pre●sent
             and
             permanent
             .
             Here
             we
             may
             also
             not
             the
             wise
             providence
             of
             God
             in
             the
             circui●
             of
             the
             windes
             and
             other
             sublunary
             creature
             which
             he
             bringeth
             out
             of
             his
             treasure
             ,
             〈◊〉
             directeth
             as
             it
             pleaseth
             him
             for
             the
             uses
             〈◊〉
             men
             ,
             one
             while
             making
             them
             helpful
             to
             〈◊〉
             part
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             another
             while
             to
             an●●ther
             ,
             Psal.
             135.7
             .
             Job
             37.7
             .
             &
             38.2
             ▪
             Jer.
             10.13
             .
             Deut.
             28.12
             .
             Psal.
             78.2
             ▪
             Gen.
             8.1
             .
             Exod.
             8.1
             .
             &
             14.21
             .
             He
             see●●eth
             likewise
             to
             have
             respect
             to
             those
             wind●
             which
             in
             some
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             have
             a
             〈◊〉
             regular
             and
             uniform
             motion
             ,
             in
             〈◊〉
             moneths
             of
             the
             year
             ,
             blowing
             constan●
             
             out
             of
             one
             quarter
             ,
             and
             in
             others
             ,
             out
             of
             another
             .
             The
             words
             [
             going
             ,
             circuiting
             ,
             whirling
             about
             ,
             returning
             ]
             are
             used
             to
             shew
             the
             restless
             and
             unquiet
             nature
             of
             these
             things
             ,
             their
             busie
             and
             speedy
             motion
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             were
             ever
             out
             of
             their
             place
             ;
             all
             which
             shew
             how
             full
             of
             vanity
             they
             are
             ,
             and
             represent
             the
             disquiet
             agitations
             of
             the
             mind
             of
             man
             ,
             till
             it
             fix
             upon
             him
             that
             is
             immutable
             .
          
           
             V.
             7.
             
             
               All
               rivers
               run
               into
               the
               sea
               ,
               yet
               the
               sea
               is
               not
               full
               :
               unto
               the
               place
               from
               whence
               the
               rivers
               come
               ,
               thither
               they
               return
               again
               .
            
             ]
             Though
             rivers
             hastily
             run
             into
             the
             sea
             ,
             as
             into
             their
             cistern
             ,
             yet
             the
             sea
             is
             not
             filled
             ,
             so
             as
             to
             swell
             above
             the
             earth
             ,
             or
             overflow
             the
             bounds
             within
             which
             God
             hath
             decreed
             it
             to
             stay
             ,
             Job
             38.8
             .
             —
             11.
             
             Psal.
             104.8
             ,
             9.
             
             Jer.
             15.22
             .
             The
             reason
             whereof
             is
             ,
             because
             there
             is
             〈◊〉
             perpetual
             and
             proportionable
             return
             ,
             as
             fast
             〈◊〉
             by
             some
             channels
             waters
             go
             from
             their
             ●ountains
             to
             the
             sea
             ,
             by
             others
             they
             return
             from
             the
             sea
             into
             the
             earth
             again
             .
             Thus
             ,
             which
             ●ay
             ever
             we
             cast
             our
             eyes
             ,
             we
             every
             where
             meet
             with
             evidences
             of
             inconstancy
             and
             mutability
             here
             below
             ,
             as
             testimonies
             of
             that
             ●anity
             which
             all
             things
             under
             the
             sun
             are
             sub●ect
             unto
             .
             1.
             
             By
             the
             continual
             motions
             of
             these
             ●retures
             ,
             he
             seemeth
             to
             describe
             the
             restlesnes
             of
             the
             mind
             of
             man
             ,
             in
             enquiring
             after
             good
             .
             
             2.
             
             The
             dis-satisfaction
             which
             it
             every
             where
             meeteth
             withall
             ,
             finding
             no
             reason
             to
             rest
             or
             stay
             there
             ,
             whither
             it
             had
             formerly
             hasted
             with
             greatest
             speed
             .
             As
             all
             rivers
             cannot
             fill
             the
             sea
             ,
             so
             all
             creatures
             cannot
             fill
             the
             heart
             of
             man.
             It
             moves
             every
             way
             ,
             forward
             and
             backward
             ,
             to
             the
             South
             and
             to
             the
             North
             ,
             from
             one
             content
             unto
             another
             for
             full
             satisfaction
             ,
             but
             can
             find
             none
             ,
             Psal.
             39.6
             .
             &
             74.11
             ,
             19.
             
             Prov.
             19.21
             .
             Luk.
             10.41
             .
          
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               All
               things
               are
               full
               of
               labour
               ,
               man
               cannot
               utter
               it
               :
               The
               eye
               is
               not
               satisfied
               with
               seeing
               ,
               nor
               the
               ear
               filled
               with
               hearing
            
             ]
             All
             things
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             all
             these
             and
             the
             like
             things
             .
             This
             is
             a
             close
             of
             the
             former
             argument
             .
             Having
             shewed
             the
             unquiet
             motion
             of
             the
             sun
             ▪
             windes
             ,
             rivers
             ,
             he
             here
             concludeth
             his
             Induction
             of
             particulars
             ,
             with
             a
             general
             assertion
             ,
             that
             as
             it
             was
             in
             them
             ,
             so
             it
             is
             in
             all
             things
             else
             ,
             no
             man
             is
             able
             with
             words
             to
             ru●
             over
             all
             particulars
             ,
             but
             as
             it
             is
             in
             some
             ,
             so
             is
             〈◊〉
             in
             the
             rest
             which
             cannot
             be
             numbred
             .
             They
             are
             said
             to
             be
             ful
             of
             labour
             or
             wearines
             ,
             because
             they
             weary
             out
             man
             in
             his
             studies
             and
             endeavours
             about
             them
             ,
             Gen.
             3.17
             ,
             19.
             
             Psal.
             127
             2.
             
             Here
             is
             also
             another
             argument
             provi●●
             the
             main
             proposition
             ,
             whatever
             things
             bring
             toylsome
             labour
             and
             weariness
             with
             them
             cannot
             make
             a
             man
             happy
             ,
             but
             are
             altogethe●●ai●
             as
             to
             such
             a
             purpose
             :
             But
             all
             things
             un●der
             
             the
             Sun
             do
             bring
             unto
             him
             that
             is
             conversant
             about
             them
             toylsome
             labour
             and
             weariness
             ,
             therefore
             they
             cannot
             make
             men
             happy
             .
             This
             toyl
             and
             weariness
             doth
             not
             onely
             appear
             in
             grievous
             and
             unpleasing
             labour
             ,
             whereunto
             men
             are
             against
             their
             wills
             compelled
             ,
             Job
             .
             5.7
             .
             Lam.
             5.5
             .
             Jer.
             20.18
             .
             nor
             onely
             in
             those
             labours
             which
             the
             Lord
             is
             pleased
             to
             blast
             and
             frustrate
             of
             an
             expected
             end
             ,
             when
             men
             labour
             as
             it
             were
             in
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             reap
             no
             fruit
             of
             all
             their
             pains
             ,
             Habak
             .
             2.13
             .
             Hag.
             1.6
             .
             Levit.
             26.20
             .
             Isa.
             17.11
             .
             &
             55.2
             .
             Eccles.
             5.16
             .
             Luk.
             5.5
             .
             But
             it
             is
             also
             true
             of
             those
             labours
             which
             a
             man
             sets
             about
             with
             greatest
             delight
             and
             willingness
             ,
             they
             also
             have
             weariness
             and
             satiety
             attending
             on
             them
             ;
             the
             very
             honey-comb
             bringing
             a
             loathing
             with
             it
             ,
             Prov.
             27.7
             .
             And
             this
             general
             he
             proveth
             by
             a
             double
             instance
             .
             
               The
               eye
               is
               not
               satisfied
               with
               seeing
               ,
               nor
               the
               ear
               with
               hearing
            
             ]
             and
             accordingly
             ,
             it
             is
             in
             all
             other
             numberless
             particulars
             .
             A
             man
             may
             cloy
             and
             tire
             out
             these
             faculties
             ,
             before
             he
             can
             at
             all
             satisfie
             them
             .
             He
             seemeth
             to
             instance
             in
             these
             rather
             then
             others
             ,
             1.
             
             Because
             the
             exercise
             of
             them
             is
             easiest
             ,
             and
             least
             labour
             is
             spent
             in
             the
             using
             of
             them
             ;
             there
             is
             not
             much
             force
             or
             stress
             put
             forth
             in
             seeing
             an
             amiable
             and
             beautifull
             object
             ,
             or
             in
             hearing
             some
             excellent
             musick
             .
             2
             Because
             they
             are
             
             the
             most
             curious
             and
             inquisitive
             senses
             .
             3.
             
             Because
             their
             delights
             are
             sweetest
             :
             as
             being
             senses
             which
             are
             nearest
             cognation
             unto
             reason
             ,
             and
             are
             principal
             instruments
             and
             handmaids
             to
             the
             soul
             in
             her
             noblest
             operations
             .
             Now
             if
             the
             most
             spiritual
             ,
             unwearied
             ,
             rational
             senses
             cannot
             be
             satisfied
             ,
             but
             that
             they
             are
             pricked
             with
             further
             desires
             of
             new
             objects
             to
             delight
             them
             ,
             Acts
             17.21
             .
             or
             satiated
             and
             glutted
             with
             the
             excess
             of
             what
             did
             delight
             them
             before
             ;
             how
             much
             more
             is
             this
             true
             in
             those
             other
             faculties
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             more
             labour
             in
             pursuing
             their
             objects
             ,
             and
             more
             loathing
             in
             fruition
             of
             them
             ,
             Prov.
             27.20
             .
             And
             this
             is
             such
             labour
             and
             weariness
             as
             no
             man
             can
             utter
             it
             ;
             no
             man
             can
             express
             how
             many
             wayes
             any
             one
             faculty
             may
             be
             wearied
             out
             ,
             nor
             recount
             all
             those
             objects
             ,
             which
             when
             they
             minister
             some
             delight
             ,
             do
             yet
             leave
             no
             satisfaction
             behind
             them
             .
             As
             the
             happiness
             which
             we
             expect
             in
             God
             ,
             cannot
             be
             uttered
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             2.9
             .
             2
             Cor.
             12.4
             .
             so
             the
             labour
             and
             weariness
             which
             the
             mind
             contracteth
             by
             excessive
             search
             into
             the
             creatures
             ,
             cannot
             be
             uttered
             neither
             .
          
           
             V.
             9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11.
             
             
               The
               thing
               that
               hath
               been
               ,
               it
               is
               that
               which
               shall
               be
               ;
               and
               that
               which
               is
               done
               ,
               is
               that
               which
               shall
               be
               done
               :
               and
               there
               is
               no
               new
               ●hing
               under
               the
               Sun
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             The
             substance
             of
             these
             verses
             is
             this
             ,
             If
             no
             man
             hath
             
             ever
             hitherto
             been
             able
             to
             find
             out
             happiness
             in
             the
             creature
             ,
             let
             no
             man
             think
             now
             or
             hereafter
             to
             do
             it
             ,
             since
             there
             is
             no
             new
             thing
             out
             of
             which
             it
             may
             be
             extracted
             .
             All
             natural
             causes
             and
             effects
             continue
             as
             they
             were
             at
             the
             beginning
             ,
             Gen.
             8.22
             .
             Jer.
             31.35
             ,
             36.
             and
             all
             humane
             and
             voluntary
             actions
             ,
             counsels
             and
             studies
             ,
             having
             the
             same
             principles
             of
             reason
             to
             produce
             them
             ,
             and
             the
             same
             objects
             to
             draw
             them
             out
             ,
             are
             in
             substance
             the
             same
             now
             as
             heretofore
             .
             And
             though
             some
             discoveries
             of
             new
             things
             have
             been
             made
             ,
             as
             the
             Mariners
             Card
             ,
             the
             Art
             of
             Printing
             ,
             Gun-powder
             ,
             &c.
             of
             which
             learned
             men
             have
             written
             ,
             yet
             from
             defective
             and
             insufficient
             principles
             of
             happiness
             ,
             such
             as
             all
             natural
             things
             are
             ,
             no
             thing
             ,
             though
             new
             ,
             can
             be
             sufficient
             unto
             such
             an
             End
             ,
             since
             the
             particulars
             cannot
             afford
             that
             which
             the
             general
             hath
             not
             comprized
             within
             it
             .
             As
             face
             answereth
             to
             face
             in
             water
             ,
             so
             the
             courses
             of
             natural
             causes
             and
             effects
             ,
             and
             the
             hearts
             desires
             ,
             counsels
             of
             the
             men
             in
             one
             age
             ,
             do
             answer
             unto
             those
             of
             another
             ,
             Matth.
             24.38
             ,
             39.
             
             Prov.
             27.19
             .
          
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               Is
               there
               any
               new
               thing
               whereof
               it
               may
               be
               said
               ,
               See
               this
               ,
               It
               is
               new
               ?
            
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             challenge
             to
             any
             man
             to
             procure
             any
             new
             thing
             if
             he
             can
             ,
             with
             a
             peremptory
             repeating
             of
             the
             former
             assertion
             ,
             and
             denying
             the
             
             success
             of
             any
             such
             attempt
             .
             He
             speaketh
             of
             such
             new
             things
             as
             may
             far
             surpass
             the
             things
             which
             had
             been
             discovered
             before
             ,
             as
             to
             be
             able
             to
             satisfie
             the
             heart
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             truly
             blessed
             .
             And
             this
             he
             confidently
             denyeth
             ,
             that
             any
             thing
             can
             further
             be
             extracted
             out
             of
             the
             womb
             of
             nature
             in
             order
             unto
             humane
             happiness
             more
             then
             had
             been
             already
             discovered
             .
             Men
             may
             haply
             flatter
             themselves
             in
             their
             inventions
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             had
             invented
             new
             things
             which
             were
             not
             before
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             may
             afford
             more
             matter
             of
             content
             and
             satisfaction
             then
             other
             men
             in
             former
             ages
             have
             found
             .
             But
             he
             shews
             that
             this
             is
             but
             a
             mistake
             ,
             for
             
               It
               hath
               been
               already
               of
               old
               time
               which
               was
               before
               us
               .
            
             ]
             The
             discoveries
             of
             former
             ages
             have
             been
             as
             pregnant
             towards
             satisfaction
             of
             the
             heart
             ,
             as
             any
             of
             after
             ages
             can
             be
             .
          
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               There
               is
               no
               remembrance
               of
               former
               things
               ,
               neither
               shall
               there
               be
               any
               remembrance
               of
               things
               that
               are
               to
               come
               with
               those
               that
               shall
               come
               after
               .
            
             ]
             If
             new
             things
             be
             found
             out
             ,
             as
             many
             old
             things
             are
             forgotten
             ,
             so
             that
             still
             the
             stock
             of
             nature
             is
             as
             defective
             towards
             happiness
             in
             our
             age
             ,
             as
             in
             another
             .
             Shortness
             of
             life
             ,
             and
             narrowness
             of
             experience
             ,
             causeth
             us
             to
             forget
             the
             things
             which
             have
             been
             before
             us
             ,
             which
             were
             they
             all
             in
             our
             distinct
             view
             ,
             no
             one
             thing
             would
             occur
             
             without
             it's
             pattern
             and
             parallel
             ,
             at
             least
             something
             as
             excellent
             as
             it
             in
             former
             ages
             :
             and
             as
             things
             past
             are
             forgotten
             by
             us
             ,
             so
             things
             present
             will
             be
             forgotten
             by
             those
             that
             shall
             come
             after
             us
             .
          
           
             Here
             then
             we
             see
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             aptness
             which
             is
             in
             man
             to
             nauseate
             and
             grow
             weary
             of
             the
             things
             which
             he
             is
             used
             unto
             ,
             though
             they
             be
             otherwise
             never
             so
             excellent
             ,
             Num.
             11.6
             .
             2.
             
             The
             wantonness
             of
             our
             hearts
             in
             having
             an
             itching
             desire
             after
             new
             things
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             former
             ages
             were
             unacquainted
             with
             ,
             Acts
             17.21
             .
             3.
             
             That
             it
             is
             Ignorance
             and
             inexperience
             which
             maketh
             things
             appear
             new
             ,
             which
             indeed
             are
             old
             .
             4.
             
             That
             the
             vanity
             which
             our
             forefathers
             have
             found
             in
             things
             here
             below
             ,
             is
             an
             infallible
             argument
             that
             we
             shall
             find
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             shall
             certainly
             miscarry
             ,
             if
             we
             think
             to
             get
             more
             satisfaction
             out
             of
             the
             Creatures
             ,
             then
             others
             have
             gotten
             before
             us
             ,
             Job
             .
             8.8
             ,
             9.
             
             &
             15.18
             .
             5.
             
             That
             new
             things
             are
             not
             to
             be
             looked
             for
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             course
             of
             natural
             causes
             and
             effects
             :
             But
             in
             a
             spiritual
             and
             heavenly
             conversation
             all
             things
             are
             new
             ,
             durable
             ,
             excellent
             .
             In
             the
             study
             of
             Gods
             Word
             and
             wayes
             ,
             there
             are
             ever
             new
             and
             wonderfull
             things
             to
             be
             discovered
             ,
             Psal.
             119.18
             .
             2
             Cor.
             5.17
             .
             2
             Pet.
             3.13
             .
             Rev.
             21.5
             .
             Gods
             mercies
             and
             judgements
             are
             wonderfull
             ,
             
             and
             he
             doth
             many
             times
             strange
             things
             ,
             which
             neither
             we
             nor
             our
             fathers
             have
             known
             ,
             Deut.
             432
             —
             36.
             1
             
             Cor.
             2.9
             .
          
           
             V.
             12
             ,
             13.
             
             
               I
               the
               Preacher
               was
               King
               over
               Israel
               in
               Ierusalem
               .
               And
               I
               gave
               mine
               heart
               to
               seek
               and
               search
               out
               by
               wisdom
               ,
               concerning
               all
               things
               that
               are
               done
               under
               heaven
               :
               This
               sore
               travel
               hath
               God
               given
               to
               the
               sons
               of
               men
               ,
               to
               be
               exercised
               therewith
               .
            
             ]
             Having
             shewed
             the
             vanity
             of
             things
             under
             the
             Sun
             in
             general
             :
             He
             now
             proceedeth
             unto
             some
             special
             and
             principal
             things
             ,
             wherein
             men
             might
             be
             apt
             to
             place
             felicity
             .
             And
             he
             begins
             with
             the
             knowledge
             of
             things
             natural
             and
             humane
             :
             shewing
             ,
             that
             if
             any
             man
             could
             in
             that
             respect
             make
             himself
             Happy
             ,
             he
             himself
             had
             more
             means
             to
             do
             it
             then
             any
             other
             man.
             And
             the
             better
             to
             gain
             belief
             to
             what
             he
             should
             deliver
             ,
             He
             gives
             it
             them
             upon
             the
             word
             and
             experience
             of
             a
             Convert
             ,
             a
             King
             ,
             an
             Inspired
             King
             ,
             a
             most
             wise
             and
             Active
             King
             ,
             a
             
               King
               in
               Ierusalem
            
             ,
             the
             seat
             of
             God
             ;
             provoked
             unto
             this
             inqu●ry
             by
             the
             strong
             inclination
             of
             his
             own
             heart
             ,
             by
             the
             special
             Call
             and
             direction
             of
             God
             ,
             by
             the
             eye
             and
             help
             of
             that
             habitual
             wisdome
             which
             by
             prayer
             he
             had
             obtained
             of
             God
             in
             a
             more
             eminent
             manner
             then
             any
             other
             man
             ;
             and
             by
             his
             zeal
             towards
             the
             people
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             towards
             h●s
             house
             at
             Jerusalem
             .
             I
             ,
             being
             such
             a
             person
             ,
             
             so
             compleatly
             furnished
             with
             all
             internal
             and
             external
             advantages
             ,
             do
             testifie
             the
             truth
             which
             I
             have
             delivered
             upon
             mine
             own
             most
             exact
             and
             accurate
             tryal
             ,
             That
             
               All
               is
               Vanity
            
             .
          
           
             
               I
               the
               Preacher
            
             ]
             Or
             the
             Convert
             ,
             who
             am
             returned
             by
             repentance
             unto
             the
             Communion
             of
             Saints
             ,
             from
             whence
             by
             my
             sins
             I
             had
             formerly
             wandred
             ,
             am
             able
             now
             by
             sad
             experience
             to
             seal
             the
             truth
             which
             I
             have
             so
             dearly
             bought
             ,
             touching
             the
             vanity
             of
             all
             outward
             things
             .
             So
             this
             Book
             was
             the
             fruit
             of
             Solomons
             Conversion
             and
             returning
             to
             the
             bosome
             of
             the
             Church
             .
          
           
             
               was
               King
               over
               Israel
            
             ]
             This
             Book
             therefore
             was
             written
             when
             he
             was
             on
             his
             throne
             ,
             furnished
             with
             wisdom
             from
             God
             to
             manage
             his
             Royal
             Office
             ,
             and
             with
             abundance
             of
             wealth
             to
             prosecute
             this
             inquiry
             after
             true
             happiness
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             3.7
             .
             —
             13.
             
          
           
             
               ever
               Israel
            
             ]
             Gods
             peculiar
             people
             ,
             a
             wise
             and
             understanding
             people
             ,
             Deut.
             4.6
             ,
             7.
             for
             whose
             good
             Solomon
             had
             sought
             his
             wisdom
             ,
             and
             out
             of
             the
             care
             of
             whose
             welfare
             in
             soul
             and
             estate
             ,
             he
             had
             made
             this
             sollicitous
             search
             .
          
           
             
               In
               Ierusalem
            
             ]
             This
             being
             expressed
             thus
             twice
             ,
             in
             this
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             first
             verse
             ,
             hath
             some
             emphasis
             in
             it
             .
             In
             Jerusalem
             was
             the
             House
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             the
             Testimony
             of
             Israel
             ,
             Psal.
             122.1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             
             Here
             God
             was
             in
             a
             special
             
             manner
             present
             ,
             and
             might
             most
             comfortably
             be
             sought
             ,
             Psal.
             132.13
             ,
             14.
             
             There
             were
             continual
             attendances
             of
             the
             Priests
             ,
             officers
             ,
             and
             wise
             men
             about
             the
             Temple
             ,
             1
             Chron.
             25.26
             .
             There
             were
             the
             thrones
             of
             Justice
             ,
             and
             publick
             conventions
             of
             State
             ,
             Psal.
             122.5
             .
             There
             were
             the
             Masters
             of
             the
             Assemblies
             ,
             or
             a
             Colledge
             and
             Senate
             of
             the
             most
             learned
             men
             of
             the
             Nation
             ,
             Eccles.
             12.11
             .
             2
             Reg.
             21.14
             .
             so
             that
             there
             he
             met
             with
             all
             the
             furtherances
             which
             a
             learned
             and
             wise
             man
             could
             desire
             in
             the
             prosecution
             of
             such
             a
             design
             .
          
           
             
               And
               I
               gave
               my
               heart
            
             ]
             I
             did
             cheerfully
             and
             purposely
             set
             my self
             about
             it
             ,
             and
             made
             it
             my
             business
             and
             delight
             ,
             2
             Chron.
             11.16
             .
             1
             Chro.
             22.19
             .
             2
             Cor.
             8.5
             .
          
           
             
               to
               seek
               and
               search
               out
            
             ]
             Searching
             is
             more
             then
             seeking
             ,
             and
             denotes
             an
             orderly
             and
             accurate
             exploration
             ,
             such
             as
             merchants
             use
             ,
             who
             with
             great
             diligence
             procure
             rarest
             commodities
             out
             of
             several
             Countries
             ,
             Eccl.
             7.25
             .
             Ezek.
             20.6
             .
          
           
             
               by
               wisdome
            
             ]
             An
             excellent
             instrument
             in
             such
             an
             inquiry
             .
          
           
             
               all
               things
               done
               under
               the
               Sun
            
             ]
             All
             natural
             causes
             and
             effects
             ,
             all
             humane
             counsels
             and
             events
             :
             this
             phrase
             is
             much
             used
             by
             Solomon
             in
             this
             Book
             ,
             whereby
             is
             limited
             the
             subject
             matter
             about
             which
             he
             inquires
             .
          
           
           
             
               this
               sore
               travel
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               afflicting
               labour
            
             ;
             as
             Chap.
             2.23
             .
             and
             4.8
             .
          
           
             
               hath
               given
               to
               the
               sons
               of
               man
            
             ]
             It
             is
             his
             ordinance
             ,
             he
             hath
             called
             them
             to
             search
             his
             works
             and
             wayes
             .
          
           
             
               to
               be
               exercised
            
             ]
             Or
             afflicted
             and
             distracted
             therein
             ,
             therefore
             not
             at
             all
             to
             be
             made
             blessed
             thereby
             .
          
           
             From
             hence
             we
             may
             observe
             :
             First
             ,
             That
             the
             best
             way
             of
             teaching
             is
             out
             of
             our
             own
             experience
             ,
             and
             exact
             disquisition
             ,
             Psal.
             66.16
             ,
             17.
             
             Gal.
             1.16
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             sound
             repentance
             doth
             notably
             fit
             a
             man
             to
             know
             and
             search
             out
             the
             Will
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             discover
             and
             teach
             the
             vanity
             of
             all
             other
             things
             ,
             2
             Tim.
             2.25
             .
             Jam.
             1.21
             .
             Luke
             22.32
             .
             Psal.
             51.12
             ,
             13.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             That
             men
             in
             highest
             authority
             are
             by
             their
             studies
             as
             well
             as
             their
             power
             to
             seek
             the
             welfare
             of
             those
             over
             whom
             they
             are
             set
             ,
             and
             to
             endeavour
             with
             all
             their
             hearts
             to
             fit
             themselves
             with
             wisdome
             and
             abilities
             for
             discharge
             of
             their
             office
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             3.7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
             Luke
             2.52
             .
             Act.
             6.4
             .
             1
             Tim.
             4.13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15.
             
          
           
             4.
             
             That
             the
             piety
             ,
             age
             ,
             dignity
             ,
             authority
             ,
             experience
             of
             a
             person
             ,
             though
             it
             add
             nothing
             to
             the
             truth
             it self
             ,
             yet
             hath
             a
             great
             power
             to
             perswade
             and
             prepare
             the
             hearts
             of
             hearers
             to
             the
             entertainment
             of
             it
             ,
             Philem.
             vers
             .
             9.
             2
             
             Cor.
             10.7
             ,
             8.
             
             &
             11.5
             ,
             6
             ,
             22
             23.
             
             
             &
             12.1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.11
             .
             1
             Cor.
             9.1
             ,
             2.
             
             &
             15.8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10.
             
          
           
             5.
             
             That
             largeness
             of
             Gifts
             and
             Helps
             from
             God
             ,
             should
             quicken
             us
             unto
             a
             more
             cheerfull
             and
             vigorous
             study
             of
             our
             duties
             ,
             Matth.
             15.16
             ,
             17.
             
          
           
             6.
             
             That
             largeness
             of
             heart
             in
             knowledge
             of
             things
             natural
             ,
             moral
             ,
             Humane
             ,
             Divine
             ,
             are
             Royal
             Endowments
             ,
             and
             things
             fit
             for
             a
             King
             to
             set
             his
             heart
             upon
             ,
             Prov.
             31.4
             .
             The
             greater
             our
             place
             ,
             power
             ,
             wealth
             is
             ,
             the
             more
             noble
             and
             serious
             should
             our
             thoughts
             and
             imployments
             be
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             The
             more
             men
             abound
             with
             worldly
             things
             ,
             the
             looser
             should
             they
             keep
             their
             hearts
             from
             them
             ,
             and
             the
             more
             should
             they
             study
             the
             vanity
             of
             them
             ,
             lest
             otherwise
             they
             steal
             away
             their
             hearts
             from
             God
             ,
             Psal.
             62.10
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             The
             dignity
             ,
             wisdome
             ,
             piety
             of
             a
             people
             being
             duly
             considered
             ,
             doth
             whet
             and
             add
             vigour
             to
             the
             studies
             and
             cares
             of
             those
             who
             are
             set
             over
             them
             for
             their
             good
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             3.8
             ,
             5.
             
             Mar.
             6.5
             ,
             6.
             
          
           
             9.
             
             We
             should
             improve
             the
             benefit
             of
             places
             and
             persons
             amongst
             whom
             we
             converse
             ,
             to
             fit
             our selves
             thereby
             for
             the
             service
             of
             the
             Church
             .
             It
             is
             not
             only
             a
             comfort
             ,
             but
             a
             furtherance
             unto
             wise
             and
             learned
             men
             ,
             to
             live
             in
             places
             where
             wisdom
             and
             learning
             is
             professed
             ,
             Act.
             1.4
             .
          
           
           
             10.
             
             It
             is
             a
             great
             comfort
             when
             men
             have
             helps
             and
             encouragements
             answerable
             to
             their
             imployments
             ,
             and
             having
             such
             ,
             when
             they
             have
             hearts
             to
             use
             them
             ,
             Prov
             ,
             17.16
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             Here
             are
             the
             right
             principles
             of
             successfull
             diligence
             in
             our
             places
             ;
             1.
             
             A
             willing
             heart
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             goes
             about
             his
             work
             with
             all
             his
             strength
             ,
             Eccles.
             9.10
             .
             2.
             
             Attendance
             on
             the
             Call
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             for
             that
             reason
             submitting
             unto
             travel
             and
             pains
             ,
             Act.
             26.19
             .
             Gal.
             1.15
             .
             3.
             
             Stirring
             up
             the
             gifts
             which
             God
             hath
             given
             us
             as
             furtherances
             unto
             duty
             ,
             2.
             
             Tim.
             1.6
             .
             4.
             
             Exquisite
             inspection
             into
             the
             businesses
             about
             which
             we
             are
             imployed
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             not
             through
             our
             own
             negligence
             come
             behind
             in
             any
             gift
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             13.31
             .
             &
             14.12
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             It
             is
             the
             will
             of
             God
             ,
             that
             even
             our
             honourable
             and
             our
             necessary
             imployments
             should
             be
             accompanied
             with
             sore
             travel
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             be
             kept
             humble
             in
             our selves
             ,
             weaned
             from
             the
             creature
             ,
             and
             made
             the
             more
             thankfull
             for
             any
             assistance
             the
             Lord
             giveth
             us
             in
             our
             Labours
             ,
             and
             for
             any
             blessing
             upon
             them
             ,
             Job
             .
             5.7
             .
             Gen.
             3.19
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             The
             study
             of
             the
             Creatures
             is
             of
             excellent
             use
             to
             lead
             us
             to
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             Creator
             ,
             Rom.
             1.19
             .
             Ps.
             111.2
             .
          
           
             V.
             14.
             
             
               I
               have
               seen
               all
               the
               works
               that
               are
               done
               under
               the
               Sun
               ,
               and
               behold
               all
               is
               vanity
               
               and
               vexation
               of
               spirit
               .
            
             ]
             The
             former
             words
             shewed
             the
             exactness
             of
             Solomons
             search
             into
             natural
             and
             humane
             things
             .
             That
             it
             was
             the
             labour
             of
             an
             aged
             Convert
             ,
             (
             for
             Solomon
             was
             drawn
             away
             from
             God
             in
             his
             old
             age
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             11.4
             .
             )
             of
             a
             wise
             King
             ,
             furnished
             with
             all
             Helps
             for
             such
             an
             inquiry
             :
             That
             it
             was
             an
             accurate
             and
             deep
             search
             ,
             not
             loose
             or
             superficial
             .
             That
             it
             was
             undertaken
             with
             great
             impulsion
             of
             heart
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             special
             Call
             of
             God
             :
             and
             now
             after
             all
             this
             ,
             he
             concludes
             ,
          
           
             1.
             
             That
             he
             had
             seen
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             diligently
             heeded
             ,
             and
             fully
             understood
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             issue
             of
             this
             inquiry
             ,
             
               all
               the
               works
               done
               under
               the
               Sun
               ,
            
             Exod.
             3.3
             .
             Eccles.
             2.13
             ,
             14.
             
          
           
             
               all
               the
               things
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             the
             several
             kinds
             of
             them
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.33
             .
             He
             had
             gotten
             as
             large
             and
             as
             intuitive
             a
             knowledge
             as
             humane
             curiosity
             or
             industry
             ,
             with
             all
             manner
             of
             furtherances
             could
             attain
             unto
             .
             Which
             appears
             not
             to
             be
             an
             arrogant
             boast
             ,
             but
             a
             true
             account
             of
             the
             fruit
             of
             his
             studies
             ,
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             testifying
             the
             same
             thing
             of
             him
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.
             29
             —
             34.
             
             &
             10.23
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             he
             found
             all
             to
             be
             
               vanity
               and
               vexation
               of
               spirit
            
             .
             ]
             Not
             only
             vain
             and
             ineffectual
             to
             confer
             Happiness
             ,
             but
             which
             is
             worse
             ,
             apt
             to
             bring
             much
             affliction
             and
             tro●ble
             upon
             the
             heart
             of
             him
             who
             is
             too
             earnestly
             
             conversant
             about
             them
             .
             From
             several
             original
             Roots
             ,
             there
             are
             by
             Interpreters
             given
             several
             explications
             of
             this
             word
             ,
             Evil
             ,
             or
             Affliction
             of
             Spirit
             .
             Breach
             ,
             contrition
             ,
             torment
             of
             Spirit
             ;
             feeding
             upon
             ,
             or
             consuming
             of
             the
             spirit
             ;
             or
             vanity
             and
             feeding
             upon
             wind
             ,
             as
             fruitless
             labour
             is
             expressed
             ,
             Hos.
             12.1
             .
             1
             Cor.
             9.26
             .
             Thus
             he
             applyes
             his
             general
             conclusion
             particularly
             unto
             all
             kind
             of
             knowledge
             ,
             Natural
             and
             Moral
             .
             There
             is
             sore
             travel
             in
             the
             getting
             ,
             danger
             of
             forgeting
             it
             again
             ,
             discovery
             thereby
             of
             more
             Ignorance
             then
             a
             man
             observed
             in
             himself
             before
             ▪
             insufficiency
             and
             impossibility
             of
             perfecting
             the
             understanding
             ,
             and
             satiating
             the
             desires
             thereof
             .
             Such
             and
             many
             other
             Considerations
             make
             Knowledge
             it self
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             procuring
             of
             true
             Happiness
             ,
             altogether
             Vain
             .
          
           
             V.
             15.
             
             
               That
               which
               is
               crooked
               cannot
               be
               made
               strait
            
             ]
             This
             is
             the
             Reason
             of
             the
             vanity
             of
             Knowledge
             ,
             because
             it
             cannot
             rectifie
             any
             thing
             in
             us
             which
             is
             amiss
             ,
             nor
             supply
             any
             thing
             which
             we
             want
             to
             make
             us
             happy
             ,
             Eccles.
             7.13
             .
             The
             wisest
             and
             wealthiest
             King
             with
             all
             his
             power
             and
             knowledge
             was
             not
             able
             to
             remedy
             all
             the
             evils
             which
             he
             saw
             ,
             or
             to
             supply
             all
             the
             defects
             which
             he
             could
             discover
             .
          
           
             The
             words
             may
             be
             understood
             two
             wayes
             ;
             1.
             
             In
             relation
             to
             Knowledge
             it self
             ,
             to
             shew
             
             the
             vanity
             and
             vexation
             thereof
             :
             For
             ,
             1.
             
             Much
             of
             it
             is
             exceeding
             tortuous
             ,
             intricate
             ,
             and
             abstruse
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             knots
             and
             difficulties
             ,
             Dan.
             5.12
             .
             So
             it
             cannot
             be
             clearly
             and
             plainly
             demo●strated
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             inquiries
             thereinto
             the
             mind
             will
             be
             left
             dark
             and
             unsatisfied
             ;
             there
             are
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             not
             only
             in
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             2
             Pet.
             3.16
             .
             but
             in
             the
             book
             of
             nature
             too
             ,
             Job
             .
             28.20
             ,
             21.
             
             &
             37.14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16.
             
             &
             38
             .
             16-23.2
             .
             the
             defects
             of
             this
             kind
             are
             innumerable
             ,
             the
             things
             which
             a
             man
             knoweth
             not
             ,
             are
             infinitely
             more
             then
             those
             which
             he
             knoweth
             ,
             Job
             11.6
             .
             —
             9.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             In
             relation
             unto
             the
             efficacy
             of
             knowledge
             .
             The
             heart
             and
             life
             of
             man
             is
             naturally
             crooked
             and
             perverse
             ,
             very
             tortuous
             ,
             wicked
             ,
             and
             deceitfull
             ,
             Jer.
             17.9
             .
             Psal.
             12
             ▪
             5.5
             .
             and
             it
             is
             exceeding
             defective
             both
             in
             principles
             ,
             and
             in
             power
             to
             do
             good
             as
             it
             ought
             ,
             Rom.
             3.23
             .
             2.
             
             Cor.
             3.5
             .
             Now
             all
             the
             most
             exquisite
             natural
             knowledge
             is
             not
             able
             to
             rectifie
             these
             things
             ,
             either
             to
             restore
             man
             to
             his
             original
             integrity
             ,
             or
             supply
             his
             manifold
             defects
             .
             Such
             knowledge
             will
             puff
             up
             ,
             1.
             
             Cor.
             8.1
             .
             but
             it
             will
             not
             sanctifie
             ,
             Rom.
             1.
             20
             ,
             21
             ,
             32.
             
             Jude
             .
             vers
             .
             20.
             
             The
             Lord
             indeed
             by
             his
             grace
             and
             spirit
             doth
             both
             ,
             Luk.
             3.5
             .
             Psal.
             84.11
             .
             1
             Thess.
             3.10
             .
             Eph.
             3.19
             .
             1
             Cor.
             1.5
             .
             but
             no
             natural
             or
             acquired
             knowledge
             is
             able
             to
             do
             it
             .
          
           
           
             3.
             
             As
             it
             cannot
             rectifie
             that
             which
             is
             amiss
             in
             man
             ,
             so
             neither
             in
             any
             other
             thing
             .
             Sin
             hath
             brought
             much
             disorder
             ,
             corruption
             ,
             confusion
             upon
             the
             whole
             Creation
             ,
             Rom.
             8.20
             .
             infinite
             are
             the
             defects
             and
             failings
             every
             where
             .
             And
             none
             of
             this
             can
             all
             the
             wisdom
             of
             man
             be
             able
             to
             correct
             ,
             but
             he
             must
             still
             leave
             it
             as
             he
             found
             it
             ,
             vain
             and
             imperfect
             .
             So
             it
             will
             be
             till
             the
             time
             of
             the
             restitution
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             when
             God
             will
             make
             a
             new
             earth
             and
             a
             new
             heaven
             ,
             and
             deliver
             the
             Creature
             from
             the
             bondage
             of
             corruption
             ,
             into
             a
             glorious
             liberty
             ,
             Act.
             1.21
             .
             2
             Pet.
             3.13
             .
             And
             all
             this
             he
             affirms
             of
             the
             most
             excellent
             natural
             knowledge
             ;
             how
             much
             more
             vain
             and
             unprofitable
             are
             the
             perverse
             and
             impertinent
             studies
             of
             many
             men
             ,
             which
             have
             nothing
             of
             solidity
             or
             usefullness
             in
             them
             ,
             Col.
             2.8
             .
             1
             Tim.
             6.4
             ,
             5.
             
             Rom.
             1.22
             .
             1
             Cor.
             1.20
             .
          
           
             V.
             16
             ,
             17.
             
             
               I
               communed
               with
               mine
               own
            
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             Prolepsis
             wherein
             he
             meeteth
             with
             an
             objection
             ,
             viz.
             That
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             creatures
             might
             make
             a
             man
             happy
             ,
             though
             he
             had
             not
             attained
             unto
             it
             ,
             not
             for
             any
             defect
             in
             them
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             narrowness
             of
             his
             own
             understanding
             .
             To
             which
             he
             answereth
             ,
             That
             if
             any
             man
             could
             have
             found
             it
             out
             in
             them
             ,
             he
             should
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             the
             greatness
             of
             his
             parts
             ,
             and
             exquisite
             industry
             ;
             as
             Chap.
             2.12
             .
          
           
           
             
               I
               communed
               with
               my
               heart
            
             ]
             I
             cast
             up
             my
             accounts
             ,
             and
             exactly
             viewed
             the
             fruit
             and
             sum
             of
             all
             my
             lab●urs
             in
             getting
             knowledge
             .
             I
             did
             seriously
             deliberate
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             view
             of
             mine
             own
             heart
             ,
             Psal.
             4.5
             .
             True
             wisdome
             makes
             a
             man
             thoughtfull
             and
             discursive
             within
             himself
             .
          
           
             
               I
               am
               come
               to
               great
               estate
               ,
               and
               have
               gotten
               ,
            
             or
             added
             ,
             
               more
               wisdome
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             I
             have
             gotten
             great
             estate
             and
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             a●ded
             to
             it
             ,
             I
             have
             exceeded
             and
             increased
             in
             wisdome
             .
             So
             the
             word
             seems
             elsewhere
             to
             import
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             20
             ▪
             41.
             
             Esay
             9.3
             .
             Amos
             8.5
             .
             Or
             ,
             I
             have
             come
             to
             be
             a
             great
             man
             ,
             Joel
             2.20
             .
             to
             do
             great
             things
             .
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
          
           
             
               then
               all
               they
               that
               have
               been
               before
               me
            
             ]
             1
             King.
             4.30
             .
             &
             10.27
             .
             yea
             all
             that
             come
             after
             him
             too
             ,
             Christ
             only
             excepted
             ,
             1
             King.
             3.12
             .
          
           
             
               in
               Ierusalem
            
             ]
             Where
             the
             study
             of
             wisdom
             was
             ,
             more
             then
             in
             other
             places
             .
          
           
             
               my
               heart
               had
               great
               experience
               .
               Had
               seen
               much
               wisdome
               and
               knowledge
            
             ]
             Wisdome
             seems
             to
             note
             the
             general
             knowledge
             of
             things
             Divine
             and
             humane
             ;
             Knowledge
             ,
             the
             experimental
             :
             or
             wisdom
             the
             Habit
             and
             instrument
             ;
             knowledge
             ,
             the
             acquired
             perfection
             gotten
             by
             the
             help
             of
             that
             habitual
             wisdome
             .
             Here
             ,
             1.
             
             He
             seems
             to
             have
             magnified
             
             wisdom
             in
             his
             choice
             ,
             which
             also
             may
             be
             implyed
             in
             the
             word
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             3.9.11
             .
             2.
             
             To
             have
             increased
             it
             .
             3.
             
             To
             have
             carried
             it
             into
             his
             heart
             ,
             it
             was
             inward
             and
             experimental
             knowledge
             .
             4.
             
             To
             have
             delighted
             in
             it
             ,
             &
             gone
             seriously
             &
             with
             full
             pupose
             about
             it
             .
          
           
             
               gave
               my
               heart
            
             ]
             See
             vers
             .
             13.
             
             The
             more
             wise
             any
             man
             is
             ,
             the
             more
             he
             laboureth
             to
             grow
             in
             wisdom
             .
          
           
             
               to
               know
               wisdom
               ,
               and
               to
               know
               madness
               and
               folly
            
             ]
             Chap.
             7.25
             .
             Hereby
             he
             understands
             moral
             ,
             political
             ,
             and
             practical
             knowledge
             ,
             in
             order
             to
             its
             better
             government
             ,
             to
             observe
             the
             difference
             between
             wise
             and
             vertuous
             ,
             and
             between
             foolish
             and
             wicked
             actions
             :
             the
             word
             rendred
             folly
             ,
             is
             in
             this
             onely
             place
             written
             with
             the
             letter
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             Sin
             ,
             in
             all
             others
             with
             the
             letter
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             Samech
             ,
             and
             so
             may
             be
             here
             rendred
             either
             folly
             ,
             or
             prudence
             .
             And
             this
             he
             found
             to
             be
             
               vexation
               of
               spirit
            
             ,
             or
             feeding
             on
             wind
             ;
             observing
             how
             short
             men
             came
             of
             the
             one
             ,
             and
             how
             much
             the
             other
             did
             abound
             .
             Or
             finding
             by
             his
             own
             experience
             ,
             that
             neither
             the
             perfection
             of
             moral
             wisdome
             ,
             so
             far
             as
             it
             is
             acquirable
             by
             humane
             diligence
             ,
             nor
             yet
             the
             pleasures
             and
             delights
             of
             vitious
             and
             foolish
             could
             quiet
             and
             settle
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             1.20
             .
             Eccles.
             11.8
             ,
             9.
             
             A
             bare
             speculative
             knowledge
             of
             good
             ,
             and
             an
             experimental
             
             presumptuous
             knowledge
             of
             evil
             ,
             such
             as
             Adams
             was
             in
             eating
             the
             forbidden
             fruit
             ,
             are
             so
             far
             from
             making
             men
             happy
             ,
             that
             they
             increase
             their
             misery
             .
          
           
             But
             here
             Solomon
             may
             seem
             to
             have
             committed
             an
             errour
             against
             the
             moral
             wisdome
             which
             he
             here
             professed
             to
             enquire
             after
             ,
             namely
             ,
             in
             speaking
             of
             much
             so
             his
             own
             eminency
             in
             gifts
             beyond
             other
             men
             ,
             Joh.
             8.13
             .
             He
             doth
             it
             not
             falsly
             ,
             arrogantly
             ,
             nor
             proudly
             and
             vain-gloriously
             ,
             to
             magnifie
             himself
             ,
             but
             humbly
             ,
             in
             acknowledging
             Gods
             gifts
             ,
             and
             necessarily
             to
             discover
             thereby
             the
             truth
             of
             that
             doctrine
             he
             was
             now
             teaching
             the
             Church
             by
             his
             own
             experience
             :
             and
             so
             it
             is
             lawful
             to
             make
             mention
             of
             Gods
             gifts
             and
             graces
             bestowed
             on
             us
             ,
             as
             the
             Apostle
             doth
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             14.18
             .
             &
             15.10
             .
             2
             Cor.
             11
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
          
           
             V.
             18.
             
               in
               much
               wisdome
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               in
               the
               abundance
               of
               wisdome
            
             ,
             as
             Psal.
             72.7
             .
             &
             51.1
             .
             Prov.
             20.6
             ,
             15.
             
             Hos.
             8.12
             .
             Or
             in
             the
             man
             who
             is
             much
             in
             wisdome
             ,
             or
             who
             hath
             much
             wisdome
             ,
             Job
             11.2
             .
             The
             sense
             is
             every
             way
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             
               is
               much
               grief
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             anger
             ,
             or
             indignation
             .
             Whence
             the
             Chaldee
             Paraphrase
             ,
             The
             more
             knowledge
             any
             man
             hath
             ,
             without
             repentance
             ,
             the
             more
             wrath
             is
             upon
             him
             from
             the
             Lord
             ,
             as
             Luke
             12.47
             .
             But
             the
             meaning
             ,
             according
             
             to
             the
             scope
             of
             the
             context
             ,
             is
             ,
             That
             abundance
             of
             wisdome
             is
             alwaies
             accompanied
             with
             a
             proportion
             of
             trouble
             and
             perturbation
             of
             mind
             ;
             as
             indignation
             ,
             to
             see
             how
             little
             fruit
             ,
             and
             how
             much
             disappointment
             a
             man
             doth
             meet
             with
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             how
             little
             accompt
             is
             made
             of
             it
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             as
             Eccles.
             9.
             
             Grief
             and
             discontent
             ,
             when
             the
             more
             wisdom
             a
             man
             hath
             ,
             the
             more
             ignorance
             he
             doth
             discover
             in
             himself
             ,
             and
             the
             more
             pains
             he
             must
             take
             to
             go
             on
             unto
             more
             knowledge
             yet
             unattained
             ;
             and
             yet
             still
             find
             his
             crookedness
             of
             mind
             ,
             and
             manifold
             defects
             uncorrected
             ,
             unsupplyed
             ;
             fear
             of
             losing
             ,
             and
             forgetting
             what
             with
             so
             great
             pains
             had
             been
             gotten
             .
             Some
             begin
             the
             next
             Chapter
             with
             these
             words
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             them
             a
             transition
             to
             the
             next
             endeavour
             of
             Solomon
             ,
             to
             finde
             out
             happiness
             in
             some
             other
             thing
             ;
             and
             so
             the
             sense
             runs
             thus
             ;
             Forasmuch
             as
             in
             much
             wisdome
             there
             is
             much
             grief
             ,
             &c.
             and
             this
             was
             not
             the
             way
             to
             attain
             true
             happinesse
             and
             content
             to
             toyl
             and
             weary
             out
             my self
             with
             pain
             ,
             sorrow
             of
             mind
             and
             body
             in
             the
             attaining
             of
             wisdome
             :
             
               Therefore
               I
               said
               in
               my
               heart
               ,
               Go
               to
               now
               ,
               I
               will
               prove
               thee
               with
               mirth
               ,
            
             &c.
             
             Yet
             the
             purpose
             of
             the
             Wise
             man
             is
             not
             to
             deter
             men
             from
             so
             noble
             a
             labour
             as
             the
             study
             of
             wisdome
             and
             learning
             ,
             but
             to
             raise
             up
             to
             the
             study
             of
             heavenly
             Wisdome
             ,
             and
             
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             whereby
             their
             other
             knowledge
             would
             be
             sanctified
             ,
             sweetned
             ,
             and
             made
             excellently
             useful
             and
             comfortable
             to
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             
          
           
             BEing
             disappointed
             in
             his
             expectation
             from
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             Creature
             ,
             he
             now
             resolveth
             to
             search
             what
             good
             may
             be
             found
             in
             the
             use
             and
             fruition
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             so
             sets
             himself
             to
             try
             what
             content
             either
             sensual
             ,
             or
             rational
             pleasures
             could
             bring
             to
             the
             heart
             ;
             which
             he
             doth
             ,
             from
             vers
             .
             1.
             to
             ver
             .
             12.
             and
             finding
             that
             he
             had
             changed
             for
             the
             worse
             ,
             he
             goes
             back
             again
             to
             the
             consideration
             of
             wisdome
             and
             madnesse
             ,
             and
             finding
             as
             much
             disappointment
             the
             second
             time
             ,
             as
             he
             had
             done
             the
             first
             ,
             vers
             .
             12
             —
             23.
             
             He
             concludeth
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             no
             comfort
             nor
             tranquility
             to
             be
             found
             in
             the
             use
             of
             Creatures
             ,
             till
             by
             the
             favour
             of
             God
             it
             be
             sweetned
             unto
             us
             ,
             Vers.
             24
             ,
             25
             ,
             26.
             
          
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             I
             
               Said
               in
               my
               heart
            
             ]
             I
             purposed
             Within
             my self
             ,
             and
             did
             resolve
             with
             intimate
             affection
             to
             try
             what
             pleasures
             would
             do
             ,
             Chap.
             1.16
             .
             Luke
             12.19
             .
          
           
             
               Go
               to
               now
            
             ]
             It
             is
             an
             adverbial
             form
             of
             exhorting
             
             and
             quickening
             his
             heart
             unto
             such
             a
             course
             .
          
           
             
               I
               will
               prove
               thee
               with
               mirth
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             by
             mirth
             ,
             as
             by
             the
             instrument
             of
             enquiring
             after
             happinesse
             ,
             Judg.
             6.39
             .
             1
             King.
             10.1
             .
             I
             will
             make
             tryal
             another
             way
             whether
             pleasures
             will
             content
             thee
             ,
             Psal.
             26.2
             .
             the
             word
             being
             deriveable
             from
             another
             root
             ,
             admits
             of
             another
             sense
             ,
             but
             to
             the
             same
             purpose
             ,
             I
             will
             pour
             out
             my self
             in
             delights
             ,
             or
             I
             will
             abound
             in
             delights
             .
             Pleasures
             do
             melt
             and
             pour
             out
             the
             soul
             ;
             hence
             Reuben
             is
             said
             to
             be
             unstable
             as
             waters
             ,
             Gen.
             49.4
             .
             Ezek.
             16.15
             .
             Lusts
             have
             a
             greediness
             and
             excess
             in
             them
             ,
             Eph.
             4.19
             .
             I
             will
             wholly
             give
             my self
             ,
             my
             heart
             shall
             flow
             forth
             into
             delights
             ,
             I
             will
             fully
             gratifie
             my
             senses
             ,
             and
             indulge
             my
             fancy
             in
             all
             pleasing
             things
             .
          
           
             
               therefore
               enjoy
               pleasure
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               see
               good
            
             .
             To
             see
             ,
             is
             to
             enjoy
             ,
             Isa.
             53.11
             .
             Psal.
             34.8
             .
             &
             4.6
             .
             Live
             plentifully
             ,
             indulge
             to
             thy self
             all
             delights
             ,
             restrain
             not
             thy self
             from
             any
             desire
             of
             thine
             eyes
             .
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               I
               said
               of
               laughter
            
             ]
             By
             laughter
             ,
             he
             meaneth
             any
             excess
             of
             joy
             ,
             and
             merriment
             ,
             when
             the
             heart
             is
             so
             full
             ,
             that
             it
             cannot
             contain
             its
             delight
             within
             ,
             but
             it
             breaketh
             forth
             into
             the
             face
             ,
             voice
             ,
             and
             outward
             behaviour
             ,
             Gen.
             21.6
             .
             Psal.
             126.2
             .
             Luke
             6.21
             .
          
           
           
             
               or
               I
               said
               to
               laughter
               ,
               Thou
               art
               mad
            
             ]
             By
             a
             Prosopopoeia
             .
             Excess
             of
             joy
             transporteth
             the
             mind
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             displaceth
             reason
             ,
             argues
             much
             levity
             ,
             vanity
             ,
             incomposedness
             of
             judgment
             .
             True
             joy
             is
             a
             severe
             and
             serious
             thing
             ,
             keeps
             the
             heart
             alwayes
             in
             a
             stayed
             and
             fixed
             condition
             ,
             but
             the
             joy
             which
             breaks
             forth
             into
             laughter
             ,
             is
             like
             the
             crackling
             of
             thorns
             ,
             Eccl.
             7.6
             .
             and
             hath
             a
             sorrow
             at
             the
             bottom
             of
             it
             :
             as
             a
             mad-man
             ,
             the
             more
             merry
             he
             is
             ,
             is
             the
             more
             miserable
             ,
             Prov.
             14.13
             .
             Jam.
             4.9
             .
          
           
             
               and
               of
               mirth
               ,
               what
               doth
               it
               ?
            
             ]
             What
             good
             or
             profit
             bringeth
             it
             with
             it
             ?
             Job
             35.6
             ,
             7.
             
             Matth.
             20.32
             .
             The
             interrogation
             bids
             a
             challenge
             to
             all
             the
             masters
             of
             mirth
             ,
             that
             were
             to
             produce
             any
             one
             satisfactory
             fruit
             which
             it
             affordeth
             .
             Thus
             we
             see
             by
             the
             example
             of
             Solomon
             ,
             that
             the
             heart
             cannot
             stay
             long
             on
             any
             one
             enquiry
             wherein
             it
             meeteth
             with
             dis-satisfaction
             ,
             but
             it
             quickly
             hasteneth
             unto
             another
             ,
             as
             a
             Bee
             flyeth
             from
             flower
             to
             flower
             ,
             when
             there
             is
             not
             enough
             in
             one
             to
             satiate
             it
             ,
             as
             a
             sick
             man
             that
             removes
             from
             one
             bed
             ,
             couch
             ,
             chamber
             ,
             unto
             another
             for
             ease
             ,
             and
             finds
             none
             ,
             Esay
             57.10
             .
             Jer.
             2.23
             ,
             36.
             2.
             
             That
             in
             such
             kind
             of
             changes
             usually
             the
             heart
             goeth
             from
             better
             to
             worse
             ,
             〈◊〉
             here
             Solomon
             from
             wisdome
             to
             pleasure●
             3.
             
             Here
             is
             observable
             the
             nature
             of
             sensua●
             
             mirth
             ,
             it
             tends
             towards
             excess
             ,
             and
             so
             towards
             undecency
             and
             madness
             :
             for
             here
             is
             not
             condemned
             moderate
             ,
             but
             excessive
             pleasure
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             gives
             up
             his
             heart
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             makes
             it
             the
             business
             of
             his
             life
             .
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               I
               sought
               in
               my
               heart
            
             ]
             Upon
             serious
             deliberation
             ,
             and
             further
             exploration
             of
             that
             good
             which
             men
             may
             in
             this
             life
             attain
             unto
             ,
             finding
             that
             neither
             wisdome
             alone
             ,
             nor
             pleasures
             alone
             ,
             could
             bring
             me
             unto
             it
             ,
             I
             purposed
             to
             temper
             them
             together
             ;
             and
             since
             I
             found
             that
             wisdome
             and
             knowledge
             was
             accompanied
             with
             grief
             and
             sorrow
             ,
             I
             intended
             to
             mitigate
             those
             griefs
             with
             bodily
             delights
             :
             and
             yet
             so
             ,
             as
             that
             my
             wisdom
             might
             restrain
             those
             delights
             from
             any
             excess
             ,
             and
             from
             disabling
             me
             in
             the
             duties
             which
             I
             owed
             to
             God
             or
             men
             .
          
           
             
               to
               give
               my self
               unto
               wine
            
             ]
             To
             draw
             my
             flesh
             with
             wine
             .
             Or
             ,
             to
             draw
             forth
             my
             flesh
             unto
             wine
             .
             Abstinence
             doth
             shrink
             and
             contract
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             keep
             it
             under
             ,
             1.
             
             Cor.
             9.27
             .
             Dan.
             1.10
             .
             feasting
             and
             mirth
             doth
             draw
             it
             forth
             ,
             Psal.
             73.7
             .
             That
             leannesse
             or
             wasting
             of
             body
             which
             by
             hard
             studies
             I
             had
             contracted
             ,
             I
             now
             purposed
             by
             more
             delicacy
             of
             living
             ,
             and
             indulgence
             to
             draw
             forth
             into
             freshness
             ,
             fulness
             and
             beauty
             again
             .
             Or
             ,
             to
             draw
             with
             wine
             ,
             to
             spend
             more
             time
             in
             feasting
             ,
             banqueting
             ,
             and
             delights
             then
             formerly
             
             I
             had
             done
             .
             So
             drawing
             signifies
             sometimes
             continuance
             and
             prolongation
             of
             a
             business
             ,
             Psal.
             85.5
             .
             Isai.
             13.22
             .
             Ezek.
             12.28
             .
             So
             the
             glutton
             ,
             Luk.
             16.19
             .
          
           
             
               unto
               wine
               ]
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
            
             By
             a
             Synecdoche
             ,
             unto
             all
             kind
             of
             delicates
             in
             eating
             and
             drinking
             ,
             in
             banqueting
             and
             feasting
             .
             As
             bread
             signifies
             all
             necessaries
             ,
             Amos
             7.12
             .
             with
             6.11
             .
             so
             wine
             all
             delicates
             ,
             Prov.
             9.2
             .
             Cant.
             8.2
             .
             &
             2.4
             .
          
           
             
               yet
               acquainting
               mine
               heart
               with
               wisdome
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             leading
             my
             heart
             by
             wisdom
             ,
             resolving
             to
             keep
             such
             a
             temper
             ,
             as
             to
             carry
             my self
             not
             licentiously
             ,
             but
             wisely
             in
             the
             use
             of
             pleasures
             ,
             to
             keep
             my self
             from
             being
             captivated
             unto
             ,
             or
             swallowed
             up
             of
             these
             carnal
             delights
             ,
             as
             using
             them
             not
             sensually
             ,
             with
             a
             bruitish
             excesse
             ,
             but
             critically
             and
             rationally
             to
             finde
             out
             what
             real
             content
             they
             do
             afford
             unto
             the
             heart
             of
             an
             intelligent
             man.
             I
             did
             so
             give
             my
             flesh
             unto
             wine
             ,
             as
             though
             I
             kept
             my
             heart
             for
             wisdom
             still
             .
          
           
             
               and
               to
               lay
               hold
               on
               folly
            
             ]
             By
             folly
             ,
             he
             meaneth
             those
             pleasures
             ,
             the
             laying
             hold
             on
             which
             he
             found
             in
             the
             event
             to
             be
             nothing
             but
             folly
             .
             Thus
             to
             lay
             hold
             on
             them
             is
             fully
             to
             possess
             a
             mans
             self
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             to
             embrace
             and
             apprehend
             them
             with
             all
             one●
             strength
             ,
             Isa.
             56.4
             .
             1
             Tim.
             6.19
             .
             Phil.
             3.12
             ,
             13.
             
             It
             may
             likewise
             seem
             to
             intimate
             thus
             
             much
             ,
             That
             he
             held
             folly
             from
             mixing
             with
             his
             pleasures
             ,
             or
             coming
             into
             his
             heart
             along
             with
             them
             ,
             to
             hold
             it
             as
             a
             man
             holds
             an
             enemy
             from
             doing
             him
             any
             hurt
             ,
             Judg.
             12.6
             .
             &
             16.21
             .
          
           
             
               till
               I
               might
               see
               what
               was
               that
               good
               for
               the
               sons
               of
               men
            
             ]
             This
             was
             the
             end
             of
             his
             enquiring
             ;
             it
             was
             not
             to
             drown
             himself
             in
             sensuality
             ,
             but
             to
             discover
             what
             kind
             of
             course
             was
             that
             ,
             which
             would
             render
             this
             present
             mortal
             life
             more
             comfortable
             to
             a
             man.
             He
             did
             it
             not
             vitiously
             ,
             but
             to
             make
             an
             experiment
             only
             .
             Solomon
             found
             in
             himself
             emptiness
             and
             indigency
             ,
             he
             felt
             strong
             opposition
             after
             some
             good
             which
             might
             supply
             those
             wants
             ;
             and
             he
             had
             active
             principles
             of
             reason
             to
             enquire
             what
             that
             good
             was
             ,
             which
             Nature
             did
             so
             much
             want
             ,
             and
             so
             greatly
             desire
             .
             And
             this
             reason
             and
             habitual
             wisdome
             he
             imployed
             to
             the
             uttermost
             ,
             to
             discover
             that
             good
             under
             heaven
             which
             might
             most
             perfectly
             satisfie
             the
             wants
             and
             desires
             of
             the
             reasonable
             soul.
             
          
           
             
               under
               〈◊〉
            
             ]
             As
             before
             under
             the
             Sun.
             He
             was
             not
             ignorant
             ,
             but
             that
             in
             the
             Heavens
             there
             was
             a
             supreme
             and
             infinite
             good
             ,
             which
             the
             glorified
             soul
             should
             enjoy
             unto
             endlesse
             satisfaction
             ;
             but
             he
             speaketh
             ●here
             of
             that
             good
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             which
             may
             most
             sweeten
             the
             mortal
             life
             of
             man.
             
          
           
           
             
               all
               the
               dayes
               of
               their
               life
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             time
             good
             which
             is
             durable
             ,
             and
             commensurate
             to
             the
             Soul
             that
             feeds
             on
             it
             .
             Now
             most
             of
             the
             things
             he
             here
             recounteth
             are
             onely
             for
             some
             seasons
             of
             life
             ;
             as
             painful
             studies
             ,
             vigorous
             pleasures
             ,
             active
             negotiations
             ,
             when
             age
             and
             and
             infirmities
             come
             ,
             they
             forsake
             him
             ;
             and
             so
             these
             good
             things
             dye
             before
             the
             man
             that
             should
             enjoy
             them
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             19.35
             .
             Psal.
             90.10
             .
             Eccl.
             1●
             .
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             Therefore
             in
             this
             enquiry
             ,
             the
             duration
             of
             the
             good
             ,
             is
             as
             requisite
             to
             be
             considered
             as
             the
             quality
             of
             it
             ;
             whether
             it
             will
             continue
             with
             a
             man
             as
             a
             stay
             and
             comfort
             to
             him
             all
             the
             dayes
             of
             his
             life
             .
             Nothing
             will
             do
             this
             but
             godliness
             ,
             Psal.
             92.13
             ,
             14.
             
             There
             can
             be
             no
             time
             ,
             no
             condition
             in
             a
             mans
             life
             ,
             wherein
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             will
             not
             be
             comfortable
             unto
             him
             .
          
           
             Here
             we
             observe
             ;
             1.
             
             That
             in
             all
             these
             inquiries
             Solomon
             begins
             with
             his
             heart
             ,
             thereby
             noting
             unto
             us
             ,
             That
             the
             good
             which
             must
             satisfie
             a
             man
             ,
             must
             bear
             proportion
             to
             his
             heart
             ,
             and
             to
             his
             inward
             man.
             2.
             
             That
             he
             tempers
             his
             pleasures
             and
             〈◊〉
             pains
             in
             seeking
             knowledge
             ,
             together
             ;
             teaching
             thereby
             ,
             that
             the
             right
             use
             of
             pleasures
             ,
             is
             not
             to
             take
             up
             the
             whole
             man
             ,
             but
             to
             mitigate
             the
             bitterness
             and
             pains
             of
             severer
             studies
             thereby
             .
             3.
             
             That
             a
             man
             hath
             never
             greater
             need
             of
             the
             bridle
             of
             wisdom
             ,
             then
             when
             he
             is
             in
             
             pursuance
             of
             carnall
             delights
             .
             4.
             
             That
             pleasures
             and
             folly
             are
             very
             near
             of
             kin
             ;
             and
             a
             very
             hard
             thing
             it
             is
             to
             hold
             folly
             so
             fast
             in
             ,
             but
             that
             it
             will
             get
             loose
             ,
             and
             immixe
             it self
             in
             carnal
             delights
             .
             5.
             
             That
             a
             free
             and
             full
             indulgence
             unto
             pleasures
             ,
             though
             not
             upon
             sensual
             ,
             but
             critical
             and
             more
             curious
             aims
             ,
             will
             by
             degrees
             steal
             away
             the
             heart
             ,
             &
             much
             abate
             more
             spiritual
             and
             heavenly
             delights
             :
             corruption
             ever
             creeping
             in
             with
             curiosity
             ,
             Prov.
             20.1
             .
             &
             23.3
             ,
             6.
             
             It
             is
             a
             noble
             and
             high
             frame
             of
             spirit
             ,
             to
             look
             out
             in
             every
             thing
             which
             a
             man
             undertakes
             ,
             after
             that
             which
             is
             truly
             and
             principally
             good
             for
             his
             heart
             ,
             in
             the
             use
             of
             that
             thing
             .
             7.
             
             That
             the
             comfort
             of
             a
             mans
             life
             under
             heaven
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             doing
             of
             that
             good
             which
             God
             hath
             given
             him
             his
             strength
             and
             life
             for
             .
             8.
             
             That
             nothing
             is
             truely
             the
             good
             of
             a
             mans
             life
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             commensurate
             in
             duration
             and
             continuance
             thereunto
             ,
             and
             which
             will
             not
             properly
             minister
             comfort
             unto
             him
             into
             whatsoever
             various
             conditions
             of
             life
             ,
             as
             sickness
             ,
             poverty
             ,
             bondage
             ,
             disfavour
             ,
             old
             age
             ,
             &c.
             he
             may
             be
             cast
             into
             .
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             Having
             upon
             further
             deliberation
             ,
             declared
             his
             purpose
             ,
             to
             search
             for
             good
             amongst
             pleasures
             and
             bodily
             delights
             ;
             he
             now
             sheweth
             what
             magnificent
             and
             royal
             provisions
             he
             made
             ,
             in
             order
             to
             that
             design
             ,
             sumptuo●s
             diet
             ,
             stately
             buildings
             ,
             vineyards
             ,
             gardens
             ,
             orchards
             ,
             
             forests
             ,
             parks
             ,
             fish-ponds
             ,
             honourable
             retinue
             of
             servants
             ;
             possessions
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             cattel
             ;
             treasures
             of
             gold
             ,
             silver
             ,
             and
             all
             precious
             things
             ;
             musick
             vocal
             ,
             instrumental
             ;
             and
             all
             these
             in
             great
             abundance
             ,
             as
             far
             as
             royal
             wealth
             could
             procure
             ,
             largenesse
             of
             heart
             desire
             ,
             or
             exquisite
             wisdom
             contrive
             :
             In
             all
             which
             he
             took
             exceeding
             much
             joy
             and
             delight
             ,
             being
             withheld
             by
             no
             manner
             of
             impediments
             from
             the
             full
             fruition
             of
             them
             ;
             yet
             in
             the
             conclusion
             ,
             he
             passeth
             the
             same
             censure
             here
             ,
             as
             he
             had
             done
             before
             ,
             That
             all
             was
             vanity
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
               I
               made
               me
               great
               works
            
             ]
             I
             did
             not
             stoop
             to
             base
             and
             inconsiderable
             things
             ,
             to
             find
             out
             that
             pleasure
             which
             might
             satisfie
             my
             desires
             ,
             but
             I
             sought
             it
             in
             magnificent
             works
             ,
             becomming
             the
             royal
             state
             of
             a
             King
             ;
             as
             Esth.
             1.4
             .
             Of
             which
             works
             ,
             he
             doth
             immediately
             subjoyn
             a
             large
             catalogue
             .
          
           
             
               I
               builded
               me
            
             ;
             Or
             to
             my self
             ,
             or
             for
             my self
             (
             it
             is
             Datrius's
             Commody
             )
             houses
             ,
             large
             and
             stately
             ,
             thirteen
             years
             in
             building
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             7.1
             —
             13.
             
             &
             9.15
             ,
             17
             ,
             18
             ,
             19.
             
             Houses
             for
             habitation
             ,
             and
             houses
             for
             state
             and
             pleasure
             ;
             winter-houses
             ,
             and
             summer-houses
             ,
             Amos
             3.15
             .
             David
             had
             built
             an
             house
             of
             Cedar
             before
             ,
             2
             Chron.
             2.3
             .
             but
             Solomon
             contenteth
             not
             himself
             with
             that
             .
          
           
           
             vineyards
             ]
             Cant.
             8
             11.
             
             David
             likewise
             had
             vineyards
             ,
             and
             orchards
             ,
             and
             cattel
             ,
             and
             treasures
             ,
             and
             servants
             set
             over
             all
             these
             ,
             1
             Chron.
             7.25
             —
             31.
             yet
             Solomon
             will
             have
             them
             in
             greater
             magnificence
             ,
             having
             no
             wars
             nor
             troubles
             to
             interrupt
             him
             ,
             as
             his
             father
             had
             .
          
           
             V.
             5.
             
             
               I
               made
               me
               gardens
               and
               orchards
            
             ]
             Gardens
             for
             flowers
             ,
             plants
             ,
             spices
             ,
             Cant.
             6.2
             .
             orchards
             ,
             or
             paradises
             for
             trees
             of
             all
             sorts
             ;
             under
             which
             we
             may
             comprize
             forrests
             and
             parks
             ,
             or
             places
             for
             choisest
             cattel
             ,
             Cant.
             4.13
             ,
             14.
             
             Neh.
             2.8
             .
             which
             were
             places
             of
             great
             pleasure
             and
             delight
             ,
             Esth.
             1.8
             .
          
           
             V.
             6.
             
               pools
               of
               water
               ,
               to
               water
               therewith
               the
               wood
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Artificial
             ponds
             ,
             and
             receptacles
             of
             water
             ,
             whether
             arising
             from
             springs
             ,
             or
             otherwise
             by
             aqueducts
             ,
             and
             other
             means
             derived
             thither
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             18.17
             .
             These
             used
             to
             be
             in
             ,
             or
             near
             great
             gardens
             ,
             and
             near
             princely
             works
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             20.20
             .
             Neh.
             2.14
             .
             &
             3.15
             .
             Gen.
             2.9
             ,
             10.
             
             Cant.
             7.4
             .
             To
             water
             the
             wood
             or
             forrest
             ,
             whereby
             he
             seemeth
             to
             mean
             the
             gardens
             and
             orchards
             ,
             before
             mentioned
             ,
             for
             the
             spaciousness
             of
             them
             .
             So
             a
             forrest
             is
             elsewhere
             called
             an
             orchard
             or
             paradise
             ,
             Neh.
             2.8
             .
             These
             things
             in
             these
             hot
             Countries
             ,
             were
             accounted
             special
             blessings
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             they
             have
             their
             name
             ,
             Josh.
             15.19
             .
             These
             things
             he
             had
             as
             materials
             for
             his
             wisdome
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.33
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             7.
             
             
               I
               got
               me
               servants
               and
               maidens
            
             ]
             Some
             he
             bought
             or
             hired
             from
             abroad
             ,
             others
             were
             born
             unto
             him
             in
             his
             house
             :
             and
             these
             he
             had
             for
             the
             manifold
             duties
             of
             his
             royal
             family
             :
             Such
             had
             David
             ,
             1
             Chron.
             27.26
             .
             —
             31.
             and
             so
             Solomon
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.7
             .
             &
             5.16
             ,
             17.
             
             &
             10.5
             .
          
           
             
               And
               had
               servants
               born
               in
               mine
               house
            
             ]
             Sons
             of
             mine
             house
             ;
             the
             children
             of
             an
             handmaid
             born
             in
             her
             masters
             house
             ,
             were
             born
             servants
             unto
             the
             master
             of
             the
             house
             ,
             Gen.
             14.14
             .
             &
             15.3
             .
             &
             17.12
             .
             Jer.
             2.14
             .
             hereunto
             David
             alludeth
             ,
             when
             he
             saith
             ,
             I
             am
             thy
             servant
             ,
             the
             son
             of
             thy
             handmaid
             ,
             Psal.
             116.16
             .
             The
             servants
             of
             Solomon
             ,
             which
             were
             certain
             publick
             officers
             ,
             appointed
             by
             Solomon
             ,
             we
             read
             of
             long
             after
             ,
             Ezra
             2.58
             .
             Neh.
             7.60
             .
             who
             may
             seem
             to
             be
             those
             of
             the
             Canaanites
             ,
             whom
             Solomon
             made
             bond-slaves
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             9.21
             .
             Some
             ,
             by
             sons
             of
             the
             house
             ,
             understand
             those
             officers
             whom
             Solomon
             did
             set
             over
             his
             house
             ,
             to
             order
             the
             Affairs
             thereof
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.27
             .
          
           
             
               possessions
               of
               great
               and
               small
               cattel
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             I
             had
             cattel
             both
             great
             and
             small
             ,
             or
             herds
             and
             flocks
             .
             The
             first
             word
             is
             general
             to
             all
             cattel
             ,
             great
             or
             small
             ;
             the
             two
             next
             ,
             the
             species
             of
             that
             general
             ,
             Gen.
             34.23
             .
             1
             Reg.
             4.22
             ,
             23
             ,
             26.
             
          
           
             
               above
               all
               that
               were
               before
               me
               in
               Ierusalem
            
             ]
             
             As
             more
             wisdom
             ,
             Chap.
             1.16
             .
             so
             more
             wealth
             ,
             and
             provisions
             for
             that
             wisdom
             to
             work
             upon
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             3.13
             .
             &
             10.23
             .
          
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               I
               gathered
               me
               also
               silver
               and
               gold
            
             ]
             I
             heaped
             it
             up
             ;
             as
             Psal.
             33.7
             .
             1
             Reg.
             9.28
             .
             &
             10.14
             .
             &
             15.27
             .
             The
             wayes
             of
             this
             great
             gain
             were
             Tribute
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             10.25
             .
             Honourers
             presents
             ,
             sent
             out
             of
             the
             high
             admiration
             of
             his
             wisdom
             ,
             from
             other
             Princes
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             10.10
             .
             &
             4.34
             .
             and
             merchandize
             ,
             or
             free-trade
             into
             remote
             Countries
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             9.26
             —
             28.
             
             &
             10.15
             ,
             28.
             
          
           
             
               and
               the
               peculiar
               treasure
               of
               Kings
               and
               of
               Provinces
            
             ]
             Precious
             rarities
             ,
             or
             most
             choice
             &
             desirable
             things
             ,
             which
             men
             use
             to
             lay
             up
             in
             their
             treasures
             ;
             the
             chief
             rarities
             of
             several
             Countries
             ,
             1
             Chron.
             29.3
             .
             Hence
             whatsoever
             is
             intimately
             dear
             and
             honourable
             ,
             is
             metaphorically
             called
             segullah
             ,
             Exod.
             19.5
             .
             Psal.
             135.4
             .
             Mal.
             3.17
             .
             The
             Apostle
             rendreth
             it
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             Tit.
             2.14
             .
             others
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             that
             which
             is
             of
             principal
             worth
             and
             esteem
             ,
             Isai.
             39.2
             .
             The
             preciousest
             and
             most
             desirable
             things
             ,
             which
             Kingdoms
             and
             Provinces
             could
             afford
             ,
             or
             wherewith
             Princes
             and
             Provinces
             did
             use
             to
             present
             him
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.21
             .
             &
             9.11
             .
             &
             10.2
             ,
             10.
             2
             
             Chron.
             9.9
             .
             &
             10.24
             .
          
           
             
               I
               gat
               me
               men
               singers
               and
               women
               singers
            
             ]
             These
             as
             well
             as
             those
             ,
             because
             naturally
             their
             voices
             are
             sweeter
             then
             mens
             :
             So
             we
             finde
             
             them
             joyned
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             19.35
             .
             2
             Chron.
             35.25
             .
             So
             we
             read
             ,
             that
             not
             onely
             Moses
             and
             the
             men
             ,
             but
             Miriam
             and
             the
             women
             did
             sing
             at
             the
             overthrow
             of
             Pharaoh
             ,
             Exod.
             15.1
             .
             &
             20.21
             .
             1
             Sam.
             8.6
             ,
             7.
             
          
           
             
               and
               the
               delights
               of
               the
               sons
               of
               men
               ,
            
             viz.
             
               musical
               instruments
            
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             The
             word
             translated
             
               musical
               instruments
            
             ,
             is
             no
             where
             else
             used
             in
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             and
             hath
             various
             interpretations
             put
             upon
             it
             .
             Some
             understanding
             by
             it
             ,
             beautiful
             daughters
             ,
             denominated
             from
             their
             brests
             ,
             as
             elsewhere
             from
             their
             womb
             ,
             Judg.
             5.30
             .
             Others
             ,
             for
             choice
             and
             delicate
             women
             ,
             taken
             as
             a
             prey
             in
             war
             ,
             as
             we
             finde
             there
             the
             manner
             was
             :
             and
             others
             for
             divers
             other
             things
             ,
             as
             we
             find
             in
             Hierom
             ,
             Drusius
             ,
             Mercer
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             But
             the
             most
             received
             sense
             ,
             and
             most
             agreeable
             with
             the
             former
             delight
             of
             singers
             ,
             is
             musical
             instruments
             .
          
           
             V.
             9.
             
             
               So
               I
               was
               great
               ,
               and
               increased
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             added
             to
             my
             greatness
             ;
             as
             Chap.
             1.16
             .
             1
             Reg.
             10.23
             .
          
           
             
               also
               my
               wisdome
               remained
               with
               me
            
             ]
             This
             he
             addeth
             ,
             1.
             as
             a
             rare
             and
             unusual
             thing
             ,
             that
             pleasures
             should
             not
             at
             all
             smother
             and
             suppress
             wisdom
             ;
             2.
             
             As
             an
             Argument
             towards
             the
             main
             conclusion
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             all
             these
             delights
             ,
             he
             did
             intend
             the
             business
             for
             the
             which
             he
             used
             them
             ,
             namely
             ,
             
             by
             wisdome
             to
             observe
             ,
             what
             real
             good
             and
             satisfaction
             they
             did
             bring
             to
             the
             heart
             of
             man.
             
          
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               And
               whatsoever
               mine
               eyes
               desired
            
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             It
             might
             be
             objected
             ,
             That
             his
             wisdom
             haply
             and
             his
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             restrained
             both
             his
             eye
             and
             his
             heart
             from
             so
             full
             a
             fruition
             of
             these
             delights
             ,
             as
             were
             requisite
             to
             extract
             all
             the
             comfort
             of
             them
             ;
             so
             Job
             restrained
             his
             eye
             ,
             Job
             31.1
             .
             and
             Solomon
             adviseth
             a
             glutton
             to
             restrain
             his
             appetite
             ,
             Prov.
             23.2
             .
             Numb
             .
             15.39
             .
             To
             this
             he
             answereth
             ,
             That
             whatsoever
             his
             eyes
             desired
             ,
             (
             as
             the
             eye
             is
             one
             of
             the
             principal
             seats
             of
             desire
             or
             lusting
             ,
             1
             Joh
             ,
             2.16
             .
             Josh.
             7.21
             .
             )
             he
             did
             not
             reserve
             any
             thing
             of
             it
             from
             them
             ,
             which
             withheld
             his
             heart
             from
             any
             joy
             :
             Neither
             did
             any
             accidental
             hinderance
             intercede
             ,
             as
             war
             ,
             or
             sickness
             ,
             or
             sorrow
             ,
             or
             any
             notable
             affliction
             ;
             which
             might
             debar
             him
             from
             a
             liberal
             and
             cheerful
             use
             of
             all
             this
             his
             greatnesse
             .
             The
             eye
             is
             here
             taken
             synecdochically
             for
             all
             the
             senses
             ,
             (
             for
             in
             this
             ample
             preparation
             there
             was
             provision
             for
             them
             all
             .
             )
             Much
             labour
             and
             care
             he
             had
             taken
             to
             make
             those
             provisions
             for
             the
             flesh
             ;
             (
             as
             the
             Apostles
             phrase
             in
             another
             sense
             is
             ,
             Rom.
             13.14
             .
             )
             and
             there
             was
             no
             other
             fruit
             of
             all
             that
             labour
             ,
             but
             having
             gotten
             them
             ,
             to
             enjoy
             them
             .
          
           
           
             
               my
               heart
               rejoyced
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             I
             my self
             did
             intimately
             rejoyce
             and
             please
             my self
             in
             the
             fruit
             of
             my
             labours
             .
          
           
             
               this
               was
               my
               portion
               of
               all
               my
               labour
            
             ]
             This
             was
             all
             the
             fruit
             ,
             benefit
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             inheritance
             ,
             which
             my
             labours
             in
             this
             kind
             did
             purchase
             for
             me
             .
             A
             metaphor
             from
             the
             manner
             of
             dividing
             inheritances
             ,
             Numb
             .
             18.20
             .
             or
             spoils
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             30.24
             .
          
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               Then
               I
               looked
               on
               all
            
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             After
             all
             this
             ,
             I
             turned
             and
             looked
             back
             ,
             or
             took
             an
             impartial
             survey
             of
             all
             my
             works
             ,
             which
             with
             such
             painful
             labours
             and
             trouble
             I
             had
             wrought
             :
             and
             found
             ,
             that
             the
             fruit
             was
             not
             answerable
             to
             the
             toyl
             which
             was
             sustained
             for
             the
             reaping
             of
             it
             :
             but
             that
             this
             also
             was
             vanity
             ,
             a
             perishing
             ,
             withering
             ,
             and
             dying
             comfort
             ,
             a
             feeding
             upon
             wind
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             left
             no
             abiding
             benefit
             behind
             it
             ,
             Ch.
             1.3
             .
          
           
             V.
             12.
             
             
               And
               I
               turned
               my self
            
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             Here
             Solomon
             doth
             once
             more
             seriously
             apply
             himself
             ,
             as
             he
             did
             before
             ,
             Chap.
             1.17
             .
             to
             take
             a
             view
             of
             wisdom
             and
             folly
             .
             Because
             it
             might
             haply
             be
             objected
             ,
             That
             at
             the
             first
             consideration
             of
             them
             ,
             he
             might
             let
             many
             things
             slip
             ,
             which
             were
             of
             weight
             and
             moment
             in
             his
             present
             inquiry
             .
             Because
             ,
             second
             thoughts
             ,
             and
             solemn
             review
             of
             former
             studies
             ,
             may
             haply
             beget
             some
             retractation
             ,
             and
             discover
             
             some
             error
             :
             The
             later
             day
             being
             usually
             the
             disciple
             of
             the
             former
             ;
             and
             we
             use
             to
             say
             ,
             that
             the
             second
             thoughts
             are
             the
             wisest
             :
             therefore
             when
             the
             Scripture
             will
             put
             a
             thing
             beyond
             question
             ,
             it
             sayes
             it
             over
             again
             ,
             Gal.
             8.9
             .
          
           
             
               I
               turned
               my self
            
             ]
             This
             notes
             reconsideration
             and
             special
             heedfulness
             ,
             to
             inquire
             a
             new
             into
             a
             business
             ,
             and
             likewise
             a
             weariness
             of
             those
             pleasures
             which
             had
             disappointed
             him
             ,
             Joh.
             20.14
             .
          
           
             
               to
               behold
               wisdom
               ,
               and
               madness
               and
               folly
            
             ]
             To
             compare
             the
             one
             with
             the
             other
             ,
             that
             I
             might
             the
             better
             understand
             them
             ,
             as
             contraries
             serve
             to
             set
             forth
             one
             the
             other
             .
             There
             is
             nothing
             more
             usual
             in
             Solomons
             Proverbs
             then
             this
             kind
             of
             Antithesis
             ,
             to
             put
             contraries
             together
             for
             natural
             illustration
             .
          
           
             
               for
               what
               can
               the
               man
               do
               that
               cometh
               after
               the
               King
            
             ]
             Here
             man
             and
             king
             ;
             the
             king
             seems
             to
             be
             opposed
             ,
             what
             further
             progress
             can
             any
             more
             private
             man
             make
             in
             this
             disquisition
             ,
             then
             I
             who
             am
             such
             a
             king
             ?
             This
             is
             a
             Prolepsis
             or
             answer
             to
             a
             tacite
             objection
             ;
             for
             it
             might
             be
             said
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             a
             high
             and
             bold
             attempt
             for
             one
             man
             out
             of
             his
             particular
             experience
             to
             passe
             so
             confident
             a
             sentence
             of
             vanity
             ,
             &
             vexation
             ,
             upon
             all
             wisdom
             and
             greater
             works
             .
             To
             this
             he
             answereth
             ,
             that
             no
             man
             after
             him
             ,
             could
             do
             more
             in
             this
             
             enquiry
             then
             he
             had
             done
             ,
             who
             was
             so
             eminent
             in
             wisdom
             ,
             in
             power
             ,
             and
             in
             industry
             ,
             that
             was
             as
             it
             were
             fitted
             and
             stirred
             up
             by
             God
             unto
             this
             business
             ;
             and
             therefore
             if
             any
             man
             after
             him
             should
             set
             about
             the
             same
             work
             ,
             he
             should
             do
             no
             other
             thing
             then
             that
             which
             the
             king
             had
             done
             before
             him
             .
             This
             appears
             to
             be
             no
             arrogant
             boast
             in
             Solomon
             ;
             because
             the
             Scripture
             testifieth
             the
             same
             of
             him
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             3.12
             .
             The
             Man
             who
             will
             not
             believe
             it
             upon
             my
             report
             ,
             but
             will
             make
             trial
             of
             it
             himself
             ,
             if
             he
             will
             go
             with
             the
             same
             wisdom
             and
             integrity
             about
             it
             as
             ]
             have
             done
             ,
             shall
             find
             the
             same
             vanity
             in
             the
             bottom
             of
             every
             creature
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             found
             .
             So
             here
             are
             two
             reasons
             why
             Solomon
             challengeth
             belief
             in
             this
             point
             .
             1.
             
             The
             advantages
             which
             he
             so
             great
             a
             king
             had
             above
             any
             other
             man
             ,
             to
             draw
             forth
             all
             the
             flower
             and
             quintessence
             of
             the
             creature
             .
             2.
             
             The
             double
             diligence
             which
             he
             used
             in
             it
             ,
             in
             not
             onely
             viewing
             throughly
             once
             ,
             but
             reviewing
             again
             the
             things
             upon
             which
             he
             passed
             such
             a
             judgment
             .
          
           
             
               what
               the
               man
            
             ]
             The
             words
             intimate
             a
             kinde
             of
             i●dignation
             ,
             disdain
             ,
             undervaluing
             of
             any
             one
             who
             should
             attempt
             such
             an
             inquiry
             after
             him
             ,
             as
             Psal.
             8.4
             .
             
               Quid
               dignum
               tanto
               tulit
               hic
               promissor
               hiatu
            
             ;
             what
             is
             the
             man
             who
             cometh
             after
             the
             king
             ,
             whom
             they
             have
             
             made
             king
             before
             ;
             so
             some
             read
             the
             words
             :
             but
             the
             most
             genuine
             and
             coherent
             sence
             is
             that
             which
             our
             translation
             expresseth
             ;
             he
             that
             comes
             after
             can
             do
             nothing
             but
             what
             they
             have
             done
             :
             i.e.
             what
             is
             done
             already
             before
             them
             .
             The
             active
             voice
             indefinite
             used
             for
             the
             passive
             ,
             as
             Isa.
             9.6
             .
             Jer.
             12.6
             .
             Gen.
             16.14
             .
             1
             Sam.
             23.22
             .
          
           
             I
             would
             observe
             hence
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             the
             double
             and
             multiplyed
             experience
             of
             wise
             ,
             great
             and
             good
             men
             ,
             doth
             gain
             much
             credit
             and
             strength
             to
             the
             doctrines
             so
             confirmed
             ,
             1
             Joh.
             1.3
             .
             Heb.
             Chap.
             11.
             
             &
             12.1
             .
             Jam.
             5.10
             ,
             11.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             the
             more
             prejudice
             is
             in
             the
             heart
             of
             men
             against
             a
             truth
             ,
             the
             more
             care
             must
             be
             used
             to
             vindicate
             the
             same
             from
             all
             shew
             of
             exception
             ,
             Tit.
             1.11
             .
             &
             2.8
             .
             Act.
             6.10
             .
             and
             18.28
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             For
             a
             man
             to
             speak
             the
             truth
             of
             himself
             touching
             the
             gifts
             of
             God
             bestowed
             on
             him
             .
             and
             to
             mention
             his
             own
             experiences
             ,
             onely
             ayming
             therein
             at
             the
             glory
             and
             truth
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             edification
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             is
             no
             arrogance
             ,
             or
             violation
             of
             modesty
             ,
             but
             an
             improving
             of
             Gods
             gifts
             to
             the
             ends
             for
             which
             he
             gave
             them
             ,
             Chap.
             1.16
             .
          
           
             V.
             13.
             
             
               Then
               I
               saw
               that
               wisdom
               excelleth
               folly
               :
            
             &c.
             ]
             That
             there
             is
             an
             excellency
             in
             
             wisdom
             more
             then
             in
             folly
             ,
             &c.
             
             This
             Solomon
             confesseth
             ,
             that
             indeed
             there
             is
             a
             great
             difference
             between
             wisdom
             and
             pleasures
             ,
             that
             being
             many
             waies
             more
             excellent
             then
             those
             ;
             and
             therefore
             though
             the
             study
             of
             wisdom
             be
             not
             without
             pain
             and
             sorrow
             ,
             Chap.
             1.18
             .
             yet
             it
             is
             not
             therefore
             to
             be
             rejected
             :
             Wisdom
             leaves
             behind
             it
             some
             permanent
             good
             ,
             as
             the
             word
             here
             imports
             ,
             whereas
             pleasures
             do
             perish
             in
             their
             use
             ,
             and
             nothing
             staies
             behinde
             them
             but
             the
             sting
             and
             sorrow
             .
             The
             sorrow
             of
             wisdom
             is
             in
             the
             getting
             ,
             but
             the
             sorrow
             of
             pleasures
             is
             after
             the
             using
             ,
             and
             enjoying
             of
             them
             .
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             wisdom
             and
             knowledg
             are
             vain
             ,
             in
             order
             to
             a
             higher
             and
             nobler
             end
             then
             they
             bear
             propotion
             unto
             .
             viz.
             to
             make
             man
             truly
             happy
             ,
             yet
             they
             are
             of
             excellent
             use
             ,
             and
             singular
             ornaments
             to
             the
             soul
             which
             hath
             them
             ;
             so
             the
             Apostle
             ,
             though
             he
             tell
             us
             that
             charity
             is
             more
             excellent
             then
             gifts
             ,
             the
             one
             serving
             for
             edification
             onely
             of
             others
             ,
             but
             the
             other
             for
             sanctification
             of
             a
             mans
             self
             ,
             yet
             acknowledgeth
             that
             they
             are
             all
             operations
             of
             Gods
             Spirit
             ,
             and
             bestowed
             on
             men
             for
             very
             profitable
             uses
             ,
             and
             accordingly
             to
             be
             earnestly
             desired
             ,
             1
             Cor
             ,
             12.4
             ,
             7
             ,
             31.
             
             &
             14.1
             ,
             39.
             we
             are
             so
             to
             esteem
             gifts
             ,
             as
             that
             we
             prefer
             salvation
             and
             happinesse
             before
             them
             ,
             Luk.
             10.20
             .
          
           
           
             
               As
               far
               as
               light
               excelleth
               darknesse
            
             ]
             Wisdom
             to
             the
             minde
             being
             as
             light
             to
             the
             body
             and
             therefore
             the
             Rabins
             called
             their
             wise
             men
             ,
             the
             light
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             as
             our
             Saviour
             his
             Apostles
             .
             Matth.
             5.14
             .
             Light
             is
             many
             waies
             comfortable
             ,
             it
             shews
             things
             in
             their
             distinct
             forms
             and
             shews
             ,
             it
             discovers
             any
             thing
             hurtfull
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             be
             avoided
             ;
             or
             beneficial
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             be
             embraced
             ,
             whereas
             darknesse
             confoundeth
             all
             things
             ,
             and
             exposeth
             a
             man
             to
             many
             dangers
             .
             Light
             is
             pleasant
             in
             it self
             ,
             Eccles.
             11.7
             .
             and
             it
             is
             metaphorically
             used
             to
             express
             the
             most
             excellent
             things
             ,
             as
             joy
             ,
             Psal.
             97.11
             .
             Ester
             .
             8.16
             .
             liberties
             ,
             and
             deliverance
             ,
             Isa.
             9.1
             .
             Glory
             ,
             1
             Tim
             6.16
             .
             Prosperity
             .
             Mic.
             7.9
             .
             Life
             it self
             .
             Job
             3.16
             ,
             20.
             and
             usually
             ,
             wisdom
             and
             knowledg
             ,
             whereunto
             it
             is
             here
             compared
             ,
             Dan.
             5.14
             .
             And
             it
             is
             very
             usefull
             and
             necessary
             for
             direction
             in
             our
             works
             and
             labours
             ,
             Joh.
             11.9
             ,
             10.
             
             But
             darkness
             on
             the
             other
             side
             is
             very
             uncomfortable
             ;
             it
             is
             used
             to
             express
             the
             most
             calamitous
             and
             disconsolate
             condition
             ,
             Job
             .
             30.26
             .
             Eccles.
             5.17
             .
             Isa.
             8.22
             .
             Amos.
             5.18.20
             .
             Isa.
             50.10
             .
             Eccles.
             11.8
             .
             very
             unusefull
             ,
             as
             putting
             a
             stop
             to
             all
             labour
             ,
             Exod
             10.23
             .
             Josh.
             4.9
             .
             very
             dangerous
             ,
             as
             causing
             a
             man
             to
             stumble
             at
             every
             stone
             ,
             to
             fall
             into
             every
             pit
             ,
             to
             wander
             out
             of
             his
             way
             ,
             &c.
             Josh.
             11.
             
             12.
             
             &
             12.35
             .
             and
             folly
             and
             ignorance
             in
             the
             mind
             ,
             is
             usually
             expressed
             by
             the
             name
             of
             darkness
             Eph.
             4.18
             .
             &
             5.8
             .
             Rom.
             1.21
             .
             In
             the
             creation
             ,
             darkness
             was
             the
             first
             evil
             which
             God
             removed
             ,
             and
             light
             the
             first
             good
             creature
             that
             he
             made
             ,
             Gen.
             1.2
             ,
             3.
             light
             excelleth
             darkness
             ,
             as
             the
             beautifull
             and
             orderly
             frame
             of
             nature
             doth
             the
             first
             confused
             chaos
             .
          
           
             V.
             14.
             
             
               The
               wise
               mans
               eyes
               are
               in
               his
               head
            
             ]
             The
             reason
             of
             the
             former
             comparison
             ,
             a
             wise
             man
             is
             in
             the
             light
             ,
             but
             a
             fool
             in
             darkness
             .
             In
             his
             head
             ,
             as
             in
             a
             watch-tower
             ,
             from
             whence
             he
             seeth
             his
             way
             before
             him
             a
             far
             of
             ,
             taketh
             notice
             of
             things
             to
             come
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             things
             present
             ,
             is
             circumspect
             ,
             and
             heedfull
             ,
             judicious
             ,
             and
             wary
             in
             his
             undertakings
             ;
             Therefore
             they
             who
             are
             called
             wise
             men
             in
             one
             place
             ,
             Deut.
             16.19
             .
             are
             called
             men
             that
             have
             their
             eyes
             open
             ,
             in
             another
             place
             ,
             Exod.
             23.8
             .
             They
             do
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             a
             businesse
             look
             forward
             to
             the
             end
             of
             it
             ,
             they
             forecast
             events
             ,
             foresee
             consequences
             ;
             their
             eyes
             try
             their
             wayes
             ,
             as
             Psal.
             11.4
             .
             so
             looking
             straight
             forward
             ,
             denoteth
             pondering
             and
             weighing
             a
             mans
             actions
             ,
             Prov.
             4.25
             ,
             26.
             here
             it
             is
             that
             Moses
             said
             to
             his
             father
             in
             law
             ,
             who
             was
             a
             very
             wise
             man
             ,
             thou
             shalt
             be
             to
             us
             instead
             of
             eyes
             ,
             to
             guide
             and
             counsel
             us
             ,
             Numb
             .
             10.
             
             31.
             where
             the
             LXX
             .
             render
             it
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             thou
             shalt
             be
             an
             elder
             ,
             a
             counsellor
             ,
             a
             guide
             amongst
             us
             ;
             so
             Job
             saith
             of
             himself
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             eyes
             to
             the
             blind
             ,
             Job
             .
             29.15
             .
             A
             counsellor
             ,
             and
             guide
             unto
             them
             .
             Thus
             the
             excellency
             of
             wisdom
             is
             described
             by
             the
             eye
             ,
             as
             being
             the
             principal
             part
             of
             the
             body
             and
             most
             beneficial
             to
             the
             whole
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             12.16
             ,
             17
             ,
             21.
             
             Mat.
             9.22
             .
             and
             what
             the
             eye
             is
             to
             the
             body
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             the
             mind
             ,
             Eph.
             1.18
             .
          
           
             
               But
               the
               fool
               walketh
               in
               darknesse
            
             ]
             Hereby
             we
             understand
             what
             is
             meant
             by
             having
             the
             eyes
             in
             the
             head
             ,
             namely
             ,
             to
             have
             them
             useful
             for
             guiding
             and
             ordering
             our
             waies
             ,
             so
             as
             that
             we
             may
             not
             erre
             ,
             wander
             ,
             stumble
             ,
             fall
             ,
             mistake
             ,
             miscarry
             in
             our
             affairs
             .
             The
             Antithesis
             should
             have
             run
             thus
             ,
             but
             the
             fools
             eyes
             are
             in
             his
             heels
             ,
             or
             he
             hath
             no
             ●yes
             to
             see
             ;
             but
             the
             use
             of
             Scripture
             is
             to
             put
             in
             the
             place
             of
             the
             antithesis
             ,
             that
             which
             shall
             in
             sense
             amount
             thereunto
             ,
             as
             Prov.
             12.27
             .
             the
             one
             part
             of
             the
             verse
             is
             parabolical
             or
             proverbial
             ,
             but
             the
             Antithesis
             is
             plain
             and
             familiar
             ;
             so
             Prov.
             14.3
             .
             &
             15.19
             .
             The
             fool
             is
             rash
             ,
             heady
             ,
             inconsiderate
             ,
             cannot
             discern
             events
             ,
             nor
             foresee
             dangers
             ;
             knowes
             not
             which
             way
             to
             chuse
             ,
             or
             to
             refuse
             ;
             his
             eyes
             are
             any
             where
             ,
             rather
             then
             in
             his
             head
             ,
             Prov.
             17.24
             .
             is
             carried
             headlong
             in
             his
             business
             ,
             easily
             snared
             and
             taken
             ,
             Prov.
             4.18
             ,
             19.
             2
             
             Pet.
             
             1.19
             .
             Matth.
             13.15
             ,
             16.
             
             By
             darkness
             here
             ,
             we
             may
             understand
             blindnesse
             ,
             Act.
             13.11
             .
             and
             then
             walking
             in
             darkness
             ,
             is
             a
             discovery
             of
             folly
             ;
             when
             a
             man
             wants
             eyes
             ,
             and
             yet
             will
             be
             wandring
             and
             venturing
             abroad
             ;
             when
             he
             knowes
             not
             whither
             he
             goes
             ,
             nor
             what
             dangers
             are
             in
             his
             way
             .
          
           
             Thus
             far
             he
             hath
             shewed
             the
             excellency
             of
             wisdome
             above
             folly
             ,
             now
             he
             sheweth
             wherein
             ,
             notwithstanding
             they
             do
             so
             far
             agree
             ,
             as
             that
             vanity
             belongs
             unto
             them
             both
             .
          
           
             
               And
               I
               perceived
            
             ]
             The
             meaning
             is
             ,
             notwithstanding
             this
             excellency
             of
             the
             one
             above
             the
             other
             ,
             
               yet
               I
               perceived
               that
               one
               event
               hapneth
               to
               them
               all
            
             ]
             They
             are
             equally
             subject
             to
             the
             same
             unhappy
             events
             ;
             the
             wisest
             man
             that
             is
             cann●●
             by
             his
             own
             counsel
             exempt
             himself
             from
             the
             same
             common
             calamities
             which
             other
             men
             fall
             into
             :
             As
             two
             ways
             which
             seem
             to
             part
             ,
             the
             one
             turning
             to
             the
             right
             hand
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             and
             yet
             both
             at
             last
             bring
             to
             the
             same
             Town
             ,
             Chap.
             9.2
             .
             &
             3.19
             .
          
           
             V.
             15.
             
             
               Then
               said
               I
               in
               mine
               heart
               ]
               i.e.
            
             Therefore
             ,
             or
             hereupon
             I
             said
             in
             mine
             heart
             ,
             if
             it
             happen
             to
             me
             ,
             even
             to
             me
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             fool
             ,
             to
             what
             end
             have
             I
             taken
             so
             much
             pains
             to
             be
             more
             wise
             and
             learned
             then
             he
             ,
             being
             by
             all
             my
             wisdom
             not
             a
             whit
             protected
             from
             
             those
             evils
             which
             he
             hath
             by
             his
             folly
             exposed
             himself
             unto
             ,
          
           
             
               That
               this
               also
               is
               vanity
            
             ]
             Some
             make
             this
             to
             be
             a
             judgment
             on
             that
             hasty
             and
             angry
             inference
             ,
             
               why
               was
               I
               then
               more
               wise
               ?
            
             and
             so
             the
             meaning
             to
             be
             ;
             This
             was
             my
             infirmity
             and
             vanity
             ,
             to
             undervalue
             wisdom
             ,
             and
             measure
             it
             by
             the
             casual
             events
             which
             befall
             it
             ,
             as
             Psal.
             73.13
             —
             15.
             
             &
             77.10
             .
             But
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             that
             in
             this
             respect
             wisdome
             is
             no
             more
             able
             to
             make
             a
             man
             happy
             ,
             or
             to
             bring
             perfect
             tranquility
             to
             the
             Soul
             ,
             then
             folly
             is
             :
             albeit
             in
             other
             respects
             there
             be
             a
             singular
             excellency
             in
             it
             above
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             Here
             then
             observe
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             the
             most
             excellent
             endowments
             of
             minde
             that
             are
             ,
             cannot
             perfectly
             satisfie
             the
             heart
             of
             man.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             yet
             there
             is
             a
             special
             beauty
             and
             goodnesse
             in
             such
             gifts
             ,
             to
             draw
             the
             light
             of
             the
             heart
             unto
             them
             ,
             as
             being
             to
             the
             minde
             ,
             as
             the
             eye
             to
             the
             head
             ,
             the
             guide
             and
             the
             beauty
             of
             it
             ;
             or
             as
             light
             to
             the
             eye
             ,
             a
             most
             congenial
             and
             suitable
             good
             unto
             it
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             That
             events
             and
             successes
             depend
             not
             upon
             the
             counsels
             of
             men
             ,
             nor
             upon
             the
             gifts
             of
             God
             bestowed
             on
             them
             ,
             but
             his
             Providence
             hath
             the
             casting
             voice
             ,
             and
             doth
             over-rule
             and
             order
             them
             all
             as
             pleaseth
             him
             ,
             Eccles.
             9.11
             .
             Psal.
             127.1
             ,
             2.
             many
             times
             those
             who
             have
             least
             wisdom
             or
             goodnesse
             ,
             
             have
             greatest
             successe
             ,
             Job
             21.7
             —
             13.
             
             Psal.
             73.3
             —
             12.
             
             Jer.
             12.1
             ,
             2.
             
             Hab.
             1.13
             .
             Mal.
             3.15
             .
             and
             many
             times
             the
             wisest
             and
             most
             circumspect
             men
             ,
             are
             most
             frustrated
             in
             those
             courses
             which
             were
             contrived
             with
             greatest
             skill
             and
             cunning
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             17.14
             .
             Job
             5.12
             ,
             13
             ,
             14.
             
             Isa.
             19.11
             —
             14.
             1
             
             Cor.
             1.20
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             That
             notwithstanding
             the
             Providence
             and
             Counsel
             of
             God
             hath
             the
             pre-eminency
             in
             the
             events
             of
             things
             ,
             yet
             that
             hindreth
             not
             the
             excellency
             of
             wisdom
             above
             folly
             ,
             neither
             are
             we
             thereby
             at
             all
             encouraged
             to
             finde
             fault
             with
             our selves
             for
             any
             labour
             in
             the
             use
             of
             means
             ,
             onely
             we
             must
             so
             use
             them
             ▪
             as
             not
             to
             deifie
             them
             ,
             nor
             to
             trust
             in
             them
             ,
             but
             wholly
             to
             depend
             upon
             G●d
             for
             his
             blessing
             on
             our
             counsels
             ,
             to
             submit
             to
             his
             wise
             and
             holy
             purposes
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             disappointed
             ;
             to
             admire
             his
             goodness
             when
             at
             any
             times
             he
             turneth
             our
             imprudence
             or
             improvidence
             unto
             good
             ,
             and
             maketh
             the
             event
             not
             answerable
             to
             our
             follies
             ,
             but
             to
             his
             love
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             That
             we
             cannot
             judge
             of
             the
             wisdom
             or
             folly
             ,
             the
             goodness
             or
             badness
             of
             men
             by
             outward
             events
             ,
             because
             these
             happen
             alike
             to
             all
             ,
             Chap.
             8.14
             ,
             &
             9.11
             .
          
           
             V.
             16.
             
             
               There
               is
               no
               remembrance
            
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             What
             he
             observed
             in
             the
             general
             before
             ,
             he
             now
             maketh
             good
             in
             two
             particulars
             ,
             viz
             ,
             oblivion
             ,
             
             and
             death
             ,
             which
             are
             both
             alike
             common
             to
             wise
             men
             and
             to
             fools
             .
             Wise
             men
             may
             seem
             to
             secure
             at
             least
             their
             names
             ,
             though
             they
             cannot
             their
             bodies
             from
             mortality
             ;
             by
             such
             magnificent
             works
             as
             Solomon
             here
             wrought
             ,
             and
             by
             such
             noble
             contemplations
             as
             he
             was
             conversant
             in
             ;
             but
             he
             assures
             us
             here
             the
             contrary
             ,
             and
             elsewhere
             ,
             that
             Piety
             onely
             keepeth
             the
             name
             from
             rotting
             with
             the
             body
             ,
             Prov.
             10.7
             .
             Psal.
             112.6
             .
             Psal.
             49.11
             ,
             12.
             
             Jer.
             17.13
             .
             Time
             will
             eat
             out
             all
             the
             monuments
             of
             wisdom
             ;
             or
             though
             they
             continue
             ,
             yet
             the
             renown
             of
             a
             wise
             man
             doth
             him
             no
             good
             at
             all
             ,
             he
             is
             not
             after
             death
             sensible
             of
             it
             ,
             or
             comforted
             with
             it
             ,
             so
             Chap.
             1.11
             .
             new
             wise
             men
             that
             arise
             in
             after
             Ages
             ,
             will
             darken
             and
             eclipse
             the
             honour
             of
             those
             that
             went
             before
             them
             :
             and
             so
             will
             it
             be
             done
             to
             them
             in
             the
             Ages
             that
             follow
             .
             To
             be
             sure
             ,
             no
             mere
             wise
             or
             great
             mans
             honour
             ,
             separated
             from
             Piety
             ,
             will
             hold
             pace
             with
             his
             being
             ;
             at
             the
             last
             day
             there
             will
             so
             much
             shameful
             matter
             be
             discovered
             against
             the
             wisest
             of
             wicked
             men
             ,
             as
             they
             shall
             the
             ●●se
             all
             their
             renown
             ,
             and
             shall
             appear
             to
             be
             vessels
             of
             dishonour
             and
             shame
             for
             evermore
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             4.5
             .
             2
             Tim.
             2.20
             .
          
           
             
               And
               how
               dieth
               the
               wise
               man
               ?
               as
               the
               fo●l
            
             ]
             The
             second
             fate
             ,
             common
             to
             both
             .
             Th●s
             how
             ,
             is
             a
             passionate
             interrogation
             ,
             noting
             
             grief
             that
             it
             is
             so
             ;
             wonder
             that
             it
             is
             no
             otherwise
             ;
             and
             indignation
             or
             disdain
             that
             thing●
             so
             exceeding
             different
             in
             their
             worth
             ,
             should
             both
             of
             them
             perish
             alike
             .
             Thus
             there
             is
             a
             
               Quomodo
               dolentis
            
             ,
             of
             grieving
             ,
             Lam.
             1.1
             ▪
             admirantis
             ,
             of
             wondring
             ,
             Acts
             2.7
             ,
             8.
             
             Indignantis
             or
             objurgantis
             ,
             of
             chiding
             and
             disdain
             ,
             Joh.
             5.44
             .
             Matth.
             23.33
             .
             And
             because
             it
             may
             be
             objected
             ,
             That
             this
             Argument
             may
             as
             well
             disable
             Piety
             from
             making
             a
             man
             happy
             ,
             as
             wisdom
             :
             Since
             the
             same
             question
             may
             be
             framed
             of
             them
             as
             well
             as
             of
             these
             ▪
             How
             dieth
             the
             just
             man
             ?
             as
             the
             unjust
             ;
             〈◊〉
             must
             remember
             that
             Piety
             followes
             a
             man●
             and
             so
             abides
             with
             him
             after
             death
             ,
             which
             no
             other
             acquired
             excellencies
             do
             either
             as
             ornaments
             or
             as
             comforts
             ,
             Rev.
             14.13
             .
             Death
             doth
             not
             cut
             off
             their
             spiritual
             life
             and
             union
             with
             Christ
             ,
             which
             was
             that
             which
             made
             them
             happy
             here
             .
             Wicked
             men
             are
             dead
             ▪
             being
             alive
             ,
             1
             Tim.
             5.6
             .
             and
             good
             men
             liv●
             in
             death
             ,
             Joh.
             11.25
             ,
             26.
             
             Mat.
             22.32
             .
             therefore
             the
             Jews
             called
             their
             burying
             place
             
               domus
               viventium
            
             ,
             the
             houses
             of
             the
             living
             ▪
             Therefore
             there
             is
             no
             durable
             Life
             or
             Honou●
             but
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             the
             Lord.
             
          
           
             V.
             17.
             
             
               Therefore
               I
               hated
               life
            
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             Thi●
             is
             the
             effect
             which
             this
             great
             vanity
             of
             th●
             most
             excellent
             humane
             endowment
             wrougth
             
             in
             the
             heart
             of
             Solomon
             ,
             made
             him
             weary
             of
             living
             to
             so
             little
             purpose
             ,
             as
             to
             dye
             at
             last
             like
             the
             basest
             of
             men
             .
             He
             saw
             no
             loveliness
             or
             desireableness
             in
             life
             it self
             ,
             (
             though
             ●he
             chiefest
             outward
             blessing
             )
             all
             the
             course
             ●hereof
             being
             full
             of
             evil
             ,
             grievous
             ,
             crucia●ing
             ,
             disquieting
             labour
             ,
             all
             which
             at
             last
             ●uns
             down
             like
             the
             waters
             of
             Jordan
             ,
             into
             the
             same
             lake
             of
             death
             ,
             with
             the
             other
             refuse
             of
             men
             .
             Many
             mens
             poverty
             ,
             pains
             ,
             sickness
             ,
             worldly
             troubles
             ,
             have
             caused
             them
             to
             complain
             of
             their
             life
             ;
             but
             here
             is
             one
             who
             had
             health
             ,
             peace
             ,
             honour
             ,
             abundance
             of
             all
             the
             contents
             which
             the
             world
             could
             afford
             ,
             not
             murmuringly
             ,
             but
             as
             it
             were
             judiciously
             and
             critically
             making
             the
             same
             complaints
             .
             The
             greatnesse
             of
             his
             wisdom
             being
             such
             ,
             as
             that
             all
             the
             comforts
             of
             life
             were
             too
             narrow
             to
             satisfie
             the
             inquiries
             of
             it
             ,
             he
             saw
             little
             valuable
             or
             desireable
             in
             it
             .
          
           
             Here
             observe
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             life
             it self
             is
             too
             mean
             a
             thing
             to
             bring
             full
             content
             to
             the
             soul
             of
             man.
             It
             must
             be
             something
             better
             then
             life
             which
             must
             do
             it
             ,
             Psal.
             63.3
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             in
             the
             greatest
             confluence
             of
             worldly
             things
             ,
             the
             life
             of
             a
             man
             may
             be
             full
             of
             grievous
             labour
             ,
             and
             he
             weary
             of
             it
             ,
             not
             onely
             out
             of
             anguish
             of
             spirit
             ,
             but
             of
             natural
             wisdom
             observing
             the
             vanity
             thereof
             .
          
           
           
             3.
             
             That
             the
             wisdom
             of
             man
             ,
             without
             making
             use
             of
             the
             grace
             of
             God
             ,
             is
             very
             apt
             to
             undervalue
             the
             greatest
             outward
             blessing
             which
             humane
             nature
             is
             capable
             of
             ;
             as
             Solomon
             here
             doth
             life
             .
             There
             is
             ●aturally
             so
             much
             distemper
             in
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             ,
             that
             except
             all
             things
             answer
             his
             own
             desires
             and
             expectations
             ,
             he
             will
             fall
             out
             with
             his
             very
             life
             ,
             and
             pick
             quarrels
             with
             the
             choycest
             blessings
             that
             God
             here
             affords
             him
             .
             As
             a
             little
             cloud
             hides
             the
             light
             of
             the
             whole
             Sun
             from
             the
             eye
             ,
             so
             amidst
             a
             multitude
             of
             enjoyments
             ,
             a
             little
             labour
             or
             trouble
             which
             comes
             along
             with
             them
             ,
             doth
             darken
             the
             beauty
             ,
             and
             remove
             the
             content
             of
             them
             all
             ,
             Gen.
             30.1
             .
             Psal.
             59.15
             .
             Esth.
             5.13
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Concerning
             this
             point
             ,
             of
             being
             weary
             of
             Life
             ,
             or
             hating
             it
             as
             an
             unlovely
             and
             undesireable
             thing
             ,
             we
             may
             note
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             Life
             is
             the
             choycest
             and
             principal
             outward
             blessing
             which
             God
             here
             affords
             us
             ,
             and
             that
             unto
             the
             comfort
             and
             preservation
             thereof
             all
             other
             outward
             blessings
             are
             directed
             ,
             M●tth
             .
             6.25
             .
             2.
             
             That
             though
             in
             a
             way
             of
             obedience
             we
             are
             to
             undervalue
             it
             at
             the
             command
             of
             God
             ,
             when
             he
             calls
             on
             us
             to
             lay
             it
             down
             ,
             Luke
             14.26
             .
             Act.
             20.24
             .
             1
             Joh.
             3.16
             .
             Joh.
             12.25
             .
             and
             in
             comparison
             of
             a
             better
             life
             we
             may
             groan
             for
             a
             deliverance
             from
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             with
             Christ
             ,
             Phil.
             1.23
             .
             yet
             
             it
             is
             a
             great
             fault
             out
             of
             passion
             ,
             murmuring
             ,
             outward
             troubles
             ,
             nay
             out
             of
             largeness
             of
             heart
             ,
             as
             here
             Solomon
             doth
             ,
             to
             dis-esteem
             and
             wax
             weary
             of
             so
             great
             a
             blessing
             ,
             Gen.
             27.46
             .
             Numb
             .
             14.2
             Job
             10.1
             ..
             &
             36.20
             .
             Jon.
             4.3
             ,
             8.
             
          
           
             V.
             18.
             
             
               Yea
               I
               hated
               all
               my
               labour
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             All
             those
             magnificent
             and
             excellent
             works
             ,
             which
             with
             so
             much
             labour
             I
             had
             wrought
             .
             They
             were
             all
             so
             far
             from
             ministring
             unto
             my
             heart
             any
             solid
             contentment
             ,
             that
             I
             grew
             wholly
             out
             of
             love
             with
             them
             ,
             had
             no
             regard
             nor
             respect
             at
             all
             unto
             them
             .
             If
             by
             hatred
             here
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             former
             verse
             ,
             be
             meant
             only
             an
             abatement
             of
             that
             love
             and
             delight
             which
             his
             heart
             might
             over-sensually
             take
             in
             them
             ,
             then
             this
             was
             a
             very
             commendable
             fruit
             of
             the
             vanity
             which
             he
             discovered
             in
             them
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             counsel
             of
             the
             Apostle
             ,
             upon
             the
             same
             ground
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             7.29
             ,
             30
             ,
             31.
             1
             
             Joh.
             2.15
             .
             
               Love
               not
               the
               world
            
             ,
             that
             seems
             to
             be
             ,
             a
             worldly
             and
             secular
             life
             ,
             or
             Temporal
             Being
             ;
             nor
             the
             things
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             provisions
             and
             materials
             which
             are
             the
             fuel
             of
             lust
             in
             the
             world
             :
             and
             so
             hatred
             sometimes
             signifies
             an
             abatement
             and
             moderation
             of
             love
             ,
             Matth.
             10.37
             .
             compared
             with
             Luke
             14.26
             .
             Joh.
             12.25
             .
             Gen.
             29.30
             ,
             31.
             
             But
             if
             by
             Hatred
             ,
             is
             meant
             a
             detestation
             and
             abhorrency
             
             of
             them
             ,
             so
             as
             to
             leave
             off
             all
             care
             of
             duty
             to
             be
             exercised
             in
             wordly
             things
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             travel
             which
             God
             hath
             appointed
             for
             the
             sons
             of
             men
             ,
             Chap.
             1.13
             .
             Ephes.
             5.28
             .
             2
             Thess.
             3.10
             —
             13.
             and
             this
             to
             do
             ,
             because
             we
             find
             not
             that
             plenary
             satisfaction
             from
             them
             ,
             which
             they
             were
             never
             ordained
             to
             administer
             ,
             then
             this
             was
             an
             inordinate
             hatred
             ,
             which
             did
             not
             belong
             unto
             the
             works
             themselves
             ,
             (
             being
             in
             themselves
             good
             )
             but
             unto
             the
             sinful
             distemper
             of
             the
             heart
             from
             whence
             it
             proceeded
             .
             Such
             was
             the
             sullen
             distemper
             of
             Israel
             in
             the
             Wilderness
             ,
             Numb
             .
             11.6
             .
             &
             20.4
             .
             Jon.
             4.1
             .
          
           
             
               Because
               I
               should
               leave
               it
               unto
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Here
             the
             Wise
             man
             doth
             subjoyn
             reasons
             of
             this
             his
             weariness
             and
             dislike
             of
             all
             his
             past
             labours
             :
             1.
             
             Because
             he
             was
             to
             leave
             them
             ;
             there
             was
             a
             necessity
             of
             parting
             with
             them
             at
             the
             last
             .
             As
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             in
             this
             state
             of
             corruption
             is
             naturally
             apt
             to
             cleave
             to
             the
             world
             and
             worldly
             things
             ,
             so
             there
             is
             a
             peculiar
             delight
             in
             those
             works
             which
             are
             the
             fruit
             of
             his
             own
             wisdom
             and
             labour
             ;
             and
             he
             finds
             it
             more
             hard
             to
             wean
             and
             take
             off
             his
             affection
             from
             them
             ,
             then
             from
             any
             other
             .
             As
             the
             Apostle
             saith
             of
             a
             mans
             own
             proper
             lust
             ,
             so
             we
             may
             of
             his
             own
             labour
             and
             work
             ,
             that
             it
             doth
             more
             easily
             draw
             away
             the
             heart
             ,
             Jam.
             1.14
             .
             therefore
             when
             God
             punisheth
             such
             men
             ,
             he
             usually
             
             doth
             it
             in
             the
             works
             of
             their
             own
             hands
             ,
             in
             their
             principal
             and
             peculiar
             imployments
             ;
             as
             Tyrus
             in
             her
             merchandize
             ,
             Ezek.
             27.27
             .
             Pharaoh
             in
             his
             River
             ,
             Ezek.
             29.3
             ,
             4.
             
             The
             Wise
             man
             is
             apt
             to
             glory
             in
             his
             wisdom
             ,
             and
             the
             strong
             man
             in
             his
             strength
             ,
             &c.
             
             Jer.
             9.23
             .
             Dan.
             4.30
             ,
             31.
             
             This
             is
             the
             first
             ground
             of
             vexation
             ,
             They
             must
             leave
             their
             wealth
             to
             others
             ,
             Psal.
             49.10
             ,
             12.
             
          
           
             V.
             19.
             
             
               And
               who
               knoweth
               whether
               he
               shall
               be
               a
               wise
               man
               or
               a
               fool
               ?
            
             ]
             2.
             
             And
             the
             reason
             of
             his
             fore-mentioned
             dislike
             of
             all
             his
             labour
             ,
             because
             he
             must
             leave
             them
             to
             the
             man
             that
             comes
             next
             after
             him
             ,
             who
             haply
             may
             be
             very
             unfit
             to
             succeed
             him
             in
             so
             wise
             and
             great
             works
             .
             It
             is
             not
             in
             mans
             power
             to
             leave
             the
             works
             of
             his
             hands
             ,
             when
             he
             must
             himself
             no
             longer
             enjoy
             them
             ,
             unto
             such
             as
             are
             most
             likely
             to
             improve
             or
             preserve
             them
             :
             but
             be
             he
             what
             he
             will
             ,
             wise
             or
             foolish
             ,
             he
             must
             have
             not
             only
             the
             fruition
             of
             my
             labours
             ,
             but
             the
             dominion
             over
             them
             ,
             Psal.
             39.6
             .
             And
             this
             is
             a
             great
             vanity
             ,
             to
             know
             a
             mans
             self
             how
             to
             get
             great
             things
             ,
             and
             to
             know
             how
             to
             preserve
             ,
             and
             to
             enjoy
             them
             ;
             but
             not
             to
             know
             what
             will
             become
             of
             them
             at
             the
             last
             :
             A
             wise
             man
             it
             may
             be
             will
             alter
             all
             ;
             a
             fool
             will
             scatter
             and
             dissipate
             all
             ,
             and
             so
             all
             the
             fathers
             wisdome
             may
             quickly
             come
             to
             nought
             by
             the
             sons
             folly
             ,
             Psal.
             39.7
             .
          
           
           
             
               Wherein
               I
               have
               laboured
               ,
               and
               wherein
               I
               have
               shewed
               my self
               wise
            
             ]
             Which
             by
             my
             labour
             and
             by
             my
             wisdome
             I
             have
             gotten
             .
             He
             understandeth
             humane
             wisdome
             in
             managing
             worldly
             affairs
             to
             the
             best
             improvement
             ,
             Isa.
             10.13
             .
             Ezek.
             38.4
             ,
             5.
             
             These
             are
             the
             two
             great
             principles
             of
             humane
             actions
             ,
             Wisdome
             to
             direct
             ;
             Labour
             ,
             to
             execute
             :
             Wisdome
             by
             counsel
             guideth
             labour
             ;
             and
             Labour
             through
             experience
             encreaseth
             wisdome
             .
             That
             wisdome
             is
             fruitless
             ,
             which
             doth
             not
             produce
             labour
             ;
             and
             that
             labour
             is
             useless
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             managed
             by
             wisdome
             .
             Some
             conceive
             ,
             that
             Solomon
             here
             did
             foresee
             ,
             at
             least
             ,
             that
             Rehoboam
             by
             his
             folly
             might
             scatter
             many
             of
             those
             great
             works
             ,
             and
             lose
             much
             of
             that
             ample
             power
             and
             wealth
             which
             his
             father
             by
             his
             wisdome
             had
             gotten
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             12.13
             ,
             15.
             
          
           
             V.
             20.
             
             
               Therefore
               I
               went
               about
               to
               cause
               my
               heart
               to
               despair
               of
               all
               the
               labour
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             
               I
               went
               about
            
             ,
             or
             ,
             I
             circled
             .
             The
             meaning
             is
             ,
             Having
             turned
             hither
             and
             thither
             to
             take
             a
             view
             of
             all
             humane
             actions
             ,
             and
             every
             where
             discovering
             notable
             vanity
             in
             them
             all
             ,
             I
             found
             my self
             ,
             after
             I
             was
             wearied
             in
             this
             round
             ,
             brought
             at
             last
             to
             utter
             despair
             and
             despondency
             of
             spirit
             ,
             being
             without
             hope
             of
             ever
             finding
             out
             that
             in
             any
             of
             my
             labours
             for
             which
             I
             h●d
             undertaken
             them
             .
             When
             I
             
             found
             ,
             after
             all
             my
             labour
             ,
             this
             sad
             uncertainty
             attending
             on
             them
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             out
             of
             my
             power
             to
             dispose
             them
             for
             the
             future
             so
             ,
             but
             that
             they
             might
             fall
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             a
             fool
             that
             would
             demolish
             and
             dissipate
             them
             all
             ;
             who
             by
             his
             folly
             ,
             would
             extinguish
             the
             monuments
             of
             my
             wisdome
             ;
             and
             by
             his
             luxury
             ,
             the
             fruits
             of
             my
             labour
             :
             Then
             I
             bestirred
             my self
             to
             make
             my
             heart
             despair
             ,
             to
             call
             it
             wholly
             off
             from
             all
             my
             labours
             .
             The
             word
             importeth
             a
             desisting
             from
             a
             purpose
             or
             work
             undertaken
             ,
             a
             changing
             of
             a
             mans
             counsel
             ,
             finding
             the
             attempt
             to
             be
             fruitless
             or
             unfeasable
             ,
             Isa.
             57.10
             .
             Jer.
             2.25
             .
             &
             18.12
             .
             There
             is
             a
             Rational
             despair
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             having
             erroniously
             sought
             for
             some
             good
             from
             that
             which
             is
             wholly
             unable
             to
             afford
             it
             ,
             doth
             thereupon
             give
             over
             so
             fruitless
             an
             inquiry
             ,
             and
             betake
             himself
             to
             that
             which
             is
             more
             effectual
             ,
             Isa.
             55.2
             .
             and
             there
             is
             a
             passionate
             despair
             proceeding
             from
             that
             frowardness
             of
             heart
             which
             such
             a
             disappointment
             is
             apt
             to
             produce
             in
             carnal
             minds
             ,
             when
             because
             a
             man
             cannot
             enjoy
             that
             good
             from
             a
             thing
             which
             he
             expected
             ,
             he
             will
             therefore
             wholly
             fall
             out
             with
             it
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             otherwise
             good
             in
             its
             degree
             ,
             and
             doth
             bring
             such
             comfortable
             fruit
             as
             God
             appointed
             it
             for
             .
             This
             is
             a
             sinful
             despair
             :
             For
             the
             Lord
             hath
             made
             many
             promises
             unto
             
             the
             labour
             which
             we
             take
             about
             outward
             things
             ,
             Prov.
             12.24
             .
             &
             13.11
             .
             &
             31.31
             .
             Psal.
             128.1
             ,
             2.
             
             And
             hath
             a
             word
             of
             blessing
             ever
             proportionable
             to
             those
             ends
             and
             uses
             for
             which
             he
             hath
             appointed
             them
             ,
             Deut.
             28.2
             —
             8.
             
             Matth.
             4.4
             .
             If
             Solomon
             mean
             here
             the
             former
             despair
             ,
             then
             it
             was
             an
             effect
             of
             his
             wisdome
             ,
             dictating
             unto
             him
             not
             to
             place
             his
             hopes
             upon
             vain
             things
             ,
             which
             would
             delude
             and
             abuse
             him
             ,
             but
             to
             take
             off
             his
             heart
             from
             the
             inordinate
             love
             of
             empty
             things
             .
             If
             the
             later
             ,
             then
             it
             was
             a
             corrupt
             and
             froward
             aversion
             from
             things
             good
             in
             their
             degree
             ,
             because
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             might
             haply
             dispose
             otherwise
             of
             them
             than
             he
             desired
             .
             Duty
             and
             labour
             about
             outward
             things
             ,
             belongs
             unto
             us
             ,
             but
             the
             disposition
             of
             them
             into
             what
             hands
             he
             pleaseth
             ,
             belongeth
             unto
             God.
             In
             the
             mean
             time
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             good
             argument
             to
             draw
             off
             the
             heart
             from
             anxious
             and
             inordinate
             toyl
             about
             worldly
             things
             :
             and
             rather
             to
             imploy
             our
             thoughts
             about
             the
             education
             of
             our
             children
             ,
             lest
             much
             wealth
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             a
             foolish
             son
             ,
             prove
             an
             argument
             of
             our
             folly
             ;
             whereas
             a
             little
             estate
             with
             principles
             of
             wisdome
             and
             piety
             instilled
             into
             him
             that
             must
             enjoy
             it
             ,
             will
             be
             a
             greater
             blessing
             unto
             him
             ,
             and
             an
             evidence
             of
             more
             wisdome
             in
             our selves
             .
          
           
             V.
             21.
             
             
               For
               there
               is
               a
               man
               whose
               labour
               
               is
               in
               wisdome
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             
               i.
               e.
            
             who
             ,
             1.
             by
             his
             habitual
             skill
             and
             faculty
             of
             contrivance
             .
             2.
             by
             his
             experimental
             and
             improved
             knowledge
             ;
             and
             3.
             by
             his
             just
             ,
             honest
             ,
             and
             righteous
             dealing
             ;
             concurring
             all
             4.
             with
             diligent
             labour
             ,
             (
             unto
             which
             kind
             of
             principles
             so
             attempered
             ,
             the
             blessing
             of
             God
             is
             usually
             annexed
             ,
             )
             doth
             get
             a
             fair
             and
             full
             estate
             :
             and
             when
             he
             hath
             all
             done
             ,
             must
             leave
             it
             to
             another
             who
             never
             took
             thought
             about
             it
             ,
             nor
             stirred
             hand
             or
             foot
             towards
             the
             gathering
             of
             it
             .
             This
             is
             a
             third
             reason
             of
             the
             wise
             mans
             weariness
             of
             his
             life
             and
             labours
             ,
             namely
             ,
             that
             he
             should
             be
             a
             very
             drudge
             for
             another
             man
             ,
             and
             should
             use
             all
             his
             skill
             and
             pains
             ,
             and
             suffer
             so
             much
             anxiety
             and
             disquiet
             only
             to
             purchase
             rest
             and
             idleness
             for
             his
             successor
             .
             And
             this
             is
             a
             great
             and
             sore
             evil
             ,
             that
             the
             labour
             should
             be
             one
             mans
             ,
             and
             the
             fruit
             thereof
             anothers
             ,
             and
             is
             often
             threatned
             as
             a
             punishment
             ,
             Job
             .
             5.5
             .
             Hos.
             7.9
             .
             &
             8.7
             .
             Deut.
             28.30
             ,
             31
             ,
             32
             ,
             33.
             
             Psal.
             39.6
             .
             Prov.
             13.22
             .
          
           
             
               shall
               he
               give
               it
               for
               his
               portion
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               shall
               he
               give
               his
               portion
            
             .
             That
             which
             in
             all
             reason
             after
             so
             much
             labour
             should
             have
             been
             the
             portion
             of
             him
             who
             laboured
             for
             it
             ,
             he
             is
             compelled
             by
             death
             to
             give
             or
             leave
             it
             to
             another
             man
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             make
             it
             that
             other
             mans
             portion
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             22.
             
               for
               what
               hath
               man
               of
               all
               his
               labour
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             What
             is
             there
             unto
             a
             man
             of
             all
             his
             labour
             ?
             Nehem.
             6.6
             .
             viz.
             what
             profit
             ,
             comfort
             ,
             advantage
             ,
             can
             a
             man
             have
             of
             such
             labour
             wherein
             all
             the
             pain
             is
             his
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             fruit
             and
             benefit
             another
             mans
             ?
             Chap.
             1.3
             .
             &
             3.9
             .
             Psal.
             39
             6.
             
          
           
             
               vexation
               of
               his
               heart
            
             ]
             Hereby
             are
             noted
             those
             discruciating
             ,
             disquieting
             ,
             careful
             thoughts
             ,
             whereby
             he
             doth
             project
             and
             contrive
             within
             himself
             all
             waies
             of
             gain
             ,
             and
             how
             to
             increase
             and
             preserve
             a
             great
             estate
             ,
             Psal.
             49.11
             .
             Hab.
             2.5
             ,
             6.
             1
             
             Tim.
             6.9
             ,
             10.
             
             This
             may
             refer
             to
             all
             the
             three
             Reasons
             before
             given
             ;
             1.
             
             What
             hath
             man
             left
             to
             himself
             of
             all
             his
             labour
             and
             vexation
             when
             he
             is
             dead
             and
             gone
             ,
             all
             the
             world
             is
             then
             gone
             to
             him
             ,
             Job
             1.21
             .
             1
             Tim.
             6.7
             .
             Ps.
             49.17.2
             .
             What
             good
             hath
             he
             by
             all
             that
             pains
             which
             was
             taken
             for
             another
             man
             ,
             who
             if
             he
             were
             wise
             ,
             would
             be
             able
             to
             take
             the
             pains
             for
             himself
             ,
             and
             if
             foolish
             ,
             will
             be
             likely
             to
             make
             all
             another
             mans
             pains
             fruitless
             ,
             which
             he
             took
             to
             provide
             for
             him
             ,
             Job
             27.16
             ,
             17.3
             .
             What
             hath
             he
             of
             all
             his
             Labour
             more
             than
             the
             other
             man
             who
             sa●e
             still
             ,
             and
             lived
             quietly
             ,
             and
             saw
             him
             toyl
             and
             drudge
             to
             get
             him
             an
             estate
             who
             laboured
             not
             for
             it
             ?
             nothing
             at
             all
             more
             as
             to
             contentment
             and
             fruition
             ,
             much
             more
             as
             to
             weariness
             and
             vexation
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             23.
             
             
               For
               all
               his
               daies
               are
               sorrows
               ,
               and
               his
               travel
               grief
            
             ]
             &c.
             ]
             These
             words
             are
             very
             emphatical
             ,
             to
             set
             forth
             the
             pain
             and
             trouble
             of
             such
             a
             man
             who
             toyls
             for
             others
             :
             and
             the
             wise
             man
             closeth
             this
             disquisition
             as
             he
             did
             the
             first
             ,
             Chap.
             1.18
             .
             only
             this
             is
             expressed
             with
             greater
             emphasis
             ,
             as
             being
             the
             greater
             evil
             of
             the
             two
             ;
             as
             vers
             .
             21.
             1.
             
             The
             words
             are
             many
             ,
             to
             shew
             the
             greatness
             of
             the
             trouble
             .
             2.
             
             The
             word
             translated
             sorrows
             ,
             signifieth
             a
             very
             painful
             and
             cruciating
             grief
             ,
             the
             grief
             of
             some
             sore
             wound
             ,
             Gen.
             34.25
             .
             Jer.
             51.8
             .
             and
             used
             in
             the
             case
             of
             Israels
             sorrow
             in
             their
             bondage
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             Exod.
             3.7
             .
             and
             in
             Babylon
             ,
             Lam.
             1.12
             .
             and
             to
             express
             the
             sorrows
             of
             Christ
             ,
             Isa.
             53.3
             ,
             4.
             
             See
             Job
             33.19
             .
             Prov.
             14.13
             .
             3.
             
             The
             abstract
             is
             used
             for
             the
             Concrete
             ,
             it
             is
             not
             said
             ,
             all
             his
             daies
             are
             sorrowful
             ,
             but
             very
             sorrow
             it self
             ,
             which
             addeth
             much
             force
             to
             the
             sense
             ,
             as
             Gen.
             3.6
             .
             Ps.
             5.9
             .
             &
             39.5
             .
             Hag.
             2.8
             .
             Gen.
             12.2
             .
             Cant.
             5.16
             .
             4.
             
             The
             word
             is
             in
             the
             plural
             number
             ,
             
               all
               his
               daies
               are
               sorrows
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
            
             full
             of
             sorrow
             ,
             great
             sorrow
             ,
             and
             variety
             of
             sorrow
             ;
             as
             Isa.
             63.6
             .
             2
             Pet.
             3.11
             .
             So
             it
             is
             said
             ,
             that
             the
             Sodomites
             were
             smitten
             with
             blindness
             ,
             Gen.
             19.11
             .
             2
             Cor.
             1.3
             .
             Eccl.
             5.6
             .
          
           
             
               and
               his
               travel
            
             [
             or
             anxious
             and
             careful
             labour
             ]
             grief
             .
             Or
             ,
             indignation
             ,
             his
             wearisome
             
             imployments
             ,
             full
             of
             disquietness
             ,
             and
             of
             continual
             sollicitude
             ,
             meeting
             withal
             with
             many
             miscarriages
             and
             disappointments
             ,
             do
             stir
             up
             much
             grief
             and
             displeasure
             of
             heart
             .
          
           
             Hereby
             is
             noted
             the
             exceeding
             great
             trouble
             of
             heart
             ,
             which
             ariseth
             out
             of
             an
             inordinate
             conversing
             about
             worldly
             things
             ,
             and
             apprehension
             of
             parting
             with
             them
             .
             For
             the
             less
             measure
             there
             is
             in
             the
             labour
             of
             getting
             them
             ,
             the
             more
             trouble
             there
             is
             in
             the
             thoughts
             of
             parting
             with
             them
             .
             If
             the
             life
             of
             the
             best
             men
             be
             full
             of
             evil
             and
             labour
             ,
             Gen.
             47.9
             .
             Ps.
             90.10
             .
             Job
             .
             14.1
             .
             &
             5.7
             .
             Our
             mother
             brings
             us
             forth
             in
             sorrow
             ,
             and
             unto
             sorrow
             :
             much
             more
             unquiet
             must
             be
             the
             life
             of
             those
             who
             labour
             in
             the
             fire
             ,
             and
             for
             very
             vanity
             ,
             Habb
             .
             2.13
             .
          
           
             
               yea
               ,
               his
               heart
               taketh
               no
               rest
               in
               the
               night
            
             ]
             The
             night
             was
             appointed
             by
             God
             for
             man
             to
             rest
             in
             ,
             as
             the
             day
             to
             labour
             ,
             Ps.
             104.23
             .
             &
             127.2
             .
             Job
             4.13
             .
             But
             such
             a
             man
             depriveth
             himself
             of
             that
             blessing
             ,
             which
             God
             by
             the
             very
             season
             offers
             him
             ,
             Job
             7.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             13
             ,
             14.
             
             Eccl.
             5.12
             ,
             13.
             
             Prov.
             3.24
             .
             Or
             ,
             if
             such
             a
             mans
             body
             ,
             through
             labour
             and
             weariness
             ,
             do
             sleep
             ,
             yet
             his
             heart
             is
             still
             taken
             up
             with
             unquiet
             thoughts
             and
             cares
             ;
             for
             the
             heart
             may
             be
             awake
             when
             the
             body
             sleeps
             ,
             Cant.
             5.2
             .
          
           
             V.
             24.
             
             
               There
               is
               nothing
               better
               for
               a
               man
               ,
               
               than
               to
               eat
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             In
             this
             verse
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Chapter
             ,
             is
             contained
             that
             which
             is
             the
             whole
             sum
             and
             subject
             of
             this
             book
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             shew
             ,
             wherein
             the
             only
             good
             which
             a
             man
             can
             attain
             unto
             in
             his
             labour
             about
             worldly
             things
             ,
             doth
             consist
             ,
             and
             the
             happiness
             of
             this
             present
             life
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             get
             the
             heart
             seasoned
             with
             the
             s●ar
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             good
             in
             his
             sight
             ,
             or
             approved
             of
             him
             ;
             and
             then
             in
             the
             assurance
             and
             joy
             of
             his
             favour
             ,
             to
             make
             use
             of
             all
             outward
             good
             things
             with
             quiet
             contentment
             ,
             with
             freedome
             ,
             chearfulness
             ,
             and
             delight
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             special
             blessing
             which
             the
             Lord
             gives
             unto
             his
             own
             servants
             .
             The
             Apostle
             puts
             all
             this
             into
             two
             words
             ,
             Godliness
             and
             Contentment
             ,
             1
             Tim
             ,
             6.6
             .
          
           
             The
             words
             admit
             of
             a
             several
             reading
             ,
             though
             all
             run
             to
             the
             same
             issue
             .
             
               There
               is
               nothing
               better
               for
               a
               man
               ,
               then
            
             —
             so
             our
             version
             .
             The
             word
             [
             then
             ]
             according
             to
             the
             reading
             is
             to
             be
             supplyed
             ,
             it
             not
             being
             in
             the
             Original
             .
             And
             so
             Interpreters
             agree
             ,
             that
             such
             a
             word
             as
             nisi
             ,
             or
             tantum
             ,
             may
             be
             understood
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             necessarily
             to
             be
             supplyed
             elsewhere
             ;
             as
             Isa.
             1.6
             .
             where
             ,
             in
             the
             Original
             ,
             the
             words
             run
             in
             this
             manner
             ,
             
               There
               is
               no
               soundness
               it
               ,
               wounds
               and
               bruises
               ,
            
             &c.
             where
             the
             word
             but
             ,
             or
             only
             ,
             is
             necessarily
             to
             be
             supplyed
             ;
             no
             soundness
             ,
             [
             but
             ]
             wounds
             
             or
             bruises
             :
             So
             here
             ,
             
               There
               is
               not
               good
               for
               a
               man
               that
               he
               eat
            
             ;
             the
             word
             but
             is
             to
             be
             supplyed
             ,
             There
             is
             not
             ,
             or
             it
             is
             not
             good
             for
             a
             man
             but
             that
             he
             eat
             :
             It
             is
             expressed
             ,
             Chap.
             3.12
             .
             Others
             read
             the
             words
             with
             an
             interrogation
             ,
             
               Is
               it
               not
               good
               for
               a
               man
               that
               he
               eat
               ,
            
             &
             c.
             ?
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             It
             is
             good
             .
             Others
             ●ead
             thus
             ,
             
               This
               good
               is
               not
               in
               a
               man
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
               in
               the
               power
               of
               a
               man
               ,
               that
               he
               eat
               and
               drink
               ,
            
             &c.
             
             As
             he
             cannot
             help
             it
             ,
             but
             he
             must
             in
             time
             leave
             his
             outward
             things
             ,
             which
             with
             so
             much
             labour
             he
             hath
             gotten
             ,
             and
             that
             to
             such
             as
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             ,
             will
             not
             dispose
             of
             them
             to
             his
             desire
             ;
             so
             even
             while
             he
             doth
             actually
             possess
             them
             himself
             ,
             it
             is
             not
             in
             his
             power
             to
             use
             them
             ,
             much
             less
             to
             enjoy
             with
             delight
             and
             pleasure
             ,
             without
             the
             special
             gift
             of
             God.
             All
             amounts
             to
             the
             same
             issue
             ;
             which
             is
             this
             :
             Since
             there
             is
             in
             all
             the
             studies
             ,
             labours
             ,
             affairs
             of
             men
             so
             much
             vanity
             and
             vexation
             ,
             as
             hath
             been
             here
             discovered
             ,
             by
             the
             ablest
             and
             wisest
             inquirer
             into
             the
             creature
             ;
             it
             remains
             ,
             if
             we
             would
             effectually
             free
             our selves
             from
             this
             vanity
             and
             vexation
             ,
             that
             giving
             over
             those
             anxious
             and
             disquieting
             labours
             ,
             we
             betake
             our selves
             to
             a
             free
             ,
             chearful
             ,
             and
             comfortable
             use
             of
             those
             good
             things
             which
             God
             hath
             blessed
             us
             withal
             ;
             and
             that
             so
             we
             may
             do
             ,
             to
             commend
             our selves
             by
             sincerity
             of
             heart
             unto
             God
             ,
             from
             whose
             hand
             and
             gift
             
             alone
             this
             mercy
             proceedeth
             ,
             and
             not
             from
             the
             power
             or
             will
             of
             man.
             
          
           
             
               make
               his
               soul
               see
               ,
               or
               enjoy
               good
               ]
               i.
               e.
            
             Make
             himself
             to
             enjoy
             the
             good
             which
             outward
             blessings
             do
             afford
             ,
             the
             like
             phrase
             making
             ●o
             see
             good
             is
             ●sed
             ,
             Ps.
             4.6
             .
             and
             50.23
             .
             su●ra
             ,
             vers
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             
               in
               his
               labour
            
             ]
             1.
             
             In
             the
             fruit
             of
             labour
             ,
             ●ot
             of
             idleness
             .
             2.
             
             Of
             his
             own
             labour
             ,
             of
             ●hat
             which
             is
             righteously
             his
             own
             ,
             not
             gotten
             ●rom
             others
             by
             violence
             or
             injustice
             .
          
           
             
               this
               also
               I
               saw
               that
               it
               was
               from
               the
               hand
               of
               God
            
             ]
             Or
             the
             special
             gift
             of
             God
             ,
             as
             vers
             .
             26.
             
             Chap.
             3.13
             .
             &
             5
             19.
             1
             
             Chron.
             29.16
             .
             It
             may
             seem
             but
             an
             easie
             thing
             when
             man
             hath
             ,
             with
             much
             toyl
             and
             trouble
             ,
             gotten
             provisions
             about
             him
             ,
             to
             eat
             the
             fruit
             of
             his
             own
             labours
             ,
             yet
             he
             hath
             no
             power
             to
             do
             it
             without
             Gods
             blessing
             .
          
           
             Here
             we
             may
             observe
             .
             1.
             
             That
             the
             utmost
             good
             of
             all
             worldly
             labours
             reach
             no
             further
             as
             to
             real
             benefit
             ,
             then
             the
             supply
             of
             body
             ,
             Eccles.
             6.7
             .
             1
             Tim.
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             it
             is
             not
             in
             the
             power
             of
             man
             ,
             after
             all
             his
             hard
             labour
             for
             these
             things
             ,
             either
             to
             use
             them
             ,
             or
             with
             chearfulness
             and
             joy
             to
             delight
             at
             all
             in
             them
             ,
             without
             the
             special
             hand
             and
             gift
             of
             God
             ;
             to
             say
             nothing
             of
             sickness
             ,
             or
             other
             distempers
             within
             ,
             and
             of
             robbers
             without
             ,
             which
             may
             take
             away
             the
             
             taste
             of
             any
             sweetness
             in
             them
             ,
             and
             consequently
             the
             desire
             of
             them
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             19.35
             .
             Job
             33
             19
             ,
             20.
             so
             that
             the
             floor
             and
             the
             wine-press
             shal
             not
             feed
             us
             ,
             Hos.
             9.2
             .
             &
             2.9
             .
             There
             is
             such
             a
             sordid
             and
             base
             cruelty
             in
             the
             mind
             of
             a
             man
             towards
             himself
             ,
             as
             to
             defraud
             and
             grudge
             himself
             the
             fruit
             of
             his
             own
             labour
             ,
             Eccl.
             6.2
             ,
             4
             ,
             8.
             much
             less
             can
             a
             man
             with
             cheerfulness
             ,
             contentment
             ,
             and
             sweet
             tranquility
             ,
             make
             use
             of
             these
             blessings
             without
             the
             special
             favour
             of
             God
             unto
             him
             therein
             ,
             Prov.
             10.22
             .
             Ps.
             128.1.2
             .
             Nehem.
             8.10
             ,
             12.
             1
             
             Chron.
             29.22
             .
             Act.
             14.17
             .
             Deut.
             8.12
             —
             18.
             
             Phil.
             4
             ,
             11
             ,
             12
             ,
             13.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             That
             the
             happiness
             of
             this
             life
             standeth
             in
             a
             free
             ,
             cheerful
             and
             contented
             enjoyment
             of
             the
             good
             blessings
             of
             God
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             sense
             and
             comfort
             of
             his
             fatherly
             love
             ,
             1
             Tim.
             6.4
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             That
             all
             the
             sweetness
             of
             outward
             blessings
             standeth
             in
             this
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             reached
             out
             unto
             us
             ,
             from
             the
             hand
             ,
             and
             sanctified
             by
             the
             blessing
             and
             grace
             of
             a
             merciful
             Father
             ,
             Ps.
             37.16
             .
             Prov.
             15.16
             .
             1
             Tim.
             4.5
             .
             1
             Tim.
             6.17
             .
             It
             is
             the
             love
             of
             God
             which
             puts
             sweetness
             into
             all
             outward
             mercies
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Honest
             labour
             whereby
             a
             mans
             bread
             is
             his
             own
             ,
             is
             the
             proper
             object
             of
             our
             comfortable
             fruition
             .
             Then
             only
             we
             can
             rejoyce
             
             in
             our
             eating
             and
             drinking
             ,
             and
             other
             outward
             delights
             ,
             when
             in
             them
             we
             taste
             the
             sweet
             of
             our
             righteous
             labours
             ,
             Prov.
             16.8
             .
             Eph.
             5.28
             .
             2
             Thes.
             3.12
             .
          
           
             V.
             25.
             
               for
               who
               can
               eat
               ,
               or
               who
               else
               can
               hasten
               thereunto
               more
               than
               I
            
             ?
             ]
             He
             proveth
             what
             he
             had
             said
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             the
             gift
             of
             God
             ;
             because
             he
             so
             wise
             ,
             so
             wealthy
             a
             Prince
             ,
             who
             had
             so
             great
             variety
             to
             hold
             up
             his
             delight
             ,
             could
             of
             himself
             find
             nothing
             in
             all
             his
             great
             estate
             ,
             but
             matter
             of
             vexation
             .
             What
             power
             can
             others
             have
             to
             enjoy
             them
             ,
             when
             he
             could
             not
             ;
             or
             else
             it
             may
             refer
             to
             the
             former
             part
             of
             the
             fore-going
             verse
             .
             There
             is
             nothing
             for
             a
             m●n
             then
             to
             eat
             and
             drink
             and
             enjoy
             good
             in
             his
             labour
             :
             this
             he
             proveth
             by
             his
             own
             experience
             .
             As
             by
             his
             own
             experience
             ,
             he
             hath
             all
             along
             proved
             the
             vanity
             and
             vexation
             of
             the
             creatures
             in
             other
             respects
             ;
             so
             here
             by
             his
             own
             experience
             he
             proveth
             ,
             that
             the
             only
             tranquility
             is
             ,
             having
             made
             sure
             of
             the
             favour
             of
             God
             ,
             to
             eat
             and
             drink
             with
             cheerfulness
             .
             He
             doth
             not
             mean
             sensual
             Epicure-like
             surfeiting
             on
             the
             creatures
             ,
             but
             a
             quiet
             and
             free
             contented
             use
             of
             them
             ;
             who
             is
             fit
             to
             eat
             of
             my
             estate
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             haste
             so
             to
             do
             ,
             
               i.
               e.
            
             readily
             and
             cheerfully
             to
             do
             it
             ,
             then
             I
             my self
             who
             laboured
             it
             ?
             and
             I
             unto
             whom
             God
             hath
             given
             such
             plenty
             ,
             and
             such
             readiness
             of
             heart
             to
             use
             it
             ,
             
             can
             by
             my
             own
             taste
             of
             Gods
             goodness
             give
             to
             others
             a
             judgement
             and
             assurance
             hereof
             .
             So
             vers
             .
             10
             ,
             12.
             
          
           
             
               who
               else
               can
               hasten
               thereunto
               more
               than
               I
               ?
            
             ]
             This
             noteth
             a
             special
             promptitude
             and
             cheerfulness
             of
             heart
             ,
             which
             Solomon
             did
             put
             forth
             in
             the
             fruition
             of
             the
             good
             things
             he
             had
             gathered
             ,
             as
             Job
             20.2
             .
             others
             read
             it
             ,
             who
             hath
             taken
             more
             care
             thereunto
             ,
             to
             abound
             in
             delights
             and
             contents
             then
             I
             ?
             Others
             ,
             who
             hath
             quicker
             senses
             to
             discern
             the
             comforts
             of
             them
             ,
             then
             I
             ?
             but
             the
             first
             sense
             seemeth
             more
             genuine
             ;
             for
             as
             in
             the
             former
             verse
             ,
             he
             spake
             ,
             1.
             
             Of
             eating
             and
             drinking
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             free
             using
             of
             Gods
             blessings
             .
             2.
             
             Of
             making
             the
             heart
             to
             enjoy
             them
             :
             So
             here
             he
             telleth
             us
             that
             his
             practise
             ,
             was
             suteable
             ,
             who
             can
             eat
             ?
             that
             relates
             to
             the
             former
             ;
             and
             who
             can
             hasten
             more
             than
             I
             ,
             that
             relates
             to
             the
             later
             .
          
           
             V.
             26.
             
               for
               God
               giveth
               to
               a
               man
               that
               is
               good
               in
               his
               sight
               ,
               wisdome
               ,
               and
               knowledge
               ,
               and
               joy
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Having
             commended
             this
             free
             and
             comfortable
             use
             of
             Gods
             blessings
             with
             Godliness
             and
             contentment
             by
             the
             author
             of
             it
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             gift
             of
             God
             :
             He
             here
             further
             commends
             it
             by
             the
             subject
             of
             it
             ,
             unto
             whom
             God
             doth
             afford
             so
             excellent
             a
             gift
             :
             many
             gifts
             of
             God
             are
             common
             to
             good
             and
             bad
             men
             ,
             Matth.
             5.45
             .
             1
             Cor.
             13.1
             ,
             3.
             but
             this
             
             is
             a
             peculiar
             blessing
             which
             he
             bestows
             on
             his
             beloved
             ,
             Ps.
             127.2
             .
             the
             subject
             of
             it
             is
             a
             good
             man
             ;
             the
             Character
             of
             that
             good
             man
             ,
             he
             is
             good
             in
             his
             sight
             ,
             good
             in
             the
             judgement
             of
             God
             ,
             who
             trieth
             the
             heart
             ,
             Gen.
             17.1
             .
             1
             Cor.
             10.18
             .
             Rom.
             12.1
             ,
             2.
             1
             
             Tim.
             2.3
             .
             Heb.
             13.21
             .
             The
             gift
             of
             God
             to
             this
             man.
             1.
             
             Wisdome
             to
             get
             ,
             2
             Knowledge
             to
             use
             ,
             3.
             
             Joy
             to
             use
             cheerfully
             and
             comfortably
             all
             outward
             blessings
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             illustrated
             by
             an
             Antithesis
             .
          
           
             
               but
               to
               the
               sinner
               he
               giveth
               travel
               ,
               to
               gather
               and
               to
               heap
               up
               ,
               ]
               i.
               e.
            
             He
             giveth
             them
             up
             ,
             or
             leaveth
             them
             to
             their
             own
             greedy
             desires
             ,
             to
             gather
             and
             heap
             together
             with
             much
             anxiety
             and
             tormenting
             sollicitude
             ,
             Habb
             .
             2.6
             .
             Luk.
             12.18
             .
             Ps.
             39.6
             .
          
           
             
               That
               he
               may
               give
               to
               him
               that
               is
               good
               before
               God
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             that
             God
             may
             dispose
             of
             it
             by
             his
             own
             over-ruling
             providence
             ,
             besides
             and
             against
             the
             purpose
             of
             the
             gatherer
             ,
             to
             whom
             he
             pleaseth
             ,
             or
             to
             those
             that
             fear
             him
             ,
             making
             wicked
             men
             but
             the
             drudges
             and
             purveyors
             for
             others
             .
             Isa.
             10.7
             .
             Prov.
             13.22
             .
             &
             28.8
             .
             Job
             27.16
             ,
             17.
             
             Est.
             8.1
             ,
             2.
             
             Isa.
             65.13
             ,
             14.
             as
             wicked
             men
             built
             the
             Ark
             ,
             but
             Noah
             enjoyed
             it
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Greek
             proverb
             ,
             one
             man
             makes
             the
             garment
             ,
             but
             another
             wears
             it
             .
          
           
             
               This
               also
               is
               vanity
               ]
               viz.
            
             for
             a
             wicked
             man
             
             to
             labour
             for
             others
             whom
             he
             loves
             not
             ,
             nor
             ever
             intended
             his
             labour
             for
             .
          
           
             Here
             we
             see
             ,
             1.
             
             Goodness
             consists
             in
             approving
             a
             mans
             self
             to
             God.
             2.
             
             That
             sweet
             and
             perfect
             contentment
             is
             peculiar
             unto
             good
             men
             .
             3.
             
             That
             wisdome
             or
             skill
             to
             get
             riches
             ,
             is
             the
             gift
             of
             God
             ,
             Deut.
             8.18
             .
             4.
             
             That
             knowledge
             to
             use
             them
             ,
             being
             gotten
             ,
             is
             likewise
             Gods
             gift
             ,
             as
             vers
             .
             24.
             5.
             
             That
             good
             men
             only
             are
             the
             proper
             subject
             of
             true
             joy
             ,
             Gal.
             5.22
             .
             6.
             
             That
             amongst
             other
             curses
             ,
             God
             doth
             many
             times
             punish
             wicked
             men
             with
             giving
             them
             up
             to
             the
             insatiable
             desires
             of
             their
             covetous
             hearts
             ,
             to
             weary
             themselves
             in
             gathering
             wealth
             to
             no
             purpose
             of
             their
             own
             ,
             of
             Eccl.
             4.8
             .
             7.
             
             Gods
             providences
             ,
             that
             many
             times
             disposeth
             the
             labours
             of
             wicked
             men
             for
             the
             use
             and
             good
             of
             the
             godly
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             III.
             
          
           
             IN
             this
             Chapter
             the
             wise
             man
             proceedeth
             ,
             in
             discovering
             the
             vanity
             of
             worldly
             things
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             mens
             toil
             and
             labour
             about
             them
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             the
             total
             uncertainty
             of
             future
             events
             ,
             as
             having
             their
             whole
             dependance
             on
             the
             predeterminate
             purpose
             of
             God
             ,
             &
             not
             at
             all
             on
             the
             anxious
             care
             and
             thoughts
             of
             man.
             And
             that
             therefore
             since
             man
             is
             not
             able
             to
             alter
             the
             series
             and
             contexture
             of
             events
             ,
             fore-ordained
             by
             God
             ,
             he
             ought
             with
             contentment
             
             of
             heart
             to
             enjoy
             his
             condition
             ,
             and
             to
             fear
             the
             Lord
             ,
             &
             depend
             on
             his
             providence
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             possible
             for
             him
             by
             all
             his
             own
             sollicitude
             to
             prevent
             or
             escape
             .
             And
             therefore
             ,
             though
             he
             may
             cheerfully
             enjoy
             present
             blessings
             ,
             yet
             he
             must
             not
             have
             his
             heart
             glued
             to
             them
             ,
             nor
             build
             his
             chiefest
             hope
             on
             them
             ,
             in
             regard
             they
             are
             so
             variable
             ,
             and
             subject
             to
             unavoidable
             changes
             and
             uncertainties
             .
             So
             that
             the
             doctrine
             of
             the
             ten
             first
             verses
             of
             this
             Chapter
             seems
             to
             be
             ;
             1.
             
             An
             argument
             enforcing
             the
             former
             counsel
             of
             the
             wise
             man
             ,
             Chap.
             2.24
             .
             That
             since
             there
             is
             a
             set
             and
             prefixed
             season
             for
             all
             ,
             even
             the
             most
             contingent
             events
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             is
             out
             of
             the
             power
             of
             man
             by
             all
             his
             thoughts
             ,
             counsels
             &
             cares
             ,
             to
             break
             through
             the
             limits
             of
             Gods
             providence
             in
             the
             guidance
             of
             them
             ;
             therefore
             our
             wisest
             way
             is
             to
             yield
             our selves
             unto
             God
             ,
             to
             depend
             on
             his
             counsel
             and
             provision
             ,
             to
             rest
             contented
             in
             that
             which
             he
             gives
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             disquiet
             our selves
             with
             the
             cares
             ,
             fears
             ,
             hopes
             of
             such
             things
             ,
             as
             are
             wholly
             without
             the
             order
             of
             our
             wisdome
             or
             power
             .
             2.
             
             A
             caveat
             in
             the
             use
             of
             outward
             comforts
             ,
             still
             to
             remember
             that
             they
             are
             changeable
             ,
             subject
             to
             time
             and
             providence
             to
             wear
             them
             out
             ,
             &
             deprive
             us
             of
             them
             :
             and
             therefore
             not
             to
             be
             offended
             ,
             if
             we
             have
             not
             alwaies
             our
             desires
             ,
             nor
             enjoy
             them
             so
             long
             ,
             and
             in
             so
             constant
             a
             tenor
             of
             
             success
             ,
             as
             we
             could
             wish
             our selves
             .
             3.
             
             A
             further
             observation
             of
             vanity
             in
             outward
             things
             ,
             in
             the
             various
             actions
             of
             other
             men
             ,
             as
             he
             had
             before
             discovered
             in
             his
             own
             labours
             .
          
           
             V.
             1.
             
             
               To
               every
               thing
               there
               is
               a
               season
            
             ]
             A
             predeterminate
             and
             an
             appointed
             time
             :
             So
             it
             is
             used
             ,
             Esth.
             9.31
             .
             Ezra
             10.14
             .
             Nehem.
             13.31
             .
          
           
             
               to
               every
               purpose
            
             ]
             To
             voluntary
             and
             contingent
             things
             ,
             which
             seem
             most
             in
             a
             mans
             own
             power
             ;
             yet
             these
             are
             over-ruled
             ,
             for
             their
             beginning
             ,
             duration
             ,
             and
             ending
             ,
             by
             the
             providence
             of
             God.
             To
             every
             purposed
             business
             :
             Where
             note
             ;
             1.
             
             That
             all
             events
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             both
             natural
             and
             contingent
             ,
             voluntary
             ,
             or
             fortuitous
             ,
             are
             all
             of
             them
             limited
             and
             bounded
             for
             their
             beginning
             ,
             duration
             and
             ending
             ,
             by
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             Psal.
             31.15
             .
             Job
             14.14
             .
             Acts
             17.26
             .
             So
             we
             read
             of
             a
             time
             for
             wrath
             ,
             Psal.
             37.13
             .
             Ezek.
             7.7
             .
             Hos.
             5.7
             Isa.
             40.2
             .
             A
             time
             of
             love
             ,
             Ezec.
             16.8
             .
             2
             Cor.
             6.2
             .
             A
             time
             to
             work
             in
             ,
             Joh.
             2.4
             .
             A
             time
             to
             suffer
             in
             ,
             Joh.
             7.30
             .
             &
             8.20
             .
             &
             13.1
             .
             &
             17.1
             .
             It
             is
             great
             wisdom
             for
             men
             to
             observe
             the
             providences
             of
             God
             in
             this
             point
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             accordingly
             behave
             themselves
             towards
             him
             ,
             1
             Chron.
             12.32
             .
             Luk.
             19.42
             .
             Eccles.
             9.12
             .
             Jer.
             8.7
             .
             2.
             
             That
             whatever
             are
             
             the
             thoughts
             or
             cares
             of
             men
             ,
             yet
             the
             purposes
             of
             God
             must
             stand
             ;
             no
             man
             can
             by
             his
             anxious
             fears
             or
             contrivances
             ,
             mend
             or
             alter
             his
             condition
             .
             Means
             we
             must
             use
             in
             obedience
             unto
             God
             ,
             and
             expectation
             of
             his
             promised
             blessing
             ,
             but
             events
             and
             successes
             we
             must
             wholly
             leave
             to
             him
             ,
             Isa.
             46.10
             .
             Prov.
             19.21
             .
             Psal.
             33.10
             ,
             11.
             
             Matth.
             6.27
             .
             Jer.
             10.23
             .
             3.
             
             That
             all
             things
             under
             the
             Sun
             are
             subject
             to
             continual
             Changes
             ;
             there
             are
             various
             revolutions
             and
             vicissitudes
             of
             events
             ,
             now
             one
             thing
             ,
             and
             anon
             the
             contrary
             ,
             to
             the
             intent
             that
             men
             should
             ,
             neither
             be
             wanton
             in
             prosperity
             ,
             nor
             desperate
             in
             adversity
             ,
             but
             should
             alwayes
             fear
             before
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             seek
             for
             a
             kingdome
             which
             cannot
             be
             shaken
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             7.29
             —
             31.
             
             Prov.
             27.1
             .
             Jam.
             4.13
             ,
             14.
             
             Dan.
             2.21
             .
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             The
             Wise
             man
             subjoyneth
             an
             Induction
             of
             several
             particulars
             ,
             obvious
             to
             every
             mans
             experience
             ,
             whereby
             he
             demonstrateth
             the
             truth
             of
             this
             general
             Proposition
             .
             Some
             of
             these
             particulars
             are
             things
             natural
             ,
             and
             wholly
             out
             of
             the
             power
             of
             man
             :
             others
             humane
             and
             voluntary
             ,
             such
             as
             are
             done
             and
             directed
             by
             the
             Skill
             of
             man.
             To
             teach
             us
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             most
             free
             and
             contingent
             actions
             are
             under
             the
             Law
             of
             Gods
             providence
             ,
             directed
             and
             limited
             thereby
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             those
             which
             are
             most
             natural
             and
             necessary
             ,
             1
             
             Reg.
             22.24
             .
             Isa.
             10.5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7.
             
             Act.
             4
             ,
             27
             ,
             28.
             
          
           
             Some
             again
             begin
             with
             pleasant
             instances
             ,
             and
             end
             in
             sad
             ones
             .
             Others
             begin
             with
             sadness
             ,
             and
             end
             with
             delight
             .
             The
             Lord
             as
             he
             pleaseth
             ordering
             the
             affairs
             of
             men
             so
             ,
             as
             that
             sometimes
             they
             have
             their
             good
             dayes
             first
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             sorrow
             :
             sometimes
             evil
             first
             ,
             and
             after
             ,
             deliverance
             ,
             Luke
             16.25
             .
             Job
             42.12
             .
             Joh.
             21.18
             .
          
           
             Another
             thing
             to
             be
             remembred
             here
             ,
             is
             ,
             That
             the
             Lord
             doth
             not
             by
             every
             one
             of
             these
             particulars
             signifie
             what
             is
             good
             or
             lawfull
             to
             be
             done
             ,
             but
             only
             teach
             us
             ,
             that
             not
             only
             the
             good
             actions
             of
             men
             ,
             but
             their
             sins
             ,
             not
             only
             their
             serious
             actions
             ,
             but
             those
             which
             are
             most
             Ludicrous
             and
             vain
             ,
             are
             all
             of
             them
             under
             the
             decrees
             and
             over-ruling
             counsels
             o●
             God
             ,
             directing
             of
             them
             and
             their
             seasons
             a●
             it
             pleaseth
             him
             ,
             Matth.
             10.29
             ,
             30.
             
             Gen.
             45
             5.
             
             &
             50.20
             .
             Judg.
             21.21
             ,
             22
             ,
             23.
             
          
           
             
               A
               time
               to
               be
               born
               ,
               or
               to
               bear
               nd
               bri●●
               forth
            
             ]
             Called
             the
             hour
             of
             a
             woman
             ,
             Jo●●
             16.21
             .
          
           
             
               and
               a
               time
               to
               die
            
             ]
             Called
             the
             〈◊〉
             wherein
             a
             man
             must
             depart
             ,
             Joh.
             13.1
             .
             〈◊〉
             though
             the
             sentence
             of
             death
             hath
             sometim●●
             been
             revoked
             ,
             Isa.
             38.1
             ,
             5.
             yet
             the
             pred●●terminate
             time
             fore-fixed
             in
             the
             purpose
             God
             was
             not
             altered
             .
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               A
               time
               to
               kill
            
             ]
             There
             is
             a
             pro●●●dence
             
             of
             God
             in
             the
             violent
             deaths
             of
             men
             ,
             directing
             actions
             either
             sinfull
             or
             fortuitous
             ,
             as
             it
             pleaseth
             him
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             10.30
             .
             compared
             with
             Hos.
             1.4
             .
             Exod.
             21.13
             .
             1
             Reg.
             22.34
             .
             Hos.
             6.1
             .
             1
             Sam.
             2.6
             .
             Job
             .
             30.26
             .
          
           
             
               to
               beat
               down
               ,
               and
               to
               build
            
             ]
             Jer.
             1.10
             .
             &
             18.7
             .
             &
             31.28
             .
             Isa.
             5.2
             ,
             5.
             
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               A
               time
               to
               weep
               ]
               viz.
            
             From
             the
             Lord
             ;
             for
             he
             speaketh
             all
             along
             of
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             in
             whose
             hand
             all
             our
             times
             both
             of
             sorrow
             and
             of
             joy
             are
             ,
             Psal.
             80.5
             .
             Ruth
             1.20
             ,
             21.
             
          
           
             
               and
               a
               time
               to
               laugh
            
             ]
             Psal.
             126.1.2
             .
             Gen.
             21.6
             .
          
           
             
               to
               mourn
            
             ]
             As
             in
             Funerals
             and
             publick
             calamities
             ,
             Chap.
             12.5
             .
          
           
             
               to
               daunce
               ]
               i.
               e.
            
             greatly
             to
             rejoyce
             ,
             and
             express
             joy
             in
             the
             outward
             behaviour
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             6.14
             .
             Act.
             3.8
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             
               A
               time
               to
               cast
               away
               stones
               ,
               and
               a
               time
               to
               gather
               them
               together
            
             ]
             Some
             by
             this
             ,
             understand
             the
             erecting
             of
             trophies
             over
             conquered
             enemies
             ,
             as
             Josh.
             8.29
             .
             2
             Sam.
             18.17
             ,
             18.
             
             Zach.
             9.16
             .
             Others
             ,
             the
             demolishing
             or
             erecting
             of
             buildings
             ,
             all
             ordered
             by
             Gods
             providence
             ,
             Luke
             13.4
             .
             Judg.
             9.53
             .
             Lam.
             2.2
             ,
             5
             ,
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
             &
             4.1
             .
             Zach.
             5.4
             .
             Mic.
             1.6
             .
             2
             Reg.
             3.25
             .
             Mar.
             13.1
             ,
             2.
             
          
           
             
               to
               embrace
               ,
               and
               to
               abstain
               from
               embracing
            
             ]
             1
             Cor.
             7.5
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             6.
             
               to
               get
            
             ]
             Prov.
             10.6
             .
          
           
             
               to
               cast
               away
            
             ]
             Either
             out
             of
             necessity
             ,
             as
             Jon.
             1.5
             .
             Act.
             27.18
             ,
             38.
             or
             out
             of
             charity
             ,
             Prov.
             11.24
             .
             Eccles.
             11.1
             .
             or
             out
             of
             special
             duty
             to
             God
             ,
             Heb.
             10.34
             .
             Matth.
             10.37.38
             ,
             39.
             and
             19.29
             .
          
           
             V.
             7.
             
             
               To
               rent
            
             ]
             As
             the
             custome
             was
             in
             mourning
             ,
             Job
             .
             1.20
             .
             Joel
             2
             19.
             
          
           
             
               to
               speak
               ,
               to
               keep
               silence
            
             ]
             According
             to
             difference
             of
             seasons
             ,
             Prov.
             26.4
             ,
             5.
             
             &
             25.11
             .
             Amos
             5.13
             .
          
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               A
               time
               of
               war
            
             ]
             2
             Sam.
             11.1
             .
          
           
             Thus
             Solomon
             by
             an
             Induction
             of
             divers
             particulars
             ,
             and
             those
             very
             various
             ,
             and
             each
             by
             way
             of
             Antithesis
             with
             his
             contrary
             joyned
             to
             him
             ,
             some
             natural
             actions
             ,
             some
             civil
             ,
             some
             domestical
             ,
             some
             vitious
             ,
             some
             vertuous
             ,
             some
             serious
             and
             solemn
             ,
             others
             light
             and
             ludicrous
             ,
             some
             wise
             ,
             some
             passionate
             ;
             by
             all
             these
             he
             assureth
             us
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             a
             holy
             and
             wise
             work
             of
             God
             in
             predefining
             ,
             ordering
             ,
             limiting
             ,
             tempering
             ,
             disposing
             of
             all
             these
             and
             the
             like
             affairs
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             so
             qualifying
             in
             the
             life
             of
             a
             man
             one
             contrary
             with
             another
             ,
             and
             ballancing
             prosperity
             and
             adversity
             by
             each
             other
             ,
             that
             in
             every
             condition
             a
             good
             man
             may
             find
             cause
             of
             praising
             God
             ,
             and
             of
             trusting
             in
             him
             ,
             and
             of
             exercising
             this
             tranquility
             and
             contentment
             of
             mind
             ,
             even
             in
             contrary
             conditions
             because
             
             the
             holy
             hand
             of
             God
             is
             in
             the
             one
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             in
             the
             other
             ,
             Job
             .
             1.21
             .
             Phil.
             4.11
             ,
             12.
             
          
           
             V.
             9.
             
             
               What
               profit
               hath
               he
               that
               worketh
               ,
               in
               that
               wherein
               he
               laboureth
               ?
            
             As
             Chap.
             1.3
             .
             Matth.
             6.27
             .
             In
             vain
             is
             it
             for
             a
             man
             by
             any
             anxious
             toyl
             to
             go
             about
             to
             effect
             any
             thing
             according
             to
             his
             own
             will
             ,
             if
             the
             counsel
             and
             providence
             of
             God
             be
             against
             it
             .
             When
             he
             builds
             ,
             God
             may
             pull
             down
             ,
             or
             put
             in
             some
             accident
             and
             casual
             event
             which
             shall
             divert
             ,
             or
             undo
             all
             :
             Yet
             he
             doth
             not
             intend
             to
             restrain
             men
             from
             needfull
             Labour
             in
             their
             Callings
             ;
             but
             from
             trusting
             in
             or
             building
             on
             their
             Labours
             ,
             and
             fretting
             if
             such
             fruits
             follow
             not
             thereupon
             as
             they
             intended
             and
             expected
             ;
             but
             patiently
             to
             submit
             to
             the
             holy
             Will
             of
             God
             ,
             unto
             whom
             it
             belongeth
             to
             dispose
             of
             our
             persons
             ,
             of
             our
             liberties
             as
             it
             pleaseth
             him
             .
             Whence
             observe
             ,
             That
             carking
             and
             caring
             is
             indeed
             a
             striving
             with
             the
             irresistable
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             no
             labour
             of
             ours
             can
             alter
             ,
             or
             bend
             to
             our
             wills
             ,
             Isa.
             45.9
             .
             Jon.
             4.1
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             as
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             glorying
             of
             our
             own
             strength
             and
             wisdome
             ,
             is
             a
             robbing
             him
             of
             his
             honour
             ,
             Deut.
             8.17
             ,
             18.
             
             Habak
             ,
             1.16
             .
             Labour
             is
             subordinate
             unto
             providence
             ,
             but
             must
             never
             strive
             with
             it
             .
             There
             is
             no
             profit
             to
             any
             m●n
             in
             his
             Labour
             ,
             without
             Gods
             blessing
             ,
             
             which
             therefore
             he
             must
             pray
             for
             ,
             and
             rejoyce
             in
             ,
             without
             fruitless
             anxiety
             for
             the
             future
             .
          
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               I
               have
               seen
               the
               travel
            
             ]
             Chap.
             1.13
             .
             men
             might
             be
             apt
             to
             think
             when
             they
             see
             so
             many
             turns
             and
             changes
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             that
             all
             things
             are
             carried
             by
             a
             blind
             and
             rash
             disorder
             ,
             casually
             and
             uncertainly
             ,
             as
             it
             falls
             out
             ,
             without
             any
             beauty
             or
             order
             in
             them
             .
             To
             this
             he
             answers
             ,
             That
             it
             is
             God
             who
             hath
             given
             unto
             men
             this
             travel
             to
             exercise
             themselves
             in
             various
             and
             contrary
             imployments
             ,
             passions
             ,
             events
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             doth
             ,
             though
             we
             do
             not
             suddenly
             observe
             it
             ,
             direct
             them
             all
             unto
             a
             beautifull
             issue
             :
             all
             these
             contraries
             work
             together
             for
             good
             ,
             Rom.
             8.28
             .
             Again
             ,
             men
             might
             think
             on
             the
             other
             hand
             ,
             If
             man
             have
             indeed
             no
             profit
             of
             all
             his
             labour
             ,
             but
             when
             all
             is
             done
             ,
             God
             alone
             orders
             the
             Event
             ,
             then
             to
             what
             end
             should
             he
             weary
             himself
             in
             so
             fruitless
             an
             imployment
             ?
             To
             this
             also
             there
             is
             an
             answer
             in
             these
             words
             ;
             God
             hath
             given
             to
             man
             his
             work
             ,
             which
             he
             is
             to
             undertake
             in
             obedience
             to
             Gods
             command
             :
             and
             God
             doth
             usually
             dispense
             his
             mercies
             unto
             us
             in
             the
             use
             of
             means
             ,
             and
             by
             a
             blessing
             on
             our
             labours
             ,
             Prov.
             10.4
             ,
             22.
             
             Joh.
             21.3
             ,
             6.
             
             Act.
             27.22
             ,
             31.
             
             And
             though
             Labour
             do
             not
             effect
             what
             we
             expected
             from
             it
             ,
             but
             Gods
             providence
             
             should
             (
             as
             sometimes
             it
             doth
             )
             act
             contrary
             to
             ,
             or
             diversly
             from
             our
             endeavours
             ,
             yet
             this
             good
             there
             is
             in
             honest
             Labour
             alone
             ,
             and
             this
             End
             God
             hath
             in
             requiring
             it
             of
             us
             ,
             we
             are
             Exercised
             therein
             ,
             and
             so
             kept
             from
             idleness
             ,
             and
             the
             evil
             effects
             which
             would
             follow
             thereupon
             .
             Labour
             is
             not
             only
             a
             duty
             ,
             but
             in
             this
             respect
             beneficial
             ,
             (
             even
             when
             it
             miscarrieth
             as
             to
             the
             principal
             end
             aimed
             at
             in
             it
             )
             that
             the
             heart
             is
             thereby
             kept
             in
             that
             station
             and
             order
             wherein
             God
             did
             originally
             set
             it
             ,
             Gen.
             3.17
             ,
             18
             ,
             19.
             
          
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               He
               hath
               made
               every
               thing
               beautifull
               in
               his
               time
               ,
               or
               in
               the
               time
               and
               proper
               season
               thereof
               .
            
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             further
             commendation
             of
             the
             wise
             providence
             of
             God
             in
             the
             government
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             events
             which
             happen
             in
             it
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             men
             may
             with
             more
             quietness
             and
             contentment
             acquiesce
             therein
             .
             We
             might
             be
             apt
             to
             stumble
             and
             be
             offended
             at
             the
             seeming
             confusions
             which
             are
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             the
             great
             uncertainty
             of
             affairs
             therein
             .
             But
             howsoever
             it
             seem
             so
             unto
             us
             ,
             who
             are
             not
             able
             to
             put
             together
             all
             the
             pieces
             of
             Gods
             providence
             ,
             nor
             to
             foresee
             that
             frame
             and
             feature
             which
             he
             will
             form
             them
             unto
             at
             the
             last
             ,
             yet
             this
             is
             certain
             ,
             that
             as
             in
             the
             w●rk
             of
             Creation
             all
             things
             were
             very
             good
             ,
             Gen.
             1.31
             .
             So
             in
             the
             work
             of
             Gubernation
             and
             
             Providence
             ,
             All
             things
             will
             at
             last
             appear
             to
             be
             very
             beautiful
             ,
             and
             those
             things
             which
             seemed
             but
             as
             confused
             heaps
             when
             they
             lay
             asunder
             ,
             will
             when
             Gods
             whole
             work
             is
             done
             ,
             (
             Isa.
             10.12
             .
             )
             and
             they
             are
             all
             put
             together
             ,
             appear
             to
             have
             been
             full
             of
             order
             ,
             and
             decorum
             :
             as
             beauty
             in
             the
             body
             ariseth
             out
             of
             an
             equal
             temperament
             of
             contraries
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             in
             a
             curious
             piece
             of
             hanging
             various
             colours
             wisely
             mixed
             ,
             make
             an
             elegant
             piece
             :
             and
             letters
             which
             in
             the
             Printers
             boxes
             seem
             all
             confused
             ,
             and
             signifie
             nothing
             :
             yet
             being
             set
             together
             by
             an
             exquisite
             Copy
             ,
             they
             afford
             us
             a
             learned
             and
             elaborate
             work
             ;
             as
             we
             see
             in
             the
             History
             of
             Joseph
             and
             his
             brethren
             ,
             of
             Davids
             troubles
             and
             Kingdom
             :
             of
             Mordecai
             ,
             Esther
             ,
             and
             Haman
             ,
             of
             the
             Jews
             crucifying
             of
             Christ
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Again
             ,
             God
             
               hath
               made
               every
               thing
               beautifull
               in
               its
               time
            
             ]
             As
             cold
             ,
             and
             frost
             ,
             are
             as
             orderly
             ,
             as
             necessary
             ,
             as
             usefull
             in
             the
             winter
             ,
             the
             season
             for
             them
             ,
             as
             fruits
             ,
             and
             flowers
             ,
             and
             other
             delights
             are
             in
             the
             summer
             .
             Sorrow
             and
             Affliction
             is
             in
             the
             season
             of
             it
             as
             usefull
             and
             needfull
             for
             men
             ,
             and
             in
             its
             kind
             as
             beautifull
             ,
             as
             mirth
             and
             joy
             in
             another
             season
             ,
             1
             Pet.
             1.6
             ,
             7.
             
             Jam.
             1.2
             ,
             3.
             
             &
             5.7
             ,
             11.
             
             Eccles.
             7.13
             ,
             14.
             
             Ps.
             104.24
             .
          
           
             
               also
               he
               hath
               set
               the
               world
               in
               their
               heart
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             These
             words
             are
             in
             this
             place
             very
             
             difficult
             ,
             and
             variously
             both
             rendred
             ,
             and
             understood
             .
             Some
             read
             them
             thus
             ,
             
               Quamdiu
               seculum
               est
            
             ,
             as
             long
             as
             the
             world
             ,
             or
             worldly
             things
             continue
             ,
             the
             Lord
             doth
             put
             into
             the
             mind
             of
             man
             the
             work
             which
             God
             doth
             from
             the
             beginning
             to
             the
             end
             ,
             excepting
             only
             that
             which
             man
             cannot
             find
             out
             ,
             or
             attain
             unto
             :
             and
             so
             the
             sense
             to
             be
             ,
             That
             God
             hath
             in
             the
             book
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             providence
             in
             the
             Government
             of
             all
             things
             therein
             ,
             so
             legibly
             represented
             to
             the
             mind
             of
             man
             his
             righteous
             and
             beautifull
             ordering
             of
             them
             all
             ,
             that
             man
             may
             if
             he
             set
             himself
             about
             it
             ,
             easily
             discover
             Gods
             wonderfull
             wisdom
             therein
             ;
             as
             Act.
             14.17
             .
             Rom.
             1.19
             ,
             20.
             onely
             indeed
             some
             things
             are
             unsearchable
             to
             humane
             reason
             ,
             which
             he
             is
             to
             admire
             and
             adore
             ,
             waiting
             till
             the
             time
             of
             the
             revelation
             of
             Gods
             righteous
             Judgements
             for
             the
             full
             and
             distinct
             understanding
             of
             them
             ,
             Rom.
             11.33
             ,
             34.
             
             Job
             .
             9.10
             .
             &
             11.7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
             Others
             ,
             by
             putting
             the
             world
             in
             mens
             hearts
             ,
             understand
             according
             to
             one
             of
             the
             usual
             acceptions
             of
             the
             word
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             a
             desire
             implanted
             in
             man
             of
             eternity
             and
             perpetuity
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             sense
             to
             be
             ,
             That
             albeit
             God
             doth
             make
             every
             thing
             good
             and
             beautifull
             ,
             yet
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             is
             so
             set
             upon
             immortality
             ,
             that
             he
             cannot
             provide
             amongst
             any
             of
             Gods
             works
             here
             which
             have
             a
             beginning
             
             and
             an
             end
             ,
             or
             are
             measured
             by
             time
             ,
             any
             thing
             wherein
             his
             heart
             may
             fully
             and
             finally
             rest
             .
          
           
             But
             that
             which
             seems
             most
             agreeable
             to
             the
             scope
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             grammar
             of
             the
             words
             ,
             is
             this
             ;
             God
             hath
             indeed
             made
             every
             thing
             beautifull
             in
             his
             time
             ,
             and
             thereupon
             men
             ought
             with
             quiet
             and
             cheerfull
             hearts
             to
             observe
             Gods
             providence
             in
             all
             things
             ,
             and
             therein
             to
             rest
             ,
             without
             anxiety
             or
             discruciating
             care
             :
             but
             man
             cannot
             find
             out
             the
             work
             of
             God
             ,
             nor
             observe
             the
             beauty
             thereof
             so
             exactly
             as
             he
             should
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             reason
             that
             he
             doth
             not
             so
             patiently
             aquiesce
             therein
             .
             Of
             this
             defect
             he
             giveth
             two
             reasons
             :
          
           
             1.
             
             That
             they
             have
             the
             world
             in
             their
             hearts
             ,
             they
             are
             so
             taken
             up
             with
             the
             thoughts
             and
             cares
             of
             worldly
             things
             ,
             and
             are
             so
             exercised
             in
             the
             sore
             travel
             belonging
             unto
             them
             ,
             that
             they
             do
             not
             naturally
             look
             up
             to
             the
             wise
             and
             holy
             disposition
             of
             God
             ,
             so
             as
             to
             rest
             therein
             .
             This
             duty
             is
             the
             remedy
             of
             such
             cares
             ,
             Matth.
             6.26
             ,
             30
             ,
             32.
             and
             such
             cares
             as
             are
             the
             hindrance
             of
             this
             duty
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             They
             cannot
             
               find
               out
               the
               work
               which
               God
               doth
               from
               the
               beginning
               to
               the
               end
            
             ]
             Man
             being
             of
             short
             continuance
             doth
             not
             many
             times
             live
             to
             observe
             a
             full
             point
             in
             the
             works
             of
             God.
             Their
             beginning
             may
             be
             in
             
             one
             age
             ,
             and
             their
             end
             in
             another
             .
             That
             part
             which
             I
             see
             in
             my
             dayes
             ,
             may
             appear
             to
             me
             full
             of
             disorder
             and
             confusion
             ,
             as
             heaps
             of
             stone
             and
             lime
             ,
             and
             other
             provisions
             towards
             a
             goodly
             building
             :
             whereas
             if
             I
             did
             live
             to
             see
             the
             end
             of
             God
             in
             such
             works
             ,
             it
             would
             appear
             ,
             that
             in
             their
             time
             ,
             or
             maturity
             they
             would
             be
             full
             of
             beauty
             :
             that
             fruit
             which
             is
             most
             sweet
             and
             delicate
             in
             its
             season
             ,
             is
             sour
             and
             unpleasant
             while
             it
             is
             yet
             green
             .
             It
             is
             the
             End
             of
             Gods
             work
             which
             sets
             forth
             its
             beauty
             .
             Works
             of
             Providence
             ,
             as
             works
             of
             Creation
             ,
             may
             begin
             in
             a
             Chaos
             ,
             and
             seem
             without
             form
             and
             void
             ,
             Gen.
             1.2
             .
             but
             they
             end
             in
             admirable
             order
             and
             beauty
             ,
             Chap.
             8.17
             .
             Psal.
             37.37
             ,
             38.
             
             Jam.
             5.11
             .
             Hab.
             2.3
             .
             So
             here
             is
             the
             doctrine
             of
             the
             excellent
             beauty
             which
             is
             in
             Gods
             Providence
             .
             The
             reason
             why
             man
             is
             not
             thereby
             perswaded
             unto
             contentment
             and
             patience
             in
             all
             estates
             ,
             namely
             ,
             his
             natural
             impotency
             to
             observe
             the
             same
             .
             The
             grounds
             of
             that
             Impotency
             ,
             1.
             
             His
             worldly-mindedness
             .
             2.
             
             His
             short
             continuance
             :
             yet
             he
             ought
             by
             faith
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             evidence
             of
             Gods
             dealings
             in
             other
             ages
             ,
             to
             rectifie
             this
             defect
             ,
             and
             upon
             that
             ground
             to
             build
             his
             cheerfull
             enjoyment
             of
             blessing
             while
             God
             bestows
             them
             upon
             him
             .
             So
             it
             follows
             ,
          
           
             V.
             12.
             
             
               I
               know
               that
               there
               is
               no
               good
               in
               them
               :
               
               but
               for
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             I
             know
             by
             my
             tryal
             and
             experience
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             no
             good
             in
             or
             for
             them
             ,
             
               i.
               e.
            
             for
             men
             ;
             but
             only
             with
             contentment
             of
             heart
             to
             rejoyce
             in
             Gods
             blessings
             ,
             and
             to
             do
             good
             in
             his
             life
             ,
             
               i.
               e.
            
             to
             live
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ;
             as
             Chap.
             2.24
             ,
             25.
             or
             to
             do
             good
             unto
             themselves
             in
             a
             liberal
             enjoyment
             of
             their
             life
             and
             labours
             ,
             as
             Psal.
             49.18
             .
             or
             to
             do
             good
             to
             others
             in
             the
             time
             of
             their
             joy
             ,
             as
             Neh.
             8.10
             ,
             12.
             
          
           
             V.
             13.
             
             
               And
               also
               that
               every
               man
               should
               eat
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Here
             are
             the
             parts
             of
             this
             contentment
             ,
             to
             eat
             ,
             drink
             ,
             enjoy
             our
             labours
             ,
             and
             to
             rejoyce
             in
             them
             .
             Whereby
             is
             meant
             not
             a
             gluttonous
             ,
             luxurious
             ,
             and
             intemperate
             use
             of
             these
             things
             ,
             as
             they
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             15.32
             .
             Matth.
             44.49
             .
             but
             a
             free
             and
             comfortable
             use
             ,
             without
             anxious
             thoughts
             for
             the
             future
             ,
             moderated
             by
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             as
             before
             ,
             Chap.
             2.24
             .
          
           
             V.
             14.
             
             
               I
               know
               that
               whatsoever
               God
               doth
               it
               shall
               be
               for
               ever
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Here
             from
             the
             unchangeableness
             of
             Gods
             providence
             ,
             the
             permanent
             and
             irrecoverable
             course
             of
             his
             counsels
             ,
             the
             Absolute
             perfection
             of
             his
             works
             ,
             wherein
             there
             is
             nothing
             defective
             ,
             which
             requires
             addition
             ,
             nothing
             superfluous
             ,
             or
             to
             be
             taken
             from
             them
             ;
             he
             doth
             further
             teach
             us
             with
             willingness
             and
             contentment
             to
             submit
             to
             God
             ,
             whose
             Counsels
             we
             are
             
             no●able
             by
             all
             our
             cares
             to
             alter
             or
             disanul
             .
          
           
             
               shall
               be
               for
               ever
            
             ]
             The
             w●●●s
             themselves
             may
             alter
             and
             vanish
             ,
             but
             the
             Counsel
             of
             God
             is
             constant
             and
             immutable
             ,
             and
             he
             doth
             in
             a
             stable
             and
             fixed
             way
             dispose
             of
             all
             things
             to
             holy
             ends
             ,
             beyond
             the
             power
             of
             any
             Creature
             ,
             either
             to
             alter
             or
             evade
             it
             ,
             Mal.
             3.6
             .
             His
             decrees
             are
             like
             chariots
             proceeding
             out
             of
             mountains
             of
             brass
             to
             note
             firmitude
             and
             immutability
             ,
             Zach.
             6.1.2
             .
             which
             no
             power
             can
             shake
             or
             remove
             ,
             Isa.
             38.10
             .
             Job
             38.31
             —
             35.
             
             &
             40.8
             .
             &
             42.2
             .
             Job
             9.12
             .
             Isa.
             14.27
             .
             &
             46.10
             .
          
           
             
               and
               God
               doth
               it
               ,
               that
               men
               should
               fear
               before
               him
            
             ]
             Gods
             decrees
             and
             immutable
             providence
             should
             not
             drive
             us
             either
             into
             despair
             and
             a
             wilfull
             neglect
             of
             all
             means
             ,
             in
             the
             use
             whereof
             God
             expecteth
             that
             we
             should
             wait
             upon
             him
             ,
             and
             in
             which
             as
             in
             the
             way
             of
             his
             providence
             ,
             he
             useth
             to
             work
             good
             for
             his
             people
             :
             nor
             do
             they
             allow
             us
             to
             lean
             on
             our
             own
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             to
             deifie
             our
             own
             councels
             ,
             or
             burn
             incense
             to
             our
             own
             nets
             ;
             but
             by
             them
             we
             are
             taught
             ,
             in
             consideration
             of
             the
             Soveraignty
             ,
             power
             ,
             and
             wisdom
             of
             God
             in
             all
             things
             ,
             to
             stand
             in
             awe
             of
             him
             ,
             to
             submit
             unto
             him
             ;
             in
             blessings
             to
             be
             thankfull
             ,
             in
             sufferings
             to
             be
             patient
             ,
             because
             still
             it
             is
             the
             Lord
             that
             decrees
             ,
             orders
             ,
             disposeth
             and
             over-ruleth
             all
             ,
             Job
             1.21
             .
             1
             
             Sam.
             3.18
             .
             2
             Sam.
             15.25
             ,
             26.
             
             Psal.
             37.5
             ▪
             7.
             
          
           
             V.
             15.
             
             
               That
               which
               hath
               been
               ,
               is
               now
               ,
               and
               that
               which
               is
               to
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Chap.
             1.9
             .
             This
             is
             an
             explication
             of
             what
             was
             last
             said
             ,
             V.
             14.
             to
             shew
             how
             what
             God
             doth
             ,
             is
             for
             ever
             :
             The
             things
             themselves
             pass
             ,
             and
             others
             succeed
             in
             their
             places
             ,
             but
             this
             series
             of
             things
             is
             carried
             on
             regularly
             and
             uniformly
             by
             a
             standing
             Law
             and
             fixed
             decree
             ,
             appointing
             a
             perpetual
             and
             proportionable
             Succession
             of
             things
             one
             after
             another
             ,
             as
             it
             hath
             been
             from
             the
             beginning
             ,
             Gen.
             8.22
             .
             Jer.
             31.35
             ,
             36.
             
             Job
             38.10
             ,
             33.
             
          
           
             
               and
               God
               requireth
               that
               which
               is
               past
               .
            
             ]
             That
             which
             time
             thrusteth
             forward
             ,
             and
             so
             maketh
             to
             be
             past
             ,
             God
             restores
             and
             brings
             it
             back
             again
             .
             And
             this
             is
             also
             an
             excellent
             argument
             of
             contentment
             in
             our
             estate
             ,
             be
             it
             what
             it
             will
             :
             1.
             
             Because
             God
             dealeth
             not
             in
             a
             strange
             and
             unusual
             manner
             with
             us
             ,
             otherwise
             then
             with
             others
             before
             us
             ;
             that
             which
             now
             is
             our
             Case
             ,
             hath
             been
             the
             case
             of
             other
             good
             men
             ,
             and
             will
             be
             the
             case
             of
             others
             when
             we
             are
             gone
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             10.13
             .
             A
             humame
             Temptation
             there
             ,
             is
             that
             which
             God
             doth
             usually
             exercise
             men
             withall
             ,
             as
             elsewhere
             the
             rod
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             7.14
             .
             2.
             
             Because
             God
             tempereth
             our
             lives
             ,
             and
             doth
             not
             keep
             us
             alwayes
             in
             one
             and
             the
             same
             estate
             .
             In
             trouble
             he
             bringeth
             back
             
             and
             restoreth
             comfort
             to
             those
             that
             wait
             on
             on
             him
             ,
             Psal.
             126.1
             ,
             4.
             as
             to
             Job
             ,
             Chap.
             42.12
             .
             In
             abundance
             ,
             he
             can
             shake
             our
             mountain
             which
             we
             thought
             immovable
             ,
             and
             bring
             back
             our
             sorrows
             again
             ,
             Psal.
             30.6
             ,
             7.
             so
             that
             in
             both
             respects
             we
             ought
             to
             carry
             an
             awfull
             ,
             reverend
             ,
             and
             humble
             heart
             towards
             God
             in
             all
             conditions
             ,
             quietly
             referring
             our selves
             in
             every
             estate
             unto
             his
             Fatherly
             disposal
             ,
             who
             best
             knoweth
             what
             is
             good
             for
             us
             .
          
           
             V.
             16.
             
             
               And
               moreover
               I
               saw
               under
               the
               Sun
               the
               place
               of
               Iudgement
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             I
             saw
             another
             Vanity
             under
             the
             Sun.
             Having
             formerly
             shewed
             the
             vanity
             of
             knowledge
             ,
             and
             of
             pleasures
             ,
             and
             of
             humane
             Labours
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             the
             internal
             anxiety
             &
             travel
             of
             mind
             that
             doth
             accompany
             them
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             external
             changes
             they
             are
             subject
             unto
             ,
             and
             manifold
             miscarriages
             and
             disappointments
             which
             are
             incident
             unto
             them
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             remedy
             hereof
             ,
             a
             free
             and
             cheerfull
             enjoyment
             of
             Gods
             blessings
             with
             piety
             towards
             him
             for
             the
             present
             ;
             and
             a
             comfortable
             dependance
             on
             his
             holy
             providence
             ,
             with
             godly
             fear
             for
             the
             future
             :
             upon
             a
             visible
             objection
             which
             might
             be
             made
             against
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             (
             which
             he
             had
             so
             much
             commended
             )
             with
             which
             Temptation
             many
             good
             men
             have
             been
             shaken
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             the
             prosperous
             impiety
             and
             oppressions
             of
             wicked
             
             men
             ,
             and
             the
             sad
             condition
             of
             the
             innocent
             and
             oppressed
             ,
             Job
             21.3
             .
             —
             13.
             
             Psal.
             7.2
             .
             —
             5.
             
             Jer.
             12.1
             .
             Habak
             .
             1.13
             ,
             14.
             he
             proceedeth
             to
             vindicate
             the
             doctrine
             of
             providence
             ,
             and
             to
             shew
             the
             vanity
             of
             men
             in
             honour
             and
             great
             place
             without
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             :
             (
             for
             all
             the
             vanities
             in
             this
             book
             are
             still
             to
             be
             understood
             in
             that
             sense
             ,
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             being
             the
             remedy
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             that
             which
             maketh
             all
             other
             outward
             good
             things
             sweet
             and
             comfortable
             to
             us
             ,
             )
             The
             greatest
             honour
             without
             a
             holy
             use
             of
             it
             ,
             is
             so
             far
             from
             making
             a
             man
             happy
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             an
             occasion
             of
             much
             wickedness
             amongst
             men
             ,
             one
             man
             proving
             a
             devil
             and
             wolf
             unto
             another
             ,
             and
             making
             no
             other
             use
             of
             power
             ,
             then
             lyons
             or
             bears
             do
             ,
             to
             mischief
             others
             by
             .
             This
             wickedness
             is
             aggravated
             ,
             in
             that
             it
             was
             committed
             under
             the
             pretence
             of
             Gods
             Ordinance
             ;
             Magistracy
             and
             Courts
             of
             Justice
             were
             erected
             by
             Gods
             appointment
             to
             be
             Sanctuaries
             and
             places
             of
             refuge
             for
             wronged
             innocency
             to
             repair
             unto
             for
             succour
             and
             relief
             :
             now
             then
             ,
             for
             those
             who
             were
             ordained
             to
             comfort
             and
             help
             poor
             and
             oppressed
             persons
             ,
             to
             be
             themselves
             through
             bribery
             ,
             partiality
             ,
             and
             injustice
             ,
             the
             greatest
             oppressors
             ,
             and
             that
             with
             so
             high
             a
             hand
             ,
             as
             to
             make
             the
             very
             tribunals
             of
             judgement
             ,
             to
             be
             slaughter-houses
             ,
             and
             shops
             of
             cruelty
             ,
             This
             was
             a
             
             great
             vanity
             amongst
             men
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             Temptation
             whereby
             a
             poor
             mans
             comfortably
             waiting
             on
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             is
             in
             danger
             to
             be
             shaken
             .
          
           
             We
             here
             note
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             power
             without
             Piety
             ,
             is
             very
             apt
             to
             degenerate
             into
             cruelty
             and
             oppression
             .
             It
             is
             an
             unweildy
             and
             a
             wilfull
             thing
             ,
             that
             wants
             much
             ballance
             of
             humility
             and
             self-denyal
             to
             temper
             and
             allay
             it
             ,
             Isa.
             1.21
             ,
             22
             ,
             23.
             
             &
             10.13
             ,
             14.
             
             Jer.
             22.14
             ,
             17.
             
             Mic.
             3.9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11.
             
             Habak
             .
             1.13
             ,
             14.
             
             Ezek.
             22.25
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             it
             is
             the
             height
             of
             impiety
             ,
             to
             fetch
             power
             and
             advantage
             from
             any
             ordinance
             of
             God
             ,
             to
             commit
             it
             ,
             Isa.
             5.20
             .
             1.
             
             Sam.
             2.17
             .
             Jer.
             23.25
             ,
             38.
             
             Jer.
             14.14
             ,
             15.
             1
             
             Reg.
             22.11
             ,
             12
             ,
             24.
             
             Joh.
             19.10
             .
             Isa.
             36.10
             .
             Mal.
             2.8
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             That
             wickedness
             is
             many
             times
             grosly
             aggravated
             by
             the
             circumstance
             of
             place
             where
             it
             is
             committed
             ,
             Hos.
             6.8
             .
             Ezek.
             8.6
             ,
             9
             ,
             17.
             
             Isa.
             27.10
             .
             Mal.
             1.7
             .
             Matth.
             21.12
             ,
             13.
             
          
           
             
               and
               the
               place
               of
               righteousness
               ,
               that
               iniquity
               was
               there
            
             ]
             This
             is
             the
             same
             thing
             repeated
             ,
             as
             the
             use
             of
             that
             tongue
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Scripture
             is
             ,
             whereby
             may
             be
             signified
             ,
             How
             usual
             a
             thing
             it
             was
             in
             places
             of
             Judgement
             ,
             here
             and
             there
             ,
             one
             as
             well
             as
             another
             ,
             to
             find
             this
             corruption
             ,
             Jer.
             5.5
             .
             Isa.
             5.7
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             17.
             
             
               I
               said
               in
               my
               heart
               ,
               God
               shall
               judge
               the
               righteous
               and
               the
               wicked
               ,
            
             &c.
             
             This
             is
             the
             censure
             Solomon
             passeth
             upon
             this
             vanity
             ,
             that
             though
             power
             do
             oppress
             ,
             and
             the
             poor
             be
             oppressed
             ,
             yet
             this
             ought
             not
             to
             discourage
             good
             men
             from
             contented
             waiting
             on
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             nor
             to
             encourage
             or
             embolden
             wicked
             men
             in
             their
             wayes
             of
             tyranny
             or
             oppression
             ,
             because
             the
             Lord
             will
             in
             due
             time
             review
             all
             again
             ,
             and
             pass
             a
             righteous
             judgement
             upon
             the
             one
             and
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             
               I
               said
               in
               mine
               heart
            
             ]
             I
             comforted
             my
             heart
             against
             this
             vanity
             by
             the
             consideration
             of
             the
             righteous
             Judgement
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             
               God
               will
               judge
               the
               righteous
            
             ]
             By
             a
             sentence
             of
             absolution
             .
          
           
             
               and
               the
               wicked
            
             ]
             By
             a
             sentence
             of
             condemnation
             .
          
           
             
               for
               there
               is
               a
               time
               there
            
             ]
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             With
             God
             ,
             in
             the
             judgement
             to
             come
             .
             The
             antecedent
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             in
             the
             relative
             ,
             as
             Num.
             7.89
             .
             Him
             ,
             for
             ,
             God
             ,
             Esth.
             9.25
             .
             She
             ,
             for
             Esther
             ,
             Psal.
             114.2
             .
             His
             Sanctuary
             ,
             for
             ,
             Gods
             Sanctuary
             ,
             Job
             1
             .
             2●
             .
             
               naked
               shall
               I
               return
               thither
            
             ;
             namely
             to
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             Here
             we
             see
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             faith
             can
             look
             on
             the
             pride
             and
             power
             of
             wicked
             men
             as
             a
             very
             vain
             thing
             ,
             even
             when
             they
             are
             in
             the
             height
             of
             their
             greatness
             ,
             Job
             .
             5.3
             .
             Psal.
             92.
             
             7.
             
             &
             39.5
             ,
             37.
             
             &
             10.20
             .
             &
             35.36
             .
             Habbak
             .
             2.7
             .
             Luk.
             12.20
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             it
             is
             matter
             of
             comfort
             to
             men
             oppressed
             ,
             that
             the
             Lord
             will
             judge
             their
             cause
             over
             again
             ,
             and
             right
             them
             against
             their
             oppressours
             .
             Therefore
             they
             ought
             patiently
             to
             wait
             on
             him
             ,
             and
             to
             expect
             what
             issue
             he
             will
             give
             them
             out
             of
             their
             troubles
             ,
             Eccles.
             5.8
             .
             Jam.
             5.7
             .
             Psal.
             7.6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9
             ,
             11.
             
             &
             9.4
             ,
             9.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             There
             is
             a
             prefixed
             time
             beyond
             which
             God
             will
             no
             longer
             suffer
             innocency
             to
             be
             oppressed
             ,
             nor
             tyranny
             to
             prevail
             ,
             and
             we
             are
             patiently
             to
             wait
             for
             Gods
             time
             ,
             who
             will
             certainly
             come
             when
             wicked
             men
             have
             filled
             up
             their
             measure
             ,
             Act.
             17.31
             .
             Jam.
             5.7
             ,
             8.
             
             Job
             .
             21.30
             .
             Psal.
             37.13
             .
             Habbak
             .
             2.3
             .
             Zach.
             5.5
             —
             7.
             
          
           
             V.
             18.
             
             
               I
               said
               in
               my
               heart
               concerning
               the
               estate
               of
               the
               sons
               of
               men
            
             ]
             The
             order
             ,
             condition
             ,
             manner
             of
             men
             ,
             or
             concerning
             men
             themselves
             ,
             as
             Psal.
             110.4
             .
             Eccles.
             8.2
             .
             or
             concerning
             the
             degrees
             of
             men
             ,
             superiours
             and
             inferiours
             .
          
           
             
               That
               God
               might
               manifest
               them
            
             ]
             I
             saw
             that
             man
             being
             in
             power
             ,
             did
             not
             ,
             could
             not
             rightly
             consider
             his
             own
             frail
             condition
             ,
             and
             therefore
             that
             God
             must
             manifest
             them
             ,
             in
             his
             righteous
             judgement
             ,
             or
             by
             his
             word
             unto
             themselves
             ,
             and
             make
             them
             know
             their
             
             own
             natural
             vileness
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             are
             ,
             as
             to
             outward
             respects
             ,
             but
             as
             the
             beasts
             that
             perish
             ,
             Psal.
             49.20
             .
             as
             Psal.
             82.6
             ,
             7.
             ye
             are
             Gods
             by
             office
             ,
             but
             ye
             shall
             die
             like
             men
             ;
             so
             here
             ,
             men
             by
             reason
             ,
             by
             power
             ,
             by
             dignity
             ,
             But
             ye
             shall
             die
             like
             beasts
             .
             Others
             thus
             ,
             That
             they
             might
             clear
             ,
             or
             purge
             God
             when
             he
             judgeth
             them
             ,
             and
             shall
             make
             them
             see
             that
             they
             lived
             like
             beasts
             ,
             Psal.
             51.4
             .
             Others
             ,
             that
             God
             indeed
             hath
             chosen
             and
             advanced
             them
             to
             dignity
             ,
             but
             by
             what
             is
             seen
             ,
             and
             doth
             outwardly
             appear
             of
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             by
             their
             cruelty
             and
             injustice
             ,
             no
             better
             then
             beasts
             ;
             as
             Mic.
             3.3
             .
             Zeph.
             3.3
             .
          
           
             
               That
               they
               themselves
               are
               Beasts
            
             ]
             Heb.
             
               A
               Beast
            
             .
             Or
             that
             these
             are
             as
             a
             Beast
             to
             those
             ,
             or
             as
             a
             beast
             to
             one
             another
             ;
             the
             singular
             number
             is
             put
             collectively
             ,
             they
             act
             the
             part
             of
             all
             kind
             of
             hurtful
             beasts
             one
             towards
             another
             :
             so
             Christ
             called
             Herod
             a
             fox
             ,
             Luk.
             13.32
             .
             and
             the
             hypocritical
             Jews
             ,
             vipers
             .
             Luk.
             3.7
             .
             See
             Psal.
             22.12
             ,
             16.
             
             &
             10.
             
             &
             57.4
             .
             2
             Tim.
             4.17
             .
             Ps.
             80.13
             .
             Ezek.
             22.27
             .
             Jer.
             5.6
             .
             Psal.
             68.30
             .
             Amos
             4.1
             .
             Mat.
             7.6
             .
             2
             Pet.
             2.22
             .
             Ezek.
             2.6
             .
          
           
             Some
             render
             these
             words
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             by
             
               Secundum
               rationem
               humanam
            
             ;
             and
             thence
             infer
             ,
             that
             Solomon
             speaketh
             here
             according
             to
             the
             judgment
             of
             carnal
             and
             corrupt
             reason
             ,
             and
             under
             a
             Prosopopoeia
             ,
             doth
             deliver
             the
             judgment
             of
             Atheists
             and
             Epicures
             ,
             
             touching
             the
             mortality
             of
             the
             Soul
             ,
             and
             the
             total
             parity
             of
             condition
             between
             men
             &
             beasts
             in
             regard
             of
             mortality
             ,
             who
             thence
             allow
             themselves
             in
             all
             kinds
             of
             violence
             ,
             oppression
             and
             luxury
             :
             and
             so
             they
             understand
             all
             that
             follows
             to
             the
             end
             of
             this
             Chapter
             ,
             to
             be
             spoken
             as
             in
             the
             person
             of
             an
             Epicure
             and
             Atheist
             :
             The
             same
             events
             happen
             to
             man
             and
             beast
             ,
             their
             end
             the
             same
             ,
             their
             original
             and
             matter
             the
             same
             ,
             their
             senses
             ,
             breath
             ,
             notions
             the
             same
             ,
             their
             soul
             alike
             earthly
             ,
             for
             who
             knows
             that
             mans
             goes
             upward
             more
             then
             a
             beasts
             ,
             and
             therefore
             it
             is
             equal
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             live
             sensually
             ,
             without
             fear
             or
             care
             for
             the
             future
             ,
             as
             beasts
             do
             .
          
           
             But
             the
             necessity
             of
             such
             a
             sense
             doth
             not
             appear
             ,
             since
             the
             wise
             mans
             purpose
             here
             seemeth
             to
             be
             no
             other
             but
             to
             humble
             the
             highest
             of
             men
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             former
             words
             ,
             by
             consideration
             of
             Gods
             Judgement
             over
             them
             ;
             so
             in
             these
             to
             the
             21.
             verse
             ,
             by
             the
             consideration
             of
             their
             own
             mortal
             and
             earthly
             condition
             ;
             wherein
             as
             to
             many
             particulars
             they
             agree
             with
             the
             brute
             beasts
             :
             for
             he
             speaks
             not
             here
             of
             mans
             immortal
             or
             heavenly
             Condition
             ;
             but
             throughout
             this
             Book
             the
             Scope
             is
             to
             shew
             the
             vanity
             of
             earthly
             things
             ,
             and
             of
             humane
             actions
             in
             order
             unto
             things
             under
             the
             Sun
             ;
             which
             vanity
             is
             by
             no
             means
             to
             be
             remedied
             ,
             but
             only
             by
             the
             fear
             of
             God.
             The
             
             vanity
             of
             all
             the
             honours
             and
             labours
             of
             this
             life
             ,
             he
             here
             discovereth
             by
             the
             equal
             condition
             in
             mere
             outward
             respects
             between
             men
             and
             beasts
             .
          
           
             V.
             19.
             
             
               For
               that
               which
               befalleth
               the
               sons
               of
               men
               ,
               befalleth
               beasts
               ,
               even
               one
               thing
               befalleth
               them
            
             ]
             For
             as
             for
             the
             Event
             of
             the
             sons
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             Event
             of
             beasts
             ,
             one
             Event
             is
             to
             them
             both
             ,
             Psal.
             49.10
             .
          
           
             
               as
               the
               one
               dieth
               ,
               so
               dieth
               the
               other
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               as
               is
               the
               death
               of
               the
               one
               ,
               so
               is
               the
               death
               of
               the
               other
               ,
            
             Chap.
             2.15
             ,
             16.
             
          
           
             
               they
               have
               all
               one
               breath
            
             ]
             They
             draw
             in
             and
             out
             the
             same
             air
             ;
             by
             the
             same
             kind
             of
             vital
             organs
             ,
             mans
             breath
             is
             in
             his
             nostrils
             ,
             as
             the
             breath
             of
             beasts
             ,
             Isa.
             2.22
             .
             Job
             27.3
             ,
             4.
             
             Gen.
             2.7
             .
             He
             speaks
             not
             of
             the
             soul
             of
             man
             ,
             but
             of
             Animal
             and
             vital
             breath
             ,
             which
             is
             common
             to
             both
             ,
             Ezek.
             37.5.10
             .
             So
             we
             read
             of
             the
             common
             provisions
             which
             God
             makes
             in
             regard
             of
             this
             life
             ,
             for
             beasts
             ,
             birds
             ,
             fishes
             ,
             and
             men
             ,
             and
             the
             common
             fate
             which
             attends
             them
             all
             ,
             Psal.
             104.11
             ,
             12
             ,
             14
             ,
             15
             ,
             21
             ,
             23
             ,
             27
             —
             30.
             
          
           
             
               so
               that
               a
               man
               hath
               no
               preheminence
               above
               a
               beast
            
             ]
             In
             outward
             respects
             ,
             without
             piety
             to
             raise
             him
             above
             a
             mere
             corporal
             and
             sensual
             use
             of
             them
             :
             nay
             in
             many
             outward
             things
             beasts
             have
             the
             preheminence
             ,
             some
             more
             strength
             ,
             others
             more
             agility
             ;
             some
             more
             
             exquisite
             senses
             ,
             others
             longer
             life
             ,
             most
             more
             healthy
             ,
             more
             hardy
             ,
             able
             to
             work
             more
             ,
             able
             to
             bear
             and
             endure
             more
             ,
             then
             man.
             
          
           
             
               for
               all
               is
               vanity
            
             ]
             All
             equally
             vain
             and
             mortal
             .
          
           
             V.
             20.
             
             
               All
               go
               into
               one
               place
               ,
               all
               are
               of
               the
               dust
               ,
               and
               all
               return
               to
               dust
               again
            
             ]
             As
             they
             agree
             in
             one
             vital
             principle
             ,
             so
             are
             they
             subject
             to
             one
             Law
             of
             mortality
             ,
             their
             original
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             bodily
             constitution
             ,
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             by
             dissolution
             their
             condition
             in
             regard
             of
             bodies
             the
             same
             ,
             Gen.
             3.19
             .
             Job
             34.15
             .
             Psal.
             22.16
             .
             We
             must
             still
             remember
             ,
             that
             he
             speaketh
             of
             mans
             mere
             natural
             condition
             ,
             as
             he
             is
             under
             the
             Sun.
             Otherwise
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             mans
             future
             condition
             ,
             his
             body
             is
             again
             to
             be
             raised
             ,
             and
             brought
             to
             Judgement
             .
          
           
             V.
             21.
             
             
               Who
               knoweth
               the
               spirit
               of
               man
               that
               goeth
               upward
               ,
               and
               the
               spirit
               of
               the
               beast
               which
               goeth
               downward
               to
               the
               earth
               ?
            
             ]
             It
             is
             true
             indeed
             there
             is
             a
             future
             happiness
             belonging
             unto
             men
             who
             have
             immortal
             souls
             ,
             which
             beasts
             have
             no
             right
             unto
             ,
             nor
             are
             capable
             of
             ;
             The
             soul
             of
             the
             one
             goes
             upward
             ,
             Chap.
             12.7
             .
             Luk.
             18.22
             .
             Act.
             7.59
             .
             whereas
             the
             souls
             of
             beasts
             perish
             .
             But
             no
             man
             can
             by
             sense
             discern
             the
             ascent
             of
             the
             one
             ,
             or
             the
             descent
             of
             the
             other
             ;
             and
             Solomon
             speaks
             not
             of
             mans
             
             future
             celestial
             happiness
             in
             this
             Book
             ,
             but
             of
             the
             vanity
             of
             all
             outward
             things
             ,
             without
             true
             piety
             ,
             to
             satisfie
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             while
             he
             is
             under
             the
             Sun.
             As
             for
             the
             other
             celestial
             happiness
             ,
             it
             cannot
             be
             discerned
             by
             a
             natural
             disquisition
             ,
             but
             is
             revealed
             in
             the
             word
             unto
             a
             few
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             2.9
             —
             11.
             
          
           
             V.
             22.
             
             
               Wherefore
               I
               perceive
               that
               there
               is
               nothing
               better
               ,
               then
               that
               a
               man
               should
               rejoyce
               in
               his
               own
               works
            
             ]
             He
             repeats
             his
             former
             conclusion
             ,
             Chap.
             2.23
             .
             &
             3.13
             .
             from
             these
             vanities
             ,
             since
             there
             is
             so
             little
             difference
             in
             outward
             things
             between
             a
             man
             and
             a
             beast
             ;
             therefore
             to
             remedy
             this
             vanity
             ,
             he
             is
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             while
             he
             liveth
             ,
             to
             enjoy
             with
             cheerfulness
             and
             contentment
             his
             own
             labours
             ;
             for
             that
             only
             which
             he
             so
             doth
             enjoy
             ,
             is
             his
             own
             portion
             :
             and
             not
             to
             trouble
             himself
             with
             thoughts
             or
             cares
             for
             the
             future
             ,
             since
             being
             gone
             ,
             he
             hath
             no
             more
             share
             in
             them
             ,
             nor
             knowledge
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             
               for
               who
               shall
               bring
               him
               to
               see
               what
               shall
               be
               after
               him
               ?
            
             ]
             If
             he
             h●ard
             them
             up
             for
             others
             ,
             and
             use
             them
             not
             himself
             ,
             what
             good
             will
             he
             have
             of
             them
             when
             he
             is
             gone
             ?
             Who
             can
             foretell
             him
             what
             use
             shall
             be
             made
             of
             them
             ,
             what
             good
             shall
             be
             done
             with
             them
             ;
             therefore
             let
             him
             take
             comfort
             of
             them
             himself
             before
             he
             die
             ,
             Chap.
             5.18
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             
          
           
             HAving
             shewed
             the
             vanity
             of
             oppression
             ,
             and
             injustice
             in
             those
             who
             are
             in
             place
             of
             power
             and
             judgement
             ,
             who
             carry
             themselves
             like
             beasts
             to
             their
             brethren
             ,
             and
             must
             themselves
             die
             like
             beasts
             ,
             un-desired
             ,
             un-lamented
             .
             He
             sheweth
             further
             in
             this
             Chapter
             divers
             other
             vanities
             ,
             which
             are
             consequents
             upon
             oppression
             ,
             and
             misgovernment
             ;
             both
             in
             persons
             oppressed
             ,
             whose
             life
             is
             a
             weariness
             to
             them
             ,
             Verse
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             and
             in
             other
             men
             ;
             who
             thereby
             are
             subject
             to
             be
             envied
             for
             their
             industry
             and
             prosperity
             ,
             Verse
             4.
             and
             thereupon
             some
             foolishly
             give
             over
             all
             imployments
             ,
             Verse
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             Others
             scrape
             together
             what
             they
             can
             get
             ,
             and
             live
             privately
             alone
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             eye
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             from
             being
             observed
             ,
             Verse
             8.
             and
             thereupon
             he
             returneth
             to
             shew
             the
             vanity
             even
             of
             the
             greatest
             power
             ,
             when
             it
             thus
             oppresseth
             the
             people
             ,
             Vers.
             13
             ,
             14.
             yea
             ,
             the
             most
             regular
             power
             ,
             through
             the
             mutability
             of
             the
             affections
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             Verse
             15
             ,
             16.
             
          
           
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             
               SO
               I
               returned
               ,
               and
               considered
               all
               the
               oppressions
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Returned
             and
             considered
             ,
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             considered
             again
             ;
             the
             verb
             is
             put
             for
             the
             adverb
             ,
             as
             is
             usual
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             in
             verbs
             which
             signifie
             repeating
             ,
             or
             iterating
             of
             an
             action
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             25.1
             .
             Abraham
             added
             and
             took
             a
             wife
             ,
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             took
             another
             wife
             ,
             or
             married
             again
             .
             Psal.
             106.13
             .
             They
             made
             haste
             and
             forgat
             ,
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             They
             soon
             forgat
             :
             Hos.
             9.9
             .
             They
             were
             profound
             ,
             and
             corrupted
             themselves
             ,
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             They
             deeply
             corrupted
             themselves
             :
             So
             Isa.
             64.4
             .
             Gen.
             26.18
             .
             Rom.
             10.20
             .
             Psal.
             6.10
             .
             He
             had
             considered
             violence
             and
             injustice
             in
             the
             seat
             of
             judgement
             ,
             before
             Chap.
             3.16
             .
             and
             had
             shewed
             the
             vanity
             of
             that
             ,
             and
             yet
             notwithstanding
             that
             a
             good
             man
             should
             endeavour
             to
             rejoyce
             in
             his
             labours
             .
             But
             when
             he
             looks
             on
             it
             again
             ,
             he
             finds
             instead
             of
             rejoycing
             ,
             nothing
             but
             the
             tears
             of
             oppressed
             men
             ,
             without
             strength
             in
             themselves
             ,
             without
             comfort
             from
             others
             ,
             which
             must
             needs
             render
             their
             live●
             very
             grievous
             and
             irksome
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             
               all
               the
               oppressions
            
             ]
             It
             importeth
             ,
             either
             violent
             ,
             or
             fraudulent
             detaining
             of
             mens
             goods
             or
             rights
             〈◊〉
             them
             ,
             Jer.
             22.3
             .
             Luk.
             3.14
             .
             and
             19.8
             .
             1
             Thess.
             4.6
             .
             Jerem.
             5.26
             ,
             27.
             
          
           
           
             
               and
               behold
               the
               tears
               of
               such
               as
               were
               oppressed
            
             ]
             The
             greatness
             of
             this
             evil
             is
             set
             forth
             ,
             1.
             
             By
             the
             grief
             of
             such
             poor
             oppressed
             persons
             ,
             it
             squeezed
             forth
             tears
             out
             of
             their
             eyes
             ,
             Lam.
             1.2
             .
             2.
             
             By
             their
             helplesness
             ,
             
               they
               had
               no
               comforter
            
             :
             It
             is
             some
             ease
             of
             a
             man
             in
             sorrow
             ,
             to
             see
             others
             pity
             him
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             aggravation
             of
             misery
             to
             be
             without
             a
             comforter
             ,
             when
             a
             mans
             adversaries
             are
             so
             powerfull
             ,
             so
             malicious
             and
             cruel
             ,
             that
             others
             are
             affraid
             ,
             so
             much
             as
             to
             pity
             him
             ,
             Job
             .
             6.14
             ,
             15.
             and
             19.21
             .
             3.
             
             By
             their
             impotency
             to
             escape
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             their
             oppressours
             .
             So
             much
             is
             implyed
             in
             the
             next
             words
             ,
             which
             way
             ever
             we
             read
             them
             ,
             whether
             so
             ,
             as
             to
             repeat
             the
             negative
             of
             the
             former
             clause
             with
             the
             later
             ,
             which
             is
             usual
             ,
             Psal.
             1.5
             .
             Job
             30.20
             ,
             25.
             
             &
             31.20
             .
             thus
             ,
             
               And
               no
               power
               from
               the
               hand
               of
               their
               oppressours
               ,
            
             namely
             ,
             
               to
               escape
               from
               them
            
             .
             They
             have
             no
             power
             but
             to
             weep
             ,
             none
             to
             help
             themselves
             .
             Or
             else
             ,
             as
             we
             read
             it
             ,
             
               On
               the
               side
               of
               their
               oppressors
               there
               is
               power
               ,
               so
               much
               as
               to
               keep
               others
               from
               comforting
               them
               .
            
             So
             the
             word
             hand
             ,
             is
             sometimes
             rendred
             by
             the
             word
             side
             ,
             Psal.
             140.6
             .
             Prov.
             8.3
             .
             The
             doubling
             of
             that
             clause
             ,
             notes
             the
             sadness
             of
             their
             condition
             ;
             as
             Job
             calls
             once
             and
             again
             for
             pity
             ,
             Job
             19.21
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               Wherefore
               I
               praised
               the
               dead
               which
               are
               already
               dead
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             I
             esteemed
             the
             dead
             more
             happy
             .
             
               The
               dead
               which
               are
               already
               dead
            
             ;
             this
             is
             emphatical
             ;
             our
             mortality
             ,
             makes
             us
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             dead
             while
             we
             live
             ,
             much
             more
             our
             lusts
             ,
             Matth.
             8.22
             .
             Eph.
             2.1
             .
             1
             Tim.
             5.6
             .
             Rev.
             3.1
             .
             Prov.
             9.18
             .
             There
             are
             dead
             men
             that
             are
             yet
             living
             ,
             and
             dead
             men
             that
             are
             already
             dead
             .
             Men
             are
             said
             to
             be
             dead
             likewise
             that
             are
             in
             any
             desperate
             condition
             ,
             under
             any
             invincible
             calamity
             ,
             as
             Jews
             in
             Babylon
             ,
             Isa.
             26.19
             .
             Ezek.
             37.11
             ,
             12
             ,
             13.
             1
             
             Cor.
             15.31
             .
             2
             Cor.
             1.9
             ,
             10.
             
             Oppression
             is
             ,
             in
             the
             Scripture
             account
             ,
             a
             killing
             ,
             a
             devouring
             of
             poor
             men
             ,
             eating
             them
             up
             ,
             gnawing
             their
             bones
             ,
             Hab.
             1.13
             .
             Psal.
             10.8
             —
             10.
             
             &
             14.4
             .
             Zeph.
             3.3
             .
             Ezek.
             22.27
             .
             Mic.
             3.2
             .
             3.
             
             Psal.
             8.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             The
             emphasis
             then
             of
             the
             place
             is
             this
             ,
             I
             esteemed
             those
             more
             happy
             who
             are
             already
             quite
             dead
             ,
             then
             those
             who
             do
             thus
             continually
             die
             ,
             and
             languish
             away
             under
             the
             cruelties
             of
             their
             oppressors
             .
             This
             may
             seem
             to
             be
             spoken
             after
             the
             judgement
             of
             the
             flesh
             ,
             because
             grievous
             miseries
             and
             oppressions
             make
             men
             weary
             of
             their
             life
             ,
             and
             chuse
             rather
             to
             die
             .
             Death
             is
             a
             haven
             to
             such
             a
             soul
             after
             shipwrack
             ,
             Job
             .
             3.13
             —
             16.
             
             Jon.
             4.3
             .
             1
             Reg.
             19.4
             .
             And
             indeed
             life
             being
             the
             greatest
             of
             mere
             outward
             blessings
             ,
             
             and
             that
             whereunto
             all
             the
             rest
             are
             ordered
             ,
             Matth.
             6.25
             .
             it
             can
             hardly
             be
             either
             rationally
             or
             piously
             undervalued
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             evils
             which
             crush
             and
             lie
             heavy
             on
             it
             ,
             or
             the
             contrary
             thereunto
             desired
             ,
             save
             only
             in
             order
             to
             the
             escaping
             evils
             which
             are
             worse
             then
             death
             ,
             and
             to
             obtaining
             of
             good
             things
             which
             are
             better
             then
             life
             .
             In
             which
             sense
             the
             Apostle
             desired
             to
             depart
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             be
             with
             Christ
             ,
             Phil.
             1.23
             .
             Therefore
             he
             here
             speaketh
             according
             to
             the
             judgement
             of
             men
             under
             oppression
             ,
             and
             who
             lie
             g●oaning
             and
             sighing
             amidst
             many
             miseries
             ,
             whose
             reason
             is
             darkned
             by
             the
             weight
             of
             their
             sorrows
             ;
             for
             oppression
             ,
             in
             this
             sense
             ,
             makes
             even
             a
             wise
             man
             mad
             ,
             Chap.
             7.7
             .
          
           
             
               more
               then
               the
               living
               who
               are
               yet
               alive
            
             ]
             By
             the
             living
             who
             are
             yet
             alive
             ,
             he
             seems
             to
             mean
             those
             poor
             men
             ,
             who
             languish
             and
             pine
             away
             under
             their
             oppressions
             ,
             of
             whom
             we
             can
             say
             only
             ,
             as
             we
             do
             of
             a
             man
             ready
             to
             die
             ,
             He
             is
             yet
             alive
             ,
             his
             breath
             is
             not
             quite
             gone
             ,
             he
             doth
             live
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             all
             ;
             as
             Luk.
             10.30
             .
             He
             doth
             not
             simply
             prefer
             death
             before
             life
             ;
             but
             the
             ease
             and
             quietness
             of
             death
             ,
             before
             the
             miseries
             and
             sufferings
             of
             a
             dying
             life
             ,
             Job
             .
             3.17.18
             ,
             19.
             
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               Yea
               ,
               better
               is
               he
               then
               both
               they
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             He
             speaketh
             only
             according
             to
             the
             judgment
             
             of
             sense
             ,
             and
             with
             relation
             to
             the
             greatness
             of
             outward
             miseries
             ,
             which
             he
             ,
             who
             is
             yet
             unborn
             ,
             hath
             not
             seen
             in
             others
             ,
             or
             felt
             in
             himself
             ,
             Job
             .
             3.10
             .
             &
             10.18
             ,
             19.
             
          
           
             
               seen
               the
               evil
            
             ]
             To
             see
             good
             is
             to
             enjoy
             it
             ,
             Chap.
             2.24
             .
             To
             see
             evil
             is
             to
             have
             experience
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             suffer
             it
             ;
             in
             which
             sense
             the
             Serpent
             told
             Eve
             ,
             that
             her
             eyes
             should
             be
             opened
             to
             know
             good
             by
             the
             loss
             ,
             and
             evil
             by
             the
             danger
             of
             it
             ,
             Gen
             3.5
             .
             and
             this
             kind
             of
             not
             being
             ,
             or
             not
             having
             been
             born
             ,
             though
             it
             cannot
             reasonably
             or
             piously
             be
             preferred
             before
             a
             sorrowfull
             life
             ,
             which
             will
             consist
             with
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             yet
             it
             may
             ,
             before
             a
             cursed
             condition
             ,
             which
             sinks
             a
             man
             under
             the
             wrath
             of
             God
             ,
             Matth.
             26.24
             .
          
           
             Here
             then
             we
             may
             observe
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             sad
             condition
             of
             men
             under
             the
             power
             of
             oppressors
             ,
             when
             they
             have
             not
             so
             much
             abatement
             of
             their
             Misery
             as
             to
             be
             pitied
             .
             2.
             
             The
             cruelty
             of
             powerfull
             oppressors
             ,
             which
             deterrs
             others
             from
             compassionating
             those
             whom
             they
             oppress
             .
             3.
             
             The
             dangerous
             temptation
             which
             oppression
             exposeth
             men
             unto
             ,
             even
             to
             be
             weary
             of
             life
             ,
             as
             we
             see
             in
             the
             case
             of
             Job
             ,
             Jonah
             ,
             Eliah
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             4.
             
             The
             inconvenience
             in
             cases
             of
             difficulty
             ,
             which
             relate
             any
             way
             to
             conscience
             ,
             to
             consult
             with
             carnal
             reason
             ,
             which
             will
             easily
             lead
             us
             into
             extreams
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               Again
               ,
               I
               considered
               all
               travel
               and
               every
               right
               work
            
             ]
             Here
             he
             proceedeth
             to
             another
             vanity
             ,
             arising
             out
             of
             the
             former
             of
             oppression
             and
             misgovernment
             ,
             under
             which
             men
             usually
             are
             discouraged
             from
             all
             ingenious
             and
             usefull
             undertakings
             ,
             from
             all
             noble
             enterprizes
             of
             any
             sort
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             envy
             and
             danger
             ,
             which
             ,
             partly
             through
             the
             jealousies
             of
             superiours
             ,
             partly
             through
             the
             malignancy
             and
             evil
             eye
             of
             equals
             ,
             or
             inferiours
             ,
             they
             are
             by
             their
             eminency
             and
             industry
             exposed
             unto
             .
             By
             
               every
               right
               work
            
             ,
             we
             are
             to
             understand
             not
             so
             much
             works
             done
             in
             integrity
             towards
             God
             ,
             as
             the
             ingenious
             and
             accurate
             works
             of
             humane
             issue
             ,
             done
             by
             the
             wisdom
             and
             practick
             cunning
             of
             Artificers
             in
             any
             kind
             ;
             such
             as
             the
             wisdom
             of
             Bezaleel
             ,
             Exod.
             31.3
             ,
             4.
             and
             Hiram
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             7.14
             .
          
           
             
               that
               for
               this
               a
               man
               is
               envied
               of
               his
               neighbour
            
             ]
             That
             the
             more
             he
             deserves
             for
             his
             industry
             ,
             and
             ingeniousness
             of
             invention
             ,
             the
             more
             he
             is
             exposed
             to
             envie
             and
             danger
             ;
             envie
             being
             like
             those
             moths
             and
             cankers
             which
             usually
             feed
             on
             the
             richest
             garments
             ,
             as
             we
             see
             in
             many
             examples
             ,
             Gen.
             4.5
             .
             Numb
             .
             11.27
             —
             29.
             1
             
             Sam.
             18.7
             ,
             8.
             
             Gen.
             26.12
             —
             14.
             
             &
             37.8
             .
             1
             Sam.
             17.28
             .
             Dan.
             6.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             &c.
             And
             this
             is
             a
             great
             vanity
             and
             disappointment
             ,
             when
             that
             from
             
             whence
             a
             man
             might
             have
             expected
             credit
             and
             thanks
             from
             the
             world
             ,
             shall
             procure
             him
             hatred
             and
             danger
             ,
             and
             must
             needs
             thereupon
             be
             a
             great
             disquieting
             of
             heart
             ,
             and
             discouragement
             against
             so
             fruitless
             endeavours
             ,
             Prov.
             37.4
             .
             Psal.
             73.12
             ,
             13.
             
          
           
             V.
             5.
             
             
               The
               fool
               foldeth
               his
               hands
               together
               ,
               and
               eateth
               his
               own
               flesh
            
             ]
             This
             is
             one
             fruit
             of
             this
             danger
             and
             envie
             ,
             taken
             up
             by
             foolish
             and
             sloathfull
             men
             ,
             they
             refuse
             to
             take
             pains
             ,
             and
             rather
             chuse
             to
             be
             poor
             then
             to
             be
             envied
             .
             Here
             is
             the
             character
             of
             an
             idle
             person
             ,
             1.
             
             He
             is
             a
             fool
             ,
             to
             make
             so
             absurd
             an
             inference
             ,
             that
             for
             fear
             of
             envie
             and
             trouble
             ,
             will
             not
             only
             neglect
             duty
             ,
             but
             undo
             himself
             .
             2.
             
             
               He
               foldeth
               his
               hands
            
             ;
             puts
             himself
             into
             a
             posture
             of
             idleness
             ,
             composeth
             himself
             to
             do
             nothing
             .
             Labour
             requireth
             the
             stretching
             forth
             of
             the
             hands
             ,
             Prov.
             31.19
             .
             Laziness
             wraps
             them
             up
             in
             one
             another
             ,
             Prov.
             6.9
             ,
             10.
             
             &
             26.14
             .
             &
             19.24
             .
             3.
             
             He
             
               eateth
               his
               own
               flesh
            
             ;
             bringeth
             himself
             to
             extreme
             poverty
             ,
             contracteth
             weakness
             in
             his
             body
             ,
             enfeebleth
             his
             mind
             ,
             wasteth
             his
             stock
             ,
             consumeth
             his
             family
             ,
             bringeth
             the
             curse
             of
             beggary
             upon
             himself
             and
             his
             .
             For
             as
             the
             diligent
             hand
             maketh
             rich
             ,
             Prov.
             13.11
             .
             So
             the
             slack
             hand
             maketh
             poor
             ,
             Prov.
             10.4
             .
             He
             thinks
             it
             a
             part
             of
             wisdom
             to
             spare
             his
             pains
             ,
             
             and
             sit
             quiet
             ;
             and
             because
             he
             cannot
             attain
             so
             much
             dexterity
             and
             skill
             as
             a
             other
             man
             ,
             therefore
             enviously
             to
             sit
             down
             and
             gnaw
             his
             own
             flesh
             ,
             either
             with
             hunger
             or
             indignation
             ,
             Prov.
             26.16
             .
             Whereas
             indeed
             he
             is
             a
             fool
             ,
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             1.
             
             A
             wicked
             man
             ,
             in
             neglecting
             the
             duty
             of
             labour
             ,
             which
             he
             oweth
             to
             himself
             ,
             to
             his
             family
             ,
             to
             his
             generation
             ,
             and
             whereunto
             by
             the
             ordinance
             of
             God
             he
             is
             appointed
             ,
             Gen.
             3.19
             .
             Tit.
             3.14
             .
             1
             Thess.
             3.10
             ,
             11.
             2.
             
             An
             absurd
             man
             ,
             to
             reason
             himself
             into
             contempt
             and
             beggary
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             cruel
             to
             himself
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             fretted
             at
             other
             men
             ,
             Prov.
             11.17
             .
             Ps.
             27.2
             .
             For
             as
             he
             had
             before
             touched
             the
             vanity
             which
             ariseth
             from
             others
             ,
             so
             here
             that
             which
             ariseth
             from
             a
             mans
             own
             self
             .
          
           
             V.
             6.
             
             
               Better
               is
               an
               handful
               with
               quietness
               ,
               than
               both
               the
               hands
               full
               with
               trouble
               and
               vexation
               of
               spirit
            
             ]
             This
             may
             be
             here
             taken
             ,
             either
             as
             Solmons
             own
             words
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             import
             a
             seasonable
             remedy
             against
             the
             evils
             here
             spoken
             of
             ,
             viz.
             envy
             ,
             idleness
             ,
             and
             covetousness
             ,
             namely
             ,
             sweet
             contentment
             with
             a
             competent
             estate
             ,
             rather
             than
             vexation
             with
             a
             greater
             ,
             Prov.
             15.16
             ,
             17.
             
             &
             17.1
             .
             Ps.
             37.16
             .
             Luk.
             12.15
             .
             Or
             rather
             as
             the
             words
             of
             the
             sluggard
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             are
             his
             apology
             for
             his
             laziness
             :
             If
             he
             strive
             to
             excel
             in
             his
             profession
             ,
             he
             shall
             many
             waies
             disquiet
             himself
             ,
             
             he
             cannot
             do
             it
             without
             much
             travel
             ,
             nor
             after
             all
             that
             travel
             be
             free
             from
             much
             envy
             &
             danger
             .
             And
             therefore
             he
             rather
             chuseth
             a
             smaller
             portion
             ,
             with
             more
             ease
             and
             contentment
             .
             In
             which
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             false
             arguing
             ;
             1.
             
             It
             is
             false
             ,
             when
             he
             calleth
             his
             slothful
             and
             idle
             way
             of
             living
             ,
             rest
             or
             quietness
             .
             For
             true
             tranquility
             of
             mind
             is
             the
             consequent
             of
             a
             fruitful
             conversation
             ,
             Ps.
             119.165
             .
             bodily
             rest
             a
             fruit
             of
             honest
             labour
             ,
             Ps.
             127.2
             .
             Eccl.
             5.12.2
             .
             It
             is
             false
             ,
             when
             he
             calleth
             industry
             in
             a
             mans
             course
             of
             life
             ,
             vexation
             of
             spirit
             ,
             whereas
             honest
             labour
             taketh
             off
             the
             heart
             from
             many
             vain
             thoughts
             and
             desires
             ,
             which
             would
             more
             sorely
             vex
             it
             .
             3.
             
             It
             is
             a
             great
             prophaness
             to
             palliate
             his
             own
             sin
             ,
             under
             the
             name
             of
             rest
             and
             quietness
             of
             spirit
             ,
             and
             under
             the
             protection
             of
             Gods
             own
             truth
             to
             find
             an
             hiding
             place
             for
             his
             bruitishness
             and
             sensuality
             ;
             as
             Saul
             pretended
             sacrifice
             to
             excuse
             rebellion
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             15.15
             .
             2
             Sam.
             15.7
             ,
             8.
             
             Prov.
             7.14
             ,
             15.
             
             Hos.
             12.8
             .
             1
             Reg.
             21.9
             .
             4.
             
             It
             is
             alike
             prophaness
             to
             give
             ear
             to
             the
             wisdome
             of
             the
             flesh
             ,
             against
             the
             duties
             of
             our
             calling
             ,
             and
             to
             argue
             from
             inconveniences
             ,
             which
             we
             fear
             to
             discourage
             our selves
             from
             those
             labours
             which
             God
             hath
             promised
             to
             bless
             .
             God
             saith
             to
             encourage
             us
             unto
             duty
             ,
             That
             his
             light
             shall
             shine
             on
             our
             waies
             ,
             he
             will
             comfort
             and
             
             bless
             us
             in
             them
             ,
             and
             his
             angel
             shall
             keep
             us
             in
             our
             waies
             ,
             Ps.
             91.11
             .
             but
             the
             sluggard
             saith
             to
             discourage
             himself
             ,
             There
             is
             a
             Lion
             in
             the
             way
             ,
             Prov.
             22.13
             .
             as
             if
             Lions
             were
             more
             terrible
             to
             affright
             ,
             than
             Angels
             to
             protect
             .
             5.
             
             It
             is
             a
             vain
             conceit
             ,
             to
             think
             contentment
             is
             tied
             unto
             a
             small
             estate
             ,
             and
             vexation
             to
             a
             greater
             ;
             whereas
             true
             content
             knows
             as
             well
             how
             to
             abound
             ,
             as
             how
             to
             want
             ,
             Phil.
             4.11
             ,
             12.
             and
             discontent
             will
             make
             men
             as
             anxious
             ,
             as
             froward
             ,
             as
             impatient
             under
             a
             small
             estate
             ,
             as
             craving
             ,
             hoarding
             ,
             coveting
             under
             a
             greater
             ,
             Prov.
             30.9
             .
             Ps.
             59.15
             .
             The
             words
             of
             this
             verse
             are
             proverbial
             ,
             the
             former
             part
             ,
             by
             the
             word
             handful
             ,
             expressing
             a
             little
             estate
             ;
             as
             Ps.
             72.16
             .
             Ezek.
             13.19
             .
             The
             other
             ,
             by
             
               hands
               full
            
             ,
             a
             greater
             and
             more
             plentiful
             ,
             gotten
             with
             all
             the
             strength
             and
             labour
             of
             the
             whole
             man
             ,
             Mic.
             7.3
             .
          
           
             V.
             7.
             
               vanity
               under
               the
               Sun
            
             ]
             Another
             vanity
             ,
             and
             quite
             contrary
             to
             the
             former
             ;
             as
             fools
             when
             they
             avoid
             one
             extreme
             ,
             fall
             into
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               There
               is
               one
               alone
            
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             One
             ,
             
               (
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             one
             by
             himself
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             19.9
             .
             and
             not
             a
             second
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             either
             no
             companion
             ,
             or
             member
             in
             his
             family
             to
             provide
             for
             ,
             or
             no
             heir
             to
             succeed
             him
             in
             his
             estate
             ;
             none
             for
             whom
             he
             can
             say
             ,
             It
             is
             this
             man
             for
             whom
             I
             labour
             .
             See
             v.
             15.
             
          
           
           
             
               neither
               child
               nor
               brother
            
             ]
             His
             labour
             is
             not
             founded
             in
             any
             natural
             love
             of
             those
             for
             whom
             he
             is
             bound
             to
             provide
             ,
             1
             Tim.
             5.8
             .
             Gen.
             47.12
             .
             Prov.
             17.17
             .
             but
             meerly
             on
             the
             inordinate
             love
             of
             riches
             themselves
             .
          
           
             This
             covetous
             wretch
             is
             here
             described
             ,
             1.
             
             By
             his
             solitariness
             ,
             he
             lives
             all
             alone
             ,
             he
             cannot
             endure
             two
             months
             in
             a
             house
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             By
             his
             excessive
             labour
             ;
             there
             is
             no
             end
             of
             all
             his
             labour
             :
             He
             toyls
             infinitely
             ,
             and
             without
             measure
             ,
             Isa.
             2.7
             .
             Job
             .
             22.5
             .
             Some
             by
             labour
             ,
             understand
             wealth
             gotten
             by
             labour
             .
             He
             hath
             a
             vast
             estate
             ,
             and
             yet
             is
             as
             greedy
             as
             if
             he
             had
             nothing
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             By
             his
             insatiable
             desires
             ,
             
               neither
               is
               his
               eye
               satisfied
               with
               riches
            
             ]
             He
             hath
             enough
             for
             his
             back
             ,
             his
             belly
             ,
             his
             calling
             ,
             the
             decency
             of
             his
             state
             and
             condition
             ,
             but
             he
             hath
             not
             enough
             for
             his
             eye
             .
             Though
             he
             can
             but
             see
             it
             ,
             and
             have
             no
             use
             of
             it
             ,
             yet
             he
             is
             displeased
             that
             he
             sees
             no
             more
             .
             The
             eye
             is
             the
             instrument
             of
             coveting
             ,
             1
             Joh.
             2.16
             .
             Josh.
             7.21
             .
             Chap.
             1.8
             .
             &
             2.10
             .
             A
             covetous
             man
             ,
             though
             he
             have
             as
             much
             as
             his
             eye
             can
             see
             ,
             yet
             he
             would
             have
             more
             still
             ,
             Isa.
             5.8
             .
             Hab.
             2.5
             .
             Prov.
             30.15
             .
             Job
             40.23
             ,
             24.
             
          
           
             4.
             
             By
             his
             folly
             and
             inconsiderateness
             ,
             he
             doth
             not
             weigh
             with
             himself
             the
             absurdity
             of
             his
             so
             living
             ,
             he
             still
             goes
             out
             of
             himself
             in
             labour
             after
             riches
             ,
             but
             never
             comes
             to
             himself
             ,
             to
             
             reason
             and
             argue
             the
             case
             ,
             or
             to
             call
             himself
             to
             an
             account
             of
             his
             doings
             ,
             Jer.
             8.6
             .
             Luke
             15.17
             .
             Ps.
             4.5
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             By
             his
             Inhumanity
             and
             self-cruelty
             ,
             denying
             those
             comforts
             to
             himself
             ,
             which
             God
             hath
             given
             him
             ,
             using
             himself
             worse
             than
             God
             would
             have
             the
             Oxe
             used
             in
             the
             Law
             ,
             Deut.
             25.4
             .
             Treading
             out
             the
             corn
             ,
             and
             yet
             muzling
             himself
             ,
             Chap.
             6.2
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             By
             the
             groundlesness
             of
             this
             cruelty
             ,
             He
             hath
             none
             ,
             while
             he
             lives
             ,
             for
             whom
             he
             doth
             it
             ,
             and
             when
             de
             dies
             ,
             he
             leaves
             no
             heir
             ,
             kinsman
             ,
             second
             to
             enjoy
             it
             ,
             but
             undergoes
             all
             his
             toyl
             ,
             and
             bereaves
             himself
             of
             all
             comfort
             ,
             for
             he
             knows
             not
             whom
             ,
             Ps.
             39.6
             .
             The
             censure
             of
             all
             which
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             vanity
             ,
             and
             a
             very
             sore
             and
             grievous
             affliction
             .
          
           
             V.
             9.
             
             
               Two
               are
               better
               than
               one
            
             ]
             Good
             more
             than
             one
             :
             so
             the
             comparative
             useth
             to
             be
             expressed
             ;
             as
             Chap.
             7.1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             5
             ,
             8.
             
             Prov.
             8.11
             .
             Hag.
             2.10
             .
             upon
             occasion
             of
             the
             solitary
             life
             of
             this
             miser
             ,
             he
             sheweth
             the
             benefit
             of
             society
             ,
             and
             mutual
             helpfulness
             which
             thereby
             one
             man
             affordeth
             unto
             another
             ,
             therefore
             God
             made
             woman
             for
             a
             companion
             and
             an
             helper
             unto
             man
             ,
             Gen.
             2.18
             .
             and
             Christ
             sent
             forth
             his
             Disciples
             by
             Two
             and
             Two
             ,
             Mar.
             6.7
             .
             Luke
             10.1
             .
             not
             only
             that
             they
             might
             be
             joyful
             witnesses
             of
             the
             truth
             which
             they
             were
             to
             deliver
             ,
             as
             Moses
             
             and
             Aaron
             ,
             Joshua
             and
             Zorobbabel
             ,
             in
             reference
             unto
             whom
             we
             read
             of
             ,
             Two
             witnesses
             ,
             Rev.
             11.3
             ,
             4.
             and
             in
             that
             respect
             the
             Apostle
             usually
             joyneth
             one
             or
             two
             more
             to
             himself
             in
             the
             inscription
             of
             his
             Epistles
             ,
             as
             joynt
             witnesses
             of
             the
             truth
             of
             the
             doctrine
             therein
             delivered
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             1.1
             .
             2
             Cor.
             1.1
             .
             Phil.
             1.1
             .
             Coloss.
             1.1
             .
             1
             Thes.
             1.1
             .
             But
             withal
             ,
             That
             they
             might
             with
             more
             ease
             and
             success
             carry
             on
             the
             ministery
             ,
             wherein
             they
             were
             imployed
             ,
             and
             help
             mutually
             to
             strengthen
             ,
             to
             encourage
             ,
             to
             comfort
             one
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             
               because
               they
               have
               a
               good
               reward
               for
               their
               labour
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             a
             Benefit
             mutually
             from
             each
             other
             in
             their
             labour
             ,
             by
             counsel
             ,
             by
             comfort
             ,
             by
             assistance
             and
             co-operation
             ,
             by
             supply
             of
             any
             want
             ,
             or
             infirmity
             which
             may
             befall
             each
             other
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             23.16
             ,
             17.
             2
             
             Cor.
             8.18
             ,
             19
             ,
             22.
             
             Act.
             13.2
             ,
             5.
             
             Prov.
             27.17
             .
             Act.
             19.29
             .
             Phil.
             4.3
             .
             They
             do
             both
             promote
             the
             common
             good
             ,
             they
             do
             the
             more
             easily
             compass
             it
             ,
             they
             do
             the
             more
             sweetly
             enjoy
             it
             .
             This
             mutual
             benefit
             is
             further
             opened
             〈◊〉
             some
             particulars
             of
             mutual
             danger
             ,
             mutual
             rest
             ,
             and
             mutual
             defence
             .
          
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               If
               they
               fall
            
             ,
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             if
             one
             or
             either
             of
             them
             fall
             ,
             the
             plural
             is
             used
             distributively
             or
             partitively
             to
             either
             of
             the
             singulars
             :
             as
             ,
             The
             wicked
             men
             they
             flye
             ,
             
             Prov.
             28.1
             .
             
               i.
               e.
            
             every
             man.
             
               She
               shall
               be
               saved
               ,
               if
               they
               abide
               ,
            
             1
             Tim.
             2.15
             .
             
               i.
               e.
            
             if
             any
             of
             them
             abide
             .
             Falling
             ,
             here
             ,
             may
             be
             understood
             in
             all
             senses
             ,
             for
             corporal
             falls
             ,
             into
             a
             pit
             ,
             from
             a
             horse
             or
             the
             like
             .
             Metaphorically
             ,
             if
             they
             fall
             into
             diseases
             ,
             disgraces
             ,
             dangers
             .
             Spiritually
             ,
             into
             sins
             or
             errors
             .
             In
             any
             adversities
             ,
             The
             society
             of
             friends
             is
             useful
             to
             pity
             ,
             to
             restore
             ,
             to
             support
             ,
             to
             convince
             ,
             to
             comfort
             .
             Whereas
             such
             a
             solitary
             worldling
             as
             he
             spake
             of
             before
             ,
             is
             forsaken
             of
             all
             ,
             and
             hath
             none
             to
             stand
             to
             him
             .
             This
             is
             sometimes
             the
             lot
             of
             the
             godly
             in
             trouble
             ,
             but
             then
             God
             stands
             by
             them
             ,
             Ps.
             22.11
             .
             2
             Tim.
             4.16
             ,
             17.
             
          
           
             
               But
               woe
               to
               him
               that
               is
               alone
               ]
               Woe
               to
               him
               ,
            
             is
             in
             the
             Original
             ,
             one
             word
             made
             of
             two
             ;
             as
             is
             observed
             out
             of
             Kimchi
             .
             It
             is
             here
             an
             interjection
             of
             grieving
             ,
             with
             a
             denouncing
             of
             some
             evil
             which
             is
             coming
             towards
             a
             man
             :
             It
             is
             once
             more
             used
             in
             this
             Book
             ,
             Chap.
             10.16
             .
             and
             hardly
             at
             all
             elsewhere
             in
             that
             sense
             .
             
               Woe
               to
               him
               that
               is
               alone
               ,
            
             or
             ,
             to
             him
             that
             One
             ,
             when
             he
             falleth
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             not
             a
             second
             to
             lift
             him
             up
             .
          
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               Again
               ,
               if
               two
               lye
               together
               ,
               then
               they
               have
               heat
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             This
             also
             may
             be
             understood
             not
             only
             literally
             ,
             as
             1
             Reg.
             1.1
             ,
             2.
             but
             metaphorically
             for
             all
             kind
             of
             mutual
             assistance
             ,
             and
             encouragement
             in
             any
             work
             which
             is
             to
             
             be
             done
             ,
             Heb.
             10.24
             .
             Luke
             24.32
             .
          
           
             V.
             12.
             
             
               And
               if
               one
               prevail
               against
               him
               ]
               i.
               e.
            
             Some
             stranger
             or
             third
             person
             assault
             ,
             and
             be
             too
             hard
             for
             him
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             for
             one
             of
             the
             two
             ,
             then
             two
             or
             three
             shall
             stand
             against
             that
             One
             ,
             and
             shall
             be
             easily
             able
             to
             resist
             him
             .
             See
             2
             Sam.
             10.11
             .
             Jer.
             41.13
             ,
             14.
             
             Ps.
             127.5
             .
             This
             is
             another
             benefit
             of
             society
             and
             friendship
             ,
             aid
             &
             protection
             against
             assaults
             ,
             whether
             outward
             ,
             or
             spiritual
             in
             Temptations
             from
             Satan
             .
             In
             all
             those
             ,
             and
             so
             proportionably
             in
             all
             other
             cases
             ,
             in
             war
             ,
             in
             peace
             ,
             in
             danger
             ,
             in
             business
             ,
             day
             and
             night
             ,
             in
             the
             multitude
             of
             counsellors
             there
             is
             safety
             ,
             Prov.
             11.14
             .
             &
             14.22
             .
             provided
             that
             this
             Society
             be
             undertaken
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             in
             good
             and
             lawful
             things
             ,
             otherwise
             ,
             combinations
             in
             wickedness
             are
             cursed
             ,
             Ps.
             64.5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7.
             
             Ps.
             83.3
             —
             9.
             
             Nahum
             1.10
             ,
             12.
             
             Prov.
             11.21
             .
          
           
             
               two
               shall
               withstand
               him
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             stand
             before
             him
             with
             confidence
             and
             courage
             to
             help
             one
             another
             .
             Standing
             ,
             is
             a
             military
             posture
             ,
             Ephes.
             6.11
             ,
             13
             ,
             14.
             
             Ps.
             94.16
             .
             Esther
             8.11
             .
             Standing
             before
             one
             ,
             as
             an
             enemie
             to
             destroy
             him
             ,
             Rev.
             12.4
             .
             Hence
             that
             expression
             of
             looking
             one
             another
             in
             the
             face
             ,
             2
             Chron.
             25.17
             .
          
           
             
               a
               threefold
               cord
               ,
               or
               a
               triple
               twisted
               threed
               ,
               is
               not
               easily
               broken
               .
            
             ]
             A
             Proverb
             setting
             forth
             
             the
             strength
             and
             benefit
             of
             concord
             and
             society
             .
          
           
             V.
             13.
             
             
               Better
               is
               a
               poor
               and
               wise
               child
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             From
             this
             verse
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Chapter
             ,
             Solomon
             proceedeth
             to
             set
             forth
             the
             vanity
             of
             the
             Highest
             and
             most
             eminent
             condition
             amongst
             men
             ,
             namely
             ,
             of
             Kingly
             dignity
             ,
             which
             he
             sheweth
             both
             in
             foolish
             and
             wilful
             Princes
             ,
             who
             refuse
             to
             be
             counselled
             ,
             and
             in
             all
             other
             ,
             be
             they
             never
             so
             circumspect
             .
             To
             manifest
             the
             former
             ,
             he
             taketh
             first
             one
             of
             the
             most
             contemptible
             persons
             one
             could
             think
             on
             ,
             and
             compares
             him
             with
             one
             of
             the
             most
             honourable
             ,
             a
             child
             to
             an
             aged
             man
             ,
             a
             poor
             child
             to
             a
             potent
             King.
             Childhood
             is
             alone
             very
             contemptible
             ,
             and
             exposed
             to
             neglect
             and
             scorn
             ;
             looked
             on
             as
             rash
             ,
             heady
             ,
             unstayed
             ,
             without
             judgement
             or
             experience
             ,
             Isa.
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             1
             
             Reg.
             3.7
             .
             1
             Cor.
             14.20
             .
             Eph.
             4.14
             .
             2
             Chron.
             13.7
             .
             Hereunto
             poverty
             being
             added
             ,
             will
             make
             such
             an
             one
             much
             more
             neglected
             ,
             Eccles.
             9.15
             .
             Jam.
             2.3
             ,
             6.
             
             Prov.
             14.20
             .
             1
             Tim.
             5.12
             .
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             old
             age
             alone
             is
             venerable
             ,
             though
             but
             in
             an
             ordinary
             person
             ,
             Lev.
             19.32
             .
             Isa.
             3.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Gray
             hairs
             alone
             are
             a
             Crown
             ,
             and
             beauty
             ,
             Prov.
             16.31
             .
             how
             much
             more
             honourable
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             joyned
             with
             a
             Crown
             ;
             yet
             this
             poor
             child
             being
             wise
             ,
             is
             preferred
             before
             that
             aged
             King
             
             being
             foolish
             and
             intractable
             ;
             as
             Prov.
             19.1
             .
             The
             wisdome
             of
             such
             a
             child
             here
             ,
             is
             his
             knowledge
             of
             God
             in
             his
             word
             ,
             whereby
             a
             young
             man
             is
             instructed
             how
             to
             order
             his
             waies
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             Timothy
             ,
             2
             Tim.
             3.15
             .
             Ps.
             119.99
             ,
             100.
             
             The
             foolishness
             of
             such
             a
             Prince
             is
             ,
             He
             knoweth
             not
             to
             be
             admonished
             ,
             He
             cannot
             counsel
             himself
             ,
             and
             he
             will
             not
             be
             counselled
             by
             others
             .
             So
             ,
             not
             to
             know
             ,
             doth
             import
             a
             foolish
             obstinacy
             and
             impotency
             in
             the
             mind
             ,
             a
             neglect
             of
             what
             is
             offered
             unto
             a
             man
             to
             consider
             of
             ,
             Isa.
             56.11
             .
             &
             7.16
             .
             contrary
             to
             that
             which
             is
             called
             knowing
             ,
             or
             considering
             in
             the
             heart
             ,
             Deut.
             8.5
             .
             Prov.
             29.7
             .
          
           
             Here
             we
             see
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             wisdome
             makes
             the
             meanest
             person
             honourable
             ,
             maketh
             the
             face
             shine
             ,
             Chap.
             8.1
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             teacheth
             children
             wisdome
             ,
             2
             Tim.
             3.15
             .
             1
             Sam.
             16.18
             .
             &
             18.5
             .
             Ps.
             119.98
             ,
             100.
             
             Dan.
             1.20
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             That
             intractableness
             of
             heart
             against
             counsel
             ,
             is
             an
             evidence
             of
             folly
             .
             Solomon
             ,
             though
             the
             wisest
             of
             Princes
             ,
             yet
             had
             a
             Counsel
             about
             him
             of
             aged
             and
             the
             most
             able
             men
             ,
             whose
             counsel
             Rehoboam
             rejecting
             ,
             shewed
             his
             weakness
             ,
             2
             Chron.
             10.6
             .
             &
             13.17
             .
          
           
             4
             That
             old
             age
             ,
             and
             power
             ,
             without
             a
             corrective
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             are
             very
             likely
             to
             render
             
             men
             wilful
             ,
             and
             opinionative
             ,
             Job
             32.9
             .
          
           
             V.
             14.
             
             
               For
               out
               of
               prison
               he
               cometh
               to
               reign
            
             ]
             Out
             of
             the
             house
             of
             men
             bound
             ,
             Judg.
             16.21
             .
             Gen.
             40.3
             ,
             7.
             
             Isa.
             14.17
             .
             from
             the
             midst
             of
             bonds
             and
             fetters
             .
             
               He
               cometh
            
             ]
             Namely
             ,
             the
             poor
             and
             the
             wise
             child
             :
             For
             these
             words
             are
             a
             confirmation
             of
             those
             before
             ,
             from
             the
             event
             which
             hapneth
             to
             both
             ,
             The
             wisdome
             of
             the
             child
             advanceth
             him
             from
             a
             prison
             to
             a
             throne
             ,
             from
             chains
             to
             a
             Crown
             .
             The
             obstinacy
             and
             folly
             of
             the
             other
             ,
             hurrieth
             him
             from
             power
             to
             poverty
             ;
             from
             honour
             to
             contempt
             .
             
               Out
               of
               prison
               he
               cometh
               to
               reign
               i.
               e.
            
             from
             the
             lowest
             and
             most
             obscure
             condition
             ,
             Job
             5.11
             .
             Ps.
             113.7
             ,
             8.
             
             Gen.
             41.14
             ,
             39
             —
             44.
             2
             
             Sam.
             7.8
             .
             Dan.
             2.25
             ,
             48.
             
             &
             3.26
             ,
             30.
             
             &
             6.3
             .
          
           
             
               whereas
               also
               he
               that
               is
               born
               in
               his
               kingdom
               becometh
               poor
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               whereas
               he
               in
               his
               kingdom
               is
               born
               poor
               ,
            
             i.
             e.
             is
             made
             poor
             .
             So
             passing
             from
             one
             condition
             to
             another
             ,
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             birth
             :
             but
             the
             other
             sense
             is
             more
             emphatical
             ,
             he
             who
             from
             his
             childhood
             was
             a
             King
             ,
             and
             in
             actual
             possession
             of
             his
             Throne
             ,
             becometh
             poor
             ,
             Ps.
             149.8
             .
             Job
             12.19
             ,
             20
             ,
             21.
             2
             
             Chron.
             33.11
             .
             &
             36.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             6.
             2
             
             Reg.
             25.6
             ,
             7.
             
             Dan.
             4.30
             —
             33.
             
          
           
             V.
             15.
             
             
               I
               considered
               all
               the
               living
               ,
               which
               walk
               under
               the
               Sun
               ,
               with
               the
               second
               child
               that
               shall
               stand
               up
               in
               his
               stead
            
             ]
             These
             two
             
             verses
             set
             forth
             another
             vanity
             attending
             upon
             Kingly
             power
             ,
             not
             for
             the
             fault
             of
             the
             person
             ,
             but
             through
             the
             inconstant
             and
             fickle
             disposition
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             who
             ever
             have
             ,
             and
             ever
             will
             be
             given
             to
             changes
             ,
             worship
             the
             rising
             Sun
             ,
             and
             grow
             weary
             of
             him
             who
             is
             likely
             soonest
             to
             leave
             them
             .
          
           
             
               all
               the
               living
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             all
             the
             present
             generation
             of
             men
             living
             under
             a
             present
             Prince
             or
             Government
             .
             He
             speaks
             of
             the
             generality
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             therefore
             expresseth
             them
             under
             a
             general
             notion
             of
             living
             men
             ,
             Job
             .
             30.23
             .
             Dan.
             4.17
             .
             And
             withal
             ,
             to
             intimate
             a
             ground
             in
             them
             of
             what
             he
             here
             considered
             ,
             when
             the
             father
             is
             going
             away
             ,
             and
             the
             son
             ready
             to
             succeed
             ,
             they
             think
             that
             they
             must
             live
             and
             be
             preserved
             by
             the
             living
             ,
             and
             not
             by
             the
             dead
             ,
             and
             accordingly
             worship
             him
             under
             whom
             they
             expect
             protection
             and
             preservation
             of
             life
             ;
             for
             ,
             for
             that
             end
             was
             Government
             instituted
             ,
             1
             Tim.
             2.2
             .
          
           
             
               which
               walk
               under
               the
               sun
            
             ]
             Elsewhere
             ,
             
               which
               see
               the
               sun
            
             ,
             Chap.
             7.11
             .
             another
             expression
             intimating
             this
             to
             be
             the
             popular
             humour
             of
             the
             generality
             of
             men
             ,
             o●
             the
             vulgar
             people
             ,
             who
             go
             up
             and
             down
             the
             streets
             ;
             as
             the
             vulgar
             are
             distinguished
             from
             the
             greater
             and
             nobler
             sort
             ,
             Jer.
             5.1
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             or
             walking
             may
             be
             joyned
             with
             the
             following
             words
             ,
             viz.
             
          
           
           
             
               with
               the
               second
               child
            
             ]
             I
             observe
             that
             the
             generality
             of
             people
             walk
             with
             the
             second
             child
             ,
             joyn
             themselves
             unto
             him
             ,
             and
             flatter
             and
             crouch
             to
             him
             ,
             forsaking
             in
             their
             affections
             and
             behaviours
             the
             father
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             about
             to
             forsake
             them
             .
          
           
             
               which
               shall
               stand
               up
               in
               his
               stead
            
             ]
             Namely
             ,
             in
             the
             fathers
             or
             predecessors
             stead
             .
             By
             standing
             up
             ,
             he
             meaneth
             ,
             rising
             to
             the
             Throne
             ,
             Dan.
             11.2
             .
             they
             look
             on
             the
             predecessor
             as
             falling
             ,
             sinking
             ,
             lying
             down
             ,
             stooping
             towards
             the
             grave
             ,
             and
             therefore
             apply
             themselves
             to
             his
             heir
             .
             Whereby
             he
             noteth
             as
             the
             unhappiness
             of
             Princes
             ,
             who
             if
             they
             live
             long
             ,
             live
             to
             see
             their
             glory
             dye
             before
             themselves
             ;
             so
             the
             fickleness
             of
             the
             generality
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             who
             do
             not
             honour
             Rulers
             for
             their
             office
             sake
             ,
             as
             they
             ought
             to
             do
             ;
             and
             especially
             should
             reverence
             it
             the
             more
             ,
             by
             how
             much
             the
             more
             experience
             they
             have
             had
             of
             happiness
             under
             it
             ,
             Rom.
             13.1
             —
             5.
             1
             
             Pet.
             2.13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15.
             but
             honour
             them
             meerly
             out
             of
             interest
             and
             self-respect
             ,
             not
             considering
             so
             much
             present
             duty
             ,
             as
             future
             advantage
             .
             There
             is
             naturally
             in
             the
             minds
             of
             the
             people
             a
             weariness
             of
             being
             long
             under
             one
             Prince
             ,
             a
             querulousness
             and
             repining
             at
             every
             thing
             which
             pincheth
             them
             ,
             and
             thereupon
             a
             desire
             to
             change
             him
             for
             the
             next
             ,
             not
             so
             much
             out
             of
             choice
             or
             assurance
             that
             he
             will
             
             be
             better
             ,
             but
             out
             of
             natural
             levity
             and
             inconstancy
             ;
             as
             sick
             men
             change
             beds
             ,
             chambers
             ,
             couches
             ,
             but
             carry
             their
             disease
             with
             them
             ,
             they
             love
             changes
             for
             the
             very
             change
             sake
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             8.5
             ,
             18
             ,
             19
             ,
             20.
             and
             12.12
             ,
             13.
             2
             
             Sam.
             15.12
             .
             1
             Reg.
             2.15
             .
             2
             Sam.
             20.2
             .
             Prov.
             14.21
             .
          
           
             V.
             16.
             
             
               There
               is
               no
               end
               of
               all
               the
               people
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             By
             
               all
               the
               people
            
             ,
             he
             meaneth
             the
             giddy
             and
             inconstant
             multitude
             ,
             whose
             levity
             and
             discontent
             with
             their
             present
             estate
             ,
             is
             the
             cause
             that
             they
             thus
             desire
             continual
             changes
             ,
             and
             reject
             to
             day
             whom
             yesterday
             they
             adored
             .
             
               There
               is
               no
               end
               of
               all
               the
               people
               ,
            
             or
             
               to
               all
               the
               people
            
             ]
             There
             are
             infinite
             numbers
             of
             people
             in
             every
             age
             and
             generation
             who
             stand
             thus
             affected
             :
             it
             is
             not
             a
             contingent
             or
             unusual
             thing
             ,
             but
             very
             common
             .
             It
             is
             not
             a
             vanity
             which
             Princes
             have
             experience
             of
             only
             sometimes
             ,
             as
             in
             some
             few
             persons
             ;
             but
             it
             is
             the
             general
             disease
             of
             the
             vulgar
             ,
             to
             stand
             thus
             variously
             affected
             towards
             their
             Princes
             in
             all
             ages
             .
             So
             this
             phrase
             ,
             
               There
               is
               no
               end
            
             ,
             is
             used
             to
             express
             a
             great
             or
             infinite
             number
             ,
             Isa.
             2.7
             .
             supra
             ,
             vers
             .
             8.
             
             Job
             22.5
             .
             Nahum
             .
             3.3
             .
             Again
             ,
             
               There
               is
               no
               end
               to
               all
               the
               people
            
             ]
             The
             people
             never
             put
             an
             end
             or
             a
             stop
             to
             this
             vanity
             ,
             but
             it
             passeth
             on
             ,
             from
             one
             generation
             to
             another
             .
             They
             which
             went
             before
             did
             so
             ,
             so
             do
             these
             now
             ,
             and
             so
             will
             they
             do
             which
             follow
             .
             3.
             
             By
             
             no
             end
             ,
             may
             be
             meant
             no
             satisfaction
             to
             desires
             ,
             no
             through
             and
             fixed
             acquiescency
             of
             heart
             in
             the
             people
             towards
             their
             Princes
             ,
             they
             will
             still
             entertain
             expectations
             of
             new
             men
             ,
             and
             new
             events
             to
             satisfie
             their
             desires
             .
             So
             the
             word
             End
             ,
             is
             used
             for
             that
             wherein
             the
             heart
             may
             acquiesce
             ,
             and
             look
             no
             further
             for
             something
             else
             ,
             Prov.
             23.18
             .
             They
             do
             not
             terminate
             and
             fix
             their
             affections
             in
             one
             man
             ,
             be
             he
             never
             so
             wise
             or
             worthy
             ,
             but
             grow
             weary
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             joyn
             themselves
             unto
             his
             Successor
             .
          
           
             
               even
               of
               all
               those
               that
               have
               been
               before
               them
            
             ]
             Namely
             ,
             before
             the
             father
             and
             the
             son
             ,
             or
             successor
             which
             was
             second
             unto
             him
             .
             The
             word
             [
             before
             ]
             may
             signifie
             either
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             them
             ,
             
               i.
               e.
            
             who
             have
             been
             officers
             under
             them
             ,
             or
             done
             service
             ,
             and
             born
             allegiance
             to
             them
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             16.19
             .
             1
             Reg.
             10.8
             .
             or
             else
             an
             antecedence
             in
             time
             unto
             them
             .
             They
             who
             were
             before
             them
             ,
             did
             thus
             languish
             in
             their
             affections
             to
             the
             father
             ,
             and
             apply
             themselves
             unto
             the
             son
             .
          
           
             
               They
               also
               that
               come
               after
               shall
               not
               rejoice
               in
               him
               ]
               i.
               e.
            
             In
             the
             son
             ,
             unto
             whom
             now
             they
             seem
             so
             zealously
             ,
             and
             with
             so
             much
             loyalty
             to
             joyn
             themselves
             .
          
           
             
               not
               rejoyce
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             they
             will
             be
             weary
             of
             him
             ,
             troubled
             with
             him
             ,
             wish
             themselves
             freed
             from
             him
             .
             The
             verb
             negative
             
             by
             a
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             seems
             to
             import
             the
             Affirmative
             contrary
             unto
             it
             ,
             as
             is
             usual
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             Exod.
             20.7
             .
             Prov.
             17.21
             .
             Zach.
             8.
             
             ●7
             .
             Rom.
             4.19
             .
             This
             then
             is
             Hereditary
             to
             all
             people
             ,
             There
             is
             no
             End
             of
             it
             ,
             they
             can
             never
             be
             setled
             or
             contented
             with
             the
             present
             estate
             ,
             as
             they
             before
             did
             dislike
             the
             father
             in
             expectation
             of
             the
             son
             ,
             so
             they
             after
             will
             cast
             off
             the
             son
             in
             expectation
             of
             the
             grandchild
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             will
             be
             in
             all
             generations
             .
          
           
             
               This
               is
               vanity
               and
               vexation
               of
               spirit
            
             ]
             This
             must
             needs
             be
             matter
             of
             indignation
             &
             grief
             to
             Princes
             ,
             to
             see
             so
             much
             falseness
             and
             inconstancy
             in
             their
             people
             ,
             to
             see
             their
             Honour
             grow
             old
             &
             decrepit
             with
             their
             bodies
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             
          
           
             THe
             Wise
             man
             having
             spoken
             of
             the
             vanity
             which
             attendeth
             on
             the
             very
             highest
             condition
             of
             men
             here
             below
             ;
             seems
             here
             to
             make
             a
             kind
             of
             digression
             ,
             and
             to
             go
             yet
             higher
             unto
             the
             consideration
             of
             that
             which
             principally
             concerns
             man
             in
             this
             Life
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             The
             worship
             of
             God.
             This
             is
             the
             supreme
             Remedy
             of
             all
             the
             other
             Vanities
             ,
             and
             may
             seem
             here
             to
             be
             subjoyned
             (
             as
             also
             it
             is
             in
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Book
             )
             to
             that
             purpose
             ,
             to
             shew
             ,
             that
             though
             neither
             knowledge
             ,
             nor
             
             pleasures
             ,
             nor
             honours
             ,
             nor
             crowns
             can
             make
             men
             happy
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             beyond
             the
             sphere
             and
             activity
             of
             any
             Creature
             to
             administer
             compleat
             tranquility
             to
             the
             heart
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             yet
             even
             in
             this
             life
             a
             man
             may
             be
             happy
             by
             worshipping
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             Communion
             with
             him
             .
             As
             if
             he
             should
             have
             said
             ,
             We
             have
             gone
             through
             the
             World
             ,
             and
             sought
             high
             there
             for
             satisfaction
             ,
             as
             ever
             any
             man
             could
             arrive
             ,
             even
             to
             Crowns
             and
             Thrones
             ,
             and
             yet
             have
             missed
             of
             it
             .
             It
             remains
             therefore
             that
             we
             go
             higher
             yet
             ,
             before
             we
             can
             be
             truly
             happy
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             from
             the
             World
             to
             the
             Sanctuary
             ;
             from
             the
             Thrones
             of
             Princes
             ,
             to
             the
             Thrones
             of
             Grace
             ;
             from
             the
             Creature
             ,
             to
             God
             ,
             In
             whose
             service
             alone
             there
             is
             compleat
             felicity
             .
          
           
             But
             besides
             this
             I
             take
             it
             ,
             the
             scope
             of
             the
             wise
             man
             is
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             Prolepsis
             or
             answer
             to
             a
             tacite
             objection
             ,
             to
             discover
             yet
             a
             higher
             and
             a
             stranger
             vanity
             than
             any
             he
             had
             spoken
             of
             before
             ,
             namely
             vanity
             in
             the
             worship
             of
             God
             ,
             not
             as
             it
             is
             in
             it self
             ,
             but
             as
             it
             is
             performed
             by
             vain
             &
             foolish
             men
             .
             They
             might
             say
             ,
             we
             do
             easily
             agree
             with
             you
             in
             all
             that
             you
             have
             said
             ,
             we
             know
             we
             must
             look
             above
             the
             Creatures
             ,
             if
             ever
             we
             intend
             to
             arrive
             at
             true
             Happiness
             .
             Therefore
             what
             pains
             soever
             we
             take
             about
             things
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             yet
             we
             seek
             for
             our
             Happiness
             ▪
             no
             
             where
             but
             in
             God
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             service
             .
             Solomon
             now
             ,
             acknowledging
             the
             truth
             of
             this
             in
             the
             Thesis
             ,
             That
             the
             Worship
             of
             God
             is
             the
             true
             felicity
             of
             man
             in
             this
             life
             ,
             doth
             withall
             assure
             these
             men
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             put
             vanity
             in
             the
             very
             Worship
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             render
             that
             by
             their
             foolish
             and
             carnal
             performance
             wholly
             unprofitable
             to
             any
             such
             end
             ,
             yea
             there
             may
             be
             therein
             divers
             vanities
             ,
             vers
             .
             7.
             for
             discovery
             and
             avoiding
             whereof
             ,
             he
             prescribeth
             a
             solemn
             caveat
             to
             those
             ,
             who
             being
             convinced
             of
             vanity
             in
             the
             Creatures
             ▪
             do
             go
             to
             God
             in
             his
             Worship
             to
             mend
             themselves
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             ,
             1.
             
             General
             ,
             relating
             to
             all
             parts
             of
             Gods
             Worship
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             our
             Approache●
             unto
             God
             ,
             to
             look
             to
             our
             affections
             ,
             and
             to
             prepare
             our
             hearts
             to
             meet
             with
             him
             ,
             not
             resting
             in
             outward
             sacrifices
             ,
             which
             are
             but
             the
             oblations
             of
             fools
             ,
             who
             think
             they
             do
             well
             ,
             when
             in
             truth
             they
             do
             the
             contrary
             ,
             vers
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             Particular
             ,
             in
             some
             species
             of
             worship
             :
          
           
             1.
             
             In
             Hearing
             ,
             which
             he
             saith
             must
             be
             done
             with
             Readiness
             ,
             with
             a
             docile
             and
             tractable
             spirit
             ,
             yielding
             up
             it self
             to
             the
             whole
             counsel
             of
             God
             ,
             vers
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             In
             Prayer
             and
             speaking
             unto
             God
             ,
             where
             is
             first
             condemned
             a
             double
             Vanity
             ▪
             
             Rashnesse
             of
             tongue
             ,
             Hastinesse
             of
             heart
             ,
             both
             enforced
             by
             consideration
             of
             Gods
             Greatnesse
             ,
             and
             of
             our
             own
             Vilenesse
             ,
             vers
             .
             2.
             
             Secondly
             ,
             prescribed
             fewness
             of
             words
             ,
             without
             vain
             and
             unnecessary
             babling
             ,
             and
             that
             because
             of
             Gods
             Majesty
             ,
             and
             the
             folly
             of
             so
             doing
             ,
             vers
             .
             3.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             In
             Vowes
             ,
             which
             being
             once
             made
             ,
             are
             to
             be
             performed
             ,
             and
             that
             cheerfully
             ,
             without
             grudging
             or
             delay
             ;
             which
             doctrine
             he
             doth
             ,
             1.
             prove
             ,
             2.
             vindicate
             from
             shiftings
             and
             excuses
             .
             He
             proveth
             it
             ,
             1.
             
             By
             the
             the
             folly
             of
             the
             contrary
             course
             ,
             it
             argues
             a
             levity
             of
             spirit
             to
             dally
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             off
             and
             on
             with
             God
             ,
             who
             as
             he
             is
             constant
             himself
             in
             all
             his
             Promises
             ,
             so
             he
             expecteth
             constancy
             from
             us
             in
             all
             ours
             .
             2.
             
             By
             Gods
             dislike
             of
             such
             folly
             and
             falseness
             ,
             vers
             .
             4.
             
          
           
             Next
             he
             vindicateth
             it
             from
             a
             double
             excuse
             which
             men
             are
             apt
             to
             make
             :
          
           
             1.
             
             It
             was
             free
             for
             me
             to
             vow
             ;
             the
             thing
             was
             in
             mine
             own
             power
             ,
             therefore
             it
             is
             not
             so
             hainous
             a
             thing
             though
             I
             do
             fail
             ,
             because
             I
             was
             not
             bound
             to
             what
             I
             vowed
             till
             I
             had
             vowed
             it
             .
             This
             he
             answereth
             ,
             That
             it
             had
             been
             better
             to
             have
             kept
             this
             Liberty
             still
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             have
             vowed
             ,
             then
             after
             vowes
             to
             resume
             Liberty
             when
             it
             is
             too
             late
             ,
             vers
             .
             5.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             But
             I
             was
             mistaken
             ,
             there
             was
             an
             Errour
             in
             my
             Vow
             .
             To
             this
             he
             gives
             a
             double
             
             answer
             ,
             and
             sets
             it
             on
             with
             weighty
             considerations
             :
             First
             ,
             Look
             well
             before
             thou
             vow
             ,
             that
             thou
             do
             not
             bring
             a
             bond
             of
             sin
             upon
             thy self
             :
             
               Suffer
               not
               thy
               mouth
               to
               cause
               thee
               to
               sin
               .
            
             Secondly
             ,
             Take
             heed
             of
             pretending
             errour
             and
             oversight
             ,
             out
             of
             unwillingnesse
             to
             do
             what
             thou
             hast
             promised
             :
             
               Say
               not
               that
               it
               was
               an
               errour
               .
            
             For
             consider
             ,
             1.
             
             Thou
             art
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             Angel.
             2.
             
             Thou
             provokest
             Gods
             anger
             .
             3.
             
             The
             damage
             which
             by
             that
             anger
             thou
             wilt
             suffer
             ,
             he
             will
             
               destroy
               the
               work
               of
               thy
               hands
               ,
            
             disappoint
             thee
             in
             that
             benefit
             ,
             the
             preservation
             whereof
             thou
             didst
             aym
             at
             in
             excusing
             thy
             Vow
             .
             4.
             
             The
             folly
             of
             such
             vain
             excuses
             .
             There
             is
             a
             vanity
             in
             all
             parts
             of
             Worship
             when
             undertaken
             by
             fools
             or
             wicked
             men
             :
             the
             fools
             sacrifice
             ,
             vers
             .
             1.
             the
             fooles
             voyce
             ,
             vers
             .
             3.
             the
             fooles
             vow
             ,
             vers
             .
             4.
             
             Divers
             vanities
             in
             all
             this
             ,
             vers
             .
             7.
             
          
           
             Now
             having
             shewed
             the
             vanities
             in
             the
             carnal
             performance
             of
             Divine
             Worship
             ,
             he
             doth
             (
             as
             he
             had
             done
             formerly
             in
             the
             other
             Vanities
             which
             he
             spake
             of
             before
             )
             prescribe
             a
             Remedy
             of
             this
             also
             ,
             viz.
             The
             inward
             principle
             of
             all
             Right
             and
             spiritual
             Worship
             which
             is
             to
             fear
             God
             ,
             vers
             .
             7.
             
          
           
             And
             because
             it
             might
             be
             objected
             ,
             That
             Piety
             it self
             is
             not
             likely
             to
             secure
             a
             man's
             tranquility
             and
             peace
             ,
             in
             as
             much
             as
             we
             find
             
             poor
             and
             righteous
             men
             every
             where
             ,
             all
             a
             Province
             over
             ,
             oppressed
             and
             persecuted
             by
             great
             men
             in
             high
             place
             :
             he
             removeth
             this
             objection
             ,
             1.
             
             By
             shewing
             the
             compassion
             of
             God
             and
             his
             Justice
             ,
             He
             sees
             and
             regards
             it
             .
             2.
             
             The
             greatnesse
             and
             power
             of
             God
             ,
             that
             he
             is
             higher
             then
             any
             of
             those
             that
             oppresse
             his
             servants
             ,
             vers
             .
             8.
             
          
           
             Now
             he
             proceedeth
             to
             another
             Vanity
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             Riches
             and
             outward
             possessions
             .
             They
             are
             of
             two
             sorts
             ;
          
           
             1.
             
             Substantial
             and
             Real
             wealth
             ,
             in
             the
             profits
             and
             Fruits
             of
             the
             Earth
             ,
             Corn
             ,
             Cattel
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             Instrumental
             ,
             in
             that
             which
             is
             by
             mens
             agreement
             made
             a
             measure
             to
             other
             wealth
             ,
             viz.
             silver
             and
             gold
             .
             Concerning
             both
             which
             he
             sheweth
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             excellency
             of
             the
             former
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             real
             and
             general
             profit
             ,
             before
             the
             later
             ,
             verse
             9.
             2.
             
             The
             vanity
             both
             of
             the
             one
             and
             the
             other
             ,
             when
             1.
             inordinately
             loved
             .
             2.
             
             Immoderately
             increased
             .
          
           
             This
             vanity
             is
             shewed
             ,
             1.
             
             Absolutely
             ,
             in
             that
             the
             Inordinate
             love
             of
             them
             is
             unsatisfiable
             ,
             vers
             .
             10.
             and
             that
             troubles
             and
             cares
             are
             proportionably
             increased
             in
             the
             Increase
             of
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             11.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             Comparatively
             ,
             and
             that
             1.
             in
             respect
             of
             any
             Real
             benefit
             and
             good
             in
             the
             fruition
             
             of
             them
             .
             The
             owner
             hath
             no
             more
             true
             profit
             by
             them
             ,
             (
             further
             then
             that
             he
             looks
             on
             them
             as
             his
             own
             )
             then
             any
             of
             his
             friends
             and
             servants
             ,
             who
             are
             fed
             and
             cloathed
             by
             them
             as
             well
             as
             he
             :
             onely
             his
             cares
             are
             increased
             .
             2.
             
             In
             respect
             of
             consequent
             rest
             and
             quietness
             ,
             the
             servants
             heart
             is
             lesse
             troubled
             ,
             his
             body
             more
             refreshed
             then
             the
             owners
             ,
             vers
             .
             12.
             3.
             
             In
             regard
             of
             the
             evill
             effects
             of
             Riches
             :
          
           
             1.
             
             The
             damage
             and
             hurt
             which
             sometimes
             a
             man
             layes
             up
             with
             them
             against
             himself
             ,
             vers
             .
             13.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             The
             uncertainty
             of
             their
             abode
             with
             a
             man
             ,
             having
             hurt
             the
             owners
             ,
             they
             perish
             themselves
             ,
             vers
             .
             14.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             The
             certainty
             of
             parting
             with
             them
             ,
             They
             must
             dye
             ,
             they
             cannot
             carry
             one
             handful
             away
             with
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             15
             ,
             16.
             
          
           
             4.
             
             The
             sordid
             and
             uncomfortable
             use
             of
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             17.
             
          
           
             5.
             
             Impatiency
             and
             fretfulnesse
             in
             parting
             with
             them
             ,
             or
             in
             getting
             of
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             17.
             
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             he
             gives
             the
             Remedy
             of
             this
             Vanity
             and
             Vexation
             ,
             in
             the
             right
             use
             of
             Riches
             ,
             viz.
             In
             a
             free
             and
             cheerful
             enjoyment
             of
             them
             :
             which
             is
             here
             commended
             ,
          
           
             1.
             
             By
             its
             goodness
             to
             the
             owners
             .
          
           
           
             2.
             
             By
             its
             comelinesse
             and
             commendablenesse
             towards
             others
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             By
             its
             Equity
             ,
             It
             is
             the
             fruit
             of
             a
             mans
             
               Own
               Labour
            
             ,
             and
             provided
             for
             his
             
               Own
               Life
            
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             The
             End
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             his
             Right
             to
             it
             ,
             It
             is
             
               His
               Portion
            
             ,
             all
             that
             he
             is
             ever
             like
             to
             get
             by
             it
             ,
             vers
             .
             18.
             
          
           
             5.
             
             The
             Author
             of
             it
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             special
             gift
             of
             God
             ,
             1.
             
             To
             give
             Riches
             .
             2.
             
             To
             g●ve
             an
             heart
             to
             enjoy
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             19.
             
          
           
             6.
             
             Freedome
             hereby
             from
             the
             trouble
             of
             all
             his
             Labours
             ,
             when
             himself
             tastes
             the
             fruit
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             hath
             experience
             of
             Gods
             special
             blessing
             ,
             in
             answering
             the
             desires
             of
             his
             heart
             ,
             and
             causing
             h●m
             comfortably
             to
             enjoy
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             20.
             
          
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             
               KEep
               thy
               foot
               when
               thou
               goest
               to
               the
               house
               of
               God
            
             ]
             He
             had
             gone
             up
             and
             down
             the
             World
             ,
             from
             Learning
             to
             Pleasures
             ,
             from
             Pleasures
             to
             Honours
             ,
             from
             Honours
             to
             Thrones
             ,
             to
             find
             out
             Happinesse
             ,
             and
             had
             met
             with
             nothing
             but
             Vanity
             .
             Now
             he
             sends
             us
             to
             a
             fitter
             place
             to
             find
             it
             ,
             
               The
               House
               of
               God
            
             ,
             whether
             his
             Temple
             ,
             or
             other
             Synagogues
             ,
             where
             God
             is
             present
             to
             those
             that
             serve
             him
             ,
             here
             they
             shall
             find
             remedies
             against
             the
             vanity
             of
             other
             things
             ,
             and
             that
             which
             will
             stay
             and
             fix
             their
             
             hearts
             ,
             Psal.
             73.16
             ,
             17.
             
             Psal.
             4.6
             ,
             7.
             
             Onely
             we
             must
             take
             heed
             of
             putting
             vanity
             into
             Gods
             Worship
             ,
             lest
             we
             be
             there
             disappointed
             of
             our
             ayms
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             elsewhere
             .
             This
             Caveat
             he
             gives
             us
             in
             those
             words
             ,
             
               Keep
               thy
               foot
            
             ]
             or
             ,
             each
             foot
             .
             The
             letters
             are
             plural
             ,
             the
             points
             direct
             to
             read
             it
             in
             the
             singular
             number
             .
             So
             foot
             ,
             for
             feet
             ,
             Psal.
             119.105
             .
             This
             Enallage
             of
             numbers
             is
             very
             usual
             ,
             the
             singular
             for
             the
             plural
             ;
             as
             Psal.
             14.1
             .
             
               The
               fool
               hath
               said
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             They
             ,
             
               i.
               e.
            
             fools
             are
             corrupt
             .
             
               In
               that
               day
               a
               man
               shall
               cast
               away
               his
               idols
               which
               they
               have
               made
               ,
            
             Esay
             2.20
             .
          
           
             
               Keep
               thy
               foot
            
             ]
             Seriously
             advise
             how
             thou
             art
             to
             behave
             thy self
             in
             Gods
             presence
             ,
             look
             to
             thy
             heart
             and
             affections
             ,
             let
             thy
             heart
             be
             fixed
             ,
             thy
             affections
             composed
             ,
             thy
             thoughts
             ordered
             ,
             call
             all
             that
             is
             within
             thee
             together
             to
             serve
             him
             ,
             Psal.
             57.7
             .
             &
             103.1
             .
             A
             Metaphor
             from
             men
             that
             walk
             in
             dangerous
             ways
             ,
             who
             take
             heed
             to
             their
             steps
             lest
             they
             stumble
             and
             fall
             :
             Or
             rather
             an
             allusion
             to
             the
             speech
             of
             God
             to
             Moses
             ,
             Exod.
             3.5
             .
             So
             Exod.
             19.21
             .
             Josh.
             5.15
             .
             As
             Mephibosheth
             dressed
             his
             feet
             ,
             when
             he
             went
             to
             David
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             19.24
             .
             So
             they
             used
             washings
             ,
             and
             purifyings
             before
             they
             came
             into
             Gods
             presence
             ,
             Exod.
             19.14
             15.
             
             Num.
             8.7
             .
             Psal.
             26.6
             .
             Heb.
             10.22
             .
             Lev.
             19.30
             .
             &
             16.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Gen.
             28.16
             ,
             17.
             
             Exod.
             40.32
             .
          
           
           
             
               and
               be
               more
               ready
               to
               hear
               ,
               then
               to
               offer
               the
               sacrifice
               of
               fools
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             Draw
             near
             to
             hear
             ,
             rather
             then
             with
             ,
             or
             as
             fools
             ,
             to
             offer
             a
             sacrifice
             ,
             who
             think
             to
             be
             accepted
             for
             their
             outward
             work
             .
             The
             Infinitive
             used
             for
             the
             Imperative
             ,
             as
             Exod.
             20.8
             .
             Matth.
             5.39
             .
             Luk.
             22.42
             .
             or
             we
             may
             read
             it
             in
             the
             Infinitive
             ,
             thus
             ,
             
               for
               to
               draw
               near
               to
               hear
               ,
               i.
               e.
            
             to
             bring
             before
             God
             an
             obedient
             heart
             ,
             is
             better
             then
             when
             fools
             do
             give
             a
             sacrifice
             .
             Or
             ,
             then
             to
             give
             a
             sacrifice
             of
             fools
             .
             He
             doth
             not
             forbid
             or
             condemn
             sacrifices
             ,
             but
             he
             preferreth
             obedience
             ,
             and
             sheweth
             the
             vanity
             and
             folly
             of
             those
             ,
             who
             are
             very
             forward
             in
             the
             outward
             acts
             of
             Religion
             ,
             without
             the
             love
             and
             service
             of
             the
             heart
             ,
             1
             Sam
             15.22
             .
             Hos.
             6.6
             .
             Isa.
             1.11
             —
             18.
             
             Amos
             5.21
             ,
             22
             ,
             23
             ,
             24.
             
             Psal.
             50.17
             .
             &
             51.16
             ,
             17.
             
             Isa.
             66.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Prov.
             15.8
             ,
             21
             ,
             27.
             
          
           
             
               be
               more
               ready
            
             ]
             The
             word
             is
             ,
             
               Draw
               near
               to
               Hear
            
             .
             It
             is
             a
             word
             very
             frequently
             used
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             to
             express
             our
             addressing
             our selves
             unto
             the
             solemn
             Service
             and
             Worship
             of
             God
             ,
             Lev.
             1.9
             .
             1
             Sam.
             14.36
             .
             2
             Reg.
             16.12
             .
             Psal.
             73.28
             .
             Isa.
             5.8.2
             .
             Ezek.
             44.15
             ,
             16.
             
             Matth.
             15.8
             .
             whereunto
             there
             is
             a
             frequent
             allusion
             in
             the
             New
             Testament
             ,
             Ephes.
             2.18
             .
             Heb.
             4.16
             .
             &
             7.25
             .
             &
             10.1
             ,
             22.
             
             &
             11.6
             .
             It
             importeth
             a
             serious
             composing
             of
             our
             hearts
             ,
             in
             an
             humble
             ,
             reverend
             ,
             and
             holy
             manner
             
             to
             appear
             before
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             have
             a
             comfortable
             accesse
             unto
             the
             Throne
             of
             grace
             ,
             Lev.
             10.3
             .
             Heb.
             12.28
             ,
             29.
             
          
           
             
               to
               hear
            
             ]
             Whereas
             there
             are
             two
             parts
             of
             Worship
             ,
             sacrifice
             and
             obedience
             ,
             be
             thou
             most
             careful
             of
             this
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             spiritual
             and
             inward
             part
             of
             service
             ,
             rather
             then
             of
             that
             which
             fools
             ,
             hypocrites
             ,
             wicked
             men
             can
             offer
             as
             well
             as
             thou
             .
             Be
             ready
             to
             receive
             Instruction
             ,
             and
             to
             accept
             of
             what
             God
             sayes
             ,
             Psal.
             85.8
             .
             Job
             34.32
             .
             1
             Sam.
             3.10
             .
             Act.
             9.6
             .
             &
             10.33
             .
             Jam.
             1.19
             .
             Be
             ready
             to
             obey
             and
             give
             up
             thy
             will
             to
             every
             one
             of
             Gods
             holy
             Commandements
             ,
             Psal.
             119.128
             .
          
           
             
               then
               to
               offer
               the
               sacrifice
               of
               fools
            
             ]
             Then
             as
             fools
             ,
             (
             
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             wicked
             men
             do
             ,
             to
             offer
             up
             sacrifice
             ,
             and
             neglect
             obedience
             ,
             Mich.
             6.6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             
          
           
             
               for
               they
               consider
               not
               ,
               know
               not
               ,
               that
               they
               do
               evil
               .
            
             ]
             Some
             would
             have
             the
             word
             ,
             But
             ,
             to
             be
             supplyed
             ,
             
               They
               know
               not
               but
               to
               do
               evil
            
             :
             They
             can
             onely
             do
             evil
             ,
             even
             when
             they
             worship
             God
             ;
             as
             Isa.
             1.6
             .
             See
             Chap.
             2.24
             .
             Others
             thus
             ,
             
               non
               attendunt
               ad
               facere
               malum
            
             ,
             or
             
               ad
               factionem
               malt
            
             :
             which
             is
             to
             the
             sense
             of
             our
             Version
             .
             They
             are
             here
             called
             fools
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             further
             expressed
             ,
             by
             want
             of
             knowledge
             :
             
               They
               know
               not
            
             ,
             and
             that
             doth
             further
             appear
             by
             doing
             of
             evil
             ,
             Isa.
             1.3
             ,
             4.
             
             Jer.
             8.9
             .
             The
             most
             natural
             sense
             is
             ,
             as
             we
             
             render
             it
             ,
             
               They
               know
               not
               that
               they
               do
               evil
            
             :
             when
             they
             do
             evil
             ,
             they
             consider
             it
             not
             ,
             they
             understand
             it
             not
             ;
             the
             like
             phrase
             ,
             1
             Joh.
             2.6
             ,
             9.
             
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             
               He
               that
               saith
               to
               abide
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
               that
               he
               abideth
               .
               He
               that
               saith
               to
               be
               in
               the
               light
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
               that
               he
               is
               in
               the
               light
               .
            
             So
             here
             ,
             
               They
               know
               not
               to
               do
               evil
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
            
             that
             they
             are
             doing
             of
             evil
             .
             And
             hereby
             is
             meant
             by
             an
             Auxesis
             ,
             they
             think
             they
             do
             very
             good
             service
             ;
             So
             when
             the
             Lord
             is
             said
             not
             to
             command
             a
             thing
             ,
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             that
             he
             doth
             forbid
             it
             ,
             Lev.
             10.1
             .
             
               He
               will
               not
               hold
               them
               guiltless
               that
               take
               his
               Name
               in
               vain
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
            
             he
             will
             hold
             them
             very
             guilty
             ,
             Exod.
             20.7
             .
             
               He
               will
               withhold
               no
               good
               thing
               from
               them
               that
               walk
               upright
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
            
             He
             will
             largely
             supply
             them
             ,
             Psal.
             84.12
             .
             
               He
               will
               not
               break
               a
               bruized
               reed
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
            
             he
             will
             bind
             them
             up
             and
             strengthen
             them
             ,
             Isa.
             42.3
             .
             Abraham
             was
             not
             weak
             in
             faith
             ,
             
               (
               i.
            
             )
             he
             was
             strong
             ,
             Rom.
             4.19
             .
             Men
             may
             think
             they
             do
             God
             good
             service
             ,
             when
             they
             do
             greatly
             offend
             him
             ,
             Isa.
             66.5
             .
             Prov.
             14.12
             .
             Isa.
             58.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Hos.
             8.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Joh.
             16.2
             .
             Act.
             26.9
             .
          
           
             These
             things
             are
             here
             observable
             ;
          
           
             1.
             
             That
             in
             Gods
             Worship
             we
             do
             in
             a
             speciall
             manner
             draw
             nigh
             unto
             him
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             That
             when
             we
             do
             so
             ,
             we
             ought
             to
             prepare
             and
             compose
             our
             hearts
             and
             affections
             
             by
             faith
             and
             humility
             to
             appear
             before
             God.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             That
             a
             prepared
             heart
             brings
             purposes
             of
             obedience
             ,
             and
             to
             hear
             God
             in
             all
             that
             he
             shall
             say
             unto
             it
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             That
             mere
             outward
             service
             without
             the
             heart
             prepared
             obediently
             to
             serve
             the
             Lord
             ,
             is
             but
             a
             sacrifice
             of
             Fools
             ,
             a
             mere
             formal
             and
             ceremonial
             worship
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             That
             Hypocrites
             may
             think
             they
             please
             God
             ,
             when
             indeed
             they
             provoke
             him
             ,
             and
             know
             not
             that
             they
             do
             evil
             ,
             Joh.
             4.22
             .
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               Be
               not
               rash
               with
               thy
               mouth
            
             ]
             Having
             spoken
             in
             general
             of
             the
             due
             preparation
             of
             the
             heart
             unto
             Gods
             service
             ,
             he
             now
             giveth
             direction
             in
             the
             particulars
             of
             prayer
             and
             vowes
             .
          
           
             
               Be
               not
               rash
            
             ]
             Go
             not
             about
             Gods
             Worship
             as
             men
             that
             in
             a
             fright
             or
             terrour
             being
             amazed
             ,
             flye
             hastily
             they
             know
             not
             whither
             .
             Do
             not
             precipitate
             thy
             words
             ,
             nor
             speak
             any
             thing
             hastily
             ,
             unadvisedly
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             dictate
             of
             carnal
             and
             hasty
             desires
             before
             God
             ,
             or
             in
             his
             house
             and
             presence
             .
             We
             know
             not
             what
             to
             ask
             as
             we
             ought
             ,
             Rom.
             8.26
             .
             and
             are
             very
             apt
             to
             put
             our
             own
             greedy
             and
             sudden
             passions
             into
             prayers
             ,
             complaints
             ,
             deprecations
             ,
             to
             think
             God
             deals
             not
             well
             with
             us
             if
             we
             be
             not
             answered
             according
             to
             
             our
             wills
             ,
             and
             in
             our
             own
             time
             ,
             Psal.
             31.22
             .
             &
             116.11
             .
             Job
             10.2
             ,
             3
             ,
             18.
             
             Jer.
             15.18
             .
             Jon.
             4.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Matth.
             20.20
             ,
             21.
             
             Psal.
             77.7
             —
             10.
             
          
           
             
               and
               let
               not
               thine
               heart
               be
               hasty
               to
               utter
               any
               thing
               before
               God
            
             ]
             Out
             of
             the
             abundance
             of
             the
             heart
             the
             mouth
             speaketh
             ,
             Matth.
             12.34
             .
             Therefore
             the
             remedy
             of
             rashness
             in
             our
             words
             ,
             is
             to
             compose
             our
             thoughts
             and
             affections
             aright
             ;
             to
             let
             our
             heart
             guide
             our
             tongue
             ,
             not
             to
             bring
             raw
             ,
             tumultuary
             ,
             indigested
             thoughts
             into
             Gods
             presence
             ,
             but
             to
             get
             a
             collected
             heart
             ,
             to
             pray
             with
             understanding
             ,
             with
             spirit
             ,
             with
             judgment
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             Gods
             Will
             ;
             as
             David
             found
             his
             heart
             to
             pray
             to
             God
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             7.27
             .
             and
             call'd
             together
             his
             scattered
             affections
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             fix
             them
             upon
             God
             ,
             Psal.
             103.1
             .
             Dan.
             9.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Rom.
             8.26
             ,
             27.
             1
             
             Cor.
             14.15
             .
             1
             Joh.
             5.14
             .
          
           
             We
             may
             likewise
             understand
             the
             Caveat
             ,
             as
             directed
             against
             that
             carnal
             pride
             and
             contradiction
             of
             spirit
             ,
             whereby
             the
             heart
             is
             apt
             to
             rise
             against
             God
             and
             his
             Word
             ,
             when
             we
             hear
             of
             more
             spiritual
             service
             required
             by
             God
             ,
             then
             our
             foolish
             sacrifices
             do
             amount
             unto
             ,
             or
             our
             carnal
             hearts
             are
             able
             to
             perform
             ,
             Jam.
             1.19
             ,
             20.
             
             Rom.
             10.21
             .
             Acts
             13.45
             .
             &
             28.19
             .
          
           
           
             
               before
               the
               Lord
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             in
             his
             House
             or
             Sanctuary
             .
             Therefore
             they
             who
             sin
             here
             ,
             are
             said
             to
             provoke
             the
             Lord
             to
             his
             very
             face
             ,
             and
             to
             do
             evil
             before
             his
             eys
             ,
             Isa.
             65.3
             .
             &
             66.3
             ,
             4.
             
          
           
             
               for
               God
               is
               in
               heaven
               ,
               and
               thou
               on
               the
               earth
            
             ]
             These
             are
             two
             Arguments
             to
             enforce
             this
             Caveat
             upon
             us
             ;
             the
             one
             drawn
             from
             Gods
             greatness
             ,
             the
             other
             from
             our
             vilenesse
             ▪
             Mean
             persons
             behave
             themselves
             with
             all
             honour
             &
             reverence
             ,
             when
             they
             supplicate
             unto
             men
             of
             honour
             and
             eminency
             .
             Much
             more
             should
             men
             do
             so
             unto
             God.
             So
             Christ
             teacheth
             us
             in
             prayer
             to
             come
             unto
             God
             ,
             as
             with
             confidence
             and
             comfort
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             a
             Father
             ;
             so
             with
             reverence
             and
             fear
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             a
             Father
             in
             Heaven
             ,
             Matth.
             6.9
             .
          
           
             His
             being
             in
             Heaven
             denotes
             ,
             1.
             
             His
             dominion
             over
             us
             as
             Lord
             and
             Master
             ,
             Eph.
             6.9
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             His
             glory
             and
             majesty
             above
             us
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             8.27
             .
             that
             we
             might
             learn
             to
             fear
             before
             him
             ,
             Mal.
             1.6
             .
             Deut.
             28.58
             .
             Heb.
             12.18
             ,
             29.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             His
             holinesse
             and
             purity
             ,
             Deut.
             26.15
             .
             Isal.
             57.15
             .
             &
             63.15
             .
             Hereby
             to
             raise
             us
             unto
             heavenly
             mindednesse
             in
             our
             approaches
             unto
             him
             ,
             Col.
             3.1
             ,
             2.
             
             Lam.
             3.40
             ▪
             41.
             
          
           
             4.
             
             H●s
             power
             to
             answer
             us
             ,
             and
             to
             do
             for
             us
             according
             to
             our
             desires
             ,
             2
             Chron.
             20.6
             ,
             7.
             
             Psal.
             115.3
             .
             Matth.
             5.45
             .
             &
             7.11
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             His
             omniscience
             ,
             he
             looketh
             down
             on
             us
             ,
             and
             seeth
             how
             we
             behave
             our selves
             in
             
             his
             presence
             ,
             Matth.
             6.32
             .
             Psal.
             11.4
             .
             &
             33.13
             ,
             14.
             
          
           
             6.
             
             His
             justice
             and
             displeasure
             against
             evil
             doers
             ,
             Psal.
             14.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Rom.
             1.18
             .
             In
             all
             which
             respects
             ,
             we
             ought
             to
             take
             heed
             of
             all
             hasty
             ,
             rash
             ,
             and
             unadvised
             frame
             of
             heart
             in
             Gods
             presence
             .
             Mans
             being
             on
             earth
             ,
             signifieth
             his
             baseness
             and
             vile
             condition
             ,
             his
             great
             distance
             from
             God
             ,
             and
             by
             reason
             of
             corruption
             ,
             his
             great
             dissimilitude
             unto
             him
             .
             He
             is
             of
             the
             earth
             earthly
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             15.47
             .
             Psal.
             10.18
             .
             This
             consideration
             of
             our
             natural
             and
             sinful
             vileness
             ,
             should
             greatly
             humble
             us
             in
             our
             approaches
             unto
             God
             ,
             Job
             4.19
             ,
             25.
             
             &
             4.5
             ,
             6.
             
             &
             40.4
             .
             Gen.
             18.17
             .
             Isa.
             6.5
             .
          
           
             
               therefore
               let
               thy
               words
               be
               few
            
             ]
             First
             ,
             use
             not
             rash
             and
             vain
             babling
             ,
             and
             empty
             ,
             heartless
             repetitions
             as
             the
             heathen
             ,
             Mat.
             6.7
             .
             but
             weigh
             and
             choose
             out
             words
             to
             speak
             unto
             him
             ,
             Job
             9.14
             .
             Eccles.
             12.10
             .
             He
             speaketh
             not
             against
             all
             length
             in
             prayer
             ;
             for
             Christ
             prayed
             whole
             nights
             :
             nor
             against
             all
             repetition
             ,
             when
             it
             proceedeth
             from
             zeal
             ,
             love
             ,
             and
             holy
             fervency
             ;
             as
             that
             of
             Daniel
             ,
             Ch.
             9.16
             ,
             18
             ,
             19.
             but
             of
             that
             which
             is
             a
             clamorous
             and
             vain
             ingeminating
             of
             the
             same
             thing
             without
             faith
             or
             wisdom
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             18.26
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             
               let
               thy
               words
               be
               few
               ,
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
            
             Let
             not
             thy
             vowes
             be
             more
             then
             thou
             mayest
             comfortably
             perform
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               For
               a
               dream
               cometh
               through
               the
               multitude
               of
               businesse
               ,
               and
               a
               fools
               voice
               is
               known
               by
               multitude
               of
               words
               ▪
               ]
               (
               i.
               e.
               )
            
             As
             multitude
             of
             business
             produceth
             dreams
             ,
             so
             multitude
             of
             words
             discovereth
             folly
             .
             When
             two
             sentences
             are
             connected
             together
             by
             a
             Copula
             ,
             there
             is
             frequently
             imported
             a
             similitude
             between
             them
             ,
             Prov.
             17.3
             .
             &
             25.23
             ,
             25
             ,
             26
             ,
             27.
             
             &
             26.3
             ,
             7
             ,
             9
             ,
             11
             ,
             14
             ,
             17
             ,
             20
             ,
             21.
             
             Isa.
             53.7
             .
             Another
             Argument
             moving
             unto
             the
             former
             duty
             ,
             because
             ,
             as
             certainly
             as
             much
             business
             produceth
             dreams
             ,
             so
             much
             speech
             discovereth
             folly
             within
             ,
             Prov.
             10.19
             .
             Eccles.
             10.11
             —
             14.
             
             Jam.
             3.2
             .
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               When
               thou
               vowest
               a
               vow
               unto
               God
               ,
               defer
               not
               to
               pay
               it
               .
            
             ]
             He
             giveth
             direction
             in
             the
             other
             particular
             ,
             wherein
             men
             use
             to
             address
             themselves
             unto
             God
             ,
             viz.
             Vowes
             :
             And
             as
             he
             did
             in
             the
             former
             forbid
             rash
             hastiness
             ,
             so
             he
             doth
             in
             this
             ,
             warn
             to
             take
             heed
             of
             grudging
             delayes
             .
             A
             vow
             is
             a
             solemn
             promise
             ,
             or
             permissory
             oath
             made
             unto
             God
             ,
             wherein
             a
             man
             doth
             voluntarily
             binde
             himself
             unto
             something
             ,
             which
             was
             in
             his
             own
             power
             to
             binde
             himself
             unto
             .
             He
             doth
             not
             direct
             us
             here
             to
             make
             such
             a
             vow
             ,
             but
             having
             made
             it
             ,
             to
             take
             heed
             of
             breaking
             faith
             and
             promise
             with
             God
             ,
             who
             never
             fails
             in
             any
             promise
             of
             his
             unto
             us
             ,
             Josh.
             21.45
             .
             nor
             delayeth
             to
             perform
             it
             in
             its
             time
             ,
             Exod.
             12.
             
             41
             ,
             51.
             
             Heb.
             2.3
             .
             2
             Pet.
             3.9
             .
             This
             then
             is
             the
             first
             Rule
             concerning
             vowes
             ,
             That
             lawful
             vowes
             must
             be
             speedily
             and
             cheerfully
             performed
             ,
             Psal.
             66.13
             ,
             14.
             
             &
             76.11
             .
             Numb
             .
             30.2
             .
             Deut.
             13.21
             .
             Isai.
             19.21
             .
             Matth.
             5.33
             .
             God
             would
             not
             have
             an
             alteration
             in
             a
             vow
             ,
             though
             it
             were
             for
             the
             better
             ,
             Lev.
             27.10
             .
             Thus
             Hanna
             made
             haste
             to
             perform
             her
             vow
             in
             dedicating
             her
             child
             unto
             God
             ,
             as
             soon
             as
             he
             was
             weaned
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             1.11
             ,
             24
             ,
             28.
             
             God
             calls
             on
             Jacob
             ,
             and
             minds
             him
             of
             his
             vow
             made
             before
             ,
             and
             expected
             that
             he
             should
             go
             to
             Bethel
             ,
             and
             pay
             it
             as
             he
             had
             promised
             ,
             Gen.
             35.1
             .
             compared
             with
             Gen.
             28.20
             ,
             22.
             
          
           
             
               for
               he
               hath
               no
               pleasure
               in
               fools
            
             ]
             He
             is
             greatly
             disple'sed
             with
             those
             ,
             who
             go
             about
             one
             while
             to
             flatter
             him
             in
             making
             a
             vow
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             to
             mock
             him
             in
             refusing
             or
             delaying
             to
             perform
             it
             ,
             Prov.
             20.25
             .
             This
             is
             one
             reason
             ,
             drawn
             from
             the
             folly
             in
             offending
             God
             ;
             whereunto
             there
             is
             another
             adjoyned
             .
          
           
             V.
             5.
             
             
               Better
               it
               is
               that
               thou
               shouldest
               not
               vow
               ,
               then
               that
               thou
               shouldest
               vow
               and
               not
               pay
            
             ]
             It
             was
             arbitrary
             ,
             and
             in
             our
             own
             power
             to
             make
             the
             vow
             ,
             for
             vowes
             were
             to
             be
             of
             things
             in
             a
             mans
             power
             ,
             Numb
             .
             30.3
             —
             15.
             
             Deut.
             23.22
             .
             Acts
             5.4
             .
             But
             it
             is
             not
             in
             our
             power
             whether
             ,
             being
             made
             ,
             we
             will
             pay
             it
             or
             no
             ,
             
             for
             we
             bring
             a
             bond
             upon
             our
             souls
             ,
             and
             the
             vowes
             of
             God
             will
             be
             upon
             us
             ,
             Psal.
             56.12
             .
          
           
             V.
             6.
             
             
               Suffer
               not
               thy
               mouth
               to
               cause
               thy
               flesh
               to
               sin
            
             ]
             These
             words
             contain
             the
             second
             Rule
             concerning
             Vowes
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             teach
             us
             to
             avoid
             all
             rash
             Vowes
             which
             are
             unadvisedly
             made
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             done
             two
             wayes
             ;
          
           
             1.
             
             When
             we
             vow
             things
             sinful
             ,
             when
             our
             mouth
             causeth
             us
             to
             sin
             ,
          
           
             2.
             
             When
             in
             lawful
             things
             we
             vow
             ,
             and
             presently
             repent
             ,
             seeking
             after
             shifts
             and
             evasions
             to
             elude
             the
             obligation
             ,
             and
             to
             excuse
             our selves
             .
             
               Suffer
               not
               thy
               mouth
            
             ,
             by
             making
             an
             hasty
             vow
             ,
             
               to
               cause
               thy
               flesh
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             thy
             tongue
             ,
             or
             thy self
             to
             sin
             .
             Flesh
             is
             taken
             by
             a
             Synecdoche
             ,
             for
             ●he
             whole
             man
             ,
             Gen.
             6.12
             .
             Isai.
             40.5
             .
             Rom.
             3.20
             .
             It
             may
             seem
             here
             to
             be
             used
             for
             the
             whole
             man
             ,
             to
             intimate
             ,
             that
             rash
             vowes
             are
             usually
             grounded
             upon
             fleshly
             ,
             rather
             then
             spiritual
             reasons
             .
             A
             man
             did
             not
             go
             about
             them
             with
             his
             soul
             and
             spirit
             ,
             upon
             solemn
             and
             serious
             grounds
             ,
             but
             to
             gratifie
             himself
             in
             some
             carnal
             interest
             or
             other
             ,
             or
             to
             carry
             on
             some
             sinful
             end
             ,
             Acts
             23.12
             ,
             13.
             
             Mal.
             1.14
             .
             2
             Sam.
             15.8
             ,
             9.
             
             Prov.
             7.14
             .
             A
             like
             expression
             ,
             Eccl.
             11.10
             .
          
           
             
               neither
               say
               thou
               before
               the
               Angel
            
             ]
             By
             the
             Angel
             some
             do
             understand
             the
             Priest
             ,
             or
             
             Messenger
             of
             the
             Lord
             towards
             the
             people
             ;
             so
             they
             are
             called
             ,
             Job
             33.23
             .
             Mal.
             2.7
             .
             Rev.
             1.20
             .
             for
             in
             the
             case
             of
             an
             Oath
             ,
             wherein
             there
             was
             errour
             or
             ignorance
             ,
             the
             person
             was
             to
             bring
             a
             sacrifice
             ,
             and
             the
             Priest
             was
             to
             make
             an
             atonement
             for
             him
             ,
             Lev.
             5.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             And
             then
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             Do
             not
             when
             thou
             hast
             vowed
             ,
             repent
             and
             grudge
             ,
             and
             go
             to
             the
             Priest
             ,
             acknowledging
             an
             errour
             or
             ignorance
             ,
             that
             so
             thou
             mayest
             save
             charges
             ,
             and
             lick
             thy self
             whole
             ,
             by
             offering
             a
             sacrifice
             to
             excuse
             a
             vow
             .
             Others
             ,
             understand
             the
             Angels
             of
             heaven
             ,
             who
             are
             sent
             forth
             for
             the
             good
             of
             the
             Elect
             ,
             and
             who
             observe
             our
             behaviour
             in
             Gods
             Worship
             ;
             as
             that
             in
             the
             Apostle
             useth
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             11.10
             .
             Matth.
             18.10
             .
             Luk.
             12.8
             .
             1
             Tim.
             5.21
             .
             the
             Greek
             reads
             it
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Before
             God
             ;
             it
             may
             haply
             be
             meant
             of
             the
             Temple
             or
             House
             of
             God
             ,
             where
             they
             did
             pay
             their
             vowes
             ,
             Psal.
             66.13
             .
             wherein
             there
             were
             Cherubims
             drawn
             ,
             in
             token
             of
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             Angels
             ,
             and
             their
             protection
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             6.29
             ,
             32.
             
             Others
             ,
             understand
             it
             of
             Christ
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             searcher
             of
             hearts
             ,
             and
             will
             not
             be
             mocked
             ,
             cannot
             be
             deceived
             ;
             who
             is
             the
             Angel
             of
             the
             Covenant
             ,
             and
             who
             is
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             his
             people
             ,
             his
             Candlesticks
             ,
             when
             they
             come
             to
             Worship
             ,
             Exod.
             23.20
             ,
             21.
             called
             the
             presence
             
             of
             God
             ,
             Exod.
             33.14
             .
             Mal.
             3.1
             .
             Isa.
             63.9
             .
             Josh.
             12.41
             .
             It
             seemeth
             to
             me
             to
             have
             some
             allusion
             to
             the
             history
             of
             Balaam
             ,
             who
             when
             the
             Angel
             stood
             in
             the
             way
             against
             him
             ,
             made
             such
             an
             excuse
             as
             this
             ,
             It
             was
             an
             errour
             ,
             I
             knew
             not
             that
             thou
             stoodst
             against
             me
             ,
             if
             it
             displease
             thee
             ,
             I
             will
             go
             back
             ,
             Numb
             .
             22.34
             .
          
           
             
               That
               it
               was
               an
               errour
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             either
             do
             not
             vow
             so
             rashly
             and
             unadvisedly
             ,
             as
             to
             be
             at
             last
             brought
             to
             a
             necessity
             of
             confessing
             a
             sinfull
             errour
             ,
             but
             advise
             before
             hand
             that
             thou
             maiest
             not
             erre
             .
             Such
             a
             rash
             vow
             was
             that
             of
             Jephthah
             ,
             Judg
             ,
             11.30
             ,
             31
             ,
             35.
             and
             that
             other
             of
             Saul
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             14.24
             ,
             29
             ,
             39
             ,
             40.
             
             Or
             else
             ,
             do
             not
             excuse
             thy self
             for
             breaking
             thy
             vow
             ,
             by
             saying
             ,
             thou
             didst
             it
             imprudently
             ,
             and
             wert
             mistaken
             in
             it
             ,
             it
             was
             an
             ignorance
             which
             thou
             art
             willing
             ,
             by
             some
             sacrifice
             ,
             or
             other
             way
             of
             devotion
             to
             expiate
             ;
             as
             sacrifices
             were
             to
             be
             offered
             for
             the
             ignorances
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             Levit.
             2.27
             .
             Numb
             .
             15.24
             ,
             25.
             
             Heb.
             9.7
             .
             Do
             not
             cover
             a
             wilfull
             prevarication
             with
             a
             specious
             pretence
             ,
             nor
             after
             vowes
             make
             enquiry
             ,
             Prov.
             20.25
             .
          
           
             
               wherefore
               should
               God
               be
               angry
               at
               thy
               voice
            
             ]
             The
             word
             signifies
             foaming
             anger
             ;
             why
             should
             he
             through
             anger
             foam
             against
             thee
             ?
             An
             interrogation
             of
             dehorting
             .
             As
             ,
             Why
             will
             
             ye
             dye
             ,
             
               (
               i.
               e.
            
             )
             Be
             careful
             that
             you
             may
             not
             dye
             .
             This
             is
             one
             reason
             ,
             God
             will
             be
             angry
             .
             Another
             ,
             Thou
             shall
             feel
             his
             anger
             ,
             he
             will
             destroy
             the
             Work
             of
             thy
             hand
             ,
             He
             will
             not
             blesse
             those
             endeavours
             ,
             for
             the
             accomplishing
             whereof
             thou
             didst
             make
             that
             vow
             ;
             thou
             destroyest
             the
             vow
             ,
             he
             will
             destroy
             thy
             work
             ,
             Deut.
             28.15
             ,
             &c.
             
             The
             third
             follows
             .
          
           
             V.
             7.
             
             
               For
               in
               the
               multitude
               of
               dreams
               ,
               and
               many
               words
               ,
               there
               are
               many
               vanities
               :
               but
               fear
               thou
               God
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             In
             multitude
             of
             dreams
             ,
             there
             are
             also
             vanities
             :
             and
             so
             in
             many
             words
             .
             Or
             ,
             as
             in
             multitude
             of
             dreams
             ,
             so
             also
             ●f
             words
             there
             are
             divers
             vanities
             .
             Some
             take
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             not
             for
             a
             Noun
             ,
             but
             for
             the
             Infinitive
             mood
             of
             the
             Verb
             ;
             &
             render
             it
             thus
             ,
             
               Quia
               sicut
               in
               multiplicare
            
             ,
             or
             ,
             
               quando
               multiplicantur
               somnia
               ,
               etiam
               vanitates
               multiplicantur
               :
               sic
               se
               habent
               verba
               multa
               .
            
             As
             when
             dreams
             are
             multiplied
             ,
             vanities
             also
             are
             multiplied
             ,
             so
             is
             it
             in
             many
             words
             .
             In
             all
             ,
             the
             sense
             is
             the
             same
             .
             Mercer
             ,
             a
             most
             learned
             Interpreter
             ,
             makes
             the
             connexion
             &
             sense
             to
             be
             thus
             ,
             I
             have
             given
             thee
             these
             cautions
             to
             be
             tender
             of
             thy
             behaviour
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             God
             ,
             that
             thou
             maiest
             not
             by
             dreams
             ,
             fancies
             ,
             vanities
             ,
             or
             multitude
             of
             difficult
             businesses
             ,
             be
             brought
             to
             utter
             any
             thing
             rashly
             before
             God
             ,
             but
             amidst
             all
             dangers
             or
             dreams
             ,
             or
             vanities
             ,
             or
             difficulties
             ,
             to
             fear
             God
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             suffer
             
             thy self
             to
             be
             withdrawn
             from
             him
             by
             any
             temptations
             .
             But
             the
             words
             seem
             to
             prescribe
             the
             same
             remedy
             against
             rash
             vowes
             ,
             as
             before
             against
             other
             hasty
             addresses
             unto
             God
             ,
             vers
             .
             3.
             
             There
             is
             a
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             in
             the
             conjunction
             copulative
             ,
             as
             elsewhere
             ,
             Gen.
             43.8
             .
             &
             .
             25.34
             .
             The
             plural
             
               &
               vanitates
            
             ,
             is
             as
             much
             ,
             as
             
               plurima
               vanitas
            
             ,
             great
             vanity
             ,
             or
             many
             vanities
             ;
             as
             Prov.
             1.20
             .
             Wisdoms
             ,
             
               (
               i.
            
             )
             principal
             or
             excellent
             wisdom
             ,
             Isa.
             64.6
             .
             Our
             righteousnesses
             ,
             (
             i.
             )
             most
             righteous
             action
             ,
             Gen.
             19.11
             .
             Blindnesses
             ,
             (
             i.
             )
             Thick
             and
             through
             blindnesse
             :
             Psal.
             45.15
             .
             With
             gladnesses
             ,
             (
             i.
             )
             with
             great
             gladness
             :
             2
             Pet.
             3.11
             .
             
               What
               manner
               of
               persons
               ought
               we
               to
               be
               in
               holy
               conversations
               and
               godlinesses
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
            
             In
             all
             manner
             of
             holy
             conversation
             and
             godliness
             :
             Cant.
             5.16
             .
             His
             palate
             is
             sweetnesses
             ,
             and
             he
             is
             altogether
             ,
             or
             every
             whit
             of
             him
             is
             desires
             ,
             
               (
               i.
            
             )
             Most
             sweet
             ,
             and
             most
             desirable
             :
             Dan.
             9.23
             .
             A
             man
             of
             desires
             ,
             
               (
               i.
            
             )
             Greatly
             desired
             o●
             beloved
             :
             Isai.
             53.3
             .
             A
             man
             of
             sorrows
             ,
             
               (
               i.
            
             )
             Full
             of
             sorrows
             .
          
           
             
               but
               fear
               thou
               God
            
             ]
             This
             is
             the
             remedy
             of
             all
             vanities
             in
             Worship
             ,
             to
             serve
             God
             rather
             with
             inward
             reverence
             and
             fear
             ,
             then
             with
             rash
             ,
             hasty
             ,
             many
             ,
             formal
             ,
             empty
             expressions
             .
             The
             fear
             of
             God
             is
             the
             foundation
             of
             all
             holy
             duties
             ,
             Chap.
             12.13
             .
             Isa.
             29.13
             .
             Deut.
             
             28.58
             .
             Mal.
             1.6
             .
             Heb.
             12.28
             ,
             19.
             
          
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               If
               thou
               seest
               the
               oppression
               of
               the
               poor
               ,
               and
               violent
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             The
             connexion
             of
             these
             words
             with
             the
             former
             ,
             st●nds
             thus
             :
             The
             fear
             of
             God
             doth
             many
             times
             expose
             men
             unto
             injury
             and
             violence
             ,
             and
             that
             every
             where
             ,
             all
             a
             Province
             and
             Country
             over
             ,
             and
             that
             not
             onely
             from
             ordinary
             persons
             ,
             but
             from
             great
             men
             ,
             and
             that
             without
             remedy
             ;
             because
             ,
             if
             haply
             they
             have
             recourse
             unto
             judgment
             and
             justice
             for
             ease
             ,
             even
             they
             finde
             wresting
             ,
             perverting
             ,
             distorting
             of
             justice
             :
             So
             that
             a
             mans
             tranquility
             in
             this
             life
             ,
             may
             seem
             to
             be
             but
             little
             mended
             by
             Piety
             and
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             whereby
             he
             is
             in
             danger
             of
             being
             reduced
             to
             poverty
             and
             distress
             .
             This
             is
             a
             stumbling-block
             ,
             which
             may
             cause
             men
             to
             be
             offended
             at
             the
             waies
             of
             God
             ,
             Matth.
             11.5
             ,
             6.
             
             &
             13.21
             .
             Gal.
             5.11
             .
             and
             good
             men
             have
             stumbled
             at
             it
             ,
             Psal.
             73.12
             ,
             13.
             
             Against
             this
             temptation
             ,
             he
             here
             subjoyns
             a
             seasonable
             antidote
             ,
             they
             should
             not
             be
             much
             amazed
             at
             it
             ,
             but
             rather
             comfort
             themselves
             ,
             that
             there
             lyeth
             an
             appeal
             to
             a
             higher
             Court
             ,
             where
             they
             shall
             certainly
             be
             righted
             ,
             and
             their
             innocency
             vindicated
             .
             If
             thou
             seest
             the
             oppression
             of
             the
             poor
             ;
             and
             that
             such
             oppression
             ,
             as
             that
             thou
             hast
             no
             remedy
             against
             it
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             powerful
             enough
             to
             wry
             and
             pervert
             judgment
             :
             And
             yet
             further
             ,
             no
             escape
             
             from
             it
             ,
             but
             it
             meets
             with
             thee
             all
             the
             Nation
             or
             Province
             over
             .
             If
             you
             see
             a
             poor
             man
             that
             fears
             God
             ,
             not
             onely
             suffer
             under
             the
             meanness
             of
             his
             condition
             ,
             but
             under
             fraud
             ,
             calumny
             ,
             rapine
             ,
             violence
             ,
             where
             ever
             he
             goes
             ;
             as
             Ezek.
             18.12
             ,
             18.
             
             Job
             20
             ,
             19.
             
             Mic.
             3.2
             .
             Job
             24.2
             —
             12
             ,
             &
             19.7
             ,
             8.
             
             Psal.
             74.20
             .
             Jer.
             6.6
             ,
             7.
             
             &
             20.8
             .
             Ezek.
             8.17
             .
          
           
             
               marvel
               not
               at
               the
               matter
            
             ]
             Be
             not
             amazed
             or
             astonished
             at
             it
             :
             so
             much
             the
             word
             imports
             ,
             Isa.
             13.8
             .
             Job
             26.11
             .
             Think
             it
             not
             a
             strange
             thing
             ,
             1
             Pet.
             4.12
             ▪
             Do
             not
             think
             hardly
             of
             God
             ,
             nor
             distrust
             his
             Providence
             ,
             or
             grow
             weary
             of
             his
             service
             .
             What
             wonder
             at
             all
             is
             it
             to
             see
             power
             crush
             poverty
             ;
             or
             wickedness
             suppress
             Piety
             ?
             Psal.
             37.8
             ,
             9.
             
          
           
             
               at
               the
               matter
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             at
             the
             will
             ,
             or
             purpose
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             of
             God
             ,
             in
             suffering
             ,
             and
             ordering
             this
             thing
             :
             for
             these
             things
             happen
             not
             without
             his
             appointment
             and
             providence
             ,
             Hab.
             ●
             .
             12
             .
             Isa.
             10.5
             .
             Psal.
             17.13
             .
          
           
             
               for
               he
               that
               is
               higher
               then
               the
               highest
               regardeth
               ,
               and
               there
               be
               higher
               then
               they
            
             ]
             Higher
             ,
             viz.
             God
             ,
             who
             is
             higher
             :
             the
             relative
             without
             the
             antecedent
             ,
             which
             is
             very
             usual
             :
             or
             ,
             The
             High
             from
             above
             ;
             The
             High
             regardeth
             it
             .
             It
             seemeth
             to
             be
             a
             vehement
             and
             emphatical
             Anadiplosis
             :
             the
             same
             word
             is
             used
             for
             from
             above
             ,
             Gen.
             27.39
             .
             &
             49.25
             .
             This
             kind
             of
             elegant
             and
             emphatical
             repetition
             
             is
             frequent
             in
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             Psal.
             22.1
             .
             Jer.
             7.4
             .
             &
             22.29
             .
             Ezek.
             21.27
             .
             2
             Sam.
             18.33
             .
             1
             Reg.
             18.39
             .
             Judg.
             5.30
             .
             Psal.
             98.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             &
             124.1
             ,
             2.
             
             Hos.
             2.2
             .
             Dan.
             10.19
             .
             And
             according
             to
             this
             sense
             ,
             God
             is
             said
             in
             a
             way
             of
             Judgment
             to
             look
             down
             from
             heaven
             upon
             the
             violence
             of
             great
             men
             ,
             and
             to
             speak
             from
             thence
             in
             his
             wrath
             unto
             them
             ,
             Psal.
             2.4
             ,
             5.
             
             &
             11.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             Exod.
             2.23
             ,
             24.
             1
             
             Sam.
             9.16
             .
             Psal.
             93.4
             .
             Or
             ,
             
               He
               that
               is
               higher
               then
               the
               High
               ,
            
             God
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             High
             above
             all
             the
             Earth
             ,
             the
             High
             and
             Mighty
             One
             ,
             above
             the
             Potentates
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             who
             are
             called
             High
             ones
             ,
             Isa.
             24.21
             .
             Isa.
             2.11
             ,
             12.
             2
             
             Sam.
             23.1
             .
             He
             that
             is
             King
             of
             kings
             ,
             and
             Lord
             of
             lords
             ,
             
               Higher
               then
               the
               Kings
               of
               the
               earth
               ,
            
             Psal.
             89.27
             .
          
           
             regardeth
             ]
             Observeth
             the
             violence
             of
             proud
             men
             to
             avenge
             it
             .
             Or
             keepeth
             the
             poor
             who
             are
             oppressed
             by
             them
             ,
             Isa.
             3.14
             .
             Prov.
             22.22
             ,
             23.
             
             Psal.
             10.12
             —
             18.
             
             &
             11.5
             .
             &
             68.5
             .
             &
             72.14
             .
          
           
             
               and
               there
               ●e
               higher
               then
               they
            
             ]
             Namely
             ,
             The
             Holy
             Angels
             ,
             who
             are
             sent
             forth
             for
             the
             good
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             Heb.
             1.14
             .
             who
             pitch
             their
             tents
             about
             believers
             ,
             and
             are
             Guardians
             over
             them
             ,
             Psal.
             34.7
             .
             &
             91.11
             .
             who
             behold
             the
             face
             of
             God
             as
             Ministers
             ready
             to
             execute
             his
             commands
             in
             behalf
             of
             them
             ,
             Matth.
             18.10
             .
             whose
             service
             God
             is
             pleased
             to
             use
             
             in
             the
             punishment
             of
             Tyrants
             ,
             and
             subversion
             of
             States
             ,
             Isa.
             37.36
             .
             Act.
             12.23
             .
          
           
             V.
             9.
             
             
               Moreover
               ,
               the
               profit
               of
               the
               earth
               is
               for
               all
            
             ]
             Here
             he
             returneth
             to
             consider
             the
             vanity
             of
             all
             kind
             of
             Riches
             ;
             amongst
             which
             ,
             though
             some
             are
             to
             be
             preferred
             before
             others
             ,
             as
             namely
             corn
             and
             cattel
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             profits
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             yet
             both
             the
             one
             and
             the
             other
             are
             unable
             to
             make
             the
             possessors
             of
             them
             happy
             .
             Yet
             withall
             ,
             the
             words
             may
             seem
             to
             have
             some
             relation
             to
             what
             went
             before
             ,
             namely
             ,
             That
             God
             in
             his
             providence
             hath
             so
             ordered
             things
             in
             the
             civil
             body
             ,
             That
             
               the
               Head
               cannot
               say
               to
               the
               Foot
               ,
               I
               have
               no
               need
               of
               thee
            
             :
             the
             King
             himself
             wanteth
             the
             help
             ,
             and
             cannot
             subsist
             without
             the
             labour
             of
             poor
             men
             ,
             and
             that
             may
             be
             a
             check
             unto
             oppression
             and
             violence
             .
          
           
             
               the
               profit
               of
               the
               earth
               is
               for
               all
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               above
               all
               other
               profit
            
             .
             He
             commendeth
             husbandry
             ,
             consisting
             in
             tillage
             and
             grazing
             ,
             above
             all
             other
             wayes
             of
             gain
             ,
             as
             extending
             to
             the
             necessary
             supply
             of
             all
             men
             whatsoever
             ;
             
               for
               bread
               is
               the
               staffe
               of
               life
               ,
            
             Isa.
             3.1
             .
             Gen.
             41.55
             .
             Prov.
             24.27
             .
             &
             27.23
             ,
             24.
             
             &
             31.16
             .
             Adam
             even
             in
             Innocency
             was
             to
             have
             dressed
             the
             earth
             ,
             Gen.
             2.15
             .
             There
             is
             an
             excellency
             or
             profit
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             in
             ,
             or
             above
             all
             .
             The
             substantive
             is
             put
             for
             an
             adjective
             of
             the
             superlative
             degree
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             12.2
             .
             Psal.
             21.7
             .
             &
             88.9
             .
             Cant.
             5.16
             .
          
           
           
             
               the
               King
               himself
               is
               served
               by
               the
               field
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             the
             King
             himself
             is
             for
             the
             field
             :
             or
             the
             King
             is
             served
             for
             the
             fields
             sake
             ,
             that
             under
             him
             men
             may
             quietly
             labour
             and
             eat
             the
             fruits
             of
             the
             earth
             :
             or
             the
             King
             himself
             dresseth
             his
             field
             ,
             is
             as
             it
             were
             a
             servant
             to
             his
             field
             to
             order
             and
             husband
             it
             .
             It
             lyes
             on
             him
             to
             take
             care
             of
             husbandry
             ,
             that
             he
             and
             his
             people
             may
             be
             nourished
             .
             The
             most
             simple
             meaning
             is
             to
             shew
             ,
             that
             from
             the
             meanest
             to
             the
             greatest
             ,
             the
             fruits
             of
             the
             earth
             are
             necessary
             for
             every
             mans
             supportance
             .
             Therefore
             Joseph
             reserved
             the
             fifth
             of
             the
             fruits
             of
             the
             Earth
             for
             Pharaoh
             ,
             Gen.
             47.24
             .
             and
             it
             is
             recorded
             for
             the
             commendation
             of
             King
             Uzziah
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             a
             lover
             of
             Husbandry
             ,
             2
             Chron.
             26.10
             .
          
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               He
               that
               loveth
               silver
               shall
               not
               ●e
               satisfied
               with
               silver
               ;
               nor
               he
               that
               loveth
               abundance
               with
               increase
            
             ]
             This
             may
             be
             understood
             either
             Absolutely
             by
             it self
             ,
             to
             set
             forth
             the
             unsatiable
             greediness
             of
             covetous
             wretches
             ,
             whose
             desires
             are
             like
             the
             grave
             ,
             and
             never
             say
             ,
             
               It
               is
               enough
            
             ,
             Habak
             .
             2.5
             ,
             6
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
             Isa.
             5.8
             .
             or
             Comparatively
             ,
             with
             relation
             to
             what
             was
             said
             before
             ,
             There
             is
             a
             profit
             and
             real
             benefit
             which
             the
             Earth
             bringeth
             unto
             those
             that
             labour
             about
             it
             ,
             but
             money
             though
             a
             man
             increase
             it
             never
             so
             much
             ,
             and
             though
             it
             appear
             never
             so
             lovely
             
             unto
             him
             ,
             yet
             it
             cannot
             of
             it self
             satisfie
             any
             desire
             of
             Nature
             ;
             if
             a
             man
             be
             hungry
             ,
             it
             cannot
             feed
             him
             ;
             if
             naked
             ,
             it
             cannot
             cloath
             him
             ;
             if
             cold
             ,
             it
             cannot
             warm
             him
             ;
             if
             sick
             ,
             it
             cannot
             recover
             him
             .
             As
             it
             is
             an
             instrument
             of
             traffick
             ,
             which
             answereth
             unto
             
               All
               things
            
             ,
             Eccles.
             10.19
             .
             So
             it
             may
             be
             a
             defence
             to
             a
             man
             ,
             Chap.
             7.12
             .
             and
             may
             provide
             other
             things
             for
             him
             .
             But
             if
             God
             should
             withhold
             the
             fruits
             of
             the
             Earth
             ;
             and
             forbid
             that
             to
             bring
             them
             forth
             ,
             abundance
             of
             wealth
             would
             be
             as
             useless
             as
             so
             many
             stones
             :
             a
             man
             hath
             no
             good
             of
             money
             ,
             nor
             of
             other
             ●rades
             ,
             further
             then
             they
             purchase
             or
             manage
             for
             us
             the
             fruits
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             The
             later
             clause
             some
             thus
             render
             it
             ,
             
               He
               that
               loveth
               it
               ,
               shall
               not
               have
               any
               increase
               by
               ,
               or
               in
               the
               abundance
               thereof
               .
            
             Increase
             here
             ,
             is
             a
             word
             which
             signifieth
             Increase
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             such
             fruits
             as
             may
             be
             eaten
             :
             and
             money
             is
             not
             
               fructus
               edulis
            
             ,
             though
             it
             come
             out
             of
             the
             earth
             .
             But
             the
             prefix
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             set
             before
             the
             word
             Abundance
             ,
             being
             sometimes
             a
             note
             of
             the
             Accusative
             case
             ,
             and
             expressing
             the
             object
             of
             an
             Action
             ,
             we
             may
             well
             record
             it
             as
             it
             is
             in
             our
             Version
             ;
             
               He
               that
               loveth
               abundance
            
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             34.1
             .
             &
             37.2
             .
             Prov.
             9.5
             .
             Multitude
             ,
             or
             Abundance
             ,
             here
             ,
             is
             taken
             in
             the
             same
             kind
             ,
             for
             gathered
             wealth
             ,
             as
             Psal.
             37.16
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               When
               goods
               increase
               ,
               they
               aro
               increased
               that
               eat
               them
            
             ]
             He
             shewed
             the
             vanity
             of
             the
             love
             of
             money
             ;
             here
             he
             shewes
             the
             vanity
             of
             Husbandry
             and
             great
             possessions
             :
             or
             else
             goeth
             on
             upon
             occasion
             of
             the
             last
             words
             ,
             
               he
               that
               loveth
               abundance
               ,
               shall
               not
               ●e
               satisfied
               with
               increase
            
             ;
             because
             as
             his
             wealth
             increaseth
             ,
             his
             charge
             and
             family
             ,
             and
             friends
             ,
             and
             retinue
             will
             increase
             likewise
             .
             The
             possessour
             can
             have
             no
             more
             real
             good
             ,
             nor
             satisfaction
             from
             his
             great
             estate
             ,
             then
             his
             servants
             have
             ,
             many
             hands
             must
             be
             set
             on
             work
             ,
             and
             consequently
             many
             bellies
             filled
             ,
             many
             backs
             cloathed
             ,
             and
             they
             all
             have
             their
             real
             share
             as
             fully
             ,
             as
             he
             himself
             in
             the
             things
             which
             he
             possesseth
             :
             no
             man
             had
             greater
             experience
             of
             this
             then
             Solomon
             ,
             of
             whose
             numerous
             Family
             ,
             and
             large
             expences
             we
             read
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.22
             ,
             26.
             
             So
             we
             read
             of
             the
             great
             Family
             of
             Abraham
             ,
             Gen.
             14.14
             .
          
           
             
               and
               what
               good
               ,
               or
               what
               profit
               is
               there
               to
               the
               owners
               thereof
            
             ]
             Chap.
             1.3
             .
             &
             2.14
             .
             &
             3.9
             .
          
           
             
               saving
               the
               beholding
               of
               them
               with
               their
               eyes
               ?
            
             ]
             He
             hath
             no
             advantage
             above
             others
             ,
             save
             that
             he
             sees
             them
             eat
             that
             ,
             the
             property
             whereof
             is
             his
             :
             and
             this
             is
             some
             good
             ;
             for
             it
             is
             a
             more
             blessed
             thing
             to
             give
             ,
             then
             to
             receive
             ,
             Act.
             20.35
             .
             or
             ,
             he
             can
             onely
             please
             
             himself
             with
             looking
             on
             his
             land
             on
             moneys
             as
             his
             own
             ,
             whereas
             the
             real
             benefit
             which
             they
             yield
             ,
             doth
             accrue
             unto
             others
             as
             well
             as
             to
             himself
             .
             And
             if
             his
             eye
             have
             any
             advantage
             above
             his
             servants
             in
             this
             respect
             ,
             Theirs
             have
             an
             advantage
             above
             his
             in
             another
             ;
             for
             they
             are
             refreshed
             with
             sweet
             sleep
             ,
             which
             his
             are
             usually
             deprived
             of
             .
          
           
             V.
             12.
             
             
               The
               s●eep
               of
               a
               labouring
               man
            
             ]
             Or
             of
             a
             servant
             ,
             or
             of
             him
             that
             tilleth
             the
             ground
             ,
             or
             is
             conversant
             about
             any
             painful
             trade
             and
             work
             ,
             Gen.
             4.2
             .
             2
             Sam.
             9.10
             .
             Prov.
             12.11
             .
             Isa.
             19.9
             ,
          
           
             
               is
               sweet
            
             ]
             Whether
             he
             eat
             little
             or
             much
             :
             If
             he
             eat
             little
             ,
             his
             labour
             causeth
             sweet
             sleep
             :
             If
             much
             ,
             his
             healthiness
             and
             strength
             causing
             good
             concoction
             ,
             doth
             not
             suffer
             his
             sleep
             to
             be
             disquieted
             with
             crude
             and
             offensive
             vapours
             .
             Besides
             labour
             taking
             up
             the
             minde
             ,
             doth
             free
             it
             from
             those
             careful
             thoughts
             and
             covetings
             which
             are
             usually
             the
             hinderers
             of
             sweet
             sleep
             .
          
           
             
               but
               the
               abundance
               of
               the
               rich
               will
               not
               suffer
               him
               to
               sleep
            
             ]
             This
             may
             be
             understood
             either
             of
             abundance
             of
             wealth
             ,
             with
             the
             many
             cares
             ,
             businesses
             ,
             fears
             ,
             troubles
             ,
             which
             are
             consequent
             thereupon
             ,
             Gen.
             41.29
             .
             Prov.
             3.10
             .
             Luke
             12.16
             ,
             17.
             or
             of
             fulness
             of
             dyet
             ,
             gluttony
             and
             excess
             of
             delicious
             fare
             ,
             which
             causeth
             distempers
             ,
             and
             so
             hindereth
             sleep
             .
             This
             
             seemeth
             rather
             to
             be
             intended
             ,
             (
             because
             he
             mentioned
             eating
             before
             )
             and
             so
             to
             be
             directed
             against
             rich
             Gluttons
             ,
             who
             spend
             their
             time
             in
             riot
             ,
             feasting
             and
             excess
             ,
             and
             so
             overcharge
             Nature
             with
             intemperance
             ,
             beyond
             its
             strength
             ,
             Luke
             16.19
             .
             &
             21.34
             .
             which
             causeth
             indigestion
             and
             malignant
             vapours
             whereby
             sleep
             is
             removed
             or
             disquieted
             ,
             Eccles.
             8.16
             .
             Prov.
             4.16
             ,
             17.
             and
             this
             is
             a
             great
             vexation
             ;
             for
             sweet
             sleep
             is
             a
             blessing
             of
             God
             to
             man
             ,
             Psal.
             127.2
             .
             Prov.
             3.24
             .
          
           
             V.
             13.
             
             
               There
               is
               a
               sore
               evil
               which
               I
               have
               seen
               under
               the
               Sun
            
             ]
             An
             evil
             that
             causeth
             Sickness
             ,
             a
             very
             grievous
             and
             bitter
             evil
             .
             Or
             an
             Evil
             falling
             on
             men
             ,
             Chap.
             6.2
             .
          
           
             
               riches
               kept
               for
               the
               owners
               thereof
               to
               their
               hurt
            
             ]
             Prov.
             1.19
             .
             Either
             being
             unto
             them
             occasions
             of
             sin
             ,
             &
             fuel
             of
             lust
             ,
             causing
             pride
             ,
             vanity
             ,
             oppression
             ,
             violence
             ,
             gaming
             ,
             gluttony
             ,
             idleness
             ,
             excess
             ,
             Hab.
             2.9
             ,
             10.
             
             Luke
             12.15
             —
             21.
             1
             
             Tim.
             6.9
             ,
             10.
             
             Luke
             16.19
             .
             Deut.
             6.11
             ,
             12.
             
             &
             8.10
             ,
             11
             ,
             12.
             
             Prov.
             30.9
             .
             Jam.
             2.6
             ,
             7.
             
             &
             5.3
             —
             6.
             or
             else
             exposing
             them
             unto
             envy
             and
             danger
             ,
             to
             rapine
             and
             violence
             ,
             Prov.
             13.8
             .
             2
             Reg.
             25.6
             ,
             7
             ,
             9
             ,
             12.
             
          
           
             V.
             14.
             
             
               But
               those
               riches
               perish
               by
               evil
               travel
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             with
             much
             affliction
             .
             Either
             by
             their
             own
             improvidence
             ,
             imprudence
             ,
             luxury
             ,
             &c.
             or
             by
             the
             fraud
             ,
             circumvention
             and
             
             violence
             of
             others
             ,
             or
             by
             casualties
             and
             miscarriages
             in
             trading
             :
             or
             by
             some
             secret
             blast
             and
             curse
             from
             God
             ,
             Prov.
             23.5
             .
             and
             that
             after
             much
             travel
             and
             toyl
             to
             get
             them
             ,
             after
             much
             sollicitude
             and
             anxious
             care
             to
             keep
             them
             ,
             after
             much
             providence
             and
             tenderness
             towards
             his
             children
             to
             lay
             up
             for
             them
             .
          
           
             
               he
               begetteth
               a
               son
               ,
               and
               there
               is
               nothing
               in
               his
               hand
            
             ]
             O●
             ,
             in
             his
             power
             and
             possession
             ,
             Dan.
             2.38
             .
             Joh.
             3.35
             .
             1
             Reg.
             20.6
             .
             1
             Chr.
             29.12
             .
             
               his
               hand
               ,
               (
               i.
            
             )
             either
             the
             fathers
             ,
             to
             to
             leave
             unto
             the
             son
             ;
             or
             the
             sons
             ,
             to
             inherit
             it
             after
             his
             father
             .
          
           
             V.
             15.
             
             
               As
               he
               came
               forth
               of
               his
               mothers
               womb
               ,
               naked
               shall
               he
               return
               to
               go
               as
               he
               came
            
             ]
             Though
             he
             could
             secure
             all
             his
             wealth
             from
             perishing
             ,
             yet
             he
             himself
             must
             leave
             them
             ,
             and
             go
             out
             of
             the
             World
             as
             naked
             as
             he
             came
             into
             it
             ,
             And
             that
             which
             hath
             no
             power
             to
             free
             us
             from
             death
             ,
             to
             comfort
             us
             in
             death
             ,
             to
             go
             with
             us
             into
             another
             World
             after
             death
             ,
             is
             no
             foundation
             of
             happiness
             or
             solid
             tranquillity
             ,
             Job
             1.21
             .
             Psal.
             49.17
             .
             1
             Tim.
             6.7
             .
             Luke
             12.20
             ,
             21.
             
          
           
             
               to
               go
               ]
               (
               i.
            
             )
             To
             dye
             ,
             Chap.
             6.4
             .
             Job
             16.22
             .
             Psal.
             39.13
             .
             Phil.
             1.23
             .
             
               Return
               ,
               viz.
            
             to
             the
             Womb
             of
             the
             common
             mother
             ,
             the
             earth
             ,
             Job
             .
             1.21
             .
             Eccles.
             12.7
             .
          
           
             
               and
               shall
               take
               nothing
               of
               his
               labour
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             of
             his
             estate
             gotten
             by
             hard
             labour
             ,
             Chap.
             
             2.19
             .
             Prov.
             5.10
             .
             Deut.
             28.33
             .
             which
             he
             may
             carry
             away
             ,
             or
             cause
             to
             go
             along
             with
             him
             ,
             in
             his
             hand
             .
             He
             cannot
             carry
             so
             much
             as
             one
             handful
             of
             all
             that
             he
             hath
             with
             him
             .
          
           
             V.
             16.
             
             
               And
               this
               also
               is
               a
               sore
               evil
            
             ]
             As
             before
             ,
             vers
             .
             13.
             
             That
             though
             his
             Riches
             haply
             are
             not
             kept
             for
             his
             hurt
             ;
             nor
             do
             not
             perish
             in
             his
             time
             ,
             yet
             they
             will
             not
             at
             all
             keep
             him
             from
             death
             ,
             nor
             profit
             him
             in
             it
             .
             Riches
             will
             not
             profit
             in
             the
             day
             of
             wrath
             .
          
           
             
               that
               in
               all
               points
               as
               he
               came
               ,
               so
               shall
               he
               go
            
             ]
             His
             death
             and
             his
             birth
             are
             over
             against
             one
             another
             in
             an
             exact
             proportion
             .
          
           
             
               and
               what
               profit
               hath
               he
               that
               hath
               laboured
               for
               the
               wind
               ?
            
             ]
             For
             that
             which
             will
             not
             stay
             ,
             which
             cannot
             be
             held
             fast
             ,
             which
             is
             emptiness
             and
             very
             vanity
             .
             So
             words
             of
             wind
             ,
             are
             empty
             and
             vain
             words
             ,
             Job
             16.3
             .
             A
             man
             walking
             in
             wind
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             a
             lying
             Prophet
             ,
             Mic.
             2.11
             .
             so
             to
             
               reap
               a
               whirlwind
            
             ,
             Hos.
             8.7
             .
             to
             fill
             the
             belly
             with
             the
             east
             wind
             .
             Job
             15.2
             .
             to
             
               inherit
               wind
            
             ,
             Prov.
             11.29
             .
             to
             bring
             forth
             wind
             ,
             Isa.
             26.18
             .
             To
             
               feed
               upon
               wind
            
             ,
             Hos.
             12.1
             .
             To
             speak
             into
             the
             ayr
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             14.9
             .
             To
             beat
             the
             ayr
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             9.16
             .
             Are
             expressions
             of
             very
             vain
             and
             fruitless
             enterprizes
             .
             Here
             money
             is
             compared
             to
             wind
             ;
             The
             one
             hath
             wings
             to
             fly
             away
             with
             ,
             Prov.
             23.5
             .
             so
             hath
             the
             other
             ,
             Psal.
             104.3
             .
             The
             
             one
             cannot
             be
             held
             ,
             Prov.
             30.4
             .
             neither
             can
             the
             other
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             7.31
             .
          
           
             V.
             17.
             
             
               All
               his
               dayes
               also
               he
               eateth
               in
               darknesse
               ,
               and
               hath
               much
               sorrow
               and
               wrath
               with
               his
               sicknesse
               .
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             words
             in
             their
             order
             ,
             thus
             ,
             
               Also
               all
               his
               dayes
               he
               eateth
               in
               darknesse
               ,
               and
               much
               sorrow
               ,
               and
               his
               sicknesse
               ,
               and
               wrath
               .
            
             A
             further
             vanity
             of
             Riches
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             a
             covetous
             worldling
             ,
             he
             denies
             himself
             a
             full
             ,
             free
             ,
             and
             comfortable
             enjoyment
             of
             outward
             things
             ,
             he
             cannot
             unbend
             himself
             from
             his
             ●arking
             cares
             even
             when
             he
             goes
             to
             eat
             ,
             but
             as
             he
             gets
             ,
             so
             he
             useth
             and
             enjoyeth
             his
             wealth
             in
             darkness
             ,
             
               i.
               e.
            
             (
             for
             the
             words
             following
             are
             Exegetical
             )
             in
             sorrow
             ,
             and
             wrath
             ,
             even
             unto
             very
             sickness
             .
          
           
             
               All
               his
               dayes
               he
               eateth
               in
               darkness
            
             ]
             It
             may
             be
             understood
             either
             literally
             ,
             that
             he
             doth
             so
             lengthen
             out
             his
             labour
             ,
             and
             grudge
             to
             spare
             himself
             any
             times
             even
             of
             necessary
             refreshment
             ,
             as
             that
             he
             deferreth
             eating
             till
             it
             be
             dark
             ,
             and
             till
             he
             can
             work
             no
             longer
             .
             Or
             rather
             Metaphorically
             ,
             he
             eateth
             without
             any
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             with
             much
             trouble
             and
             anxiety
             of
             minde
             ;
             so
             much
             darkness
             commonly
             importeth
             ,
             Isa.
             49.9
             ,
             10.
             
             &
             50.10
             .
             Mic.
             7.8
             .
          
           
             
               and
               hath
               much
               sorrow
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             indignation
             .
             The
             word
             in
             some
             Copies
             (
             as
             the
             Learned
             
             observe
             )
             is
             read
             with
             the
             points
             of
             a
             noun
             ;
             in
             others
             ,
             of
             a
             verb
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             render
             it
             ,
             
               multum
               irascitur
            
             ,
             or
             indignatur
             ,
             he
             is
             very
             angry
             ,
             or
             he
             sorroweth
             much
             ,
             and
             hath
             sickness
             ,
             and
             wrath
             .
             The
             meaning
             (
             as
             I
             conceive
             )
             is
             ,
             
               he
               eateth
               in
               darkness
            
             ,
             basely
             ,
             and
             wretchedly
             ,
             as
             a
             slave
             to
             his
             riches
             ;
             he
             storms
             ,
             grieves
             ,
             frets
             ,
             is
             even
             sick
             with
             anger
             and
             vexation
             ,
             at
             the
             expences
             he
             is
             put
             unto
             in
             keeping
             but
             a
             mean
             and
             a
             sordid
             Table
             .
             The
             Greek
             by
             a
             very
             easie
             mistake
             in
             the
             letters
             which
             are
             much
             alike
             ,
             read
             it
             thus
             ,
             
               All
               his
               dayes
               he
               is
               in
               darknesse
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               and
               in
               mourning
               ,
               and
               in
               sorrow
               ,
               and
               in
               sicknesse
               ,
               and
               in
               wrath
               .
            
             His
             sickness
             ,
             for
             ,
             he
             hath
             sickness
             .
             The
             Affix
             is
             used
             for
             the
             separate
             and
             absolute
             pronoun
             ;
             as
             Psal.
             115.7
             .
             Ezek.
             29.3
             .
             Our
             reading
             ,
             
               He
               hath
               sorrow
               and
               wrath
               with
               his
               sicknesse
               ,
            
             (
             where
             the
             conjunction
             copulative
             is
             rendred
             by
             the
             preposition
             [
             with
             ]
             as
             sometimes
             elsewhere
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             14.18
             .
             )
             seemeth
             to
             intimate
             such
             a
             sense
             as
             this
             ,
             All
             his
             dayes
             ,
             or
             while
             he
             lives
             ,
             he
             eats
             in
             sorrow
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             falls
             sick
             ,
             and
             is
             in
             danger
             of
             death
             ,
             he
             hath
             much
             wrath
             and
             indignation
             in
             his
             sickness
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             parting
             from
             his
             wealth
             ,
             which
             he
             so
             dearly
             loveth
             ,
             and
             hath
             so
             hardly
             laboured
             for
             .
          
           
             V.
             18.
             
             
               Behold
               ,
               that
               which
               I
               have
               seen
               ,
               It
               is
               good
               and
               comely
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Here
             is
             subjoyned
             
             a
             remedy
             of
             this
             Vanity
             ,
             setting
             forth
             the
             right
             use
             of
             riches
             ,
             to
             take
             away
             all
             this
             sinful
             anxiety
             which
             is
             conversant
             about
             them
             ;
             which
             is
             ,
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             comfortably
             to
             enjoy
             his
             good
             blessings
             ,
             without
             afflicting
             our selves
             for
             the
             future
             ,
             but
             casting
             ou●
             cares
             upon
             him
             ,
             who
             careth
             for
             us
             .
          
           
             
               that
               which
               I
               have
               seen
               ,
               is
               this
            
             ]
             He
             speaketh
             out
             of
             experience
             ,
             and
             upon
             exact
             study
             and
             inquiry
             after
             the
             truth
             ;
             as
             1
             Joh.
             1.1
             ,
             3.
             
             Joh.
             1.14
             .
             Chap
             1.13
             .
             &
             2.24
             .
             &
             3.22
             .
          
           
             
               It
               is
               good
               and
               comely
            
             ]
             Good
             and
             comfortable
             to
             a
             man
             himself
             .
             Comely
             ,
             decent
             ,
             honourable
             ,
             and
             of
             good
             report
             toward
             others
             .
             Or
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             good
             which
             is
             also
             comely
             .
             Or
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             ,
             yea
             ,
             it
             is
             comely
             .
             Or
             ,
             Behold
             I
             have
             seen
             that
             which
             is
             good
             ,
             that
             which
             is
             comely
             .
             The
             like
             manner
             of
             expression
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             15.20
             .
             Psal.
             10.6
             .
             Teaching
             us
             in
             our
             conversation
             ,
             1.
             
             To
             look
             unto
             that
             which
             is
             good
             in
             it self
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             that
             which
             is
             decent
             towards
             the
             world
             ,
             Phil.
             4.8
             .
          
           
             
               that
               a
               man
               eat
               and
               drink
               ,
               and
               enjoy
               good
               of
               all
               his
               labour
            
             ]
             Or
             ?
             In
             all
             his
             labours
             ,
             to
             sweeten
             his
             labours
             with
             a
             comfortable
             fruition
             of
             the
             fruit
             of
             them
             .
             Of
             all
             his
             labours
             ;
             so
             the
             Preposition
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             used
             ,
             to
             signifie
             as
             much
             as
             Ex
             or
             De
             ,
             Exod.
             12.43
             .
          
           
           
             
               all
               the
               dayes
               of
               his
               life
               which
               God
               giveth
               him
            
             ]
             When
             God
             gives
             life
             ,
             we
             should
             not
             deny
             the
             comforts
             of
             it
             to
             ourselves
             .
          
           
             
               for
               it
               is
               his
               portion
            
             ]
             All
             the
             good
             he
             can
             ever
             have
             from
             them
             :
             A
             metaphor
             from
             division
             of
             heritances
             ;
             or
             from
             distribution
             of
             meat
             at
             a
             feast
             .
             It
             is
             that
             which
             God
             hath
             allotted
             him
             of
             all
             his
             labour
             .
             But
             withal
             ,
             he
             must
             remember
             ,
             that
             God
             allowes
             him
             but
             a
             part
             ;
             God
             himself
             ,
             and
             the
             poor
             ,
             and
             his
             family
             ,
             country
             ,
             friends
             ,
             challenge
             part
             likewise
             in
             those
             goods
             ,
             wherewith
             God
             hath
             blessed
             him
             ,
             Prov.
             3.8
             .
             1
             Cor.
             9.13
             ,
             14.
             1
             
             Cor.
             16.2
             .
             Gal.
             6.6
             ,
             10.
             2
             
             Cor.
             12.14
             .
             1
             Tim.
             5.8
             .
             Isai.
             23.18
             .
          
           
             V.
             19.
             
             
               Every
               man
               also
               to
               whom
               God
               hath
               given
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Here
             is
             onely
             a
             further
             insisting
             on
             the
             same
             argument
             ;
             as
             Chap.
             2.24
             .
             &
             3.13
             .
             &
             6.2
             .
             He
             shews
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             God
             gives
             us
             our
             wealth
             ,
             Deut.
             8.18
             .
             2.
             
             That
             he
             gives
             us
             dominion
             over
             our
             wealth
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             not
             be
             captivated
             unto
             it
             ;
             every
             man
             is
             a
             slave
             to
             his
             estate
             further
             then
             God
             sets
             them
             free
             .
             3.
             
             Wherein
             this
             power
             stands
             ;
             1.
             in
             using
             it
             ,
             to
             eat
             thereof
             ;
             2.
             in
             using
             it
             proportionable
             to
             his
             condition
             ;
             or
             as
             Divines
             speak
             ,
             
               Secundum
               decentiam
               statuti
            
             ,
             to
             take
             his
             portion
             :
             3.
             
             To
             use
             it
             with
             fruition
             and
             cheerfulnesse
             ,
             to
             rejoyce
             in
             it
             ,
             1
             Tim.
             6.17
             .
             4.
             
             Not
             to
             let
             his
             joy
             swallow
             
             up
             his
             duty
             ,
             nor
             his
             delight
             his
             labour
             ,
             but
             to
             sweeten
             his
             labour
             with
             joy
             ,
             and
             to
             moderate
             his
             joy
             with
             labour
             ,
             Eph.
             4.28
             .
             5.
             
             To
             use
             ,
             and
             to
             enjoy
             his
             own
             ,
             the
             fruit
             of
             his
             own
             labour
             ,
             not
             to
             be
             burdensom
             or
             injurious
             unto
             others
             ,
             2
             Thess.
             3.12
             .
          
           
             V.
             20.
             
             
               For
               he
               shall
               not
               much
               remember
               the
               dayes
               of
               his
               life
            
             ]
             Some
             make
             the
             sense
             to
             be
             thus
             ,
             Although
             he
             give
             not
             much
             ,
             or
             although
             it
             be
             not
             much
             which
             God
             hath
             given
             ,
             (
             which
             sense
             the
             distinguishing
             Accent
             doth
             somewhat
             favour
             )
             yet
             he
             shall
             remember
             ,
             that
             all
             his
             life
             long
             ,
             God
             sweetneth
             that
             little
             unto
             him
             with
             the
             joy
             of
             his
             heart
             :
             And
             a
             little
             with
             joy
             and
             cheerfulness
             ,
             and
             Gods
             blessing
             ,
             is
             better
             then
             much
             riches
             of
             the
             ungodly
             ,
             Psal.
             37.16
             .
             Prov.
             17.1
             .
             Luk.
             12.15
             .
             Prov.
             15.17
             .
             Dan.
             1.15
             .
             But
             our
             Translation
             preferreth
             another
             sense
             ,
             which
             seems
             most
             consonant
             to
             the
             drift
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             He
             that
             in
             this
             manner
             ,
             doth
             cheerfully
             enjoy
             the
             blessings
             which
             God
             gives
             him
             ,
             shall
             not
             ,
             with
             much
             sorrow
             or
             weariness
             ,
             remember
             the
             troubles
             of
             his
             life
             ;
             neither
             shall
             his
             labour
             be
             very
             irksome
             or
             grievous
             unto
             him
             ,
             because
             the
             Lord
             doth
             answer
             him
             ,
             or
             doth
             proportionably
             unto
             his
             labors
             ,
             return
             comfort
             to
             him
             in
             the
             joy
             of
             his
             heart
             ,
             in
             the
             joyful
             and
             contented
             fruition
             of
             them
             .
          
           
           
             
               because
               God
               answereth
               him
               in
               the
               joy
               of
               his
               heart
            
             ]
             Answereth
             all
             his
             labour
             with
             joy
             ,
             giveth
             him
             such
             joy
             of
             heart
             ,
             as
             is
             a
             full
             compensation
             for
             all
             his
             labour
             .
             As
             money
             is
             said
             to
             answer
             unto
             all
             things
             ,
             in
             a
             proportionable
             value
             to
             them
             all
             ,
             Eccl.
             10.19
             .
             so
             shall
             his
             joy
             bear
             a
             full
             value
             to
             all
             the
             labour
             which
             was
             taken
             for
             it
             .
             Other
             expositions
             there
             are
             ,
             but
             this
             is
             most
             genuine
             and
             natural
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             
          
           
             IN
             this
             Chapter
             is
             continued
             a
             further
             description
             of
             the
             common
             vanity
             of
             riches
             ,
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             a
             covetous
             person
             .
             He
             is
             here
             set
             forth
             ,
          
           
             First
             ,
             By
             the
             good
             things
             which
             he
             hath
             ;
             1.
             
             Riches
             in
             abundance
             ,
             riches
             and
             wealth
             .
             2.
             
             Honour
             ,
             and
             both
             to
             the
             uttermost
             of
             his
             desires
             ,
             vers
             .
             2.
             3.
             
             Many
             Children
             .
             4.
             
             Many
             years
             ,
             a
             great
             old
             age
             ,
             vers
             .
             3
             ,
             6.
             
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             By
             his
             misery
             ,
             which
             makes
             all
             that
             vain
             unto
             him
             .
             1.
             
             God
             gives
             him
             not
             power
             to
             enjoy
             it
             .
             2.
             
             A
             stranger
             eateth
             it
             .
             3.
             
             His
             Soul
             is
             not
             filled
             with
             good
             .
             4.
             
             He
             hath
             no
             burial
             ,
             vers
             .
             2
             ,
             3.
             
          
           
             Thirdly
             ,
             the
             censure
             of
             all
             this
             :
             1.
             
             Absolutely
             ,
             2.
             
             Comparatively
             .
             Absolutely
             ;
             It
             is
             first
             ,
             an
             evil
             ;
             secondly
             ,
             a
             common
             evil
             ;
             
             thirdly
             ,
             a
             vanity
             ;
             fourthly
             ,
             a
             disease
             ,
             vers
             .
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             Comparatively
             ,
             an
             untimely
             birth
             ,
             o●
             abortive
             is
             better
             ;
             For
             ,
             1.
             
             He
             is
             born
             dead
             ,
             and
             so
             free
             from
             sense
             of
             miseries
             ,
             which
             the
             other
             discruciated
             himself
             withal
             .
             2.
             
             He
             departs
             in
             darkness
             ,
             without
             the
             loss
             of
             light
             and
             comfort
             ,
             which
             the
             other
             denies
             unto
             himself
             .
             3.
             
             His
             name
             is
             covered
             in
             darkness
             ,
             the
             others
             name
             is
             odious
             ,
             vers
             .
             4.
             4.
             
             He
             hath
             not
             seen
             the
             Sun
             ,
             nor
             known
             any
             thing
             :
             the
             other
             hath
             indeed
             seen
             the
             Sun
             ,
             but
             hath
             seen
             no
             good
             ,
             nor
             known
             any
             thing
             but
             sorrow
             and
             vexation
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             goes
             to
             the
             same
             place
             ,
             vers
             .
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             This
             vanity
             he
             furthers
             opens
             :
          
           
             First
             ,
             By
             the
             narrow
             use
             of
             Riches
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             labour
             conversant
             about
             them
             ;
             it
             terminates
             in
             the
             body
             ;
             it
             cannot
             satiate
             the
             minde
             nor
             appetite
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             if
             evil
             and
             covetous
             ,
             insatiable
             ;
             if
             wise
             and
             prudent
             ,
             above
             satisfaction
             by
             these
             things
             ,
             vers
             .
             7.
             
             That
             they
             cannot
             satisfie
             the
             minde
             ,
             appears
             ,
             because
             then
             wise
             men
             might
             find
             out
             some
             more
             good
             in
             them
             then
             fools
             ;
             but
             the
             wisest
             can
             have
             no
             more
             out
             of
             them
             ,
             then
             for
             their
             mouths
             ,
             and
             so
             have
             fools
             ,
             and
             the
             poorest
             men
             that
             know
             how
             to
             live
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             the
             richest
             ,
             vers
             .
             8.
             
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             By
             the
             vanity
             of
             wandring
             and
             endlesse
             desires
             ;
             the
             wise
             ,
             the
             foolish
             ,
             the
             
             rich
             ,
             the
             poor
             have
             things
             present
             and
             necessary
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             they
             live
             ,
             they
             have
             enough
             to
             that
             use
             ;
             and
             this
             is
             a
             real
             fruit
             ,
             much
             better
             ,
             then
             to
             let
             the
             heart
             wander
             and
             weary
             it self
             in
             endless
             desires
             ,
             vers
             .
             9.
             
          
           
             Thirdly
             ,
             By
             the
             impossibility
             of
             mending
             a
             mans
             condition
             by
             these
             things
             ,
             or
             of
             raising
             him
             above
             the
             state
             of
             mortality
             and
             infirmity
             .
             A
             man
             will
             be
             but
             a
             man
             how
             rich
             soever
             he
             be
             ,
             and
             all
             his
             wealth
             will
             not
             guard
             him
             against
             the
             evils
             incident
             to
             humanity
             ,
             vers
             .
             10.
             
             He
             will
             be
             still
             never
             the
             better
             by
             such
             things
             ,
             as
             do
             but
             increase
             vanity
             ,
             vers
             .
             11.
             
          
           
             Fourthly
             ,
             By
             the
             ignorance
             of
             man
             to
             make
             the
             best
             use
             of
             things
             ,
             and
             to
             resolve
             himself
             ,
             whether
             a
             great
             ,
             or
             a
             moderate
             estate
             be
             better
             for
             him
             ;
             especially
             considering
             the
             shortnesse
             of
             his
             life
             ,
             and
             the
             ignorance
             of
             what
             will
             become
             of
             his
             Estate
             or
             Family
             after
             he
             is
             gone
             ,
             vers
             .
             12.
             
             Thus
             we
             may
             connex
             the
             two
             last
             Verses
             ,
             with
             the
             Argument
             of
             those
             before
             :
             or
             rather
             we
             may
             take
             them
             for
             a
             general
             conclusion
             of
             all
             the
             precedent
             vanities
             ,
             since
             so
             many
             things
             there
             are
             which
             increase
             vanity
             ,
             what
             is
             man
             the
             better
             for
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             11.
             
             For
             first
             ,
             amongst
             them
             all
             ,
             he
             can
             hardly
             know
             what
             is
             good
             for
             himself
             .
             2.
             
             If
             he
             do
             ,
             he
             can
             enjoy
             that
             good
             but
             a
             little
             while
             ,
             his
             very
             life
             (
             the
             best
             outward
             
             blessing
             he
             hath
             )
             is
             vain
             ,
             and
             but
             a
             shadow
             3.
             
             When
             his
             life
             is
             over
             ,
             he
             shall
             be
             never
             the
             better
             for
             any
             thing
             which
             comes
             after
             him
             .
             4.
             
             Neither
             can
             he
             please
             himself
             with
             the
             fore-sight
             of
             what
             shall
             be
             after
             him
             ,
             because
             he
             cannot
             tell
             it
             to
             himself
             ,
             neither
             can
             any
             man
             else
             declare
             it
             to
             him
             .
          
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             
               THere
               is
               an
               evil
               which
               I
               have
               seen
               under
               the
               Sun
            
             ]
             He
             shews
             the
             misery
             of
             a
             discontented
             covetous
             disposition
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             is
             a
             special
             gift
             of
             God
             to
             bestow
             upon
             a
             man
             the
             sweet
             enjoyment
             of
             outward
             blessings
             ,
             which
             when
             he
             hath
             ,
             he
             is
             apt
             enough
             to
             deny
             unto
             himself
             .
          
           
             
               and
               it
               is
               common
               amongst
               men
            
             ]
             Or
             
               much
               and
               great
            
             .
             Covetousness
             is
             both
             a
             great
             sin
             ,
             and
             yet
             a
             very
             usual
             and
             frequent
             sin
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             to
             be
             met
             with
             ,
             in
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             habitable
             world
             ,
             where
             ever
             the
             Sun
             riseth
             and
             setteth
             .
             The
             commonness
             of
             sin
             ,
             doth
             not
             at
             all
             extenuate
             the
             greatnesse
             of
             it
             ,
             but
             rather
             aggravate
             the
             same
             ,
             Psal.
             14.2.3
             .
             Jer.
             5.1.5
             .
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               A
               man
               to
               whom
               God
               hath
               given
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             There
             is
             a
             man
             ,
             who
             hath
             all
             things
             that
             heart
             can
             desire
             ,
             not
             onely
             riches
             ,
             but
             substance
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             lands
             ,
             moveables
             ,
             with
             honour
             and
             great
             place
             ,
             2
             Chron.
             1.11
             ,
             12.
             
          
           
             
               so
               that
               he
               wanteth
               nothing
               for
               his
               soul
               of
               all
               that
               he
               desireth
            
             ]
             He
             is
             not
             defective
             ,
             or
             
             destitute
             of
             any
             thing
             which
             his
             soul
             can
             wish
             for
             ;
             his
             substance
             extends
             to
             all
             just
             and
             large
             desires
             ;
             it
             cannot
             be
             exhausted
             or
             worn
             out
             ,
             Deut.
             8.9
             .
             Isa.
             51.14
             .
             1
             Reg.
             17.16
             .
             He
             speaketh
             not
             of
             the
             boundless
             desires
             of
             covetous
             men
             ,
             which
             are
             never
             satisfied
             ;
             but
             of
             the
             just
             desires
             ,
             which
             a
             man
             of
             dignity
             and
             honour
             could
             have
             ,
             in
             order
             to
             the
             decency
             of
             his
             estate
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             quality
             of
             his
             place
             .
             He
             cannot
             rationally
             wish
             for
             any
             thing
             towards
             the
             satisfaction
             of
             his
             just
             desires
             ,
             which
             his
             estate
             will
             not
             plentifully
             afford
             him
             ,
             Psal.
             73.7
             .
             Luk.
             12.17
             ,
             18.
             
             Job
             21.7
             —
             13.
             
             Psal.
             17.14
             .
             All
             this
             a
             covetous
             wretch
             is
             said
             to
             have
             from
             God
             ,
             not
             in
             a
             way
             of
             blessing
             ,
             as
             if
             God
             did
             prosper
             and
             approve
             of
             his
             sordid
             ,
             or
             sinful
             waies
             of
             gain
             ;
             but
             in
             a
             way
             onely
             of
             providence
             ,
             his
             Sun
             shining
             on
             the
             just
             and
             unjust
             ,
             Matth.
             5.45
             .
          
           
             
               yet
               God
               giveth
               him
               not
               power
               to
               eat
               thereof
            
             ]
             Chap.
             5.18
             ,
             19.
             
             To
             eat
             of
             them
             ,
             importeth
             a
             moderate
             and
             prudent
             use
             of
             them
             ,
             for
             necessity
             and
             delight
             ,
             taking
             a
             mans
             own
             portion
             ;
             this
             is
             a
             special
             curse
             and
             judgement
             of
             God
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             hath
             not
             an
             heart
             to
             enjoy
             the
             blessi●gs
             which
             God
             bestoweth
             on
             him
             :
             as
             the
             contrary
             is
             a
             blessing
             from
             God
             ,
             Chap.
             5.19
             .
          
           
             
               but
               a
               stranger
               eateth
               them
            
             ]
             One
             that
             is
             
             in
             no
             relation
             of
             neerness
             ,
             blood
             ,
             friendship
             to
             him
             :
             or
             an
             enemy
             ,
             who
             spoileth
             and
             plundreth
             him
             of
             them
             .
             This
             is
             noted
             as
             a
             great
             affliction
             ,
             Hos.
             7.9
             .
             Deut.
             28.33
             .
             Isa.
             1.7
             .
             Lam.
             5.2
             .
             Jer.
             5.17
             .
             Here
             the
             Learned
             observe
             a
             difference
             ,
             between
             a
             mans
             own
             use
             of
             his
             goods
             and
             a
             strangers
             ;
             for
             he
             himself
             doth
             but
             eat
             of
             them
             ;
             but
             a
             stranger
             eateth
             them
             .
             The
             former
             noteth
             care
             ,
             moderation
             ,
             providence
             :
             The
             later
             ,
             cruelty
             and
             devouring
             ,
             without
             pity
             without
             measure
             .
          
           
             
               This
               is
               a
               vanity
               ,
               and
               an
               evil
               disease
            
             ]
             Not
             onely
             a
             fruitlesse
             thing
             ,
             but
             a
             very
             grievous
             trouble
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             by
             sordid
             thoughts
             ,
             baseness
             of
             spirit
             ,
             unquiet
             and
             incessant
             cares
             ,
             greedy
             desires
             ,
             distrustful
             jealousies
             ,
             anxious
             fears
             ,
             thronging
             imployments
             ,
             keeps
             himself
             from
             taking
             any
             delight
             in
             his
             abundance
             ,
             and
             pierceth
             himself
             through
             with
             divers
             sorrows
             ,
             1
             Tim.
             6.10
             .
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               If
               a
               man
               beget
               an
               hundred
               children
            
             ]
             He
             spake
             before
             of
             one
             ,
             who
             had
             none
             to
             succeed
             him
             in
             his
             estate
             ,
             but
             a
             stranger
             ;
             here
             ,
             he
             shews
             the
             misery
             of
             a
             covetous
             person
             to
             be
             as
             great
             ,
             though
             he
             have
             many
             children
             ,
             and
             live
             many
             years
             .
             These
             be
             greater
             blessings
             in
             themselves
             ,
             Psalm
             127.3
             ,
             4.5
             .
             therefore
             children
             were
             called
             the
             glory
             of
             their
             Parents
             ,
             Hos.
             9.11
             .
             Job
             5.25
             ,
             26.
             
             
             Psal.
             21.5
             .
             &
             128.6
             .
             But
             covetousnesse
             takes
             away
             the
             comfort
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             
               an
               hundred
               children
            
             ]
             Very
             many
             ,
             ;
             a
             certain
             number
             for
             an
             uncertain
             ;
             as
             1
             Cor.
             14.19
             .
             Prov.
             17.10
             .
             1.
             
             Sam
             18.7
             .
          
           
             
               many
               years
               ,
               so
               that
               the
               dayes
               of
               his
               years
               be
               many
            
             ]
             He
             seemeth
             ,
             speaking
             of
             long
             life
             ,
             to
             correct
             himself
             ,
             and
             call
             it
             rather
             
               many
               dayes
            
             ,
             then
             
               many
               years
            
             :
             so
             Gen.
             47.9
             .
          
           
             
               and
               his
               soul
               be
               not
               filled
               with
               good
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               satisfied
               with
               good
            
             .
             Either
             in
             regard
             of
             his
             own
             insatiable
             desires
             ,
             or
             of
             some
             curse
             of
             God
             ,
             mixing
             biternesse
             therewith
             ;
             as
             Chap.
             5.10
             .
             Job
             9.25
             .
             By
             
               his
               soul
            
             ,
             is
             meant
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             his
             appetite
             and
             desires
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             34.8
             .
             1.
             
             Sam.
             20.4
             .
             Psal.
             103.6
             .
             Others
             ,
             understand
             this
             of
             the
             vanity
             of
             children
             and
             old
             age
             without
             riches
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             is
             so
             poor
             ,
             that
             he
             hath
             nothing
             to
             satisfie
             nature
             while
             he
             lives
             ,
             and
             cannot
             leave
             enough
             to
             bury
             him
             when
             he
             is
             dead
             Which
             sense
             is
             touched
             at
             in
             the
             Contents
             of
             the
             Chapter
             ,
             in
             our
             English
             Bibles
             .
          
           
             
               and
               also
               that
               he
               have
               no
               burial
            
             ]
             Either
             through
             cruelty
             of
             mur●herers
             &
             spoylers
             ,
             or
             through
             neglect
             of
             heirs
             and
             successors
             ,
             who
             deny
             him
             an
             honourable
             interment
             .
             It
             is
             a
             part
             of
             humane
             misery
             to
             be
             without
             burial
             ,
             Deut.
             28.26
             .
             1
             Re●
             .
             14.11
             ,
             13.
             2
             
             Reg.
             9.37
             .
             Isai.
             14
             20.
             
             Jer.
             8.2
             &
             16.4
             .
             &
             22.19
             .
             2
             Chron.
             21.19
             .
          
           
           
             
               I
               say
               ,
               that
               an
               untimely
               birth
               is
               better
               then
               he
            
             ]
             In
             regard
             of
             outward
             respects
             ,
             never
             to
             have
             felt
             good
             or
             evil
             ,
             not
             to
             be
             born
             at
             all
             ,
             or
             to
             be
             born
             and
             die
             at
             once
             ,
             then
             to
             live
             long
             in
             misery
             ,
             and
             then
             dye
             without
             love
             or
             honour
             from
             any
             .
             Hereby
             is
             noted
             the
             base
             condition
             of
             such
             a
             person
             ,
             who
             is
             worse
             then
             an
             untimely
             birth
             ,
             which
             hath
             not
             had
             the
             ordinary
             comfort
             of
             the
             meanest
             living
             creatures
             ,
             to
             see
             the
             Sun
             ,
             Job
             3.10
             ,
             11
             ,
             12
             ,
             16.
             
             Psal.
             58.8
             .
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               For
               he
               cometh
               in
               with
               vanity
            
             ]
             (
             i.
             )
             He
             is
             born
             ,
             Job
             1.21
             .
             Josh.
             1.9
             .
             To
             no
             purpose
             .
             That
             which
             never
             comes
             to
             perfection
             ,
             but
             melteth
             and
             vanisheth
             away
             as
             soon
             as
             it
             is
             born
             ,
             is
             born
             in
             vain
             .
          
           
             
               and
               departeth
               in
               darknesse
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             into
             darknesse
             ,
             or
             ,
             obscurely
             without
             any
             notice
             .
             A
             Periphrasis
             of
             death
             ,
             Eccl.
             11.8
             .
          
           
             
               his
               name
               shall
               be
               covered
               with
               darknesse
               ]
               (
               i.
               )
            
             Shall
             utterly
             be
             forgotten
             ;
             there
             shall
             never
             be
             any
             mention
             of
             him
             .
          
           
             V.
             5.
             
               hath
               not
               seen
               the
               Sun
            
             ]
             Job
             3.16
             .
             Hath
             not
             felt
             any
             worldly
             delight
             ,
             and
             therefore
             is
             not
             affected
             with
             the
             loss
             o●
             it
             .
          
           
             
               nor
               known
            
             ]
             Hath
             had
             no
             use
             ,
             either
             o●
             sense
             or
             reason
             ,
             and
             so
             cannot
             compare
             the
             evil
             of
             loss
             with
             the
             good
             of
             fruition
             .
          
           
           
             
               this
               hath
               more
               rest
               then
               the
               other
            
             ]
             For
             he
             rests
             immediately
             from
             the
             wom●
             ,
             whereas
             a
             covetous
             man
             lives
             a
             toylsome
             and
             unquiet
             life
             ,
             and
             then
             parts
             with
             all
             ,
             unwillingly
             ,
             into
             the
             condition
             of
             the
             abortive
             .
          
           
             V.
             6.
             
             
               Yea
               ,
               though
               he
               live
               a
               thousand
               years
               twice
               told
            
             ]
             Whereas
             it
             might
             be
             objected
             ,
             that
             the
             one
             hath
             lived
             a
             long
             life
             ,
             and
             that
             alone
             is
             a
             blessing
             ;
             and
             therefore
             in
             that
             respect
             ,
             he
             is
             to
             be
             preferred
             before
             an
             untimely
             birth
             .
             He
             answereth
             ,
             That
             long
             life
             ,
             without
             seeing
             good
             ,
             doth
             but
             lengthen
             out
             misery
             ;
             It
             is
             not
             the
             life
             ,
             but
             the
             good
             ,
             which
             makes
             a
             solid
             difference
             ,
             Psal.
             34.12
             .
             else
             the
             evil
             of
             the
             day
             ,
             Matth.
             6.34
             .
             makes
             day
             and
             life
             it self
             undesirable
             ,
             Job
             3.20
             —
             23
             &
             7.1
             ,
             2.
             
          
           
             
               Do
               not
               all
               go
               to
               one
               place
            
             ]
             As
             well
             he
             that
             lives
             longest
             ,
             as
             he
             that
             never
             saw
             the
             Sun
             :
             and
             though
             one
             never
             saw
             the
             Sun
             ,
             yet
             if
             the
             other
             never
             saw
             good
             ,
             but
             only
             wea●ies
             himself
             with
             sorrowes
             and
             vanity
             ,
             and
             goes
             to
             the
             same
             dust
             ;
             what
             difference
             is
             there
             between
             them
             ?
          
           
             V.
             7.
             
             
               All
               the
               labour
               of
               man
               is
               for
               his
               mouth
               ,
               and
               yet
               the
               appetite
               is
               not
               filled
               ]
               For
               his
               mouth
            
             ;
             For
             his
             bodily
             sustenance
             ,
             and
             the
             services
             of
             life
             .
             Here
             is
             first
             a
             Metonymie
             of
             the
             subject
             ,
             the
             mouth
             for
             the
             nour●shment
             which
             is
             put
             into
             it
             :
             and
             then
             a
             Synecdoche
             ,
             
             of
             the
             part
             for
             the
             whole
             ;
             food
             being
             ,
             though
             the
             principal
             ,
             yet
             but
             one
             part
             of
             mans
             necessary
             provision
             ;
             all
             which
             the
             Apostle
             comprizeth
             in
             food
             and
             rayment
             ,
             1
             Tim.
             6.8
             .
             All
             the
             real
             fruit
             which
             any
             man
             can
             reap
             of
             all
             his
             worldly
             labours
             ,
             is
             to
             have
             his
             daily
             bread
             ,
             the
             bread
             of
             his
             allowance
             ,
             or
             food
             convenient
             for
             him
             ,
             Prov.
             30.8
             .
             Things
             simply
             necessary
             for
             life
             ,
             and
             things
             secundarily
             necessary
             for
             the
             decency
             of
             his
             condition
             ,
             and
             proportion
             of
             his
             quality
             and
             degree
             in
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             
               yet
               the
               appetite
               is
               not
               filled
               ]
               (
               i.
               )
            
             Either
             the
             covetous
             desires
             of
             a
             worldling
             remain
             still
             insatiable
             ,
             he
             is
             not
             contented
             with
             his
             own
             portion
             ,
             he
             cannot
             contain
             his
             heart
             within
             the
             limits
             of
             reason
             or
             religion
             ;
             but
             though
             he
             have
             abundantly
             sufficient
             for
             all
             his
             wants
             ,
             yet
             he
             toyleth
             still
             as
             if
             he
             had
             nothing
             ,
             Chap.
             4.8
             .
             Or
             else
             ,
             The
             Soul
             is
             not
             filled
             ;
             riches
             may
             benefit
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             feed
             ,
             and
             cloath
             ,
             and
             comfort
             that
             ,
             but
             to
             the
             nobler
             part
             of
             man
             ,
             they
             can
             afford
             no
             satisfaction
             ,
             they
             do
             not
             bear
             any
             proportion
             at
             all
             .
             They
             cannot
             hold
             the
             soul
             ,
             Luk.
             12.19
             ,
             20.
             
             They
             cannot
             help
             the
             Soul
             in
             a
             day
             of
             trouble
             ,
             Prov.
             11.4
             .
             Zeph.
             1.18
             .
             They
             cannot
             follow
             it
             into
             another
             World
             ,
             Psal.
             49.17
             .
             They
             have
             no
             suteableness
             ,
             either
             in
             excellency
             or
             duration
             unto
             it
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               F●r
               what
               hath
               the
               wise
               more
               then
               the
               fool
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             This
             question
             is
             a
             denyal
             ,
             The
             Wise
             man
             hath
             nothing
             more
             then
             the
             fool
             .
             Internal
             excellency
             there
             is
             in
             wisdom
             above
             folly
             ,
             Chap.
             2.13
             .
             But
             here
             he
             speaketh
             with
             relation
             to
             wealth
             ,
             and
             the
             outward
             events
             of
             things
             ,
             in
             which
             regard
             ,
             the
             Wise
             man
             hath
             no
             peculiar
             prerogative
             above
             the
             fool
             .
             The
             one
             fares
             as
             deliciously
             ,
             is
             cloathed
             as
             richly
             ,
             hath
             Lands
             and
             Revenues
             left
             him
             by
             his
             Ancestors
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             the
             other
             .
             The
             wisest
             man
             can
             but
             provide
             for
             back
             and
             belly
             ,
             and
             such
             other
             conveniences
             ,
             as
             outward
             things
             are
             proper
             to
             supply
             ;
             and
             so
             much
             may
             he
             do
             who
             hath
             Wealth
             without
             Wit.
             Outward
             things
             promiscuously
             happen
             unto
             all
             ,
             and
             beyond
             their
             own
             use
             ,
             they
             are
             not
             able
             to
             supply
             a
             wise
             man
             more
             then
             a
             fool
             .
          
           
             
               what
               hath
               the
               poor
               which
               knoweth
               to
               walk
               before
               the
               living
               ?
            
             ]
             A
             poor
             man
             that
             lives
             ,
             hath
             the
             substantial
             benefit
             of
             outward
             things
             as
             well
             as
             the
             richest
             or
             the
             wisest
             .
             What
             hath
             he
             lesse
             then
             the
             rich
             ?
             he
             knowes
             how
             to
             get
             his
             living
             ,
             and
             walk
             through
             his
             short
             time
             of
             life
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             the
             other
             .
             Or
             ,
             what
             hath
             the
             poor
             wise
             man
             ,
             who
             by
             his
             industry
             and
             prudent
             conversing
             amongst
             men
             doth
             
             maintain
             himself
             ,
             more
             then
             the
             poor
             foolish
             man
             ,
             who
             makes
             a
             shift
             to
             live
             as
             well
             as
             the
             other
             ?
          
           
             
               to
               walk
               before
               the
               living
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             to
             live
             decently
             and
             discreetly
             amongst
             men
             ,
             Chap.
             4.15
             .
             Isa.
             42.5
             .
             Psal.
             56.13
             .
             Chap.
             7.12
             .
          
           
             V.
             9.
             
             
               Better
               is
               the
               sight
               of
               the
               eyes
               ,
               then
               the
               wandring
               of
               the
               Desire
               ]
               By
               the
               sight
               of
               the
               Eyes
               ,
            
             he
             meaneth
             things
             present
             ,
             and
             in
             possession
             ,
             which
             we
             have
             before
             us
             ,
             in
             our
             eye
             ,
             and
             in
             hand
             :
             by
             the
             wandring
             or
             walking
             of
             the
             Soul
             ,
             he
             meaneth
             an
             insatiable
             and
             endlesse
             pursuit
             of
             the
             heart
             after
             thing●
             which
             we
             have
             not
             ,
             and
             cannot
             easily
             overtake
             .
             So
             sight
             is
             opposed
             by
             the
             Apostle
             to
             Faith
             ,
             Because
             Sight
             looketh
             on
             things
             in
             possession
             ;
             Faith
             ,
             on
             things
             in
             expectation
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             5.7
             .
             and
             so
             property
             or
             possession
             is
             before
             called
             the
             seeing
             of
             things
             with
             the
             eye
             ,
             Eccles.
             5.11
             .
             And
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             unsatisfied
             desires
             are
             expressed
             by
             wandring
             of
             the
             heart
             up
             and
             down
             ,
             Isa.
             57.10
             .
             Jer.
             2.25
             .
             &
             14.10
             .
             when
             the
             minde
             is
             not
             stayed
             and
             fixed
             with
             contentment
             in
             its
             present
             condition
             ,
             but
             like
             a
             Bee
             flyeth
             from
             flower
             to
             flower
             ,
             from
             creature
             to
             creature
             ,
             to
             gather
             more
             .
             This
             then
             is
             the
             plain
             meaning
             of
             these
             words
             ,
             It
             is
             better
             for
             a
             man
             quietly
             
             and
             contentedly
             to
             enjoy
             the
             things
             which
             he
             hath
             in
             present
             possession
             ,
             then
             to
             rove
             up
             and
             down
             ,
             and
             weary
             himself
             with
             anxious
             and
             unsatisfied
             desires
             after
             things
             which
             he
             hath
             not
             :
             since
             the
             poor
             man
             hath
             as
             much
             the
             substantial
             and
             principal
             benefit
             of
             outward
             things
             ,
             as
             the
             Rich
             ,
             namely
             life
             and
             health
             ,
             and
             food
             convenient
             :
             since
             the
             wisest
             man
             that
             is
             ,
             can
             fetch
             no
             more
             real
             good
             out
             of
             wealth
             ,
             then
             fools
             themselves
             do
             enjoy
             from
             it
             ,
             It
             is
             much
             more
             comfortable
             to
             enjoy
             what
             we
             have
             ,
             then
             endlesly
             to
             weary
             our selves
             in
             hoarding
             and
             hunting
             after
             more
             ,
             Matth.
             6.25
             —
             31.
             
             This
             is
             the
             same
             in
             sense
             with
             that
             ,
             Chap.
             4.6
             .
             but
             spoken
             here
             by
             Solomon
             as
             a
             remedy
             against
             covetous
             desires
             ;
             there
             ,
             by
             the
             sluggard
             ,
             as
             an
             apology
             for
             his
             laziness
             .
             Though
             some
             would
             have
             it
             here
             understood
             in
             the
             person
             of
             a
             covetous
             Rich
             man.
             As
             if
             he
             would
             answer
             Solomons
             question
             :
             What
             good
             hath
             one
             more
             then
             another
             ,
             the
             wise
             then
             the
             fools
             ,
             the
             rich
             then
             the
             poor
             ?
             yes
             saith
             the
             covetous
             rich
             man
             ,
             he
             hath
             an
             Estate
             to
             look
             on
             ,
             the
             other
             is
             continually
             vexed
             with
             want
             and
             desires
             :
             and
             it
             is
             much
             better
             to
             be
             in
             possession
             of
             a
             good
             Estate
             ,
             then
             to
             languish
             under
             poverty
             ,
             and
             be
             ever
             in
             a
             craving
             condition
             .
             But
             the
             former
             sense
             is
             more
             genuine
             .
          
           
           
             
               This
               also
               is
               vanity
               and
               vexation
               of
               spirit
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             in
             the
             later
             sense
             ,
             It
             is
             a
             vain
             and
             troublesome
             thing
             to
             possess
             good
             things
             only
             to
             look
             on
             them
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             use
             them
             .
             Or
             rather
             in
             the
             former
             sense
             ,
             the
             wandring
             of
             the
             fool
             up
             and
             down
             after
             new
             gain
             ,
             and
             denying
             it self
             the
             comfortable
             fruition
             of
             present
             contentments
             ,
             is
             vanity
             ,
             because
             much
             can
             do
             a
             man
             no
             more
             real
             good
             ,
             then
             a
             little
             cheerfully
             used
             :
             and
             
               vexation
               of
               spirit
            
             ,
             because
             insatiable
             desires
             bring
             perpetual
             disquiet
             upon
             the
             heart
             of
             a
             man.
             
          
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               That
               which
               hath
               been
               ,
               is
               namel●
               already
            
             ]
             He
             sheweth
             the
             vanity
             of
             wandri●●
             desires
             ,
             and
             greedy
             endeavours
             after
             gre●●ter
             things
             then
             God
             hath
             yet
             afforded
             a
             ma●
             for
             whatever
             things
             have
             been
             or
             are
             ,
             wh●●ther
             a
             man
             be
             rich
             or
             poor
             ,
             noble
             or
             〈◊〉
             his
             condition
             comes
             not
             unto
             him
             by
             chanc●
             but
             is
             prae-assigned
             him
             ,
             in
             the
             purpose
             an●
             decree
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             therefore
             much
             bett●●
             is
             it
             for
             him
             contentedly
             to
             enjoy
             what
             Go●
             gives
             ,
             then
             with
             a
             vain
             and
             ineffectual
             amb●●tion
             ,
             to
             strive
             for
             things
             without
             his
             rea●●
             Especially
             since
             no
             things
             acquireable
             〈◊〉
             humane
             industry
             ,
             can
             exempt
             or
             protect
             man
             from
             the
             evils
             ,
             or
             common
             miseri●
             which
             mankind
             is
             exposed
             unto
             .
             Let
             〈◊〉
             grow
             as
             Rich
             ,
             as
             potent
             ,
             as
             Honourable
             the
             world
             can
             make
             him
             ;
             A
             man
             he
             was
             〈◊〉
             
             and
             he
             will
             be
             but
             a
             man
             still
             ,
             from
             earth
             he
             came
             ,
             and
             to
             earth
             he
             will
             go
             ,
             he
             lies
             under
             a
             decree
             of
             mortality
             and
             infirmity
             ,
             which
             by
             the
             help
             of
             no
             worldly
             wealth
             or
             greatness
             ,
             he
             is
             able
             to
             break
             through
             .
          
           
             
               That
               which
               hath
               been
               ,
               The
               name
               of
               it
               is
               called
               already
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             Its
             state
             ,
             quality
             ,
             order
             ,
             condition
             ,
             every
             thing
             belonging
             to
             the
             nature
             and
             being
             of
             it
             ,
             every
             thing
             externally
             happening
             unto
             it
             ,
             is
             all
             pre-ordained
             in
             the
             counsel
             and
             decree
             of
             God.
             He
             by
             his
             immutable
             and
             irresistible
             providence
             hath
             ▪
             assigned
             unto
             every
             one
             his
             order
             ,
             and
             doth
             〈◊〉
             his
             wisdome
             dispose
             of
             all
             things
             belong●ng
             unto
             men
             ,
             They
             are
             under
             his
             care
             and
             ●llowance
             ,
             and
             therefore
             ought
             not
             anxi●usly
             and
             sollicitously
             to
             insist
             upon
             provi●●ons
             for
             the
             future
             ,
             but
             rather
             comfortably
             to
             ●●joy
             things
             present
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             conscionable
             ●●scharge
             of
             duty
             ,
             to
             wait
             for
             a
             like
             blessing
             〈◊〉
             providence
             of
             God
             for
             hereafter
             ,
             as
             ever
             ●●fore
             they
             have
             had
             experience
             of
             ,
             Psal.
             ●
             .
             11
             ,
             31
             ,
             14
             ,
             15.
             1
             
             Sam.
             2.7
             ,
             8.
             
             Act.
             2.
             
             ●
             .
             &
             4.28
             .
          
           
             
               and
               it
               is
               known
               that
               it
               is
               man
            
             ]
             Be
             his
             ●●alth
             or
             honours
             what
             they
             will
             ,
             yet
             a
             frail
             ,
             ●●rtal
             ,
             mutable
             ,
             earthly
             creature
             he
             is
             still
             ,
             ●he
             was
             before
             .
             And
             though
             men
             have
             〈◊〉
             so
             dementated
             with
             worldly
             greatness
             ,
             〈◊〉
             take
             Divine
             honour
             to
             themselves
             ,
             and
             
             to
             think
             themselves
             lawless
             ,
             and
             exempted
             from
             the
             bonds
             of
             other
             men
             ,
             yet
             it
             is
             known
             and
             visible
             ,
             that
             they
             remain
             men
             still
             ,
             and
             so
             God
             will
             at
             last
             make
             them
             known
             to
             themselves
             ,
             Psal.
             9.20
             .
             Ezek.
             28.6
             ,
             9.
             
             Isa.
             2.22
             .
             &
             31.3
             .
          
           
             
               Neither
               may
               he
               contend
               with
               him
               that
               is
               mightier
               then
               he
            
             ]
             He
             cannot
             implead
             God
             ,
             nor
             enter
             an
             action
             or
             suit
             in
             Judgement
             with
             him
             ,
             he
             cannot
             call
             him
             to
             an
             account
             ,
             or
             judge
             him
             ;
             he
             may
             not
             think
             by
             contending
             with
             God
             ,
             to
             alter
             or
             break
             through
             the
             order
             of
             his
             providence
             or
             decrees
             ,
             Isa.
             45.9
             .
             Job
             9.2
             ,
             3
             ,
             12.
             
             Jer.
             50.44
             .
             Job
             .
             4.17
             .
             Rom.
             9.20
             .
             Ps.
             51.4
             .
             1
             Cor.
             10.22
             .
             Ezek.
             22.14
             .
             Ps.
             33.10
             ,
             11.
             
             Job
             .
             34.23
             .
          
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               Seeing
               there
               be
               many
               things
               which
               increase
               vanity
               ,
               what
               is
               man
               the
               better
               ?
            
             This
             is
             commonly
             understood
             as
             a
             furth●●
             argument
             against
             insatiable
             desires
             of
             wealth
             because
             where
             there
             are
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             the●
             increase
             doth
             but
             increase
             vanity
             ,
             that
             is
             〈◊〉
             usual
             concomitant
             of
             great
             abundance
             ,
             mor●
             cares
             ,
             more
             distractions
             ,
             more
             fears
             ,
             mor●
             troubles
             and
             imployments
             come
             along
             wit●
             them
             ,
             and
             yet
             man
             is
             not
             a
             whit
             bette●
             then
             he
             was
             before
             ,
             he
             was
             fed
             ,
             and
             cloathe●
             then
             ,
             and
             he
             is
             no
             more
             now
             .
             Can
             he
             car●ry
             any
             of
             them
             with
             him
             ?
             can
             he
             find
             〈◊〉
             any
             more
             excellency
             in
             them
             ?
             will
             the●●
             
             any
             real
             advantage
             remain
             unto
             him
             more
             then
             his
             own
             portion
             ,
             and
             comfortable
             accommodations
             by
             them
             ?
             But
             I
             rather
             conceive
             these
             words
             to
             be
             a
             solemn
             conclusion
             of
             all
             the
             former
             discoveries
             of
             vanity
             in
             the
             creatures
             ,
             and
             repetition
             of
             what
             he
             gave
             summarily
             before
             ,
             Chap.
             1.3
             .
             It
             was
             there
             laid
             down
             as
             the
             Proposition
             which
             he
             undertook
             to
             demonstrate
             ,
             and
             having
             demonstrated
             it
             ,
             it
             is
             here
             in
             the
             close
             of
             the
             whole
             discourse
             resumed
             again
             ,
             and
             the
             whole
             drawn
             together
             in
             one
             brief
             recapitulation
             ,
             seeing
             there
             are
             thus
             many
             things
             ,
             wi●dome
             ,
             folly
             ,
             pleasures
             ,
             honours
             ,
             crowns
             ,
             riches
             ,
             that
             increase
             vanity
             ,
             what
             is
             man
             the
             better
             in
             regard
             of
             solid
             happiness
             and
             contentment
             for
             any
             ,
             or
             for
             all
             of
             them
             ?
          
           
             V.
             12.
             
             
               For
               who
               knoweth
               what
               is
               good
               for
               man
               in
               this
               life
               ?
            
             ]
             Amongst
             such
             variety
             of
             things
             under
             the
             Sun
             which
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             is
             apt
             to
             be
             drawn
             unto
             ,
             neither
             he
             himself
             nor
             any
             other
             is
             able
             certainly
             to
             inform
             him
             ,
             which
             of
             all
             those
             is
             best
             for
             him
             to
             enjoy
             and
             reap
             comfort
             from
             .
             Whether
             it
             be
             better
             for
             him
             to
             be
             rich
             or
             poor
             ,
             in
             a
             〈◊〉
             or
             low
             condition
             ,
             in
             a
             private
             retirement
             ,
             or
             in
             publick
             service
             ;
             some
             mens
             grea●ness
             hath
             undone
             them
             ,
             or
             other
             mens
             meanness
             hath
             secured
             them
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             25.9
             ,
             12.
             
             S●me
             men
             had
             not
             been
             so
             wicked
             ,
             if
             they
             had
             not
             
             been
             so
             learned
             ;
             others
             had
             not
             been
             so
             vitious
             ,
             if
             great
             wealth
             had
             not
             excited
             and
             been
             fuel
             to
             feed
             their
             lusts
             .
             Achitophel
             might
             have
             lived
             longer
             with
             less
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             Nabal
             with
             less
             wealth
             .
             No
             man
             can
             tell
             whether
             that
             which
             he
             snatcheth
             at
             ,
             as
             the
             silly
             fish
             ,
             with
             most
             greediness
             ,
             and
             greatest
             expectation
             of
             contentment
             from
             it
             ,
             may
             not
             be
             temper'd
             with
             poyson
             ,
             or
             have
             a
             hook
             under
             it
             ,
             and
             so
             be
             the
             occasion
             of
             his
             greater
             misery
             ,
             Rom.
             1.22
             .
             2
             Pet.
             2.18
             ,
             19.
             
             Rom.
             6.21
             .
             Prov.
             1.13
             ,
             18
             ,
             19.
             
          
           
             
               All
               the
               dayes
               of
               his
               vain
               life
               which
               he
               spendeth
               as
               a
               shadow
            
             ]
             If
             he
             do
             by
             chance
             ,
             rather
             then
             by
             election
             ,
             happen
             upon
             that
             way
             and
             course
             which
             was
             best
             for
             him
             ,
             yet
             his
             very
             life
             ,
             the
             best
             of
             all
             outward
             blessings
             ,
             is
             it self
             but
             a
             very
             vanity
             and
             shadow
             .
             It
             is
             but
             a
             very
             little
             while
             before
             he
             must
             part
             with
             it
             ,
             and
             all
             those
             comforts
             which
             rendred
             it
             peaceable
             and
             cheerfull
             to
             him
             .
             A
             very
             elegant
             description
             of
             the
             shortness
             of
             mans
             life
             ,
             All
             the
             number
             of
             the
             dayes
             of
             the
             life
             of
             his
             vanity
             ,
             which
             he
             spendeth
             as
             a
             shadow
             :
             1.
             
             He
             calleth
             them
             dayes
             ,
             not
             years
             .
             2.
             
             Dayes
             that
             may
             be
             numbred
             ,
             which
             likewise
             intimateth
             fewness
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             Job
             .
             16.22
             .
             Isa.
             10.19
             .
             Psal.
             105.12
             .
             Num.
             9.20
             .
             3.
             
             A
             life
             of
             vanity
             ;
             a
             very
             vain
             life
             .
             The
             substantive
             for
             the
             adjective
             ;
             as
             Psal.
             31.3
             .
             
             &
             68.31
             .
             Psal.
             140.12
             .
             Rom.
             7.24
             .
             Ephes.
             4.24
             .
             Phil.
             3.21
             .
             4.
             
             A
             life
             spent
             like
             a
             shadow
             ,
             that
             hath
             little
             of
             substance
             while
             it
             lasts
             ,
             and
             doth
             presently
             vanish
             away
             ,
             Ps.
             39.6
             .
             &
             144.4
             .
             Job
             .
             14.2
             .
             Jam.
             4.14
             .
             Job
             .
             8.9
             .
          
           
             
               for
               who
               can
               tell
               a
               man
               what
               shall
               be
               after
               him
               under
               the
               Sun.
            
             ]
             As
             a
             man
             can
             have
             little
             satisfaction
             by
             outward
             good
             things
             here
             in
             his
             own
             sight
             and
             life-time
             ,
             so
             can
             he
             promise
             himself
             as
             little
             in
             name
             or
             family
             ,
             when
             he
             is
             gone
             ,
             because
             he
             can
             by
             no
             means
             foresee
             or
             foreknow
             future
             and
             contingent
             events
             ,
             Chap.
             2.18
             ,
             19.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
          
           
             THe
             Wise
             man
             having
             set
             forth
             many
             vanities
             of
             this
             life
             ;
             and
             the
             great
             disappointment
             which
             men
             meet
             with
             ,
             who
             seek
             for
             happiness
             and
             satisfaction
             from
             them
             ,
             and
             thereupon
             the
             vexation
             which
             naturally
             ariseth
             from
             such
             a
             disappointment
             :
             and
             having
             interwoven
             some
             general
             remedies
             against
             these
             vanities
             ,
             namely
             ,
             the
             fear
             and
             worship
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             the
             cheerfull
             enjoyment
             of
             outward
             blessings
             :
             He
             here
             proceedeth
             to
             many
             other
             particular
             means
             of
             healing
             the
             vanities
             of
             this
             Life
             ,
             and
             procuring
             tranquillity
             and
             peace
             to
             the
             mind
             of
             man
             
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             them
             .
             Such
             are
             ,
             1.
             
             A
             good
             name
             ,
             ve
             .
             1.
             2.
             
             A
             composed
             preparedness
             of
             mind
             to
             entertain
             death
             ,
             the
             chiefest
             outward
             evil
             ,
             and
             consequently
             to
             bear
             any
             any
             other
             sorrow
             ,
             verse
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             6.
             3.
             
             Moderation
             and
             patience
             of
             spirit
             to
             bear
             with
             present
             evils
             ,
             and
             to
             digest
             injuries
             ,
             expecting
             the
             end
             and
             issue
             which
             God
             will
             give
             ,
             vers
             .
             7
             —
             10.
             4.
             
             Wisdome
             to
             defend
             a
             mans
             self
             against
             the
             vanity
             of
             Riches
             ,
             vers
             .
             11
             ,
             12.
             5.
             
             Acquiescency
             in
             the
             Government
             of
             all
             things
             by
             the
             wise
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             vers
             .
             13
             ,
             15.
             6.
             
             Contentation
             of
             heart
             in
             all
             estates
             ,
             as
             well
             adversity
             as
             prosperity
             ,
             considering
             Gods
             wise
             and
             just
             tempering
             of
             them
             together
             for
             our
             good
             ,
             vers
             .
             14.
             7.
             
             Prudent
             and
             pious
             moderation
             of
             our
             behaviour
             ,
             so
             as
             that
             we
             may
             not
             by
             rash
             zeal
             ,
             or
             inordinate
             walking
             ,
             expose
             our selves
             to
             danger
             and
             trouble
             ,
             vers
             .
             16
             ,
             17.
             8.
             
             Resolution
             and
             constancy
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             vers
             .
             18.
             9.
             
             Wisdome
             of
             meekness
             ,
             charity
             ,
             and
             patience
             towards
             such
             as
             offend
             ,
             considering
             the
             general
             frailty
             of
             humane
             nature
             ,
             and
             the
             experience
             and
             sence
             of
             our
             own
             weakness
             ,
             vers
             .
             19
             —
             22.
             10.
             
             Contentment
             with
             such
             a
             measure
             of
             wisdome
             as
             is
             in
             this
             life
             attainable
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             busie
             and
             disquiet
             our
             thoughts
             with
             things
             which
             are
             above
             us
             ,
             vers
             .
             23
             ,
             24.
             
             Now
             as
             before
             in
             
             the
             handling
             of
             humane
             vanities
             he
             did
             occasionally
             intermix
             some
             Remedies
             thereof
             :
             so
             here
             in
             handling
             the
             remedies
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             means
             to
             obtain
             tranqui●lity
             of
             mind
             ,
             he
             doth
             here
             and
             there
             intermix
             some
             other
             vanities
             ,
             which
             are
             great
             occasions
             of
             vexation
             and
             unquietness
             to
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             :
             one
             principal
             one
             ,
             whereof
             he
             had
             had
             very
             sad
             experience
             ,
             he
             doth
             here
             subjoyn
             ,
             namely
             ,
             the
             bitterness
             of
             an
             ensnaring
             woman
             ,
             vers
             .
             25
             —
             29.
             
          
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             A
             
               Good
               name
               is
               better
               then
               pretious
               oyntment
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               A
               name
               is
               good
               before
               good
               oyntment
               .
               A
               name
               ,
            
             for
             ,
             a
             
               good
               name
            
             ,
             as
             ,
             
               a
               wife
            
             ,
             for
             ,
             
               a
               good
               wife
            
             ,
             Prov.
             18.22
             .
             By
             
               a
               good
               name
            
             ,
             understand
             that
             which
             hath
             its
             foundation
             in
             an
             innocent
             ,
             unblameable
             and
             profitable
             life
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             hath
             reverence
             in
             the
             conscience
             of
             others
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             4.2
             .
             for
             
               the
               name
               of
               the
               wicked
               will
               rot
               ,
            
             Prov.
             10.7
             .
             So
             to
             be
             a
             man
             of
             name
             ,
             is
             meant
             an
             eminent
             person
             ,
             renowned
             in
             his
             generation
             ,
             Gen.
             6.4
             .
             1
             Chron.
             5.24
             .
             and
             names
             of
             men
             ,
             Rev.
             11.3
             .
             &
             3.4
             .
             may
             seem
             to
             note
             special
             persons
             of
             honour
             and
             renown
             .
          
           
             
               better
               then
               sweet
               oyntment
            
             ]
             So
             the
             name
             of
             Christ
             which
             signifieth
             his
             gratious
             doctrine
             ,
             Act.
             9.15
             .
             is
             compared
             unto
             sweet
             
             oyntment
             ,
             Cant.
             1.3
             .
             called
             the
             
               sweet
               savour
               of
               Christ
            
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             2.14
             ,
             15.
             
             Pretious
             Aromatical
             oyntments
             were
             things
             ▪
             greatly
             in
             use
             and
             esteem
             amongst
             the
             Israelites
             ,
             and
             a
             special
             part
             of
             their
             treasures
             :
             appointed
             by
             God
             to
             anoint
             the
             holy
             vessels
             of
             the
             Tabernacle
             ,
             Exod.
             30.22
             —
             33
             ▪
             used
             in
             the
             consecration
             of
             persons
             to
             offices
             of
             honour
             and
             eminency
             ,
             Exod.
             28.41
             .
             1
             Sam.
             16.13
             .
             Psal.
             89.20
             .
             called
             therefore
             
               the
               oyl
               of
               gladness
            
             ,
             Heb.
             1.9
             .
             Isa.
             61.3
             .
             used
             likewise
             in
             Feasts
             ,
             great
             entertainments
             and
             expressions
             of
             joy
             ,
             Amos
             6.6
             .
             Esther
             2.12
             .
             Psal.
             23.5
             .
             Luk.
             7.46
             .
             Reckoned
             amongst
             the
             special
             blessings
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             treasures
             of
             that
             people
             ,
             Psal.
             92.10
             .
             Job
             .
             29.6
             .
             Deut.
             33.24
             .
             Prov.
             21.20
             .
             Isa.
             39.2
             .
             whence
             some
             would
             have
             it
             here
             taken
             synecdochically
             to
             signifie
             all
             kind
             of
             riches
             ,
             before
             which
             Solomon
             doth
             here
             prefer
             a
             good
             name
             ;
             as
             also
             Prov.
             22.1
             .
          
           
             
               and
               the
               day
               of
               death
               ,
               then
               the
               day
               of
               ones
               birth
            
             ]
             Some
             understand
             here
             a
             note
             of
             similitude
             to
             joyn
             the
             two
             clauses
             together
             ,
             
               As
               a
               good
               name
               is
               better
               then
               sweet
               oyntment
               ,
               so
               is
               the
               day
               of
               death
               then
               the
               day
               of
               Birth
               .
            
             Others
             repeat
             the
             former
             clause
             in
             the
             later
             ,
             unto
             such
             a
             man
             who
             hath
             a
             good
             name
             ,
             better
             is
             the
             day
             of
             death
             ,
             then
             of
             birth
             .
             And
             the
             clauses
             seem
             to
             have
             Cognation
             with
             one
             
             another
             :
             for
             the
             day
             of
             Birth
             is
             a
             time
             of
             festivity
             and
             rejoycing
             ,
             and
             accordingly
             used
             to
             be
             celebrated
             ,
             Gen.
             40.20
             .
             Mar.
             6.21
             ,
             22.
             in
             which
             kind
             of
             solemnities
             ,
             they
             used
             to
             anoint
             themselves
             with
             sweet
             oyntments
             :
             as
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             in
             dayes
             of
             sorrow
             ,
             they
             abstained
             from
             them
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             14.2
             .
             Dan.
             10.23
             .
             On
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             The
             day
             of
             Death
             removes
             a
             man
             wholly
             out
             of
             this
             world
             ,
             and
             leaves
             nothing
             of
             him
             behind
             ,
             but
             only
             his
             Name
             and
             Memory
             ,
             which
             the
             Lord
             threatneth
             wicked
             men
             to
             blot
             out
             ,
             and
             cause
             it
             to
             rot
             ,
             Deut.
             29.20
             .
             &
             32.26
             .
             Prov
             ,
             10.7
             .
             Job
             18.17
             .
             But
             the
             name
             of
             good
             men
             remains
             behind
             them
             ,
             as
             the
             sweet
             savour
             of
             a
             pretious
             perfume
             ,
             when
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             perfume
             it self
             is
             consumed
             with
             the
             fire
             :
             or
             as
             spices
             when
             they
             are
             broken
             and
             dissolved
             ,
             leave
             an
             excellent
             scent
             behind
             them
             .
             And
             so
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             That
             although
             the
             day
             of
             birth
             be
             a
             day
             of
             feasting
             and
             joy
             ,
             and
             the
             day
             of
             death
             a
             day
             of
             sorrow
             and
             mourning
             ,
             yet
             unto
             a
             good
             man
             this
             is
             much
             better
             then
             the
             other
             ,
             and
             the
             memorial
             which
             he
             leaves
             behind
             him
             ,
             is
             much
             sweeter
             then
             that
             of
             spices
             or
             perfumes
             .
             If
             we
             take
             the
             later
             clause
             alone
             ,
             without
             connexion
             to
             the
             former
             ,
             then
             they
             relate
             unto
             the
             many
             vanities
             and
             vexations
             which
             the
             life
             of
             man
             is
             exposed
             unto
             ;
             in
             which
             consideration
             ,
             
             That
             day
             which
             delivers
             a
             man
             from
             them
             ,
             is
             better
             then
             that
             day
             which
             lets
             him
             into
             the
             possession
             of
             them
             :
             for
             man
             is
             born
             unto
             much
             trouble
             and
             sorrow
             ,
             Job
             .
             5.7
             .
             &
             14.1
             .
             but
             a
             godly
             mans
             death
             puts
             a
             period
             to
             all
             his
             sins
             ,
             to
             all
             his
             sorrows
             ,
             Rom.
             7.24
             .
             Rev.
             14.13
             .
             2
             Cor.
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             
             Phil.
             1.23
             .
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               It
               is
               better
               to
               go
               to
               the
               house
               of
               mourning
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             As
             to
             a
             good
             man
             ,
             the
             day
             of
             his
             death
             is
             better
             then
             the
             day
             of
             his
             birth
             ,
             because
             it
             puts
             an
             end
             unto
             all
             those
             sorrows
             and
             vanities
             which
             he
             was
             born
             unto
             :
             so
             for
             those
             that
             remain
             alive
             ,
             it
             is
             better
             to
             go
             to
             a
             funeral
             ,
             the
             house
             of
             mourning
             ,
             then
             to
             a
             feast
             ,
             or
             a
             birth-day
             solemnity
             ,
             the
             house
             of
             jollity
             and
             rejoycing
             .
          
           
             
               for
               that
               is
               the
               end
               of
               all
               men
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             is
             the
             end
             of
             all
             men
             .
             In
             which
             house
             of
             sorrow
             ,
             a
             man
             is
             minded
             of
             the
             common
             end
             of
             all
             men
             .
             A
             man
             seeth
             his
             own
             end
             in
             the
             end
             of
             another
             man
             ,
             and
             is
             admonished
             of
             his
             frailty
             and
             mortality
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             the
             way
             of
             the
             whole
             earth
             ,
             Josh.
             23.14
             .
             Heb.
             9.27
             .
          
           
             
               and
               the
               living
               will
               lay
               it
               to
               heart
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             will
             put
             it
             up
             ,
             and
             fasten
             it
             to
             his
             heart
             ;
             will
             be
             seriously
             and
             sadly
             affected
             with
             it
             ,
             and
             have
             deep
             impressions
             thereby
             made
             upon
             his
             spirit
             ,
             of
             the
             greatne●s
             and
             power
             
             God
             ,
             who
             draweth
             away
             our
             breath
             ,
             and
             we
             perish
             ,
             Psal.
             104
             ,
             29.
             and
             of
             his
             own
             vanity
             and
             baseness
             ,
             even
             in
             his
             best
             estate
             ,
             Psal.
             39.5
             .
             putting
             in
             the
             heart
             ,
             noteth
             diligent
             attendance
             on
             a
             thing
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             Deut.
             11.18
             .
             Isa.
             42.25
             .
             Luk.
             21.14
             .
             whereas
             feasting
             and
             jollity
             is
             very
             likely
             to
             draw
             off
             the
             remembrance
             of
             God
             ,
             Job
             .
             1.5
             .
             Deut.
             8.12
             —
             14.
             
             Isa.
             22.13
             .
             Amos
             6.3
             —
             6.
             
             Deut.
             32.15
             .
             Isa.
             5.11
             ,
             12.
             
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               Sorrow
               is
               better
               then
               laughter
            
             ]
             That
             sorrow
             which
             ariseth
             from
             the
             meditation
             of
             death
             ,
             a
             sad
             ,
             sober
             ,
             and
             composed
             temper
             of
             spirit
             ,
             whereby
             a
             man
             is
             rendred
             capable
             of
             instruction
             ,
             and
             sensible
             of
             serious
             things
             which
             concern
             his
             peace
             ,
             is
             better
             ,
             and
             doth
             a
             man
             much
             more
             good
             ,
             then
             laughter
             and
             the
             jollity
             which
             belongeth
             unto
             Feastings
             .
             The
             word
             signifieth
             anger
             ,
             and
             so
             by
             some
             is
             the
             sense
             rendred
             ,
             that
             charitable
             and
             wholsome
             Anger
             which
             reproveth
             men
             for
             their
             faults
             ,
             and
             so
             maketh
             them
             sorrowfull
             ,
             is
             better
             then
             the
             flattery
             of
             Parasites
             ,
             which
             feedeth
             their
             foolish
             lusts
             with
             laughter
             and
             vain
             mirth
             ,
             and
             so
             tendeih
             unto
             ruine
             .
          
           
             
               for
               by
               the
               sadness
               of
               the
               countenance
            
             ]
             Heb.
             
               by
               the
               illness
               or
               badness
               of
               the
               countenance
               ,
            
             Neh.
             2.2
             .
             badness
             of
             heart
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             17.28
             .
             The
             heart
             is
             made
             better
             .
             Vain
             lusts
             and
             
             foolish
             exorbitant
             light
             affections
             are
             check'●
             and
             suppressed
             ;
             as
             the
             outward
             man
             is
             grieved
             ,
             the
             inward
             man
             is
             amended
             ,
             Prov.
             2●
             ▪
             30.
             2
             
             Cor.
             4.16
             .
             &
             7.9
             ,
             10.
             whereas
             o●
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             empty
             mirth
             doth
             dissolv●
             the
             heart
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             out
             unto
             more
             vanity
             Chap.
             2.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Hos.
             4.11
             .
             Esther
             .
             1.10
             .
             Sam.
             25.36
             .
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               The
               heart
               of
               the
               wise
               is
               in
               the
               hou●●
               of
               mourning
            
             ]
             He
             proveth
             sorrow
             to
             be
             be●●ter
             ,
             wholsomer
             for
             the
             soul
             then
             laughte●
             by
             the
             judgement
             and
             choyce
             of
             wise
             me●
             and
             of
             fools
             .
             That
             which
             wise
             men
             prefer
             ,
             is
             indeed
             better
             then
             that
             which
             fools
             make
             choyce
             of
             ;
             but
             wise
             men
             prefer
             spectacle●
             ▪
             places
             ,
             occasions
             of
             sorrow
             ;
             fools
             make
             choyce
             of
             the
             contrary
             :
             ergo
             that
             is
             bette●
             then
             this
             .
             Wise
             men
             consider
             the
             end
             of
             things
             ,
             and
             chuse
             the
             most
             proper
             means
             unt●
             the
             best
             ends
             :
             whereas
             fools
             look
             only
             on
             things
             present
             and
             before
             their
             eyes
             .
             By
             
               the
               house
               of
               mourning
            
             ,
             we
             understand
             any
             plac●
             or
             object
             which
             occasioneth
             mourning
             ;
             〈◊〉
             the
             grave
             is
             called
             
               domus
               seculi
            
             ,
             the
             house
             〈◊〉
             ages
             ,
             or
             a
             mans
             long
             home
             ,
             Eccles.
             12.5
             ▪
             So
             a
             trench
             is
             called
             a
             house
             of
             measures
             ▪
             1
             Reg.
             18.32
             .
             Isa.
             3.21
             .
          
           
             
               The
               heart
               of
               the
               wise
            
             ]
             When
             his
             body
             is
             elsewhere
             ,
             yet
             his
             thoughts
             and
             heart
             are
             thinking
             on
             the
             evil
             day
             ,
             which
             wicked
             men
             
             thrust
             far
             from
             them
             ,
             Amos
             6.3
             .
             So
             Job
             in
             prosperity
             did
             with
             a
             religious
             fear
             forecast
             evil
             ,
             Job
             .
             3.25
             .
             Neh.
             2.2
             —
             5.
             
             Psal.
             137.6
             .
          
           
             
               but
               the
               heart
               of
               fools
               is
               in
               the
               house
               of
               mirth
            
             ]
             Though
             he
             may
             by
             poverty
             ,
             business
             or
             many
             other
             diversions
             be
             absent
             in
             his
             body
             ,
             yet
             by
             his
             good
             will
             he
             would
             have
             his
             share
             in
             every
             merry
             meeting
             ,
             his
             heart
             is
             upon
             pleasures
             ,
             and
             his
             love
             runs
             wholly
             that
             way
             ,
             so
             that
             he
             is
             amazed
             and
             overwhelmed
             through
             unpreparedness
             of
             heart
             when
             any
             sudden
             evil
             overtakes
             him
             ,
             1
             Pet.
             4.3
             ,
             4.
             2
             
             Pet.
             2.13
             ,
             14.
             
             Houses
             of
             joy
             we
             read
             of
             ,
             Isa.
             32.13
             .
             Here
             then
             we
             are
             taught
             to
             moderate
             our selves
             in
             regard
             of
             outward
             pleasures
             ,
             because
             love
             of
             them
             is
             the
             character
             of
             a
             fool
             ,
             and
             of
             an
             heart
             estranged
             from
             God
             ,
             Job
             21.12
             ,
             13.
             
             Prov.
             21.17
             .
             1
             Cor.
             7.30
             .
             1
             Joh.
             2.15
             ,
             16.
             
          
           
             V.
             5.
             
             
               It
               is
               better
               to
               hear
               the
               rebuke
               of
               the
               wise
               ,
               then
               for
               a
               man
               to
               hear
               the
               song
               of
               fools
            
             ]
             He
             instanceth
             in
             another
             cause
             of
             sorrow
             ,
             namely
             ,
             the
             rebukes
             of
             wise
             and
             good
             men
             ,
             which
             though
             they
             may
             sad
             the
             heart
             of
             a
             man
             for
             the
             present
             ,
             yet
             they
             are
             much
             more
             wholsome
             and
             beneficial
             ,
             then
             the
             songs
             and
             flatteries
             of
             ungodly
             Parasites
             ,
             which
             sooth
             men
             in
             their
             sins
             ,
             and
             feed
             the
             flame
             of
             their
             lusts
             and
             corruptions
             .
             
               It
               is
               better
               to
               hear
               ,
               
               (
               i.
               )
            
             patiently
             ,
             and
             obediently
             to
             listen
             to
             the
             counsel
             and
             reproof
             of
             a
             prudent
             friend
             ,
             who
             doth
             seasonably
             ,
             and
             faithfully
             discover
             his
             errours
             to
             him
             ,
             then
             that
             a
             man
             should
             hear
             the
             song
             of
             fools
             ,
             Prov.
             13.18
             .
             &
             15.31.32
             .
             &
             27.6
             .
             Psal.
             141.5
             .
             It
             is
             a
             token
             of
             a
             wise
             and
             teachable
             disposition
             ,
             to
             receive
             with
             meekness
             the
             words
             of
             reproof
             ,
             as
             David
             did
             ,
             not
             only
             from
             Nathan
             a
             Prophet
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             12.7
             —
             13.
             but
             from
             Abigail
             a
             woman
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             25.32
             ,
             33.
             
             Heb.
             13.22
             .
             Prov.
             9.9
             .
             &
             17.10
             .
             By
             
               the
               song
               of
               fools
            
             ,
             understand
             any
             flattering
             speeches
             ,
             or
             any
             merry
             and
             pleasant
             discourses
             ,
             being
             a
             Synecdoche
             ,
             whereby
             all
             kind
             of
             jests
             ,
             and
             bewitching
             pleasures
             are
             signified
             ,
             Isa.
             24.8
             ,
             9.
             
             Gen.
             31.27
             .
          
           
             V.
             6.
             
             
               For
               as
               the
               crackling
               of
               thorns
               under
               a
               pot
               ,
               so
               is
               the
               laughter
               of
               the
               fool
               :
            
             ]
             The
             voyce
             of
             thorns
             ,
             so
             the
             noise
             of
             chariots
             ,
             is
             called
             the
             voyce
             of
             chariots
             ;
             and
             the
             noise
             that
             fire
             makes
             in
             stubble
             is
             called
             the
             voyce
             of
             a
             flame
             ,
             Joel
             2.5
             .
             Ezek.
             1.24
             .
             Fools
             are
             here
             elegantly
             compared
             unto
             thorns
             ,
             they
             are
             burdens
             to
             the
             place
             they
             live
             in
             ,
             Gen.
             3.17
             ,
             18.
             
             They
             are
             intractable
             ,
             he
             must
             be
             fenced
             ▪
             which
             toucheth
             them
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             23.6
             ,
             7.
             
             They
             are
             unprofitable
             ,
             good
             for
             nothing
             but
             the
             fire
             ,
             Heb.
             6.8
             .
             The
             laughter
             of
             these
             fools
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             all
             those
             flatteries
             ,
             
             jests
             ,
             vain
             and
             frothy
             discourses
             ,
             mimical
             and
             apish
             practises
             ,
             whereby
             they
             beget
             laughter
             ,
             and
             feed
             the
             delights
             of
             vain
             men
             like
             themselves
             ,
             are
             compared
             to
             the
             noyse
             of
             thorns
             burning
             under
             a
             pot
             :
             as
             these
             make
             a
             sudden
             blaze
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             noise
             ,
             but
             do
             no
             good
             ,
             presently
             go
             out
             ,
             and
             the
             meat
             is
             left
             as
             raw
             as
             when
             it
             was
             put
             in
             ;
             
               in
               stipulis
               magnus
               sine
               viribus
               Ignis
               Incassum
               fuerit
               :
            
             whereas
             a
             solemn
             fire
             in
             coals
             or
             great
             wood
             ,
             boyleth
             the
             meat
             without
             any
             such
             noise
             :
             so
             the
             effuse
             mirth
             and
             jollity
             of
             fools
             ,
             (
             i.
             )
             of
             wicked
             men
             ,
             though
             it
             may
             seem
             to
             promise
             more
             pleasure
             and
             content
             ,
             then
             the
             more
             sad
             and
             severe
             conversation
             of
             serious
             men
             ,
             yet
             that
             doth
             suddenly
             vanish
             without
             leaving
             any
             solid
             joy
             behind
             it
             ;
             whereas
             the
             reproof
             of
             wise
             men
             sinketh
             down
             into
             the
             heart
             ,
             and
             helps
             to
             work
             out
             the
             scum
             and
             vanity
             which
             lay
             within
             it
             ,
             Psal.
             58.9
             .
             &
             118.12
             .
             and
             as
             the
             crackling
             of
             thorns
             to
             the
             ear
             ,
             so
             the
             laughter
             and
             vain
             mirth
             of
             fools
             to
             the
             heart
             of
             a
             wise
             man
             is
             wholly
             offensive
             and
             unsavory
             .
             Hereby
             seems
             likewise
             to
             be
             noted
             the
             aptness
             of
             vain
             men
             to
             be
             caught
             with
             every
             light
             and
             empty
             pleasure
             ,
             as
             fire
             doth
             suddenly
             take
             in
             thorns
             ,
             and
             pass
             thorow
             them
             ,
             Exod.
             22.6
             .
          
           
             V.
             7.
             
             
               Surely
               oppression
               maketh
               a
               wise
               man
               mad
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             This
             may
             be
             understood
             two
             different
             
             wayes
             :
             1.
             
             That
             even
             wise
             men
             when
             they
             see
             innocence
             oppressed
             ,
             and
             violence
             prevail
             instead
             of
             justice
             ,
             or
             when
             they
             themselves
             are
             unrighteously
             oppressed
             ,
             are
             hereby
             much
             shaken
             and
             discomposed
             ,
             tempted
             to
             passion
             and
             indignation
             against
             so
             great
             disorder
             ,
             Psal.
             73.2
             ,
             3
             ,
             8
             ,
             13
             ,
             21.
             
             Prov.
             23.17
             .
             Hab.
             1.2
             ,
             3
             ,
             13
             ,
             14.
             2
             
             Sam.
             16.9
             .
             and
             then
             the
             later
             clause
             is
             thus
             to
             be
             taken
             ,
             and
             It
             ,
             namely
             oppression
             ,
             destroyeth
             the
             heart
             of
             a
             gift
             ,
             (
             i.
             )
             An
             heart
             endowed
             and
             adorned
             with
             excellent
             gifts
             from
             above
             ;
             which
             sense
             the
             Chaldee
             Paraphrase
             favoureth
             :
             and
             many
             times
             when
             two
             substantives
             come
             together
             ,
             the
             later
             is
             taken
             adjectively
             ,
             as
             Psal.
             5.6
             .
             
               a
               man
               of
               blood
               (
               i.
               )
               a
               bloody
               man.
            
             Psal.
             140.11
             .
             A
             man
             of
             tongue
             ,
             (
             i.
             )
             an
             evil
             speaker
             .
             Luk.
             4.22
             .
             
               words
               of
               grace
               (
               i.
               )
               gracious
               words
               .
            
             Ephes.
             4.24
             .
             
               holiness
               of
               truth
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
               true
               holiness
               :
            
             and
             in
             this
             sense
             likewise
             doth
             the
             Septuagint
             ,
             and
             the
             Vulgar
             Latine
             ,
             render
             this
             clause
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             
               Perder
               Robur
               Cordis
               Ejus
            
             .
             So
             by
             
               Cor
               muneris
            
             ,
             they
             understand
             
               Cor
               munificum
               &
               liberale
            
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Oppression
             ,
             (
             i.
             )
             wealth
             gotten
             by
             oppression
             ,
             maketh
             a
             wise
             man
             mad
             .
             When
             a
             wise
             man
             turneth
             oppressor
             ,
             and
             seeth
             bribes
             and
             gifts
             come
             in
             apace
             ,
             he
             becometh
             mad
             in
             greediness
             to
             get
             more
             ,
             or
             mad
             in
             
             violence
             against
             his
             poor
             neighbours
             ,
             or
             mad
             in
             his
             understanding
             ,
             his
             eye
             is
             blinded
             ,
             his
             heart
             is
             infatuated
             and
             besotted
             ,
             he
             is
             bereft
             of
             his
             wonted
             wisdome
             ,
             ruining
             his
             family
             when
             he
             thinks
             to
             raise
             and
             to
             establish
             it
             :
             and
             so
             gifts
             destroy
             the
             heart
             ,
             (
             i.
             )
             his
             understanding
             ,
             Hos.
             4.11
             .
             Deut.
             16.19
             .
             Exod.
             23.8
             .
             Either
             sense
             will
             consist
             well
             with
             the
             scope
             of
             the
             Wise
             man
             in
             the
             whole
             context
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             perswade
             unto
             patience
             against
             fretfulness
             ,
             when
             oppressors
             grow
             rich
             ,
             and
             run
             madding
             after
             gain
             ,
             and
             to
             direct
             them
             to
             wait
             quietly
             and
             observe
             the
             end
             of
             such
             men
             ,
             (
             as
             David
             also
             directeth
             ,
             Psal.
             37.37
             ,
             38.
             
             &
             73.17
             .
             )
             and
             not
             to
             break
             forth
             into
             anger
             and
             madness
             at
             the
             present
             disorder
             which
             we
             conceive
             to
             be
             in
             these
             things
             .
          
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               Better
               is
               the
               end
               of
               a
               thing
               ,
               then
               the
               beginning
               ▪
            
             &c.
             ]
             This
             maxime
             holds
             in
             many
             things
             :
             The
             Beginnings
             are
             difficult
             and
             painful
             ,
             the
             End
             fruitful
             ,
             and
             rewards
             those
             pains
             ;
             as
             in
             the
             studies
             of
             learning
             ,
             in
             the
             wayes
             of
             vertue
             ,
             in
             the
             bearing
             of
             afflictions
             ,
             &c.
             
             Heb
             ,
             12.11
             .
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             the
             beginnings
             of
             vice
             seem
             sweet
             and
             pleasant
             ,
             but
             they
             end
             in
             bitternesse
             ,
             like
             the
             role
             that
             was
             sweet
             in
             the
             mouth
             ,
             but
             bitter
             in
             the
             belly
             ,
             Rev.
             10.9
             ,
             10.
             2
             
             Sam.
             2.26
             .
             So
             in
             businesse
             ,
             a
             man
             may
             suddenly
             enterprize
             some
             great
             work
             ,
             and
             glory
             in
             the
             conceit
             of
             
             his
             abilities
             ,
             who
             after
             comes
             off
             with
             shame
             and
             is
             not
             able
             to
             finish
             it
             ,
             for
             want
             of
             wisdome
             to
             forecast
             events
             ,
             Luke
             13.28
             —
             32.
             1.
             
             Reg.
             20.11
             .
             perseverance
             is
             that
             which
             crowns
             and
             honours
             an
             enterprize
             ,
             Matth.
             10.22
             .
             Heb.
             3.6
             .
             Rev.
             2.26
             .
             Many
             begin
             in
             the
             spirit
             ,
             who
             end
             in
             the
             flesh
             ,
             Gal.
             3.3
             .
             They
             use
             to
             say
             of
             the
             Devil
             ,
             that
             he
             cannot
             change
             his
             feet
             .
             He
             can
             begin
             like
             a
             Saint
             ,
             and
             transform
             himself
             into
             an
             Angel
             of
             light
             ,
             but
             he
             will
             still
             end
             like
             himself
             .
             But
             though
             this
             be
             appliable
             many
             wayes
             ,
             yet
             here
             the
             scope
             of
             the
             Wise
             man
             is
             to
             arm
             us
             with
             moderation
             of
             spirit
             against
             the
             present
             and
             prevailing
             oppressions
             which
             we
             meet
             with
             .
             Although
             thou
             see
             much
             violence
             ,
             and
             do
             thy self
             suffer
             much
             evil
             thereby
             ,
             yet
             do
             not
             despond
             ,
             nor
             give
             over
             waiting
             upon
             God
             ,
             do
             not
             look
             only
             on
             the
             present
             face
             of
             things
             ,
             but
             patiently
             expect
             what
             issue
             he
             will
             give
             ,
             go
             on
             in
             his
             way
             ,
             be
             not
             dismayed
             nor
             affrighted
             from
             any
             good
             purpose
             ;
             many
             times
             the
             end
             is
             comfortable
             ,
             when
             the
             beginnings
             are
             troublesome
             ,
             and
             they
             who
             sowed
             in
             tears
             ,
             do
             reap
             in
             joy
             ,
             Ps.
             126.5
             ,
             6.
             
             Ps.
             73.17
             .
             Jam.
             5
             :
             11.
             
             Heb.
             10.36
             ,
             37.
             
             Phil.
             4.5
             .
             Isa.
             10.12
             ,
             24
             ,
             25.
             
          
           
             
               and
               the
               patient
               in
               spirit
               ,
               then
               the
               proud
               in
               spirit
            
             ]
             Long
             in
             spirit
             .
             That
             can
             long
             restrain
             and
             keep
             in
             anger
             or
             impatience
             .
             
             This
             is
             frequently
             in
             Scripture
             attributed
             unto
             God
             ,
             Exod.
             34.6
             .
             Neh.
             9.17
             .
             Ps.
             145.8
             .
             and
             is
             the
             evidence
             of
             his
             power
             ,
             Num.
             14.17
             ,
             18.
             
             Nahum
             .
             1.3
             .
             and
             so
             it
             is
             of
             wisdome
             and
             strength
             in
             a
             man.
             Prov.
             14.29
             .
             &
             16.32
             .
          
           
             
               then
               the
               proud
               in
               spirit
            
             ]
             The
             proper
             Antithesis
             had
             been
             ,
             then
             the
             hasty
             ,
             or
             short
             in
             spirit
             ,
             as
             the
             expression
             is
             ,
             Prov.
             14.29
             ,
             17.
             
             Exod.
             6.9
             .
             But
             his
             purpose
             is
             to
             shew
             ,
             that
             patience
             is
             rooted
             in
             humility
             ;
             the
             meaner
             esteem
             men
             have
             of
             themselves
             ,
             the
             more
             willing
             they
             are
             to
             endure
             what
             God
             inflicts
             ,
             and
             to
             wait
             his
             time
             for
             an
             issue
             out
             of
             trouble
             .
             Whereas
             pride
             and
             high-mindedness
             makes
             men
             wilfull
             ,
             and
             impatient
             of
             any
             opposition
             ,
             Prov.
             13.10
             .
             Therefore
             when
             God
             humbled
             David
             ,
             we
             find
             how
             strong
             he
             was
             to
             bear
             the
             Railing
             and
             Cursing
             of
             Shimei
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             16.11
             ,
             12.
             
             Hab.
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4.
             
          
           
             V.
             9.
             
             
               Be
               not
               hasty
               in
               thy
               spirit
               to
               be
               angry
            
             ]
             Do
             not
             fret
             at
             the
             oppression
             and
             violence
             which
             thou
             seest
             in
             humane
             affairs
             ;
             do
             not
             rashly
             and
             hastily
             give
             way
             to
             murmuring
             and
             impatience
             .
             So
             the
             Chaldee
             Paraphrase
             understandeth
             it
             of
             contumacy
             and
             frowardness
             against
             God
             and
             his
             providence
             ,
             when
             things
             go
             not
             as
             we
             would
             have
             them
             .
             Be
             not
             hastily
             nor
             revengefully
             angry
             against
             rich
             oppressors
             ,
             Psal.
             37.1
             .
             Prov.
             
             23.17
             ,
             18.
             
             &
             24.19
             .
             Chap.
             5.2
             .
             Anger
             is
             naturally
             an
             hasty
             passion
             ,
             and
             very
             apt
             to
             prevent
             reason
             .
             The
             Philosopher
             compares
             it
             to
             dog
             which
             barketh
             at
             a
             man
             before
             he
             observe
             whether
             it
             be
             his
             master
             or
             a
             stranger
             ;
             and
             to
             an
             hasty
             messenger
             which
             runs
             away
             without
             his
             errand
             .
             And
             therefore
             slowness
             and
             deliberation
             is
             necessary
             to
             keep
             it
             in
             ,
             Jam.
             1.19
             .
             Prov.
             19.11
             .
             &
             15.18
             .
             Tit.
             1.7
             .
             It
             being
             of
             it self
             very
             wilfull
             ,
             and
             hasty
             ,
             Gen.
             49.6
             .
             Hab.
             1.6
             .
             David
             was
             overtaken
             in
             this
             point
             in
             the
             case
             of
             Nabal
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             25.21
             ,
             22.
             and
             the
             disciples
             ,
             whom
             our
             Saviour
             rebuketh
             for
             it
             ,
             Luke
             9.54
             ,
             55.
             
          
           
             
               for
               anger
               resteth
               in
               the
               bosom
               of
               fools
            
             ]
             A
             thing
             is
             said
             to
             be
             in
             the
             bosome
             ,
             when
             it
             is
             much
             loved
             ,
             cherished
             ,
             delighted
             in
             ,
             Deut.
             13.6
             .
             &
             28.56
             .
             Joh.
             1.18
             .
             Ruth
             4.16
             .
             fools
             delight
             in
             anger
             .
             It
             resteth
             .
             It
             is
             in
             his
             proper
             place
             ,
             it
             never
             departeth
             from
             him
             ,
             Is
             ever
             at
             hand
             ,
             ready
             to
             enrage
             and
             enflame
             him
             .
             A
             wise
             man
             useth
             anger
             as
             Physick
             ,
             in
             its
             proper
             time
             ,
             but
             a
             fool
             useth
             it
             as
             his
             constant
             dyet
             .
             It
             is
             bound
             up
             in
             the
             heart
             of
             a
             fool
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             sewed
             and
             sealed
             up
             in
             it
             .
             It
             is
             an
             Inmate
             in
             a
             fool
             ,
             it
             is
             but
             as
             a
             passenger
             through
             the
             heart
             of
             a
             wise
             man
             ,
             it
             doth
             not
             lodge
             in
             it
             all
             night
             ,
             Eph.
             4.26
             .
             therefore
             the
             Apostle
             exhorting
             unto
             perfect
             patience
             ,
             directeth
             to
             us
             to
             pray
             for
             
             wisdome
             as
             the
             foundation
             of
             it
             ,
             Jam.
             1.4
             ,
             5.
             
          
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               Say
               not
               thou
               ,
               What
               is
               the
               cause
               that
               the
               former
               dayes
               were
               better
               then
               these
            
             ]
             He
             doth
             not
             forbid
             us
             with
             godly
             sorrow
             ,
             and
             holy
             zeal
             to
             bewail
             the
             corruption
             of
             the
             dayes
             wherein
             we
             live
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             sensible
             of
             the
             sins
             or
             judgements
             which
             make
             them
             evil
             ;
             for
             there
             is
             no
             question
             but
             some
             ages
             are
             worse
             then
             others
             ,
             there
             were
             purer
             ,
             and
             then
             darker
             and
             corrupter
             times
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             Gen.
             6.11
             ,
             12.
             
             Amos
             5.13
             .
             Eph.
             5.16
             .
             2
             Tim.
             3.1
             —
             5.
             2
             
             Thess.
             2.3
             .
             Luke
             18.8
             .
          
           
             But
             1.
             
             He
             condemneth
             our
             aptness
             to
             pass
             over
             the
             good
             things
             which
             we
             enjoy
             in
             our
             own
             age
             ,
             and
             to
             look
             only
             on
             that
             which
             pincheth
             us
             ,
             to
             complain
             of
             wrong
             ,
             oppression
             ,
             injustice
             now
             ,
             as
             if
             former
             ages
             had
             not
             the
             like
             reasons
             or
             other
             evils
             ,
             which
             we
             are
             freed
             from
             ,
             to
             complain
             of
             as
             well
             as
             we
             .
             Israel
             had
             Gods
             presence
             ,
             and
             Manna
             in
             the
             Wilderness
             ,
             and
             they
             value
             not
             that
             ,
             because
             they
             miss
             the
             onions
             they
             had
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             Exod.
             16.3
             .
             Num.
             11.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             &
             14.1
             —
             4.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             He
             teacheth
             us
             not
             to
             charge
             the
             evils
             we
             lie
             under
             unto
             the
             times
             ,
             but
             to
             our
             sins
             ,
             which
             make
             the
             times
             evil
             :
             for
             that
             is
             all
             one
             as
             if
             a
             man
             should
             think
             he
             should
             be
             
             better
             ,
             if
             he
             were
             removed
             into
             another
             chamber
             ,
             or
             did
             lie
             on
             another
             couch
             .
             He
             that
             is
             wicked
             now
             ,
             would
             have
             been
             so
             in
             the
             best
             of
             times
             ,
             Matth.
             23.30
             .
             Thou
             can'st
             not
             change
             the
             world
             ,
             thy
             work
             is
             to
             mend
             thy self
             :
             a
             bryar
             is
             but
             a
             bryar
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             in
             paradise
             ;
             and
             a
             lilly
             is
             a
             lilly
             ,
             though
             it
             grow
             in
             a
             wilderness
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             According
             to
             the
             scope
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             his
             principal
             purpose
             is
             ,
             to
             reprove
             that
             repining
             disposition
             which
             is
             in
             us
             ,
             whereby
             we
             are
             apt
             to
             murmure
             at
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             because
             he
             hath
             given
             us
             our
             lot
             in
             an
             age
             of
             trouble
             ,
             when
             violence
             haply
             and
             oppression
             prevaileth
             :
             and
             so
             foo●ishly
             to
             charge
             God
             ,
             as
             if
             humane
             affairs
             were
             not
             ballanced
             with
             so
             equal
             and
             indifferent
             distribution
             of
             blessings
             as
             they
             ought
             to
             be
             ;
             do
             not
             ,
             saith
             he
             ,
             question
             the
             Government
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             nor
             the
             wisdome
             and
             righteousness
             of
             God
             therein
             ;
             Leave
             Gods
             work
             unto
             him
             ,
             to
             whom
             it
             belongeth
             to
             temper
             &
             order
             the
             several
             ages
             of
             the
             world
             in
             what
             manner
             it
             pleaseth
             him
             .
             Attend
             thou
             on
             thine
             own
             duty
             ,
             be
             contented
             with
             the
             present
             condition
             of
             the
             times
             ,
             study
             how
             to
             serve
             God
             in
             thy
             generation
             ,
             leave
             not
             thy
             station
             ,
             depart
             not
             from
             thy
             rank
             ,
             afflict
             not
             thy self
             with
             the
             things
             which
             thou
             can'st
             not
             help
             ,
             walk
             with
             God
             ,
             as
             Noah
             did
             in
             the
             worst
             of
             times
             ,
             Gen.
             
             6.9
             .
             and
             let
             the
             badness
             of
             the
             age
             thou
             livest
             in
             ,
             make
             thee
             more
             wise
             ,
             more
             circumspect
             ,
             more
             humble
             ,
             as
             fire
             burns
             hottest
             in
             the
             coldest
             weather
             .
          
           
             
               otherwise
               thou
               doest
               not
               wisely
               inquire
               concerning
               this
               matter
            
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             It
             is
             a
             foolish
             arrogancy
             to
             complain
             of
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             as
             if
             thou
             wert
             wise
             enough
             to
             teach
             him
             ,
             or
             to
             mend
             his
             works
             ,
             Job
             ,
             38.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Job
             21.22
             .
          
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               Wisdome
               is
               good
               with
               an
               inheritance
               :
               and
               by
               it
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             This
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             comparatively
             ,
             for
             wisdome
             is
             good
             of
             it self
             alone
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             better
             ,
             more
             useful
             and
             beneficial
             to
             a
             mans
             self
             and
             others
             ,
             when
             it
             meets
             with
             an
             inheritance
             :
             As
             the
             Rabbins
             say
             ,
             
               Bona
               est
               lex
               cum
               via
               terrae
            
             ;
             Wisdome
             without
             wealth
             is
             despised
             ,
             Chap.
             9.15
             .
             and
             wealth
             without
             wisdome
             is
             a
             snare
             ,
             a
             temptation
             ,
             fuel
             of
             lust
             ,
             pride
             ,
             vanity
             ,
             luxury
             ,
             oppression
             ,
             1
             Tim.
             6.9
             .
             Psal.
             49.6
             .
             Prov.
             28.11
             .
             Therefore
             as
             life
             ,
             expressed
             here
             by
             seeing
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             is
             uncomfortable
             without
             the
             means
             and
             supports
             of
             life
             ,
             an
             inheritance
             to
             maintain
             it
             :
             So
             an
             inheritance
             is
             unweildy
             and
             harmfull
             without
             wisdome
             to
             order
             it
             .
             But
             wealth
             in
             the
             hand
             of
             a
             wise
             and
             good
             man
             ,
             is
             an
             excellent
             instrument
             ,
             whereby
             he
             is
             enabled
             to
             do
             much
             good
             ,
             Isa.
             23.18
             .
             Prov.
             3.9
             .
             Isa.
             60.6
             ,
             9.
             
             Luke
             16.9
             .
             
             1
             Tim.
             6.17
             ,
             18
             ,
             19.
             
             Here
             we
             see
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             not
             having
             of
             wealth
             ,
             but
             right
             using
             of
             it
             ,
             which
             makes
             life
             comfortable
             ;
             for
             a
             fool
             may
             have
             it
             .
             2.
             
             That
             wealth
             without
             wisdome
             to
             use
             it
             aright
             ,
             is
             not
             good
             unto
             the
             owner
             of
             it
             .
             3.
             
             That
             it
             is
             an
             especial
             skill
             and
             wisdome
             ,
             so
             to
             manage
             an
             estate
             ,
             as
             that
             it
             may
             be
             for
             good
             to
             our selves
             and
             others
             .
             4.
             
             That
             wealth
             is
             a
             great
             ornament
             unto
             wisdom
             ,
             Prov.
             14.24
             .
             and
             a
             great
             instrument
             unto
             the
             works
             thereof
             :
             Therefore
             they
             use
             to
             say
             ,
             That
             wealth
             is
             the
             sinews
             of
             action
             5.
             
             That
             it
             is
             happier
             for
             a
             wise
             man
             to
             have
             an
             inheritance
             ,
             an
             estate
             derived
             on
             him
             from
             his
             ancestors
             ,
             then
             to
             be
             put
             to
             get
             wealth
             by
             his
             own
             labour
             and
             industry
             :
             
               Res
               non
               parta
               labore
               sed
               relicta
               .
            
          
           
             
               and
               by
               it
               there
               is
               profit
               to
               them
               that
               see
               the
               Sun
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             by
             wisdome
             with
             an
             inheritance
             ,
             there
             is
             more
             profit
             ,
             or
             more
             excellent
             advantage
             to
             men
             in
             this
             life
             ,
             then
             if
             they
             were
             separated
             .
             Or
             ,
             though
             wisdome
             with
             an
             inheritance
             be
             good
             ,
             yet
             the
             fruit
             of
             wisdom
             is
             more
             permanent
             ,
             and
             more
             excellent
             and
             beneficial
             ,
             then
             the
             profit
             of
             an
             inheritance
             .
          
           
             V.
             12.
             
             
               For
               wisdom
               is
               a
               defence
               ,
               and
               money
               is
               a
               defence
            
             ]
             In
             the
             Original
             the
             words
             go
             thus
             ,
             
               For
               in
               the
               shadow
               of
               wisdom
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               shadow
               of
               money
               .
               But
               the
               excellency
               of
               
               knowledge
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Where
             there
             is
             either
             an
             Ellipsis
             of
             some
             Verb
             ,
             supplyed
             by
             the
             Chaldee
             version
             ,
             As
             a
             man
             is
             preserved
             in
             the
             shadow
             of
             wisdom
             so
             is
             he
             preserved
             in
             the
             shadow
             of
             money
             .
             And
             by
             others
             ,
             A
             man
             resteth
             ,
             and
             is
             sheltred
             against
             danger
             under
             the
             shadow
             of
             wisdom
             and
             of
             money
             ▪
             Or
             else
             an
             Hypallage
             ,
             In
             the
             shadow
             of
             wisdom
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             In
             wisdom
             there
             is
             a
             shadow
             .
             The
             doubling
             of
             the
             prefix
             Beth
             ,
             noteth
             the
             proportion
             of
             the
             one
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             ,
             in
             that
             which
             is
             in
             common
             affirmed
             of
             them
             ;
             as
             the
             one
             is
             a
             shadow
             ,
             so
             is
             the
             other
             .
             And
             so
             the
             vulg●●
             Latin
             rendreth
             it
             ,
             As
             wisdom
             defendeth
             ,
             so
             money
             defendeth
             .
             Which
             kind
             of
             proportion
             is
             commonly
             expressed
             by
             a
             double
             Caph
             ;
             as
             Isa.
             24.2
             .
             Or
             lastly
             ,
             the
             Preposition
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             may
             here
             from
             a
             Nominative
             Case
             ,
             as
             Psal
             55.18
             .
             Hos.
             13.9
             .
             and
             in
             other
             places
             ,
             as
             some
             learned
             men
             have
             observed
             .
             
               A
               shadow
               ,
               (
               i.
            
             )
             a
             Defence
             ,
             by
             a
             Metaphor
             borrowed
             from
             the
             shelter
             ,
             which
             in
             those
             hot
             countries
             men
             received
             under
             trees
             from
             the
             scorching
             heat
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             Job
             .
             7.2
             .
             Isa.
             25.4
             .
             &
             30.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Psal.
             121.5
             ,
             6.
             
             Num.
             14.9
             .
             Jon.
             4
             6
             ,
             8.
             
             Wisdom
             is
             thus
             a
             refreshing
             defence
             from
             oppression
             and
             danger
             ,
             Prov.
             3.18
             .
             Eccl.
             9.15
             .
             Act.
             23.6
             —
             9.
             
             
               And
               money
               is
               a
               defence
            
             ;
             It
             will
             arm
             ,
             it
             will
             ransome
             and
             buy
             a
             man
             out
             of
             danger
             ,
             Prov.
             13.8
             .
             &
             10.15
             .
             &
             19.4
             .
          
           
           
             
               but
               the
               excellence
               of
               wisdom
               is
               ,
               that
               wisdome
               giveth
               life
               to
               them
               that
               have
               it
            
             ]
             They
             both
             defend
             ,
             and
             therefore
             both
             together
             are
             very
             profitable
             ;
             but
             of
             the
             two
             ,
             wisdom
             is
             the
             most
             excellent
             ;
             he
             meaneth
             spiritual
             wisdom
             ,
             joyned
             with
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             which
             is
             the
             beginning
             of
             it
             ,
             for
             this
             giveth
             life
             ,
             Prov.
             3.16
             .
             &
             9.11
             .
             which
             riches
             cannot
             do
             ,
             Psal.
             39.5
             ,
             6.
             
             &
             49.16
             —
             19.
             
             Prov.
             11.4
             .
             Rich
             Nabal
             died
             with
             sorrow
             ,
             when
             wise
             Abigail
             saved
             the
             life
             of
             the
             family
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             25.33
             ,
             37
             ,
             38.
             
             Therefore
             wisdom
             is
             better
             then
             wealth
             ,
             Prov.
             8.11
             .
             &
             16.16
             .
             &
             4.5
             —
             10.
             
             Many
             times
             a
             mans
             wealth
             shortneth
             his
             dayes
             ,
             either
             by
             his
             own
             luxurious
             and
             inordinate
             use
             of
             them
             ,
             or
             by
             exposing
             him
             to
             the
             cruelty
             of
             thieves
             and
             murtherers
             .
             But
             a
             mans
             wisdom
             will
             fence
             him
             against
             such
             dangers
             ;
             or
             at
             least
             will
             quiet
             and
             comfort
             him
             under
             them
             ,
             that
             he
             shall
             not
             sink
             nor
             despond
             .
          
           
             V.
             13.
             
             
               Consider
               the
               work
               of
               God
               :
               for
               who
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             He
             seemeth
             to
             have
             prescribed
             wisdom
             ,
             with
             an
             inheritance
             ,
             or
             unquestionable
             estate
             ,
             to
             be
             the
             best
             remedies
             against
             oppression
             ,
             violence
             ,
             and
             those
             other
             evils
             ,
             which
             in
             a
             bad
             age
             we
             are
             apt
             to
             complain
             of
             .
             But
             because
             such
             may
             be
             the
             badness
             of
             the
             times
             ,
             and
             so
             prevalent
             the
             injuries
             and
             corruptions
             thereof
             ,
             as
             that
             neither
             wealth
             or
             wisdom
             can
             defend
             a
             man
             against
             them
             :
             He
             here
             
             therefore
             directeth
             to
             another
             act
             of
             wisdom
             ,
             namely
             ,
             to
             look
             above
             the
             creatures
             ,
             and
             all
             second
             causes
             ,
             unto
             the
             righteous
             hand
             and
             irresistible
             providence
             of
             God
             in
             them
             all
             ;
             and
             where
             wisdom
             cannot
             mend
             our
             condition
             ,
             nor
             make
             the
             times
             ,
             or
             the
             men
             thereof
             ,
             or
             our
             affairs
             therein
             ,
             so
             right
             and
             orderly
             as
             we
             would
             have
             them
             ,
             there
             to
             let
             it
             ,
             at
             the
             least
             ,
             teach
             us
             contentment
             ,
             silence
             ,
             &
             an
             humble
             acquiescency
             in
             the
             good
             pleasure
             of
             the
             Lord.
             Many
             things
             there
             are
             ,
             which
             no
             humane
             wisdom
             can
             rectifie
             .
             In
             a
             publick
             Pestilence
             or
             Famine
             ,
             no
             ability
             of
             man
             can
             purge
             the
             air
             ,
             or
             open
             the
             windows
             of
             heaven
             to
             supply
             us
             .
             In
             a
             shipwrack
             ,
             no
             wisdom
             of
             man
             can
             rebuke
             the
             winds
             and
             seas
             ,
             and
             command
             a
             calm
             .
             But
             in
             all
             such
             cases
             ,
             wisdom
             must
             teach
             us
             to
             submit
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             wait
             upon
             him
             .
          
           
             
               See
               the
               work
               of
               God
               ]
               (
               i.
               )
            
             Diligently
             view
             and
             take
             notice
             ,
             in
             the
             course
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             of
             Gods
             over-ruling
             providence
             .
             The
             Scripture
             commonly
             useth
             words
             of
             external
             senses
             ,
             to
             express
             the
             actions
             of
             the
             soul
             within
             ,
             Chap.
             2.24
             .
             &
             3.10
             .
          
           
             
               the
               work
               of
               God
            
             ]
             Namely
             ,
             his
             righteous
             government
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             when
             thou
             art
             apt
             to
             complain
             of
             the
             times
             ,
             and
             the
             oppressions
             therein
             ,
             then
             remember
             ,
             how
             crooked
             soever
             things
             are
             ,
             it
             is
             God
             that
             
             ordered
             and
             appointed
             all
             things
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             vain
             for
             thee
             to
             think
             ,
             that
             by
             thy
             sollicitude
             or
             anxiety
             ,
             thou
             canst
             rectifie
             every
             thing
             which
             thou
             art
             apt
             to
             complain
             of
             ;
             for
             the
             decrees
             of
             God
             are
             unalterable
             ,
             like
             mountains
             of
             brass
             which
             cannot
             be
             moved
             ▪
             Zach.
             6.1.15
             .
             Therefore
             make
             that
             light
             by
             patience
             ,
             which
             thou
             canst
             not
             correct
             .
          
           
             
               for
               who
               can
               make
               that
               straight
               ,
               which
               he
               hath
               made
               crooked
               ?
            
             ]
             This
             shews
             the
             unalterableness
             of
             Gods
             order
             ,
             which
             he
             in
             his
             providence
             hath
             placed
             things
             in
             .
             It
             may
             be
             understood
             ,
             1.
             
             In
             the
             course
             of
             nature
             ,
             Be
             not
             angry
             ,
             nor
             fretfull
             against
             Gods
             work
             ,
             in
             unseasonableness
             of
             winds
             or
             weather
             ,
             in
             losses
             by
             sea
             or
             land
             ,
             in
             sicknesses
             and
             infirmities
             or
             deformities
             ,
             which
             God
             bringeth
             upon
             thee
             or
             thine
             ;
             nor
             at
             the
             miscarriage
             of
             any
             means
             ,
             or
             weakness
             of
             any
             endeavours
             thou
             usest
             to
             rectifie
             these
             things
             .
             This
             sin
             was
             the
             fault
             of
             Israel
             in
             the
             wildernes
             ,
             they
             murmured
             at
             things
             which
             they
             could
             not
             mend
             ,
             Exod.
             17.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Numb
             .
             11.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             6.33
             .
             Jon.
             4.8
             ,
             9.
             2.
             
             In
             Civil
             policy
             ,
             and
             the
             managing
             of
             humane
             societies
             ;
             If
             thou
             see
             great
             concussions
             in
             States
             ,
             depopulating
             of
             Countries
             ,
             translating
             of
             Kingdoms
             ,
             plucking
             down
             and
             rooting
             up
             ,
             the
             Sword
             devouring
             as
             it
             pleaseth
             ;
             wonder
             not
             ,
             murmur
             not
             ,
             but
             
             seriously
             consider
             ,
             that
             God
             hath
             an
             over-ruling
             providence
             therein
             ,
             and
             whatever
             else
             displeaseth
             thee
             ,
             yet
             rest
             silent
             and
             contented
             with
             what
             he
             doth
             ,
             Job
             9.5
             —
             13·
             Job
             .
             12.14
             —
             24.
             
             Psal.
             75.6
             ,
             7.
             
             Isa.
             2.10
             —
             19.
             
             Dan.
             2.11
             .
             Jer.
             18.6
             —
             10.
             
             &
             47.6
             ,
             7.
             
             Ezek.
             14.17
             .
             3.
             
             In
             the
             sins
             and
             prevailing
             wickedness
             of
             men
             in
             any
             kind
             ,
             when
             thou
             seest
             men
             incorrigible
             in
             wickedness
             ,
             so
             crooked
             ,
             that
             no
             means
             will
             reclaim
             or
             rectifie
             them
             ;
             consider
             the
             work
             of
             Gods
             most
             righteous
             judgement
             in
             hardning
             whom
             he
             will
             ;
             and
             remember
             that
             God
             is
             so
             holy
             that
             he
             would
             not
             suffer
             sin
             to
             prevail
             ,
             if
             he
             were
             not
             also
             so
             wise
             and
             powerfull
             as
             to
             order
             it
             to
             his
             own
             glory
             ,
             and
             that
             no
             wickedness
             of
             man
             shall
             proceed
             further
             ,
             then
             to
             execute
             what
             his
             pre-determinate
             counsel
             had
             appointed
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             remainder
             of
             it
             he
             will
             restrain
             ,
             Rom.
             9.18
             .
             1
             Sam.
             2.25
             .
             Gen.
             50.20
             .
             Exod.
             7.3
             ,
             4.2
             Thess.
             2.11
             ,
             12.
             
             Act.
             4.28
             .
             Rom.
             11.8
             .
             Psal.
             76.10
             .
          
           
             V.
             14.
             
             
               In
               the
               day
               of
               prosperity
               be
               joyfull
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               day
               of
               adversity
               consider
            
             ]
             In
             the
             day
             of
             good
             be
             thou
             in
             good
             .
             Or
             ,
             be
             thou
             good
             ;
             That
             is
             ,
             joyfull
             ,
             and
             cheerfull
             .
             The
             prefix
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             sometimes
             denoting
             a
             Nominative
             Case
             ,
             as
             some
             learned
             have
             observed
             .
             
             Or
             ,
             it
             may
             note
             a
             fulness
             of
             joy
             ;
             Be
             thou
             very
             joyfull
             :
             as
             the
             like
             phrase
             seems
             to
             import
             ,
             Exod.
             32.22
             .
             1
             Joh.
             5.19
             .
             Joh.
             9.34
             .
             Mark
             5.3
             ,
             25.
             
             Psal.
             29.4
             .
             &
             33.4
             .
             When
             God
             gives
             thee
             prosper●ty
             ,
             do
             thou
             enjoy
             it
             with
             a
             cheerfull
             and
             a
             thankfull
             heart
             .
          
           
             
               but
               in
               the
               day
               of
               adversity
               ,
            
             or
             ,
             
               in
               the
               day
               of
               evil
               consider
               ,
            
             or
             ,
             see
             ]
             Times
             of
             trouble
             and
             affliction
             are
             called
             evil
             dayes
             ,
             Amos
             5.13
             .
             Eph.
             5.16
             .
             Eccl.
             12.1
             .
             Consider
             ;
             he
             doth
             not
             say
             ,
             Be
             thou
             in
             evil
             ,
             or
             do
             thou
             droop
             and
             languish
             under
             thine
             affliction
             ;
             but
             consider
             the
             righteous
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             behave
             thy self
             wisely
             ,
             and
             sutably
             to
             his
             visitation
             ;
             see
             from
             what
             hand
             it
             comes
             ,
             to
             what
             issue
             it
             tends
             ;
             be
             not
             fretfull
             ;
             use
             not
             sinfull
             means
             to
             extricate
             thy self
             out
             of
             trouble
             ;
             look
             on
             it
             as
             the
             work
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             though
             it
             seem
             crooked
             unto
             thee
             ,
             yet
             thou
             canst
             not
             make
             straight
             ,
             vers
             .
             13.
             nor
             by
             murmuring
             ,
             or
             wrestling
             ,
             mend
             thy self
             .
             Therefore
             in
             the
             day
             of
             evil
             ,
             see
             to
             thy self
             ,
             take
             heed
             of
             any
             undecent
             and
             unbeseeming
             behaviour
             of
             heart
             ;
             so
             much
             the
             word
             seeing
             sometimes
             doth
             import
             ,
             Mar.
             12.38
             .
             &
             13.9
             .
             1
             Cor.
             10.12
             .
             as
             also
             serious
             observing
             of
             what
             is
             proposed
             unto
             us
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             24.11
             .
             and
             accurate
             perpending
             and
             attendance
             upon
             it
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             learn
             something
             
             by
             it
             ,
             So
             should
             we
             behave
             our selves
             in
             the
             time
             of
             trouble
             ,
             Mic.
             6.9
             .
             Psal.
             94.12
             .
             &
             119.71
             .
             Isaiah
             26.11
             .
             &
             42.25
             .
          
           
             
               God
               also
               hath
               set
               the
               one
               over
               against
               the
               other
            
             ]
             Hath
             so
             ordered
             and
             tempered
             the
             life
             of
             man
             ,
             that
             good
             and
             evil
             should
             be
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             interwoven
             with
             one
             another
             ,
             that
             the
             vicissitude
             of
             them
             should
             take
             of
             the
             heart
             ,
             either
             from
             surfeiting
             on
             prosperity
             ,
             or
             desponding
             in
             adversity
             ;
             as
             God
             hath
             set
             Winter
             and
             Summer
             ,
             Day
             and
             Night
             over
             against
             one
             another
             ,
             Gen.
             8.22
             .
             Psal.
             74.16
             ,
             17.
             so
             good
             and
             evil
             in
             the
             life
             of
             man
             ,
             Lam.
             3.38
             .
             Isa.
             45.7
             .
             that
             in
             prosperity
             ,
             a
             man
             might
             not
             say
             ,
             He
             shall
             never
             be
             moved
             ;
             nor
             in
             adversity
             ,
             He
             shall
             never
             be
             delivered
             ;
             but
             that
             in
             the
             one
             ,
             he
             might
             learn
             moderation
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             other
             ,
             might
             exercise
             faith
             and
             hope
             ,
             and
             might
             thankfully
             receive
             both
             good
             and
             evil
             at
             Gods
             hand
             ,
             Job
             .
             1.21
             .
             &
             2.10
             .
             
               Habet
               has
               vices
               conditio
               mortaliu●
               ut
               adversa
               ex
               secundis
               ,
               ex
               adversis
               secunda
               ,
               nascantur
               .
            
             As
             in
             a
             curious
             and
             well
             proportioned
             building
             ,
             one
             side
             doth
             exactly
             answer
             unto
             that
             which
             is
             over-right
             it
             ,
             Ezek.
             40.21
             .
             as
             in
             a
             balance
             ,
             the
             weight
             in
             the
             one
             side
             ,
             doth
             poise
             and
             answer
             to
             the
             wares
             in
             the
             other
             ;
             so
             doth
             God
             measure
             forth
             good
             and
             evil
             in
             the
             lives
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             proportion
             
             them
             to
             one
             another
             ,
             so
             as
             may
             be
             best
             fitted
             for
             humane
             frailty
             ,
             and
             most
             conduce
             unto
             the
             spiritual
             good
             of
             his
             servants
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             10.13
             .
             Psal.
             90.15
             .
             &
             103.9
             ,
             14.
             2
             
             Cor.
             1.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             9
             ,
             10.
             
             Isa.
             57.16
             —
             18.
             
          
           
             
               to
               the
               end
               that
               man
               should
               find
               nothing
               after
               him
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             To
             the
             end
             ,
             that
             man
             should
             not
             be
             able
             to
             find
             out
             ,
             or
             to
             foresee
             any
             thing
             that
             is
             to
             befall
             him
             afterwards
             ;
             that
             it
             being
             impossible
             for
             him
             ,
             by
             his
             providence
             or
             prudence
             ,
             to
             prevent
             that
             order
             and
             vicissitude
             of
             events
             ,
             which
             God
             hath
             fore-ordained
             ,
             he
             may
             thereupon
             resolve
             patiently
             to
             submit
             to
             the
             will
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             (
             which
             must
             obtain
             notwithstanding
             all
             our
             unquietness
             )
             and
             to
             adore
             the
             wisdome
             and
             goodness
             of
             God
             ,
             who
             as
             he
             doth
             by
             his
             Soveraign
             authority
             ,
             whatsoever
             it
             pleaseth
             both
             in
             heaven
             and
             earth
             ,
             so
             doth
             he
             by
             his
             admirable
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             Fatherly
             goodness
             ,
             so
             dispose
             of
             things
             ,
             and
             so
             temper
             them
             together
             for
             the
             good
             of
             his
             servants
             ,
             that
             none
             ,
             who
             comes
             after
             him
             ,
             can
             mend
             his
             work
             ,
             be
             able
             to
             order
             things
             better
             to
             his
             own
             advantage
             then
             God
             hath
             done
             ;
             and
             hereupon
             since
             no
             man
             can
             find
             out
             any
             thing
             superfluous
             ,
             any
             thing
             defective
             ,
             any
             thing
             irregular
             in
             the
             work
             of
             God
             ,
             any
             thing
             which
             if
             he
             had
             been
             ,
             
             consulted
             ,
             might
             have
             been
             better
             done
             ;
             every
             man
             therefore
             ought
             to
             take
             heed
             of
             fretting
             or
             complaining
             ,
             or
             finding
             fault
             with
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             towards
             him
             ,
             and
             believe
             ,
             that
             what
             the
             Lord
             doth
             ,
             is
             best
             done
             ,
             and
             accordingly
             acquiesce
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             with
             silence
             and
             submission
             yield
             unto
             it
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             3.18
             .
             2
             Sam.
             15.25
             ,
             26.
             
             &
             16.10
             .
             Ps.
             39.9
             .
             Acts
             11.17
             ,
             18.
             
             Isa.
             39.8
             .
             Rom.
             8.28
             .
             Job
             9.22.13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15
             ,
             32.
             
             Mic.
             7.9
             .
             Lam.
             3.26
             —
             39.
             
             Job
             40.4
             .
          
           
             V.
             15.
             
             
               All
               things
               have
               I
               seen
               in
               the
               daies
               of
               my
               vanity
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             He
             confirmeth
             the
             former
             doctrine
             of
             Gods
             dark
             and
             wonderful
             providence
             ,
             by
             his
             own
             observation
             and
             experience
             .
             All
             these
             things
             have
             I
             observed
             in
             my
             vain
             and
             short
             life
             ,
             Chap.
             6.12
             .
          
           
             
               there
               is
               a
               just
               man
               that
               perisheth
               in
               his
               righteousness
            
             ]
             Is
             oppressed
             and
             ruined
             ,
             being
             innocent
             ;
             or
             ,
             for
             his
             righteousness
             ;
             as
             Naboth
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             21.
             
             Hab.
             1.13
             .
             In
             ,
             sometimes
             is
             as
             much
             as
             for
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             29.18
             .
             Hos.
             12.13
             .
             Gen.
             18.28
             .
             Jon.
             1.14
             .
             Matth.
             6.7
             .
             Act
             7.29
             .
          
           
             
               and
               there
               is
               a
               wicked
               man
               that
               prolongeth
               his
               life
            
             ]
             Lives
             impunely
             in
             a
             wicked
             way
             without
             controul
             ,
             and
             that
             many
             times
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             wicked
             ,
             Job
             21.7
             .
             Jer.
             12.1
             ,
             2.
             
             The
             Lord
             hereby
             teaching
             us
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             a
             day
             to
             come
             wherein
             he
             hath
             appointed
             to
             
             judge
             the
             world
             in
             righteousness
             ,
             called
             the
             day
             of
             the
             revelation
             of
             his
             righteous
             judgements
             ,
             Acts
             17.31
             .
             Rom.
             2.5
             .
             He
             is
             most
             just
             and
             righteous
             now
             in
             all
             his
             waies
             of
             providence
             ,
             but
             many
             times
             in
             them
             he
             hideth
             himself
             ,
             Isa.
             45.15
             .
             that
             he
             may
             exercise
             the
             faith
             and
             patience
             of
             his
             servants
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             perdition
             of
             wicked
             men
             at
             the
             last
             ,
             may
             by
             his
             long
             suffering
             and
             patience
             towards
             them
             ,
             be
             the
             more
             conspicuous
             .
          
           
             V.
             16.
             
             
               Be
               not
               righteous
               over
               much
            
             ]
             Some
             would
             have
             this
             spoken
             in
             the
             name
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             the
             judgement
             of
             carnal
             Reason
             ,
             as
             a
             politick
             precept
             unto
             neutrality
             and
             indifferency
             in
             good
             courses
             ,
             seeing
             piety
             and
             righteousness
             doth
             so
             often
             expose
             men
             unto
             danger
             ,
             be
             not
             therefore
             over-forward
             and
             religious
             ,
             over-wise
             and
             scrupulous
             ;
             be
             not
             so
             inflexible
             upon
             grounds
             of
             conscience
             ,
             remit
             a
             little
             of
             thy
             strictness
             ,
             and
             accommodate
             thy self
             to
             the
             exigence
             of
             times
             and
             circumstances
             ,
             slacken
             thy
             hand
             ,
             strike
             sail
             ,
             loosen
             the
             rudder
             bonds
             in
             a
             tempest
             .
             Why
             shouldest
             thou
             unnecessarily
             expose
             thy self
             unto
             danger
             ?
             But
             I
             rather
             conceive
             that
             the
             name
             of
             the
             mean
             is
             here
             given
             to
             the
             extreme
             ,
             for
             a
             man
             may
             many
             times
             do
             a
             thing
             conscientiously
             ,
             and
             upon
             an
             opinion
             of
             duty
             ,
             and
             thereby
             involve
             himself
             in
             much
             trouble
             and
             danger
             ,
             when
             indeed
             there
             was
             no
             
             necessity
             so
             to
             do
             .
             1
             Sam.
             15.21
             .
             2
             Sam.
             21.1
             ,
             2.
             
             Joh.
             13.8
             .
             Rom.
             10.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Phil.
             3.6
             .
             Act.
             26.9
             .
             Joh.
             16.2
             .
             Col.
             2.18
             .
             1
             Tim.
             5.23
             .
             and
             in
             this
             sense
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             
               be
               not
               righteous
               over-much
            
             ,
             be
             not
             too
             much
             bent
             on
             a
             thing
             ,
             just
             in
             thine
             own
             opinion
             ,
             but
             temper
             thy
             zeal
             with
             godly
             wisdome
             ,
             advise
             with
             others
             ,
             lean
             not
             on
             thine
             own
             understanding
             ;
             make
             not
             thy self
             over-wise
             ,
             as
             if
             thine
             own
             private
             judgement
             were
             ground
             enough
             to
             regulate
             all
             thy
             behaviours
             by
             ,
             flatter
             not
             thy self
             in
             any
             opinionative
             confidence
             of
             thine
             own
             ability
             to
             judge
             of
             all
             that
             is
             fit
             to
             be
             done
             ,
             but
             think
             soberly
             of
             thy self
             ,
             Rom.
             12.3
             .
             The
             more
             humble
             thou
             art
             ,
             the
             more
             wary
             and
             circumspect
             thou
             wilt
             be
             ,
             and
             the
             more
             wary
             ,
             the
             more
             safe
             .
             Some
             apply
             this
             against
             too
             much
             rigor
             and
             severity
             in
             censuring
             of
             men
             for
             unjust
             ,
             when
             we
             see
             them
             perish
             ,
             or
             for
             righteous
             when
             we
             see
             them
             prosper
             ,
             grounded
             upon
             the
             doctrine
             of
             the
             former
             verse
             .
             But
             I
             rather
             take
             it
             for
             a
             Caution
             and
             direction
             to
             moderate
             our
             zeal
             with
             prudence
             ,
             least
             it
             bring
             upon
             us
             the
             fore-mentioned
             danger
             ▪
             Matth.
             10.16
             .
             It
             was
             the
             commendation
             of
             Agricola
             in
             Tacitus
             ,
             
               Retinuit
               ,
               quod
               est
               difficillimum
               ,
               ex
               sapientia
               modum
               .
               Quisquis
               plus
               justo
               non
               sapit
               ,
               ille
               sapit
               .
            
          
           
             V.
             17.
             
             
               Be
               not
               over-much
               wicked
               ,
               neither
               
               be
               thou
               foolish
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Though
             there
             is
             a
             wicked
             man
             that
             prolongeth
             his
             life
             in
             his
             wickedness
             ,
             do
             not
             thou
             thereupon
             take
             courage
             to
             let
             loose
             the
             reins
             to
             all
             lust
             ,
             or
             to
             make
             the
             impunity
             of
             others
             an
             encouragement
             to
             any
             excess
             of
             wickedness
             in
             thy self
             ,
             for
             this
             is
             folly
             and
             madness
             to
             run
             against
             a
             rock
             ,
             because
             some
             one
             or
             other
             hath
             escaped
             shipwrack
             .
             He
             doth
             not
             here
             allow
             any
             degree
             of
             wickedness
             ,
             but
             because
             in
             many
             things
             we
             sin
             all
             ,
             and
             no
             man
             by
             his
             greatest
             vigilancy
             can
             preserve
             himself
             wholly
             from
             miscarriage
             ,
             therefore
             he
             warneth
             us
             to
             beware
             above
             all
             ,
             of
             breaking
             forth
             into
             presumptuous
             sins
             ,
             and
             superfluity
             of
             naughtiness
             ,
             Jam.
             1.21
             .
             Excess
             and
             profuseness
             of
             evil
             ,
             1
             Pet.
             4.3
             .
             greediness
             of
             lust
             ,
             Eph.
             4.19
             .
             Jer.
             6
             ,
             7.
             
             &
             2
             23
             ,
             24.
             
             &
             8.6
             .
             Hos.
             4.2
             .
             Mic.
             7.3
             .
          
           
             
               why
               shouldest
               thou
               dye
               before
               thy
               time
               ?
            
             ]
             why
             shouldest
             thou
             by
             excess
             of
             sin
             consume
             thy
             body
             ,
             waste
             thy
             strength
             ,
             cast
             thy self
             into
             the
             danger
             of
             civil
             justice
             ,
             or
             under
             the
             curse
             threatned
             against
             desperate
             sinners
             ,
             Ps.
             55.23
             .
             Prov.
             10.27
             .
             Job
             .
             15.32
             .
          
           
             V.
             18.
             
             
               It
               is
               good
               that
               thou
               shouldest
               take
               hold
               of
               this
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Take
             hold
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             firmly
             and
             constantly
             keep
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             never
             let
             it
             go
             ,
             Isa.
             56.4
             .
             Job
             17.9
             .
             Prov.
             4
             13.
             
          
           
             
               of
               this
            
             ]
             Meaning
             either
             that
             which
             he
             
             speaks
             of
             in
             the
             present
             verse
             ,
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             whereby
             the
             heart
             will
             be
             preserved
             from
             vitious
             and
             imprudent
             extremes
             ,
             and
             the
             dangers
             ensuing
             thereupon
             .
             Or
             else
             ,
             the
             mediocrity
             he
             before
             spake
             of
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             that
             thou
             hold
             fast
             this
             counsel
             ,
             to
             follow
             the
             middle
             and
             safe
             way
             ,
             sincerely
             keeping
             unto
             duty
             ,
             and
             yet
             wisely
             declining
             danger
             ,
             and
             then
             the
             clauses
             [
             of
             this
             ]
             and
             [
             from
             this
             ]
             must
             relate
             unto
             the
             two
             former
             precepts
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             that
             thou
             take
             hold
             of
             this
             ,
             namely
             ,
             that
             thou
             be
             not
             over-much
             wicked
             ,
             and
             withal
             that
             thou
             with-draw
             not
             thine
             hand
             from
             that
             ,
             namely
             ,
             that
             thou
             be
             not
             righteous
             over-much
             .
          
           
             
               for
               he
               that
               feareth
               God
               shall
               come
               forth
               of
               them
               all
            
             ]
             Of
             all
             those
             dangers
             ,
             which
             extremes
             are
             likely
             to
             draw
             men
             into
             .
             He
             that
             ordereth
             his
             waies
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             turneth
             aside
             neither
             to
             the
             right
             hand
             ,
             nor
             to
             the
             left
             ,
             but
             doth
             observe
             one
             precept
             ,
             as
             that
             he
             departeth
             not
             from
             another
             ,
             shall
             thereby
             be
             preserved
             from
             the
             dangers
             which
             lye
             on
             either
             hand
             ,
             Ps.
             34.9
             —
             16.
             shall
             have
             comfort
             in
             trouble
             ,
             and
             deliverance
             out
             of
             it
             ;
             for
             
               the
               fear
               of
               the
               Lord
               is
               the
               beginning
               of
               wisdome
               ,
            
             he
             doth
             teach
             them
             how
             they
             may
             walk
             without
             offence
             ,
             Ps.
             25.12
             ,
             14.
             
             Job
             22.28
             .
             Ps.
             32.7
             ,
             8.
             
          
           
             V.
             19.
             
             
               Wisdome
               strengtheneth
               the
               wise
               ,
               
               more
               than
               ten
               mighty
               men
               that
               are
               in
               the
               City
            
             ]
             By
             wisdome
             he
             meaneth
             that
             wisdome
             which
             he
             advised
             in
             the
             three
             preceding
             verses
             ,
             that
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             whereby
             men
             are
             taught
             to
             keep
             an
             holy
             moderation
             ,
             and
             to
             avoid
             all
             unnecessary
             and
             imprudent
             extremes
             in
             evil
             times
             ,
             this
             wisdome
             will
             keep
             a
             man
             from
             the
             dangers
             mentioned
             vers
             .
             15.
             more
             than
             ten
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             many
             mighty
             men
             ,
             or
             principal
             commanders
             can
             preserve
             a
             city
             .
             A
             godly
             man
             ,
             who
             hath
             God
             for
             his
             friend
             ,
             and
             his
             Angels
             pitching
             their
             tents
             about
             him
             ,
             is
             thereby
             much
             safer
             from
             dangers
             ,
             than
             a
             city
             is
             by
             the
             power
             of
             many
             Dynastae
             or
             Potentates
             ,
             who
             are
             intrusted
             with
             the
             defence
             of
             it
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             6.16
             .
             Eccles.
             9.16
             .
             Isa.
             8.10
             .
             2
             Sam.
             20.16
             —
             22.
             
             Prov.
             24.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             Zach.
             2.5
             .
             Ps.
             34
             7.
             
             Prov.
             3.21
             —
             26.
             
             &
             4.12
             ,
             13.
             
          
           
             V.
             20.
             
               for
               there
               is
               not
               a
               just
               man
               upon
               earth
               ,
               that
               doeth
               good
               ,
               and
               sinneth
               not
            
             ]
             Though
             some
             conceive
             these
             words
             to
             have
             no
             relation
             or
             connexion
             to
             the
             words
             going
             before
             ,
             or
             following
             after
             ,
             yet
             they
             seem
             to
             have
             a
             very
             fair
             aspect
             both
             waies
             .
             1.
             
             To
             the
             former
             words
             ;
             there
             is
             no
             man
             so
             just
             ,
             but
             he
             will
             sometimes
             be
             overtaken
             with
             sin
             ,
             which
             will
             easily
             expose
             him
             unto
             danger
             ,
             if
             he
             have
             not
             spiritual
             wisdome
             to
             behave
             himself
             ,
             in
             a
             fair
             accommodation
             towards
             other
             .
             2.
             
             To
             the
             following
             words
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             man
             
             so
             just
             ,
             who
             doth
             not
             sometimes
             fall
             into
             sin
             ,
             and
             therefore
             he
             ought
             to
             bear
             with
             the
             errors
             and
             failings
             of
             others
             .
             The
             common
             corruption
             of
             the
             best
             men
             requireth
             of
             them
             ,
             both
             wisdome
             toward
             themselves
             to
             prevent
             danger
             ,
             and
             charity
             towards
             their
             brethren
             to
             forgive
             offences
             :
             wisdome
             towards
             themselves
             ,
             that
             they
             give
             not
             occasion
             to
             any
             to
             reproach
             and
             speak
             evil
             of
             the
             waies
             of
             God
             ,
             Col.
             4.5
             ,
             6.
             1
             
             Thess.
             4.11
             ,
             12.
             
             Eph.
             5.13
             ,
             16.
             2
             
             Cor.
             11.12
             .
             1
             Pet.
             2.12.15
             ,
             16.
             
             Charity
             towards
             others
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             overtaken
             with
             a
             fault
             ,
             as
             considering
             themselves
             ,
             who
             are
             without
             Gods
             continued
             assistance
             ,
             equally
             obnoxious
             to
             the
             same
             miscarriages
             ,
             Gal.
             6.1
             .
             Col.
             3.13
             .
          
           
             
               not
               a
               just
               man
               upon
               earth
            
             ]
             For
             the
             Saints
             in
             heaven
             are
             made
             perfect
             ,
             they
             sin
             no
             more
             ,
             Heb.
             12.23
             .
             The
             words
             in
             their
             absolute
             sense
             are
             a
             full
             testimony
             of
             the
             imperfection
             of
             our
             inherent
             Righteousness
             in
             this
             Life
             ,
             and
             that
             even
             justified
             persons
             come
             very
             short
             of
             that
             exact
             and
             perfect
             obedience
             which
             the
             Law
             requireth
             ,
             Ps.
             103.3
             ,
             4.
             
             &
             143.2
             .
             1
             Reg.
             8.46
             .
             Isa.
             64.6
             .
             Prov.
             20.9
             .
             1
             Joh.
             1.8
             ,
             10.
             
             Rom.
             7.14
             —
             23.
             
          
           
             V.
             21.
             
             
               Also
               take
               no
               heed
               unto
               all
               words
               that
               are
               spoken
               ,
               lest
               thou
               hear
               thy
               servant
               curse
               thee
               .
            
             ]
             Set
             not
             thine
             heart
             upon
             all
             words
             that
             men
             speak
             ,
             or
             all
             things
             that
             they
             
             do
             unto
             thee
             :
             set
             not
             thine
             heart
             over-curiously
             to
             know
             them
             :
             when
             thou
             dost
             know
             them
             ,
             lay
             them
             not
             to
             heart
             ,
             be
             not
             troubled
             at
             them
             ,
             do
             not
             set
             thy self
             to
             revenge
             them
             ,
             let
             them
             not
             disquiet
             thy
             mind
             ,
             see
             them
             ,
             and
             see
             them
             not
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             9.20
             .
             2
             Sam.
             13.20
             .
             1
             Sam.
             25.25
             .
             &
             1
             Sam.
             10.27
             .
             Prov.
             19.11
             .
             &
             20.3
             .
             It
             is
             a
             great
             point
             of
             wisdome
             to
             dissemble
             injuries
             ,
             to
             connive
             at
             them
             ,
             to
             take
             no
             notice
             of
             them
             ,
             to
             pass
             them
             by
             with
             meekness
             and
             neglect
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             16.10
             ,
             11.
             
             This
             meekness
             he
             requireth
             to
             be
             shewed
             even
             towards
             mean
             and
             abject
             persons
             ,
             or
             towards
             the
             poorest
             servant
             in
             a
             mans
             family
             ,
             who
             doth
             sometimes
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             ,
             through
             our
             own
             provocation
             ,
             utter
             some
             hard
             and
             undutiful
             speeches
             against
             us
             ,
             Joh.
             31.13
             ,
             14.
             
          
           
             V.
             22.
             
               for
               oftentimes
               also
               thine
               own
               heart
               knoweth
               ,
               that
               thou
               thy self
               likewise
               hast
               cursed
               others
            
             ]
             The
             order
             of
             the
             words
             seems
             to
             be
             inverted
             ;
             for
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             thou
             art
             conscious
             to
             thy self
             that
             thou
             hast
             oftentimes
             cursed
             or
             spoken
             evil
             of
             others
             .
             The
             consideration
             of
             our
             own
             frequent
             passions
             and
             infirmities
             should
             move
             us
             patiently
             to
             suffer
             ,
             and
             willingly
             to
             pardon
             the
             oversights
             of
             our
             brethren
             ,
             Gal.
             6.1
             .
             Tit.
             3.3
             .
             Jam.
             3.1
             ,
             2.
             
             Matth.
             7.1
             —
             5.
             
             The
             more
             sensible
             any
             man
             is
             of
             sin
             in
             himself
             ,
             the
             more
             
             meek
             and
             charitable
             he
             will
             be
             towards
             others
             .
             Pride
             is
             the
             ground
             of
             contention
             and
             censoriousness
             ,
             Prov.
             13.10
             .
          
           
             V.
             23.
             
             
               All
               this
               have
               I
               proved
               by
               wisdome
               :
               I
               said
               I
               will
               be
               wise
               ,
               but
               it
               was
               far
               from
               me
               .
            
             ]
             He
             professeth
             the
             truth
             of
             all
             which
             he
             had
             before
             taught
             ,
             that
             wisdome
             is
             an
             excellent
             protection
             to
             a
             righteous
             man
             against
             his
             own
             corruptions
             ,
             and
             dangers
             ensuing
             thereupon
             ,
             and
             confirmeth
             it
             by
             his
             own
             experience
             and
             tryal
             ,
             according
             to
             that
             great
             wisdome
             which
             God
             had
             given
             him
             .
             Yet
             withal
             ,
             he
             acknowledgeth
             how
             short
             he
             came
             of
             that
             perfection
             in
             wisdome
             ,
             which
             he
             promised
             himself
             by
             the
             diligent
             use
             of
             means
             to
             attain
             unto
             .
             Professing
             the
             great
             difficulty
             he
             found
             therein
             :
             1.
             
             He
             was
             endued
             with
             the
             Spirit
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             with
             his
             fear
             ,
             which
             is
             ever
             accompanied
             with
             spiritual
             wisdome
             ,
             Ps.
             119.99
             ,
             100.
             2.
             
             He
             had
             a
             personal
             and
             extraordinary
             promise
             of
             wisdome
             above
             any
             other
             men
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             3.12
             .
             3.
             
             He
             had
             used
             all
             the
             means
             to
             increase
             this
             excellent
             grace
             of
             God
             in
             himself
             ;
             1.
             
             He
             did
             very
             highly
             prize
             it
             ,
             Prov.
             3.13
             —
             26.
             
             &
             8.11
             ,
             12.
             2.
             
             He
             had
             the
             benefit
             of
             a
             Religious
             education
             ,
             and
             his
             fathers
             instructions
             to
             quicken
             him
             in
             it
             ,
             Prov.
             4.4
             —
             13.
             3.
             
             He
             set
             his
             heart
             wholly
             upon
             it
             ,
             that
             according
             to
             the
             property
             of
             wise
             men
             ,
             he
             
             might
             be
             yet
             wiser
             ,
             and
             get
             more
             knowledge
             ,
             Prov.
             9.9
             .
             &
             10.14
             .
             Eccles.
             1.13
             .
             4.
             
             He
             prayed
             earnestly
             unto
             God
             for
             it
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             an
             excellent
             means
             to
             get
             wisdome
             ,
             Jam.
             1.5
             .
             Eph.
             1.17
             .
             Col.
             1.9
             .
             )
             2
             Chron.
             1.10
             .
             5.
             
             He
             had
             humility
             ,
             and
             a
             due
             sense
             of
             his
             want
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             (
             which
             also
             is
             a
             fit
             disposition
             of
             heart
             to
             be
             taught
             of
             God
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             3.18
             .
             &
             8.2
             .
             Ps.
             25.9
             .
             Matth.
             11.25
             .
             )
             1
             Reg.
             3.7
             .
             6.
             
             He
             had
             all
             outward
             furtherances
             and
             accommodations
             towards
             the
             getting
             of
             it
             ,
             wealth
             ,
             peace
             ,
             power
             ,
             authority
             ,
             to
             call
             in
             all
             the
             assistances
             which
             might
             be
             useful
             unto
             him
             in
             it
             ,
             Eccles.
             2.9
             ,
             10.
             7.
             
             He
             had
             an
             extraordinary
             stock
             of
             infused
             wisdome
             to
             begin
             withal
             ,
             which
             he
             greatly
             improved
             by
             long
             and
             accurate
             experience
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.30
             .
             Eccles.
             1.16
             .
             And
             yet
             after
             all
             this
             he
             professeth
             ,
             That
             though
             he
             said
             he
             would
             be
             wise
             ,
             Though
             the
             purpose
             of
             his
             heart
             was
             wholly
             set
             upon
             it
             ,
             yet
             he
             found
             that
             it
             was
             far
             from
             him
             .
             Teaching
             us
             thereby
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             unsearchable
             deepness
             and
             distance
             of
             wisdome
             in
             its
             whole
             wideness
             from
             the
             noblest
             and
             most
             sublime
             understanding
             of
             man
             ,
             Job
             28.12
             —
             21.
             
             &
             37.15
             —
             23.
             
             &
             38.
             
               per
               totum
            
             .
             Rom.
             11.33
             ,
             34.
             2.
             
             That
             the
             most
             perfect
             Saints
             are
             the
             most
             sensible
             of
             their
             imperfection
             ;
             as
             the
             more
             delicate
             the
             senses
             are
             ,
             the
             more
             
             sharply
             are
             they
             affected
             with
             what
             offends
             them
             ,
             Rom.
             7.14
             —
             24.
             
             &
             12.3
             .
             1
             Cor.
             15.9
             ,
             10.
             
             &
             13.9
             ,
             10.
             3.
             
             That
             it
             is
             the
             nature
             of
             spiritual
             wisdome
             to
             discover
             spiritual
             wants
             ,
             and
             the
             more
             the
             soul
             knows
             of
             God
             ,
             the
             greater
             doth
             it
             discern
             and
             bewail
             its
             distance
             from
             him
             ;
             as
             things
             neerest
             the
             Center
             make
             more
             haste
             unto
             it
             ,
             Exod.
             33.11
             ,
             18.
             
          
           
             V.
             24.
             
             
               That
               which
               is
               far
               off
               ,
               and
               exceeding
               deep
               ,
               who
               can
               find
               it
               out
               ?
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               that
               which
               hath
               been
               ,
               is
               far
               off
               ,
               and
               exceeding
               deep
               :
            
             the
             word
             is
             doubled
             ,
             to
             note
             the
             superlative
             degree
             ,
             as
             Prov.
             20.14
             .
             He
             sheweth
             the
             cause
             why
             he
             was
             far
             from
             wisdome
             ,
             because
             the
             works
             of
             God
             ,
             whether
             of
             Creation
             ,
             Redemption
             ,
             or
             Providence
             ,
             are
             very
             profound
             ,
             abstruse
             ,
             and
             mysterious
             ,
             greatly
             distant
             from
             the
             eye
             ,
             and
             beyond
             the
             comprehension
             of
             the
             weak
             and
             narrow
             reason
             of
             man
             ,
             Prov.
             2.4
             .
             Job
             11.6
             —
             10.
             
             Ps.
             139.6
             .
          
           
             V.
             25.
             
             
               I
               applyed
               mine
               heart
               to
               know
               ,
               and
               to
               search
               ,
               and
               to
               seek
               out
               wisdome
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               I
               and
               my
               heart
               turned
               every
               way
               ,
               left
               no
               means
               unattempted
               ,
               exactly
               to
               discover
               wisdome
               ,
            
             &c.
             
             The
             using
             of
             many
             words
             unto
             one
             purpose
             ,
             implyes
             the
             exquisite
             and
             curious
             search
             which
             Solomon
             made
             in
             this
             inquiry
             ;
             as
             Deut.
             13.14
             .
             See
             Chap.
             1.13
             ,
             17.
             
             
             &
             2.3
             ,
             12.
             
             Solomon
             was
             not
             so
             much
             discouraged
             by
             the
             difficulty
             ,
             as
             provoked
             by
             the
             excellency
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             made
             no
             other
             use
             of
             the
             profoundness
             and
             abstruseness
             thereof
             ,
             than
             to
             multiply
             his
             endeavours
             in
             searching
             after
             it
             .
          
           
             
               to
               seek
               out
               wisdome
               and
               the
               reason
               of
               things
               .
            
             ]
             The
             curious
             art
             and
             subtil
             contrivances
             of
             things
             :
             the
             same
             word
             is
             used
             ,
             vers
             .
             27
             ,
             29.
             
             Chap.
             9.10
             .
             2
             Chron.
             26.15
             .
             whereby
             we
             are
             taught
             in
             the
             disquisition
             of
             knowledge
             ,
             especially
             that
             which
             is
             spiritual
             ,
             not
             to
             content
             our selves
             with
             a
             superficial
             shew
             ,
             but
             to
             get
             rooted
             and
             grounded
             principles
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             be
             able
             with
             full
             assurance
             to
             give
             a
             reason
             of
             the
             hope
             which
             is
             in
             us
             ,
             1
             Pet.
             3.15
             .
             and
             to
             have
             a
             distinct
             comprehension
             of
             the
             truth
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             be
             rooted
             and
             fixed
             on
             it
             ,
             Eph.
             3.16
             ,
             17
             ,
             18.
             
             &
             4.14
             .
             and
             give
             a
             clear
             and
             deliberate
             Judgement
             upon
             it
             .
          
           
             
               I
               ,
               and
               my
               heart
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             I
             did
             heartily
             and
             seriously
             seek
             out
             .
             The
             copulative
             Vau
             ,
             doth
             either
             import
             a
             preposition
             ,
             I
             with
             my
             heart
             did
             search
             ,
             as
             1
             Sam.
             14.19
             .
             or
             a
             more
             clear
             explication
             ;
             I
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             my
             heart
             :
             so
             the
             learned
             conceive
             that
             copula
             many
             times
             to
             signifie
             as
             much
             as
             ,
             That
             is
             ,
             as
             Gen.
             35.12
             .
             1
             Chron.
             21.12
             .
             2
             Sam.
             17.12
             .
             1
             Sam.
             17.40
             .
             &
             28.3
             .
          
           
           
             
               And
               to
               know
               the
               wickedness
               of
               folly
               ,
               even
               of
               foolishness
               and
               madness
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             the
             foolishness
             of
             madness
             :
             as
             the
             Apostles
             expression
             is
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             a
             sinning
             sin
             ,
             Rom.
             7.13
             .
             so
             here
             the
             Wise
             man
             expresseth
             the
             desperate
             wickedness
             and
             folly
             of
             corrupt
             hearts
             :
             by
             wickedness
             of
             folly
             ,
             and
             foolishness
             of
             madness
             ,
             thereby
             signifying
             the
             vast
             and
             deep
             corruption
             and
             deceit
             which
             is
             in
             the
             heart
             of
             man.
             The
             knowledge
             whereof
             he
             did
             search
             after
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             be
             the
             better
             able
             to
             convince
             and
             to
             dissect
             the
             consciences
             of
             others
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             14.24
             ,
             25.
             
             Heb.
             4.12
             .
             Ezek.
             14.5
             .
             Isa.
             49.2
             .
             Ps.
             45.5
             .
             Rev.
             1.16
             .
             only
             his
             study
             is
             in
             this
             order
             ,
             first
             he
             searcheth
             and
             seeketh
             out
             wisdome
             ,
             as
             an
             antidote
             against
             the
             danger
             of
             his
             second
             studies
             ,
             to
             discover
             the
             wickedness
             ,
             folly
             ,
             and
             madness
             of
             sensual
             pleasures
             .
             And
             therefore
             we
             shall
             observe
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             particular
             wickedness
             which
             he
             specifieth
             in
             the
             next
             verse
             ,
             namely
             ,
             the
             inticements
             of
             a
             whorish
             woman
             ,
             he
             doth
             often
             premise
             the
             Commendations
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             the
             study
             of
             that
             ,
             as
             an
             effectual
             prevention
             of
             that
             mischief
             ,
             Prov.
             2.10
             —
             19.
             
             &
             5.1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             
             &
             6.6
             ,
             20
             —
             24.
             
             Prov.
             7.4
             ,
             5.
             
             &
             9.10
             —
             13.
             
          
           
             V.
             26.
             
             
               And
               I
               find
               more
               bitter
               than
               Death
               the
               woman
               whose
               heart
               is
               snares
               and
               nets
               ,
            
             
             &c.
             ]
             He
             sheweth
             the
             discovery
             which
             he
             had
             made
             by
             his
             study
             to
             find
             out
             the
             wickedness
             of
             folly
             ,
             and
             foolishness
             of
             madness
             ,
             by
             instancing
             in
             one
             particular
             vanity
             of
             the
             wiles
             and
             subtilties
             of
             harlots
             ,
             which
             it
             was
             necessary
             for
             him
             to
             add
             to
             the
             former
             catalogue
             of
             vanities
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             give
             to
             the
             Church
             then
             ,
             and
             leave
             a
             record
             for
             all
             posterity
             to
             take
             notice
             of
             his
             special
             Repentance
             for
             those
             gross
             miscarriages
             which
             by
             that
             means
             he
             had
             been
             drawn
             into
             .
             And
             here
             he
             gives
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             Character
             of
             an
             whorish
             woman
             ,
             described
             ,
             1.
             
             By
             her
             subtilty
             .
             Her
             heart
             is
             snares
             and
             nets
             ,
             her
             cunning
             devices
             to
             deceive
             and
             intangle
             sensual
             persons
             ,
             are
             as
             gins
             laid
             to
             catch
             silly
             creatures
             ,
             who
             are
             entised
             with
             the
             bait
             ,
             but
             discern
             not
             the
             danger
             ,
             See
             Prov.
             2.16
             .
             &
             6.24
             ,
             26.
             
             &
             7.5
             .
             &
             9.16
             ,
             17.
             
             &
             22.14
             .
             2.
             
             By
             her
             power
             ,
             her
             hands
             ,
             wherewith
             she
             catcheth
             ,
             holdeth
             ,
             embraceth
             him
             ,
             are
             as
             strong
             cords
             to
             hale
             simple
             fools
             as
             an
             oxe
             to
             the
             slaughter
             ,
             Prov.
             7.13
             ,
             21
             ,
             22.
             
             Judg.
             16.15
             —
             19.2
             .
             Here
             is
             the
             great
             danger
             of
             these
             nets
             and
             bands
             to
             the
             souls
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             
               They
               are
               more
               bitter
               than
               death
            
             ]
             More
             pernitious
             ,
             and
             bring
             more
             heavy
             miseries
             with
             them
             .
             We
             read
             of
             the
             bitterness
             of
             death
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             15.32
             .
             and
             of
             a
             worse
             bitterness
             ,
             the
             end
             of
             a
             strange
             woman
             
               is
               bitter
               as
               
               wormwood
            
             ,
             and
             
               her
               steps
               take
               hold
               on
               hell
               ,
            
             Prov.
             5.4
             ,
             5.
             
             Death
             may
             be
             sweetned
             and
             sanctified
             ,
             made
             a
             welcome
             and
             desirable
             thing
             to
             a
             believer
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             15.55
             .
             Phil.
             1.23
             .
             Luke
             2.29
             ,
             30.
             
             But
             the
             bitterness
             of
             hell
             is
             incurable
             ;
             death
             may
             be
             honourable
             ,
             to
             dye
             in
             a
             good
             cause
             ,
             in
             a
             good
             old
             age
             ,
             to
             go
             to
             the
             grave
             in
             peace
             ,
             lamented
             ,
             desired
             ,
             with
             the
             sweet
             savour
             of
             an
             holy
             life
             ,
             and
             many
             good
             works
             to
             follow
             one
             ,
             Rev.
             14.13
             .
             Phil.
             1.21
             .
             Ps.
             116.16
             .
             But
             to
             consume
             and
             putrifie
             alive
             ,
             under
             a
             Tabes
             of
             impure
             l●sts
             ,
             to
             perish
             ,
             as
             Tiberius
             did
             at
             Capreae
             ,
             
               quotidie
               perire
               me
               sentio
            
             ,
             to
             shipwrack
             a
             mans
             honour
             ,
             ruine
             his
             estate
             ,
             shorten
             his
             years
             ,
             consume
             his
             flesh
             ,
             put
             a
             hell
             into
             his
             conscience
             ,
             to
             bury
             his
             name
             ,
             his
             substance
             ,
             his
             soul
             ,
             his
             carkass
             ,
             in
             the
             bosome
             of
             an
             Harlot
             ;
             this
             is
             a
             bitterness
             beyond
             that
             of
             death
             ,
             Prov.
             5.9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11.
             
             &
             6.26
             ,
             33.
             
             &
             9.16
             ,
             17
             ,
             18.
             
          
           
             
               who
               so
               pleaseth
               God
               ,
               shall
               escape
               from
               her
               ,
               but
               the
               sinner
               shall
               be
               taken
               by
               her
            
             ]
             Here
             is
             intimated
             the
             great
             wrath
             of
             God
             against
             this
             sin
             .
             It
             is
             a
             sin
             which
             he
             useth
             to
             give
             over
             reprobates
             ,
             and
             those
             whom
             he
             in
             special
             manner
             hateth
             ,
             unto
             ;
             a
             sin
             which
             few
             repent
             of
             ,
             to
             take
             hold
             of
             the
             paths
             of
             life
             again
             ,
             Prov.
             2.19
             .
             &
             22.14
             .
             Amos
             7.17
             .
             Rom.
             1.24
             —
             28.
             
             Eph.
             4.18
             ,
             19.
             
             A
             man
             is
             not
             
             preserved
             from
             the
             power
             of
             this
             temptation
             by
             his
             own
             wisdome
             or
             strength
             ,
             but
             only
             by
             the
             supernatural
             grace
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             V.
             27.28
             .
             
               Behold
               ,
               this
               I
               have
               found
               ,
               (
               saith
               the
               Preacher
               ,
               )
            
             &c.
             ]
             This
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             spoken
             of
             ,
             vers
             .
             26.
             or
             which
             followeth
             ,
             vers
             .
             28.
             
          
           
             
               saith
               the
               Preacher
            
             ]
             This
             added
             ,
             1.
             
             To
             give
             credit
             from
             his
             wisdome
             and
             experience
             to
             what
             he
             here
             affirms
             :
             especially
             having
             made
             so
             distinct
             and
             accurate
             an
             inquiry
             ,
             weighing
             and
             comparing
             one
             by
             one
             ,
             to
             find
             out
             the
             account
             ,
             and
             to
             come
             to
             a
             determinate
             and
             clear
             judgement
             in
             the
             case
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             a
             certain
             conclusion
             .
             2.
             
             To
             testifie
             to
             the
             Church
             his
             repentance
             .
             This
             have
             I
             found
             ,
             saith
             the
             soul
             ,
             which
             ,
             by
             sound
             repentance
             ,
             is
             returned
             unto
             the
             Congregation
             of
             Saints
             ,
             which
             was
             before
             ensnared
             in
             the
             nets
             and
             bands
             of
             seducing
             women
             ,
             and
             that
             upon
             serious
             &
             sad
             recollected
             thoughts
             ,
             which
             he
             hath
             not
             yet
             given
             over
             ,
             but
             doth
             insist
             upon
             the
             same
             penitent
             inquiry
             still
             .
          
           
             
               one
               man
               amongst
               a
               thousand
               have
               I
               found
               ,
               but
               a
               woman
               amongst
               all
               those
               have
               I
               not
               found
            
             ]
             The
             meaning
             is
             not
             to
             condemn
             one
             sexe
             rather
             than
             the
             other
             ;
             
               for
               all
               have
               sinned
               ,
               and
               come
               short
               of
               the
               glory
               of
               God
               ,
            
             Rom.
             3.23
             .
             )
             and
             Solomon
             had
             known
             good
             and
             wise
             women
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             men
             ,
             Prov.
             18.
             
             22.
             
             &
             19.14
             .
             Prov.
             12.4
             .
             &
             31.10
             —
             30.
             
             But
             he
             speaketh
             here
             of
             his
             observation
             ,
             according
             to
             his
             former
             sensual
             conversation
             with
             wanton
             women
             ,
             which
             seems
             to
             be
             the
             reason
             of
             the
             number
             here
             mentioned
             :
             for
             Solomon
             had
             a
             thousand
             wives
             and
             concubines
             ,
             all
             strange
             women
             of
             the
             neighbour
             wicked
             nations
             ,
             which
             turned
             away
             his
             heart
             from
             the
             Lord
             unto
             idols
             .
             Amongst
             all
             these
             thousand
             ,
             Solomon
             had
             not
             found
             one
             good
             one
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             11.1
             —
             9
             Or
             the
             s●btil
             counsels
             of
             one
             man
             ,
             amongst
             many
             ,
             may
             more
             easily
             be
             discerned
             ,
             than
             of
             any
             harlot
             ,
             because
             their
             flatteries
             and
             dalliances
             do
             steal
             away
             the
             heart
             ,
             and
             put
             out
             the
             eyes
             and
             judgement
             ,
             and
             infatuate
             a
             man
             so
             ,
             that
             he
             can
             look
             no
             further
             than
             the
             present
             delights
             wherewith
             they
             do
             bewitch
             him
             ,
             Hos.
             4.11
             .
             Judg.
             16.17
             —
             21.
             
             Prov.
             7.21
             ,
             22.
             
             &
             5.6
             .
          
           
             V.
             29.
             
             
               Lo
               ,
               this
               only
               have
               I
               found
               ,
               that
               God
               hath
               made
               man
               upright
               ,
               but
               they
               have
               sought
               out
               many
               inventions
               ,
               ]
               This
               only
               :
            
             He
             could
             not
             discover
             all
             the
             streams
             of
             wickedness
             and
             folly
             amongst
             men
             :
             but
             the
             original
             and
             fountain
             of
             them
             all
             he
             doth
             discover
             ,
             namely
             ,
             the
             corruption
             of
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             by
             the
             fall
             ;
             this
             he
             found
             ,
             that
             their
             wickedness
             was
             not
             from
             God
             ,
             nor
             by
             creation
             ,
             but
             from
             themselves
             ,
             and
             their
             willing
             
             entertainment
             of
             the
             temptation
             of
             the
             serpent
             .
             Some
             more
             subtilly
             expound
             these
             words
             ,
             as
             a
             confirmation
             of
             the
             former
             :
             God
             made
             Adam
             Right
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             continued
             so
             long
             as
             he
             was
             alone
             :
             but
             when
             the
             Woman
             was
             given
             unto
             him
             ,
             she
             tempted
             him
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             sought
             out
             many
             inventions
             .
             
               Because
               the
               woman
               was
               first
               in
               the
               transgression
               ,
            
             1
             Tim.
             2.14
             .
             But
             here
             he
             speaketh
             of
             both
             Sexes
             together
             under
             the
             name
             of
             man
             ,
             and
             sheweth
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             made
             without
             any
             of
             this
             sinful
             and
             subtle
             wisdom
             ,
             after
             the
             Image
             of
             God
             ,
             endowed
             with
             divine
             wisdom
             to
             discern
             the
             way
             unto
             true
             happiness
             ,
             and
             with
             perfect
             ability
             to
             pursue
             the
             same
             ,
             Gen.
             1.26
             .
             Col.
             3.10
             .
             But
             though
             he
             were
             made
             upright
             ,
             yet
             he
             was
             as
             a
             creature
             ,
             mutable
             ,
             &
             so
             subject
             to
             be
             overcome
             by
             temptation
             ,
             and
             accordingly
             he
             did
             easily
             admit
             of
             the
             temptation
             of
             Satan
             ,
             and
             sought
             out
             many
             inventions
             of
             his
             own
             ,
             did
             not
             content
             himself
             with
             that
             way
             to
             happinesse
             which
             God
             had
             prescribed
             ,
             but
             fancied
             to
             himself
             an
             higher
             perfection
             ,
             and
             yielded
             to
             follovv
             those
             new
             wayes
             unto
             blessedness
             ,
             vvhich
             Satan
             and
             his
             own
             deceived
             heart
             ,
             did
             suggest
             unto
             him
             ,
             and
             so
             fell
             from
             his
             primitive
             honour
             ,
             and
             became
             like
             the
             Beasts
             that
             perish
             ,
             and
             contracted
             a
             bottomless
             and
             unsearchable
             depth
             of
             sinful
             deceit
             ,
             which
             none
             but
             God
             can
             
             throughly
             search
             and
             discover
             ,
             Jer.
             17.9
             .
             Isa.
             57.10
             .
             Jer.
             2.23
             ,
             24.
             
             &
             32.22
             .
             By
             
               many
               inventions
            
             ,
             he
             meaneth
             all
             these
             vain
             ,
             though
             crooked
             counsels
             ,
             and
             carnal
             shifts
             wherewith
             men
             do
             pacifie
             ,
             palliate
             ,
             excuse
             ,
             defend
             all
             their
             sinful
             courses
             ,
             Psal.
             119.133
             .
             Rom.
             1.21
             .
             2
             Cor.
             10.5
             .
             Gen.
             6.5
             .
             Ludovicus
             
               De
               Dieu
            
             translateth
             the
             words
             thus
             ,
             
               Ipsi
               autem
               quae
               sierunt
               cogitationes
               Magnatum
               ,
            
             They
             sought
             out
             the
             inventions
             of
             mighty
             men
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             Angels
             ,
             who
             were
             not
             contented
             with
             their
             own
             station
             ,
             but
             forsook
             it
             ,
             Jud.
             v.
             6.
             and
             so
             relateth
             to
             the
             temptation
             of
             the
             Serpent
             ,
             Ye
             shall
             be
             like
             unto
             Gods
             ,
             you
             shall
             be
             advanced
             into
             a
             nobler
             and
             more
             honourable
             condition
             ,
             then
             now
             you
             are
             in
             ,
             Gen.
             3.5
             .
             these
             thoughts
             ,
             being
             suggested
             by
             Satan
             ,
             they
             ambitiously
             entertained
             ,
             and
             so
             fell
             from
             their
             primitive
             perfection
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
          
           
             THe
             wise
             man
             proceedeth
             in
             this
             Chapter
             ,
             to
             give
             further
             precepts
             touching
             tranquillity
             of
             life
             .
             And
             they
             are
             ,
             1.
             
             Practical
             prudence
             with
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             stamp
             a
             kind
             of
             majesty
             and
             lustre
             on
             the
             face
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             and
             make
             him
             to
             be
             had
             in
             reverence
             
             of
             others
             ,
             vers
             .
             1.
             2.
             
             Obedience
             to
             Magistrates
             ,
             without
             hastily
             attempting
             ,
             or
             obstinately
             persisting
             in
             any
             rebellious
             design
             it
             being
             in
             their
             power
             ,
             as
             they
             please
             ,
             to
             avenge
             themselves
             upon
             us
             ,
             vers
             .
             2.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             3.
             
             Preparednesse
             of
             heart
             to
             bear
             inevitable
             evils
             ,
             by
             a
             prudent
             observation
             of
             times
             ,
             and
             judging
             of
             what
             is
             in
             a
             concurrence
             ,
             of
             such
             and
             such
             circumstances
             fittest
             to
             be
             done
             ,
             and
             where
             things
             are
             dark
             and
             undiscernable
             ,
             to
             dispose
             our
             hearts
             quietly
             to
             yield
             to
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             vers
             .
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             4.
             
             Because
             it
             is
             a
             very
             great
             temptation
             unto
             disquietnesse
             and
             impatiency
             of
             spirit
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             liveth
             under
             wicked
             Rulers
             ,
             against
             whose
             cruelty
             ▪
             all
             a
             mans
             wisdome
             and
             meeknesse
             can
             hardly
             be
             security
             enough
             :
             He
             therefore
             ,
             1.
             observeth
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             in
             this
             particular
             ,
             vers
             .
             9
             ,
             10.
             2.
             the
             reason
             of
             that
             insolence
             and
             excess
             of
             evil
             in
             the
             lives
             of
             such
             men
             ,
             vers
             .
             11.
             3.
             the
             grounds
             o●
             comfort
             unto
             good
             men
             in
             this
             temptation
             ▪
             and
             of
             terrours
             and
             restraint
             upon
             evil
             men
             ,
             notwithstanding
             their
             present
             power
             and
             prosperity
             ,
             vers
             .
             12.13
             .
             Laying
             down
             a
             general
             proposition
             concerning
             Gods
             providence
             in
             the
             affairs
             of
             this
             life
             ,
             whereunto
             good
             men
             should
             submit
             .
             vers
             .
             14.
             5
             ▪
          
           
             A
             cheerfull
             enjoyment
             of
             outward
             and
             present
             
             blessings
             ,
             without
             anxious
             sollicitude
             for
             the
             future
             ,
             vers
             .
             15.
             6.
             
             A
             patient
             resting
             in
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             admiring
             his
             works
             ,
             and
             adoring
             the
             unsearchablenesse
             of
             his
             counsels
             ;
             whose
             judgements
             ,
             though
             they
             may
             be
             secret
             ,
             yet
             they
             cannot
             be
             unrighteous
             ,
             vers
             .
             16
             ,
             17.
             
          
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             
               W
               Who
               is
               as
               the
               wise
               man
               ?
               and
               who
               knoweth
               the
               interpretation
               of
               a
               thing
               ?
            
             ]
             He
             had
             set
             his
             heart
             to
             seek
             out
             wisdome
             and
             folly
             ,
             Chap.
             7.25
             .
             And
             having
             there
             handled
             the
             later
             of
             these
             two
             ,
             as
             the
             use
             of
             the
             Scripture
             many
             times
             is
             ,
             when
             two
             members
             or
             branches
             of
             a
             subject
             are
             proposed
             ,
             to
             handle
             the
             later
             first
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             resume
             the
             former
             .
             
               Behold
               how
               good
               and
               pleasant
               it
               is
               for
               brethren
               to
               dwell
               together
               in
               unity
               ,
            
             Psal.
             133.1
             .
             Pleasant
             as
             the
             pretious
             oynment
             of
             Aaron
             ,
             vers
             .
             2.
             
             Good
             and
             profitable
             ,
             as
             the
             dew
             of
             Hermon
             ,
             vers
             .
             3.
             
             Isa.
             56.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             6.
             )
             he
             doth
             here
             return
             to
             the
             former
             member
             ,
             shewing
             the
             excellency
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             whereunto
             no
             other
             is
             to
             be
             compared
             .
             The
             prefix
             Caph
             may
             be
             understood
             ,
             either
             as
             a
             note
             of
             similitude
             ,
             
               Who
               is
               as
               the
               wise
               man
               ?
               (
               i.
               )
            
             None
             is
             to
             be
             compared
             to
             him
             :
             And
             so
             it
             may
             be
             understood
             as
             spoken
             of
             himself
             ,
             Who
             hath
             attained
             a
             greater
             
             measure
             of
             wisdome
             then
             I
             have
             ?
             who
             yet
             with
             my
             utmost
             studies
             have
             not
             been
             able
             to
             finde
             out
             the
             perfection
             of
             it
             .
             Chap.
             7.23
             ,
             24.
             
             Or
             it
             may
             be
             taken
             
               pro
               not
               a
               veritatis
            
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             sense
             to
             be
             ,
             that
             no
             man
             can
             attain
             unto
             perfect
             wisdome
             ,
             as
             vers
             .
             16
             ,
             17.
             
          
           
             
               and
               who
               knoweth
               the
               interpretation
               of
               a
               thing
               ?
            
             ]
             Here
             are
             two
             sorts
             of
             wise
             men
             noted
             unto
             us
             ,
             1.
             
             He
             that
             is
             wise
             in
             himself
             :
             2.
             
             He
             that
             is
             able
             to
             teach
             others
             wisdom
             .
             Or
             ,
             who
             is
             able
             truly
             to
             judg
             of
             all
             affairs
             ,
             and
             rightly
             to
             discern
             what
             in
             every
             case
             is
             to
             be
             done
             ,
             or
             left
             undone
             ?
             Dan.
             2.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             7.
             
             &
             4.3.16
             .
          
           
             
               a
               mans
               Wisdome
               maketh
               his
               face
               to
               shine
            
             ]
             This
             seemeth
             to
             allude
             to
             the
             brightnesse
             of
             Moses
             his
             face
             ,
             Exod.
             34.29
             ,
             30
             ,
             34.
             the
             like
             whereunto
             we
             read
             of
             Stephen
             .
             Acts
             6.15
             .
             Hereby
             is
             noted
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             wisdom
             doth
             beautifie
             a
             man
             with
             tranquillity
             of
             mind
             ,
             and
             cheerfulnesse
             of
             countenance
             ,
             
               spem
               fronte
               serenat
            
             ,
             Psal.
             4.6
             ,
             6.
             
             Prov.
             15.13
             .
             &
             16.24
             .
             Psal.
             34.5
             .
             2.
             
             That
             it
             maketh
             his
             light
             of
             holinesse
             to
             shine
             out
             unto
             others
             ,
             Matth.
             5.16
             .
             Joh.
             5.35
             .
             Phil.
             2.15
             .
             3.
             
             That
             it
             rendreth
             him
             reverend
             ,
             venerable
             ,
             amiable
             in
             the
             eyes
             of
             others
             ,
             and
             doth
             conciliate
             special
             honour
             and
             favour
             unto
             him
             ,
             in
             the
             hearts
             of
             those
             that
             converse
             with
             him
             ,
             
             Job
             29.7
             —
             16.
             4.
             
             That
             it
             inlightneth
             his
             eyes
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             more
             clearly
             understand
             what
             he
             is
             to
             do
             ,
             and
             to
             leave
             undone
             ;
             the
             light
             of
             the
             Lord
             shineth
             on
             his
             wayes
             ,
             Psal.
             25.9
             .
             Job
             22.28
             .
             Psal.
             32.8
             .
             1
             Joh.
             2.20
             .
          
           
             
               and
               the
               boldnesse
            
             ,
             or
             ,
             
               strength
               of
               his
               face
               shall
               be
               changed
               ,
            
             or
             ,
             doubled
             ]
             By
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             face
             ,
             we
             may
             understand
             fiercenesse
             ,
             Impudence
             ,
             sourness
             ,
             austerity
             ;
             as
             Dan.
             8.23
             .
             Deut.
             28.50
             .
             Prov.
             7.13
             .
             &
             21.29
             .
             Isa.
             3.9
             .
             Psal.
             10.4
             .
             Jer.
             4.3
             .
             wisdome
             changeth
             all
             this
             into
             mildnesse
             ,
             meeknesse
             ,
             and
             serenenesse
             of
             countenance
             ;
             as
             Moses
             was
             the
             wisest
             and
             holiest
             ,
             so
             he
             was
             the
             meekest
             man
             ,
             Numb
             .
             12.3
             .
             Prov.
             11.2
             .
             2.
             
             By
             strength
             of
             face
             ,
             we
             may
             understand
             confidence
             and
             courage
             ;
             For
             the
             righteous
             is
             bold
             as
             a
             Lion
             ,
             Prov.
             28.1
             .
             Guilt
             and
             shame
             cast
             down
             the
             countenance
             ,
             Gen.
             4.5
             ,
             6.
             
             Righteousnesse
             and
             wisdom
             embolden
             it
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             1.18
             .
             Job
             11.15
             .
             Luk.
             21.28
             .
             And
             in
             this
             sense
             ,
             some
             read
             the
             text
             thus
             ,
             (
             which
             the
             Original
             word
             well
             bears
             )
             The
             strength
             of
             his
             countenance
             ,
             his
             confidence
             and
             courage
             shall
             be
             doubled
             ,
             Chap.
             9.19
             .
             Isa.
             40.31
             .
             Prov.
             4.18
             .
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               I
               counsel
               thee
               to
               keep
               the
               kings
               commandement
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               oath
               of
               God
               ]
               I
               to
               keep
               .
            
             There
             is
             in
             the
             Original
             an
             
             Ellipsis
             ,
             and
             something
             necessarily
             to
             be
             supplyed
             ,
             as
             is
             usual
             in
             other
             places
             ,
             Psal.
             120.7
             .
             Hos.
             14.8
             .
             2
             Cor.
             9.6
             .
             Matth.
             25.9
             .
             2
             Thess.
             2.3
             .
             1
             Tim.
             4.3
             .
             Gen.
             25.22
             .
             Matth.
             21.30
             .
             I
             ,
             if
             thou
             wilt
             admit
             of
             my
             counsel
             or
             perswasion
             ,
             thus
             advise
             thee
             .
             It
             is
             put
             Elliptically
             ,
             to
             intimate
             a
             special
             Emphasis
             ,
             and
             to
             give
             authority
             to
             the
             precept
             ,
             Gal.
             5.2
             .
          
           
             
               To
               keep
               the
               Kings
               command
            
             ]
             To
             observe
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             King.
             The
             Angels
             are
             said
             to
             see
             ,
             or
             observe
             the
             face
             of
             God
             ,
             in
             token
             of
             obedience
             and
             readiness
             to
             execute
             his
             commands
             ,
             Matth.
             18.10
             .
             Esth.
             1.14
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             10.8
             .
             The
             mouth
             is
             often
             used
             for
             the
             command
             ,
             which
             proceedeth
             from
             it
             ,
             Exod.
             38.21
             .
             Numb
             .
             4.27
             .
             Josh.
             1.18
             .
             Our
             obedience
             must
             not
             be
             according
             to
             our
             own
             fancies
             or
             conjectures
             ,
             but
             according
             unto
             the
             prescript
             of
             the
             Law
             ,
             for
             the
             Law
             is
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Magistrate
             .
             This
             is
             one
             special
             part
             of
             prudence
             ,
             in
             order
             unto
             tranquillity
             of
             life
             ,
             to
             be
             faithful
             and
             obedient
             towards
             Magistrates
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             make
             our selves
             wiser
             then
             the
             Law.
             
          
           
             
               and
               that
               in
               regard
               of
               the
               oath
               of
               God
            
             ]
             These
             words
             are
             both
             an
             enforcement
             ,
             and
             a
             limitation
             of
             the
             duty
             prescribed
             ;
          
           
             1.
             
             An
             enforcement
             :
             It
             is
             necessary
             to
             yield
             obedience
             unto
             Magistrates
             ,
             not
             onely
             
             out
             of
             fear
             towards
             them
             ,
             because
             of
             their
             sword
             ,
             but
             out
             of
             conscience
             towards
             God
             ,
             and
             because
             of
             his
             vowes
             that
             are
             upon
             us
             ,
             Rom.
             13.5
             .
             and
             so
             it
             seems
             to
             relate
             unto
             some
             covenant
             and
             oath
             of
             fidelity
             ,
             which
             was
             taken
             by
             them
             towards
             their
             Princes
             .
             We
             read
             of
             the
             covenant
             between
             the
             king
             and
             the
             people
             made
             before
             the
             Lord
             ,
             1
             Chr.
             11.3
             .
             and
             a
             promise
             or
             league
             made
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             God
             ,
             was
             likely
             to
             be
             by
             the
             intervention
             of
             an
             oath
             ,
             as
             the
             covenant
             between
             Abimelech
             and
             Abraham
             ,
             Gen.
             21.23
             ,
             24.
             
             See
             Gen.
             26.28
             ,
             29.
             
             &
             31.44
             ,
             53.
             
             And
             this
             may
             seem
             to
             be
             intimated
             in
             that
             phrase
             of
             Giving
             the
             hand
             under
             Solomon
             ;
             which
             we
             render
             ,
             By
             submitting
             themselves
             unto
             him
             ,
             1
             Chron.
             29.24
             .
             A
             like
             Ceremony
             ,
             whereunto
             Abrahams
             servant
             used
             ,
             when
             he
             sware
             faithfulness
             unto
             him
             ,
             Gen.
             24.2
             ,
             3.
             
             &
             47.29
             .
             So
             giving
             the
             hand
             ,
             was
             a
             ceremonial
             confirmation
             of
             some
             sworn
             covenant
             or
             promise
             ,
             Ezra
             10.19
             .
             Ezek.
             17.18
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             Iliad
             .
             2.
             
             And
             hence
             some
             here
             by
             
               Iuramentum
               Elohim
            
             ,
             understand
             the
             Oath
             of
             the
             Magistrates
             ,
             who
             are
             sometimes
             in
             Scripture
             so
             called
             ,
             Exod.
             22.28
             .
             Psal.
             82.1
             ,
             6.
             
             Josh.
             10.34
             .
             Thereby
             to
             teach
             them
             to
             rule
             for
             God
             ,
             not
             by
             their
             own
             lust
             ,
             but
             by
             his
             Law
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             good
             of
             his
             people
             .
             But
             I
             rather
             understand
             ,
             by
             the
             
             Oath
             of
             God
             ,
             an
             oath
             sworn
             unto
             God
             ,
             Isa.
             19.18
             .
             &
             44.4
             .
             2
             Chron.
             15.12
             ,
             14.
             
             &
             34.31
             ,
             32.
             
             So
             that
             we
             are
             bound
             to
             be
             obedient
             unto
             Magistrates
             for
             the
             Lords
             sake
             ,
             1
             Pet.
             2.13
             —
             17.
             as
             servants
             are
             required
             upon
             the
             same
             accompt
             ,
             to
             yield
             obedience
             to
             their
             masters
             ,
             Eph.
             6.5
             —
             8.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             This
             clause
             containeth
             a
             limitation
             ,
             by
             which
             our
             obedience
             unto
             men
             is
             to
             be
             bounded
             :
             
               Keep
               the
               Kings
               Command
            
             ;
             yet
             so
             ,
             that
             thou
             do
             not
             violate
             thine
             oath
             and
             obedience
             due
             unto
             God.
             Thy
             service
             to
             the
             one
             ,
             must
             be
             such
             as
             will
             consist
             with
             the
             fealty
             to
             the
             other
             ;
             for
             we
             are
             bound
             unto
             God
             and
             his
             service
             by
             oath
             and
             covenant
             ,
             1
             Pet.
             3.21
             .
             Neh.
             9.38
             .
             &
             10.29
             .
             Psal.
             119.106
             .
             and
             no
             subordinate
             obedience
             to
             others
             must
             make
             us
             forget
             our
             duty
             unto
             him
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             19.1
             .
             &
             22.17
             .
             Dan.
             3.16
             ,
             17
             ,
             18.
             
             Act.
             4.19
             .
             &
             5.20
             .
             1
             Pet.
             2.17
             .
             Prov.
             24.21
             .
             1
             Reg.
             21.3
             .
             Esth.
             3.2
             .
             1
             Sam.
             14.45
             .
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               Be
               not
               hasty
               to
               go
               out
               of
               his
               sight
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               Go
               not
               hastily
               out
               of
               his
               sight
               .
            
             When
             two
             Verbs
             finite
             come
             together
             ,
             either
             the
             later
             is
             to
             be
             taken
             infinitively
             ;
             as
             Deut.
             2.31
             .
             Esth.
             8.6
             .
             Psal.
             102.13
             .
             or
             the
             former
             adverbially
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             24.18
             .
             1
             Sam.
             4.14
             .
             Hos.
             9.9
             .
          
           
           
             
               Be
               not
               hasty
               to
               go
            
             ]
             It
             signifies
             such
             haste
             ,
             as
             ariseth
             out
             of
             terrour
             and
             perturbation
             of
             spirit
             ,
             in
             which
             sense
             the
             word
             is
             frequently
             taken
             ,
             Exod.
             15.15
             .
             2
             Sam.
             4.1
             .
             Job
             23.15
             .
             He
             sheweth
             the
             root
             of
             Rebellion
             ,
             namely
             ,
             impatience
             ,
             fear
             ,
             perturbation
             of
             spirit
             ,
             whereby
             men
             fling
             off
             from
             their
             Allegiance
             .
             Servants
             are
             said
             to
             stand
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             their
             Lords
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             10.8
             .
             Esth.
             1.4
             .
             So
             that
             hasting
             out
             of
             their
             presence
             ,
             implies
             ,
             a
             declining
             and
             casting
             off
             of
             obedience
             ,
             Jon.
             1.3
             .
             1
             Reg.
             12.16
             .
             This
             is
             one
             part
             of
             obedience
             here
             forbidden
             ,
             hastiness
             in
             taking
             offence
             ,
             discovering
             of
             choler
             and
             discontent
             ,
             flying
             away
             in
             passion
             ,
             either
             from
             the
             presence
             or
             from
             the
             Commands
             ,
             or
             from
             the
             anger
             of
             a
             King
             ;
             not
             remembring
             that
             Kings
             have
             many
             eyes
             ,
             &
             can
             see
             at
             a
             great
             distance
             ,
             and
             long
             arms
             ,
             and
             can
             easily
             reach
             those
             that
             flye
             in
             discontent
             from
             them
             .
             Obedience
             ,
             innocence
             ,
             calmness
             of
             spirit
             ,
             a
             meek
             and
             yielding
             disposition
             ,
             may
             secure
             and
             reconcile
             a
             man
             ,
             (
             for
             a
             soft
             answer
             turneth
             away
             wrath
             )
             when
             turbulency
             and
             unquietness
             will
             but
             plunge
             him
             into
             greater
             disfavour
             and
             danger
             .
             Another
             and
             worser
             Errour
             ,
             is
             wilfully
             to
             persist
             in
             disobedience
             ,
             and
             to
             boyl
             up
             the
             former
             passion
             into
             habitual
             stubbornness
             .
          
           
           
             
               Do
               not
               thou
               stand
               in
               an
               evil
               thing
            
             ]
             If
             thou
             have
             been
             transported
             with
             perturbation
             ,
             and
             gone
             out
             of
             the
             way
             ,
             cool
             and
             draw
             back
             betime
             ;
             do
             not
             harden
             thy self
             in
             thy
             defection
             ,
             but
             labour
             ,
             by
             forbearance
             and
             mildnesse
             ,
             to
             recover
             his
             favour
             again
             ,
             Prov.
             15.1
             .
             &
             25.15
             .
             &
             30
             ,
             32.
             
             To
             stand
             in
             a
             thing
             ,
             is
             to
             have
             a
             fixed
             and
             unmoved
             resolution
             upon
             it
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             7.37
             .
             Ephes.
             6.11
             ,
             13
             ,
             14.
             
          
           
             
               for
               he
               doth
               what
               soever
               pleaseth
               him
            
             ]
             This
             is
             not
             spoken
             to
             confirm
             ,
             or
             give
             allowance
             unto
             any
             revengefull
             and
             cruel
             Actions
             of
             Princes
             ,
             as
             if
             their
             power
             did
             serve
             to
             execute
             their
             own
             lusts
             ;
             but
             he
             sheweth
             ,
             besides
             the
             sinfulness
             of
             it
             ,
             how
             unsafe
             ,
             and
             how
             fruitless
             it
             is
             to
             resist
             those
             ,
             who
             have
             power
             to
             do
             what
             they
             please
             ,
             and
             who
             being
             injured
             and
             provoked
             ,
             can
             easily
             break
             in
             pieces
             those
             who
             rise
             up
             against
             them
             .
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               Where
               the
               word
               of
               a
               King
               is
               ,
               there
               is
               power
               :
               and
               who
               may
               say
               unto
               him
               ,
               What
               dost
               thou
               ?
            
             ]
             Think
             not
             that
             thou
             shalt
             be
             able
             to
             escape
             the
             wrath
             of
             a
             King
             :
             for
             if
             he
             but
             speak
             the
             word
             ,
             he
             hath
             power
             enough
             to
             reach
             thee
             where
             ever
             thou
             goest
             :
             Where
             ever
             the
             Command
             of
             a
             King
             comes
             ,
             it
             is
             accompanied
             with
             power
             enough
             to
             be
             avenged
             
             on
             any
             that
             provoke
             him
             .
             He
             never
             wants
             instruments
             to
             execute
             his
             displeasure
             .
             When
             Saul
             pronounced
             death
             upon
             the
             Priests
             ,
             there
             wanted
             not
             a
             Doeg
             to
             set
             upon
             them
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             22.18
             .
             Dan.
             5.19
             .
          
           
             
               and
               who
               may
               say
               unto
               him
               ,
               What
               dost
               thou
               ?
            
             ]
             This
             elsewhere
             spoken
             of
             God
             ,
             who
             worketh
             all
             things
             by
             the
             counsel
             of
             his
             own
             Will
             ,
             and
             doth
             whatsoever
             he
             pleaseth
             both
             in
             heaven
             and
             earth
             ,
             Job
             9.12
             .
             But
             of
             Princes
             and
             Magistrates
             it
             cannot
             be
             absolutely
             and
             so
             fully
             spoken
             ;
             for
             being
             subject
             unto
             Errour
             ,
             and
             miscarriages
             ,
             they
             may
             with
             humility
             and
             wisdom
             be
             admonished
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             14.45
             ,
             46.
             
             But
             he
             speaketh
             here
             of
             the
             great
             power
             which
             they
             have
             ,
             against
             which
             the
             people
             dare
             not
             to
             mutter
             ,
             Prov.
             30.31
             .
             and
             ought
             not
             without
             much
             reverence
             to
             contest
             withal
             ,
             Job
             34.18
             .
          
           
             V.
             5.
             
             
               Whoso
               keepeth
               the
               commandement
               ,
               shall
               know
               no
               evil
            
             ]
             This
             may
             be
             understood
             either
             of
             the
             Commands
             of
             God
             ,
             Piety
             and
             godly
             Wisdom
             will
             teach
             a
             man
             to
             walk
             so
             circumspectly
             ,
             as
             that
             he
             shall
             not
             provoke
             the
             wrath
             of
             the
             King
             to
             his
             own
             ruine
             :
             or
             of
             Commandment
             of
             the
             King
             ,
             whereof
             he
             spake
             ,
             vers
             .
             2.
             
          
           
             
               he
               that
               observeth
               his
               commandement
               ,
               shall
               know
               no
               evil
               ,
            
             ]
             None
             of
             the
             danger
             before
             mentioned
             ,
             vers
             .
             3.
             shall
             live
             securely
             ,
             and
             
             quietly
             out
             of
             fear
             ,
             Rom.
             13.3
             ,
             4.
             1
             
             Tim.
             2.2
             .
          
           
             
               and
               a
               wise
               mans
               heart
               discerneth
               both
               time
               and
               judgment
            
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             qualification
             of
             the
             precept
             ,
             a
             wise
             man
             will
             not
             for
             fear
             of
             danger
             ,
             or
             hope
             of
             advantage
             ,
             do
             all
             that
             is
             commanded
             him
             by
             a
             blind
             obedience
             ,
             but
             he
             considereth
             the
             season
             wherein
             ,
             and
             the
             manner
             how
             to
             execute
             commands
             :
             or
             he
             knowes
             to
             find
             out
             a
             proper
             season
             ,
             and
             right
             way
             to
             apply
             himself
             unto
             the
             Prince
             ,
             to
             prevent
             his
             displeasure
             ,
             to
             gain
             his
             favour
             ,
             to
             qualifie
             or
             alter
             his
             Commands
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             any
             way
             grievous
             ,
             1
             ▪
             Chron.
             21.3
             .
             Judg.
             6.27
             .
             Gen.
             32.7
             ,
             8
             ,
             13
             ,
             16
             ,
             17.
             
             &
             33.12
             ,
             14.
             1
             
             Sam.
             25.18
             —
             .
             1
             Chron.
             12.32
             .
             Neh.
             2.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             12
             ,
             16.
             
             Esth.
             4.5
             .
             &
             7.2
             .
             &
             8.5
             ,
             6.
             
          
           
             V.
             6
             ,
             7.
             
             
               Because
               to
               every
               purpose
               ,
               there
               is
               time
               and
               judgment
               :
               therefore
               the
               misery
               of
               man
               is
               greater
               upon
               him
               .
               For
               he
               knoweth
               not
               that
               which
               shall
               be
               :
               for
               who
               can
               tell
               him
               when
               it
               shall
               be
               ?
            
             ]
             Because
             to
             every
             purpose
             or
             enterprize
             there
             is
             a
             proper
             season
             ,
             and
             peculiar
             manner
             of
             acting
             ,
             upon
             which
             narrow
             points
             ,
             the
             happy
             success
             of
             such
             undertakings
             do
             depend
             ,
             and
             this
             cannot
             without
             much
             wisdome
             be
             duly
             observed
             :
             hence
             it
             cometh
             to
             passe
             ,
             that
             the
             misery
             of
             man
             is
             great
             upon
             him
             .
             This
             general
             is
             to
             be
             applyed
             
             to
             the
             particular
             case
             ,
             a
             man
             by
             incurring
             the
             displeasure
             of
             his
             Prince
             ,
             bringeth
             much
             misery
             upon
             himself
             ,
             because
             he
             wanteth
             that
             wisdom
             ,
             which
             should
             suggest
             a
             proper
             opportunity
             ,
             and
             right
             way
             of
             regaining
             his
             favour
             again
             .
             When
             there
             is
             ignorance
             and
             folly
             within
             ,
             dangers
             and
             snares
             without
             ,
             it
             is
             hard
             for
             a
             man
             to
             walk
             safely
             .
             There
             is
             no
             greater
             part
             of
             wisdome
             then
             the
             prudent
             observing
             of
             times
             ,
             circumstances
             ,
             and
             the
             right
             manner
             of
             transacting
             businesses
             that
             are
             of
             weight
             and
             consequence
             unto
             us
             ,
             Jer.
             8.7
             ,
             8.
             
             Amos
             5.13
             .
             Luke
             19.44
             .
             Prov.
             15.23
             .
             Act.
             22.25
             —
             29.
             
             Act.
             23.6
             ,
             7.
             
          
           
             
               for
               he
               knoweth
               not
               that
               which
               shall
               be
               .
            
             ]
             Because
             a
             man
             cannot
             foresee
             future
             events
             ,
             nor
             exactly
             judge
             of
             the
             consequences
             of
             actions
             ,
             therefore
             it
             is
             very
             difficult
             to
             avoid
             many
             of
             those
             miseries
             which
             by
             reason
             of
             this
             ignorance
             do
             attend
             him
             .
             There
             is
             one
             season
             ,
             and
             one
             manner
             of
             acting
             ,
             which
             would
             have
             been
             seconded
             with
             success
             ,
             if
             a
             man
             could
             have
             foreseen
             it
             ,
             but
             any
             other
             time
             ,
             any
             other
             way
             of
             proceeding
             ,
             would
             miscarry
             :
             great
             therefore
             must
             needs
             be
             the
             misery
             of
             man
             by
             reason
             of
             this
             ignorance
             ,
             who
             hath
             ●
             thousand
             waies
             to
             misse
             the
             mark
             ,
             and
             but
             one
             to
             hit
             it
             .
             A
             man
             cannot
             so
             much
             as
             fore-appoint
             his
             own
             actions
             for
             the
             
             future
             ,
             much
             lesse
             foresee
             the
             consequences
             and
             issues
             which
             vvould
             follow
             thereupon
             ,
             Prov.
             27.1
             .
             Jam.
             4.14
             .
             None
             can
             foretell
             a
             man
             what
             shall
             be
             ,
             but
             God
             alone
             ,
             Isa.
             41.
             
             ●3
             .
             &
             44.7
             .
             &
             46.10
             .
             Onely
             this
             a
             wise
             and
             holy
             man
             may
             be
             sure
             of
             ,
             that
             whatever
             falls
             out
             shall
             be
             for
             his
             good
             ,
             though
             it
             may
             be
             contrary
             to
             his
             desire
             and
             expectation
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             3.22
             .
          
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               There
               is
               no
               man
               that
               hath
               power
               over
               the
               spirit
               ,
               to
               retain
               the
               spirit
               ,
               neither
               hath
               he
               power
               in
               the
               day
               of
               death
               .
            
             ]
             By
             spirit
             ,
             he
             meaneth
             the
             breath
             of
             life
             ,
             or
             the
             soul.
             So
             it
             is
             often
             understood
             ,
             Gen.
             6.19
             .
             Job
             ▪
             7.7
             .
             Isa.
             42.5
             .
             Psal.
             104.29
             .
             Luke
             8.55
             .
             Jam.
             2.26
             .
          
           
             This
             may
             be
             understood
             ,
             1.
             
             Generally
             ,
             to
             signifie
             the
             weakness
             which
             is
             in
             man
             to
             help
             himself
             against
             the
             greatest
             future
             evil
             ,
             namely
             ,
             death
             :
             no
             power
             ,
             industry
             ,
             wisedome
             ,
             can
             keep
             the
             Soul
             ,
             when
             God
             by
             death
             requires
             it
             :
             no
             man
             hath
             the
             dominion
             over
             his
             own
             life
             ,
             to
             live
             as
             long
             as
             it
             pleaseth
             himself
             ;
             nor
             over
             death
             ,
             to
             repell
             and
             resist
             Heb.
             9.
             it
             when
             it
             comes
             ,
             Psal.
             49.7
             —
             10.27
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Particularly
             ,
             to
             the
             present
             argument
             of
             obedience
             to
             Princes
             ,
             whose
             wrath
             is
             as
             the
             roaring
             of
             a
             Lyon
             ,
             whose
             displeasure
             cannot
             
             be
             avoided
             .
             An
             offender
             hath
             no
             power
             to
             retain
             his
             life
             ,
             when
             supream
             authority
             passeth
             judgment
             against
             it
             :
             and
             therefore
             we
             ought
             wisely
             to
             take
             heed
             of
             those
             provocations
             which
             are
             likely
             to
             cast
             us
             under
             so
             great
             danger
             :
             for
             the
             punishment
             of
             rebellion
             can
             no
             more
             be
             avoided
             ,
             then
             the
             Wind
             can
             be
             held
             fast
             .
             Therefore
             we
             ought
             to
             keep
             our selves
             still
             within
             the
             bounds
             of
             duty
             ,
             and
             that
             will
             preserve
             us
             from
             evil
             ,
             as
             vers
             .
             5.
             
          
           
             
               to
               retain
               the
               spirit
            
             ]
             To
             shut
             it
             in
             ,
             to
             keep
             it
             from
             going
             away
             .
             Neither
             hath
             he
             ,
             or
             any
             man
             ,
             power
             in
             the
             day
             ,
             or
             over
             and
             against
             ,
             the
             day
             of
             death
             ,
             to
             adjourn
             and
             prorogue
             it
             ;
             
               aequo
               pede
               pulsat
               pauperum
               tabernas
               ,
               regumque
               turres
               .
            
             The
             power
             of
             a
             King
             is
             as
             little
             against
             death
             ,
             as
             the
             power
             of
             the
             meanest
             beggar
             .
             And
             therefore
             some
             have
             observed
             ,
             That
             whereas
             when
             David
             is
             mentioned
             upon
             other
             occasions
             ,
             he
             is
             usually
             spoken
             of
             by
             the
             name
             of
             King
             David
             ;
             when
             his
             death
             is
             spoken
             of
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             mention
             of
             his
             Dignity
             and
             Office
             ,
             but
             onely
             of
             his
             name
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             2.1
             .
          
           
             
               and
               there
               is
               no
               discharge
               in
               that
               warr
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               no
               weapon
               wherewith
               we
               can
               prevail
               in
               our
               war
               with
               death
               .
            
             There
             is
             no
             
               apparatus
               bellicus
            
             against
             such
             an
             Adversary
             ,
             no
             arrow
             or
             javelin
             that
             a
             man
             can
             let
             flye
             in
             this
             combate
             ;
             Or
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             mission
             into
             this
             
             battel
             ,
             in
             vain
             doth
             any
             man
             go
             forth
             to
             make
             War
             against
             death
             .
             So
             the
             word
             seemeth
             to
             be
             understood
             ,
             Psal.
             78.49
             .
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             So
             Symmachus
             rendreth
             it
             .
             It
             is
             not
             possible
             to
             stand
             in
             battel
             array
             against
             such
             an
             adversary
             :
             the
             Septuagint
             render
             it
             thus
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             There
             is
             no
             mission
             or
             dimission
             in
             that
             war
             ;
             which
             sense
             our
             Interpreters
             seem
             to
             follow
             ,
             in
             their
             Version
             ,
             There
             is
             no
             discharge
             in
             that
             war
             ,
             no
             man
             can
             have
             a
             Vacation
             or
             an
             Exa●ctoration
             from
             that
             warfare
             .
             There
             is
             no
             protection
             or
             deliverance
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             death
             .
          
           
             
               neither
               shall
               wickednesse
               deliver
               those
               that
               are
               given
               to
               it
            
             ]
             Unquiet
             wickedness
             ,
             sinful
             shifts
             ,
             which
             men
             in
             danger
             are
             apt
             to
             betake
             themselves
             unto
             ,
             though
             a
             man
             turn
             himself
             every
             way
             ,
             and
             move
             every
             stone
             ,
             yet
             he
             shall
             not
             be
             able
             to
             deliver
             himself
             .
             Saul
             and
             Pilate
             would
             fain
             shift
             off
             the
             guilt
             of
             their
             sins
             upon
             the
             people
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             15.21
             .
             Matth.
             27.24
             .
             and
             Caiaphas
             pretended
             necessity
             for
             his
             persecuting
             of
             Christ
             ,
             Joh.
             11.50
             .
             but
             this
             did
             not
             deliver
             their
             souls
             .
             By
             wickednesse
             ,
             here
             may
             be
             understood
             ,
             in
             relation
             to
             the
             argument
             of
             the
             text
             ,
             Rebellion
             ,
             Sedition
             ,
             disobedience
             against
             Magistrates
             ,
             as
             1
             Sam.
             24.13
             .
             The
             words
             are
             a
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             
               wickednesse
               shall
               not
               deliver
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             It
             shall
             destroy
             
             those
             that
             use
             it
             ;
             as
             Rom.
             1.16
             .
             Psal.
             51.17
             .
             Prov.
             17.21
             .
             Prov.
             11.4
             .
          
           
             V.
             9.
             
             
               All
               this
               have
               I
               seen
               ,
               and
               applyed
               mine
               heart
               unto
               every
               work
               ,
               that
               is
               done
               under
               the
               Sun
               :
               There
               is
               a
               time
               wherein
               one
               man
               ruleth
               over
               another
               to
               his
               own
               hurt
               .
            
             ]
             With
             his
             wonted
             transition
             he
             passeth
             on
             to
             the
             observing
             of
             another
             Vanity
             ,
             which
             was
             to
             be
             found
             amongst
             men
             ;
             I
             applyed
             or
             gave
             mine
             heart
             unto
             every
             work
             ,
             as
             Chap.
             7.25
             .
             teaching
             us
             with
             special
             attention
             to
             observe
             the
             wayes
             of
             Gods
             providence
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             Psal.
             111.2
             .
             1
             Pet.
             1.10
             ,
             11.
             
             When
             he
             was
             thus
             considering
             of
             the
             right
             means
             of
             living
             comfortably
             ,
             by
             yielding
             due
             obedience
             unto
             Government
             :
             He
             found
             that
             some
             Princes
             were
             so
             tyrannical
             and
             intolerable
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             very
             hard
             for
             men
             to
             live
             quietly
             under
             them
             ,
             they
             go
             on
             without
             controle
             ,
             and
             miserably
             afflict
             the
             poor
             people
             ,
             Prov.
             28.15
             ,
             16.
             for
             whose
             good
             and
             comfort
             they
             were
             appointed
             ,
             Rom.
             13.4
             .
             God
             thus
             pleasing
             in
             his
             Justice
             many
             times
             to
             punish
             the
             sins
             of
             a
             Nation
             ,
             by
             giving
             them
             up
             into
             the
             hands
             ,
             under
             the
             will
             of
             unrighteous
             Governours
             ,
             Zach.
             11.6
             .
             Hos.
             13.11
             .
             Job
             34.30
             .
             Isa.
             10.6
             .
             &
             14.20
             .
             &
             19.4
             .
             But
             he
             shewthe
             vanity
             of
             such
             Tyrannical
             courses
             .
             They
             tend
             at
             last
             to
             the
             hurt
             of
             those
             that
             use
             them
             :
             the
             Rod
             which
             beateth
             the
             children
             ,
             is
             usually
             
             at
             last
             thrown
             into
             the
             fire
             .
             As
             their
             power
             hath
             put
             into
             their
             hands
             a
             greater
             liberty
             of
             sinning
             ,
             so
             hath
             it
             heaped
             up
             for
             them
             a
             greater
             measure
             of
             wrath
             ,
             Isa.
             10.12
             .
             Dan.
             11.36
             —
             40.
             
             Isa.
             14.4
             —
             23.
             1
             
             Reg.
             15.29
             ,
             30.
             
          
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               And
               so
               I
               saw
               the
               wicked
               b●ried
               ,
               who
               had
               come
               and
               gone
               from
               the
               place
               of
               the
               Holy
               :
               and
               they
               were
               forgotten
               in
               the
               City
               where
               they
               had
               so
               done
               :
               This
               is
               also
               vanity
               .
            
             ]
             These
             words
             are
             obscure
             ,
             some
             understanding
             the
             former
             part
             of
             wicked
             Rulers
             ,
             and
             the
             later
             part
             of
             good
             Rulers
             :
             others
             ,
             the
             whole
             ,
             only
             of
             wicked
             ones
             .
             The
             sum
             of
             the
             former
             sense
             is
             this
             ;
             When
             I
             considered
             the
             rule
             of
             Tyrants
             over
             others
             ,
             I
             observed
             that
             when
             they
             were
             dead
             and
             buried
             ,
             they
             did
             as
             it
             were
             come
             and
             return
             again
             in
             their
             Children
             or
             wicked
             Successors
             ,
             who
             reigned
             like
             them
             ,
             Job
             8.18
             ,
             19.
             or
             when
             they
             had
             been
             deprived
             and
             deposed
             ,
             and
             so
             as
             it
             were
             buried
             ,
             I
             saw
             them
             return
             to
             domination
             again
             .
             But
             other
             good
             men
             ,
             who
             had
             walked
             with
             God
             in
             his
             holy
             place
             ,
             are
             driven
             out
             of
             sight
             ,
             made
             to
             run
             into
             corners
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             buried
             in
             forgetfulness
             ,
             Prov.
             28.12
             ,
             28.
             
             Psal.
             12.8
             .
             even
             in
             that
             City
             where
             they
             had
             done
             Right
             .
             This
             he
             looked
             on
             as
             a
             great
             Vanity
             ,
             that
             the
             memory
             of
             good
             men
             should
             
             perish
             ;
             and
             wicked
             men
             should
             be
             had
             in
             honour
             .
             But
             the
             other
             sense
             which
             applyeth
             all
             to
             wicked
             Rulers
             ,
             seemeth
             to
             be
             more
             genuine
             ,
             and
             is
             followed
             by
             our
             Translation
             ;
             I
             saw
             wicked
             Rulers
             continue
             all
             their
             life
             long
             in
             the
             place
             of
             the
             Holy
             one
             ,
             to
             be
             had
             in
             great
             honour
             ,
             and
             after
             they
             had
             gone
             in
             and
             out
             before
             the
             people
             in
             the
             place
             of
             Justice
             and
             Government
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             the
             Throne
             of
             God
             )
             I
             saw
             them
             magnificently
             buried
             in
             very
             great
             pomp
             and
             solemnity
             ,
             Luke
             16.22
             .
             yet
             being
             dead
             ,
             notwithstanding
             all
             those
             flatteries
             and
             formalities
             in
             their
             funeral
             ,
             their
             name
             and
             memories
             did
             quickly
             perish
             and
             dye
             with
             their
             bodies
             ,
             insomuch
             ,
             that
             in
             that
             very
             City
             where
             they
             had
             lived
             in
             so
             great
             power
             ,
             and
             been
             buried
             in
             so
             much
             state
             ,
             they
             were
             presently
             forgotten
             ,
             neither
             the
             Nobleness
             of
             their
             Families
             ,
             nor
             the
             flatteries
             of
             their
             Creatures
             ,
             nor
             the
             magnificent
             Monuments
             erected
             for
             them
             ,
             were
             able
             to
             preserve
             their
             names
             from
             rottennesse
             ,
             Psal.
             37.9
             ,
             10
             ,
             35
             ,
             36.
             
             Prov.
             10.7
             .
             By
             the
             place
             of
             the
             Holy
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             
               Holy
               one
            
             ,
             as
             Hab.
             3.3
             .
             understand
             the
             Tribunals
             of
             Judgment
             ,
             whereon
             they
             sit
             as
             his
             Vicegerents
             ,
             Deut.
             1.17
             .
             Psal.
             82.1
             .
             Exod.
             22.28
             .
             1
             Chron.
             29.23
             .
             2
             Chron.
             19.6
             ▪
             By
             
               coming
               and
               going
            
             ,
             seems
             to
             be
             intimated
             
             the
             administration
             of
             the
             publick
             Office
             of
             Government
             ,
             elsewhere
             expressed
             in
             the
             like
             manner
             ,
             by
             going
             in
             and
             out
             before
             the
             people
             ,
             Numb
             .
             27.17
             .
             Deut.
             31.2
             .
             1
             Reg.
             3.7
             .
          
           
             
               and
               they
               were
               forgotten
            
             ]
             The
             Septuagint
             render
             it
             ,
             
               and
               they
               were
               praised
            
             ;
             upon
             an
             easie
             mistake
             of
             one
             letter
             for
             another
             in
             the
             original
             word
             .
          
           
             
               where
               they
               had
               so
               done
            
             ]
             Others
             ,
             where
             they
             had
             done
             right
             ,
             in
             the
             first
             of
             the
             two
             former
             senses
             ;
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             as
             Symmachus
             :
             or
             where
             whatsoever
             they
             did
             was
             accompted
             Right
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             is
             appliable
             to
             the
             later
             sense
             .
          
           
             
               This
               is
               also
               Vanity
            
             ]
             All
             the
             power
             and
             pomp
             of
             wicked
             men
             in
             their
             life
             ,
             and
             funerals
             ,
             is
             but
             mere
             Vanity
             ,
             since
             when
             they
             are
             gone
             ,
             their
             names
             and
             memorials
             perish
             with
             them
             .
          
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               Because
               sentence
               against
               an
               evil
               work
               is
               not
               executed
               speedily
               :
               therefore
               the
               heart
               of
               the
               sons
               of
               men
               is
               fully
               set
               in
               them
               to
               do
               evil
               .
            
             ]
             Here
             is
             intimated
             the
             Reason
             why
             wicked
             Rulers
             go
             on
             without
             remorse
             or
             controle
             in
             their
             tyranny
             and
             oppression
             all
             their
             life
             long
             ;
             namely
             ,
             because
             the
             Judgments
             of
             God
             threatned
             against
             them
             ,
             are
             not
             presently
             put
             in
             execution
             .
             The
             prosperity
             
             of
             wicked
             men
             doth
             exceedingly
             strengthen
             and
             harden
             them
             in
             their
             wickedness
             .
             This
             proceedeth
             from
             infidelity
             ,
             and
             a
             root
             of
             Atheism
             in
             their
             hearts
             ,
             they
             cannot
             see
             afar
             off
             ;
             or
             if
             they
             do
             ,
             yet
             because
             evil
             seems
             far
             from
             them
             ,
             therefore
             they
             go
             on
             securely
             ,
             abusing
             the
             goodness
             and
             long-suffering
             of
             God
             unto
             presumption
             ,
             which
             should
             have
             led
             them
             unto
             repentance
             ,
             Rom.
             2.4
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             we
             here
             see
             that
             there
             is
             sentence
             pronounced
             against
             every
             wicked
             work
             ,
             Isa.
             3.10
             ,
             11.
             
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             That
             the
             Lord
             is
             slow
             in
             putting
             that
             sentence
             in
             execution
             ,
             being
             willing
             that
             men
             should
             repent
             ,
             2
             Pet.
             3.9
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             That
             the
             sentence
             being
             pronounced
             ,
             though
             it
             come
             slowly
             ,
             yet
             it
             will
             come
             surely
             against
             ungodly
             men
             .
             It
             is
             every
             day
             nearer
             and
             nearer
             ,
             and
             the
             longer
             it
             stayes
             ,
             the
             more
             heavy
             it
             will
             be
             .
             It
             comes
             with
             feet
             of
             wooll
             ,
             but
             it
             will
             strike
             with
             hands
             of
             lead
             ,
             Gen.
             6.3
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             That
             wicked
             men
             abuse
             Gods
             patience
             unto
             presumption
             ,
             and
             because
             they
             see
             all
             well
             with
             them
             ,
             do
             despise
             his
             threatnings
             to
             their
             own
             destruction
             ,
             Isa.
             5.19
             .
             Jer.
             5.12
             .
             &
             17.15
             .
             2
             Pet.
             3.4
             .
             Ezek.
             12.22
             .
             Psal.
             55.19
             .
          
           
           
             5.
             
             That
             Impunity
             maketh
             wickednesse
             more
             excessive
             and
             outragious
             ,
             and
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             is
             the
             more
             filled
             and
             emboldened
             in
             wickedness
             ,
             by
             how
             much
             the
             more
             experience
             it
             hath
             of
             Gods
             slowness
             to
             wrath
             ,
             Matth.
             24.48
             ,
             49.
             
             Prov.
             7.18
             ,
             19
             ,
             20.
             2
             
             Pet.
             3.3
             ,
             4.
             
          
           
             
               therefore
               the
               heart
               of
               the
               sons
               of
               men
               is
               full
               in
               them
               ,
            
             or
             
               is
               f●lly
               set
               in
               them
               to
               do
               evil
               .
               ]
               is
               bold
               in
               them
               ,
            
             so
             Aquila
             :
             
               therefore
               the
               sons
               of
               men
               do
               evil
               ,
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               ,
               with
               a
               fearless
               and
               presumptuous
               heart
            
             ;
             so
             Symmachus
             :
             the
             phrase
             noteth
             an
             height
             of
             confidence
             and
             resolvedness
             on
             sinful
             courses
             ,
             called
             in
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             madness
             ,
             excess
             ,
             greediness
             ,
             rushing
             ,
             breaking
             forth
             ,
             superfluity
             ,
             &c.
             Esth.
             7.5
             .
             Act.
             5.3
             .
             Gen.
             6.12
             ,
             13.
             
             Luk.
             6.11
             .
             Jer.
             50.38
             .
             1
             Pet.
             4.4
             .
             Ephes.
             4.19
             .
             Jer.
             6.7
             .
             &
             8.6
             .
             Hos.
             4.2
             .
             Jam.
             1.21
             .
          
           
             V.
             12
             ,
             13.
             
             
               Though
               a
               sinner
               do
               evil
               an
               hundred
               times
               ,
               and
               his
               dayes
               be
               prolonged
               :
               yet
               surely
               I
               know
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Here
             he
             answereth
             the
             Temptation
             whereby
             good
             men
             are
             apt
             to
             be
             offended
             at
             the
             prosperity
             of
             wicked
             men
             ,
             Psal.
             73.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Jer.
             12.1
             .
             and
             wicked
             men
             to
             be
             hardened
             in
             their
             sins
             thereby
             :
             Though
             a
             sinner
             do
             continue
             to
             do
             evil
             ,
             and
             escape
             punishment
             an
             hundred
             times
             ,
             never
             so
             often
             ,
             as
             Chap.
             6.3
             .
          
           
           
             
               and
               his
               dayes
               be
               prolonged
            
             ]
             Or
             ▪
             his
             punishment
             delayed
             :
             or
             God
             do
             put
             off
             his
             anger
             ,
             and
             not
             straightway
             execute
             it
             upon
             him
             ,
             Chap.
             7.15
             .
             Isa.
             48.9
             .
             Deut.
             4.40
             .
             Exod.
             20.12
             .
             yet
             surely
             I
             know
             ,
             and
             do
             considently
             affirm
             ,
             That
             it
             shall
             be
             well
             with
             them
             that
             fear
             God
             ,
             Isa.
             3.10
             ,
             11.
             
             The
             order
             of
             the
             consequence
             is
             inverted
             ,
             and
             first
             the
             remuneration
             of
             good
             men
             is
             mentioned
             ,
             before
             the
             punishment
             of
             evil
             men
             ,
             to
             strengthen
             their
             faith
             ,
             and
             to
             comfort
             them
             against
             the
             oppressions
             and
             injuries
             of
             their
             potent
             adversaries
             ,
             because
             usually
             the
             rage
             of
             Tyrants
             doth
             vent
             it self
             against
             those
             that
             fear
             God.
             
          
           
             
               which
               fear
               before
               him
            
             ]
             This
             is
             the
             character
             of
             a
             good
             man
             ,
             they
             fear
             God
             sincerely
             ,
             they
             tremble
             at
             his
             presence
             ,
             they
             labour
             to
             commend
             their
             hearts
             and
             consciences
             to
             him
             in
             well
             doing
             ,
             Isa.
             8.13
             .
             When
             wicked
             men
             prosper
             and
             rage
             ,
             they
             fret
             not
             ,
             they
             fear
             not
             their
             cruelty
             ,
             but
             still
             they
             hold
             fast
             their
             integrity
             ,
             and
             go
             on
             steadily
             in
             obedience
             and
             patient
             waiting
             on
             God.
             
          
           
             
               But
               it
               shall
               not
               be
               well
               with
               the
               wicked
               ,
               neither
               shall
               he
               prolong
               his
               dayes
               ,
               which
               are
               as
               a
               shadow
               ]
               It
               shall
               not
               well
            
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             less
             being
             said
             then
             is
             intended
             :
             for
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             It
             shall
             be
             very
             ill
             with
             him
             ;
             as
             Exod.
             20.7
             .
             Psal.
             34.5
             .
             Rom.
             1.16
             .
             Psal.
             
             84.12
             .
             Isa.
             42.3
             .
             Rom.
             4.19
             .
             Revel
             .
             12
             11.
             
          
           
             
               neither
               shall
               he
               prolong
               his
               dayes
            
             ]
             Long
             life
             is
             oftentimes
             promised
             as
             a
             blessing
             ,
             Prov.
             28.16
             .
             Exod.
             20
             .
             1●
             .
             Psal.
             91.16
             .
             Prov.
             3.2
             .
             and
             the
             contrary
             threatned
             as
             a
             curse
             ,
             Psal.
             55.23
             .
             and
             though
             they
             seem
             to
             live
             long
             ,
             their
             longest
             life
             is
             but
             as
             a
             shadow
             ,
             which
             suddenly
             is
             gone
             ,
             Psal.
             144.4
             .
             wrath
             doth
             at
             last
             certainly
             overtake
             them
             .
             Whereas
             in
             Scripture
             sometimes
             prolonging
             of
             ones
             dayes
             ,
             relates
             to
             a
             life
             after
             death
             ,
             and
             a
             victory
             over
             it
             ,
             Isa.
             53.10
             .
          
           
             V.
             14.
             
             
               There
               is
               a
               vanity
               which
               is
               done
               upon
               the
               earth
            
             ]
             He
             doth
             not
             pass
             this
             Censure
             upon
             the
             wise
             and
             righteous
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             who
             ordereth
             all
             the
             seeming
             confusions
             and
             disorders
             which
             are
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             who
             is
             pleased
             after
             a
             seeming
             inequality
             to
             dispence
             good
             or
             evil
             unto
             men
             ,
             contrary
             to
             what
             our
             reason
             doth
             judge
             most
             equal
             and
             righteous
             ,
             Job
             9.22
             .
             &
             21.7
             ,
             8.
             
             But
             first
             he
             speaketh
             according
             to
             the
             judgment
             of
             flesh
             and
             blood
             ,
             which
             is
             apt
             to
             judge
             hardly
             of
             so
             strange
             a
             distribution
             ,
             Psal.
             73.13
             ,
             14.2
             .
             He
             doth
             it
             ,
             to
             shew
             the
             vanity
             of
             all
             outward
             things
             which
             do
             variously
             happen
             unto
             men
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             which
             being
             distributed
             without
             any
             great
             difference
             ,
             sometimes
             evil
             
             things
             to
             good
             men
             ,
             and
             good
             things
             to
             evil
             men
             ,
             do
             lead
             us
             necessarily
             to
             think
             but
             meanly
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             to
             look
             after
             a
             further
             Judgment
             ,
             wherein
             rewards
             and
             punishments
             shall
             be
             in
             a
             more
             notable
             manner
             dispenced
             ,
             Chap.
             7.15
             .
             1
             Cor.
             15.19
             .
             And
             even
             in
             this
             distribution
             there
             is
             much
             goodness
             shewed
             to
             one
             man
             in
             his
             sufferings
             ,
             whereby
             his
             graces
             are
             exercised
             :
             and
             much
             wrath
             and
             justice
             to
             others
             in
             their
             prosperity
             ,
             whereby
             they
             are
             many
             times
             hardened
             and
             ensnared
             ,
             Psal.
             69.22
             .
             Hos.
             13.6
             .
          
           
             V.
             15.
             
             
               Then
               I
               commended
               mirth
               ,
               because
               a
               man
               hath
               no
               better
               thing
               under
               the
               Sun
               ,
               then
               to
               eat
               ,
               and
               to
               drink
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               merry
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Some
             make
             this
             to
             be
             a
             sensual
             and
             carnal
             deduction
             drawn
             from
             the
             former
             observation
             ,
             that
             since
             by
             a
             mans
             most
             circumspect
             walking
             he
             can
             no
             more
             free
             himself
             from
             evils
             ,
             then
             if
             he
             lived
             more
             loosely
             ,
             and
             since
             evil
             men
             do
             many
             times
             go
             away
             with
             the
             rewards
             of
             good
             men
             ,
             and
             good
             men
             suffer
             such
             things
             as
             they
             had
             not
             deserved
             :
             since
             a
             man
             gets
             nothing
             by
             his
             holiness
             ,
             nor
             loseth
             any
             thing
             by
             his
             wickedness
             :
             It
             is
             therefore
             the
             best
             way
             to
             take
             our
             pleasures
             ,
             to
             eat
             and
             to
             drink
             and
             be
             merry
             ,
             and
             to
             take
             no
             further
             care
             then
             how
             we
             may
             for
             the
             present
             gratifie
             our
             licentious
             desires
             ,
             
             1
             Cor.
             15.32
             .
             Isa.
             22.12
             ,
             13.
             
             Amos
             6.3
             —
             6.
             
             Psal.
             73.11
             ,
             12.
             
             But
             I
             rather
             understand
             the
             words
             in
             the
             sense
             formerly
             expressed
             ,
             Chap.
             2.24
             .
             &
             3.12
             ,
             13
             ,
             22.
             
             &
             5.18
             .
             Since
             it
             is
             impossible
             for
             a
             man
             to
             free
             himself
             from
             those
             common
             vanities
             and
             temptations
             which
             are
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             Therefore
             there
             is
             no
             greater
             wisdom
             ,
             no
             better
             remedy
             of
             our
             present
             vexations
             ,
             then
             to
             compose
             our
             hearts
             in
             an
             holy
             calmness
             and
             security
             ,
             not
             over-curiously
             or
             querulously
             to
             inquire
             into
             the
             dark
             providences
             of
             God
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             but
             with
             an
             holy
             submission
             to
             commit
             our selves
             to
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             fear
             ,
             and
             with
             cheerfulness
             and
             thanksgiving
             to
             enjoy
             the
             present
             blessings
             which
             his
             bounty
             hath
             bestowed
             upon
             us
             ,
             without
             any
             unquietnesse
             of
             spirit
             at
             the
             disorders
             we
             see
             ,
             or
             any
             anxious
             and
             sollicitous
             thoughts
             touching
             any
             thing
             which
             for
             the
             future
             we
             may
             fear
             ,
             Phil.
             4.11
             ,
             12
             ,
             13.
             2
             
             Thess.
             3.12
             .
          
           
             
               for
               that
               shall
               abide
               with
               him
               of
               his
               labour
               ,
               the
               dayes
               of
               his
               life
               ,
               which
               God
               giveth
               him
               under
               the
               Sun
            
             ]
             This
             is
             the
             onely
             fruit
             which
             a
             man
             can
             reap
             in
             this
             life
             from
             all
             his
             labour
             ;
             greater
             benefit
             he
             can
             never
             expect
             from
             any
             thing
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             then
             to
             have
             food
             and
             rayment
             ,
             with
             cheerfulness
             of
             heart
             in
             the
             use
             of
             them
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             16
             ,
             17.
             
             
               When
               I
               applyed
               mine
               heart
               to
               know
               wisdome
               ,
               and
               to
               see
               the
               businesse
               that
               is
               done
               upon
               the
               earth
            
             ]
             He
             here
             concludeth
             with
             a
             reason
             why
             a
             man
             ought
             not
             anxiously
             to
             perplex
             or
             disquiet
             his
             thoughts
             about
             the
             Works
             of
             Gods
             Providence
             ,
             in
             the
             Government
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             why
             good
             men
             are
             afflicted
             ,
             and
             ill
             men
             advanced
             ;
             because
             when
             a
             wise
             man
             hath
             applyed
             his
             mind
             ,
             made
             it
             his
             business
             ,
             broken
             his
             sleep
             in
             this
             inquiry
             ,
             yet
             he
             shall
             come
             short
             of
             what
             he
             promised
             himself
             ,
             and
             must
             at
             last
             acquiesce
             in
             the
             Soveraignty
             and
             Dominion
             of
             God
             ,
             whose
             Works
             are
             unsearchable
             ,
             and
             whose
             Judgements
             past
             finding
             out
             :
             therefore
             we
             must
             suppresse
             all
             rash
             censures
             of
             those
             things
             the
             reasons
             whereof
             we
             are
             not
             able
             to
             attain
             unto
             ,
             and
             with
             calmnesse
             and
             tranquility
             of
             spirit
             ,
             labour
             to
             enjoy
             present
             comforts
             rather
             then
             to
             busie
             our selves
             with
             curious
             and
             fruitlesse
             inquiries
             .
          
           
             
               to
               see
               the
               businesse
               that
               is
               done
               on
               the
               earth
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             to
             discover
             and
             get
             a
             clear
             ,
             distinct
             and
             satisfying
             accompt
             of
             all
             the
             works
             of
             Gods
             providence
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             to
             comprehend
             the
             reasons
             of
             the
             administration
             and
             Government
             thereof
             ,
             to
             have
             a
             rational
             view
             of
             the
             compages
             and
             whole
             frame
             of
             humane
             affairs
             ,
             to
             reconcile
             all
             the
             seeming
             absurdities
             and
             incongruities
             which
             appear
             in
             
             them
             ,
             to
             look
             exactly
             into
             the
             Temperament
             and
             Composition
             of
             so
             many
             infinite
             ,
             and
             contrary
             events
             ,
             unto
             the
             making
             up
             of
             one
             most
             exquisite
             and
             beautiful
             work
          
           
             
               for
               there
               is
               that
               neither
               day
               nor
               night
               seeth
               sleep
               with
               his
               eyes
            
             ]
             As
             Chap.
             2.23
             .
             This
             he
             speaketh
             of
             his
             incessant
             study
             ,
             in
             denying
             himself
             necessary
             refreshments
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             intentnesse
             of
             his
             minde
             in
             this
             inquiry
             ,
             as
             strong
             and
             fixed
             thoughts
             will
             keep
             away
             sleep
             from
             our
             eyes
             ,
             Psal.
             127.2
             .
             Ecles
             .
             5.12
             .
          
           
             
               a
               man
               cannot
               find
               out
               the
               work
               that
               is
               done
               under
               the
               Sun
            
             ]
             Cannot
             perfectly
             understand
             :
             or
             search
             into
             the
             counsel
             of
             God
             in
             the
             government
             of
             humane
             affaires
             ,
             his
             secret
             Judgements
             ,
             his
             admirable
             contrivances
             ,
             his
             various
             wisdome
             Job
             .
             11.7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
             Psal.
             36.6
             ,
             &
             92.5
             .
             a
             man
             can
             neither
             by
             labour
             ,
             nor
             by
             wisdome
             ,
             (
             the
             two
             great
             Engines
             and
             Instruments
             of
             discovery
             ,
             )
             attain
             unto
             it
             .
             He
             doth
             not
             hereby
             discourage
             us
             from
             searching
             into
             the
             works
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             elsewhere
             we
             are
             directed
             to
             observe
             ,
             Psal.
             111.2
             .
             &
             104.24
             .
             &
             105.5
             .
             &
             106.13
             .
             Isa.
             5.12
             .
             But
             only
             teacheth
             us
             after
             all
             ,
             to
             adore
             the
             depths
             of
             his
             wisdome
             ,
             to
             rest
             satisfied
             that
             whatever
             he
             doth
             ,
             how
             contrary
             so
             ever
             it
             appear
             unto
             humane
             reason
             ,
             is
             righteously
             ,
             holily
             ,
             and
             wisely
             done
             .
             Secret
             and
             wonderful
             
             his
             works
             may
             be
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             never
             unjust
             :
             and
             therefore
             when
             we
             cannot
             understand
             them
             .
             we
             must
             admire
             and
             adore
             them
             ,
             Job
             9.2
             —
             14
             :
             &
             40.2.3
             .
             Rom.
             11.33
             —
             36.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
          
           
             IN
             the
             end
             of
             the
             former
             Chapter
             ,
             the
             Wise
             man
             observed
             the
             secret
             and
             hidden
             course
             of
             Gods
             providence
             ;
             and
             in
             this
             ,
             proceedeth
             in
             the
             same
             argument
             ,
             taking
             notice
             of
             a
             confused
             administration
             of
             the
             world
             in
             common
             Events
             which
             do
             equally
             befall
             both
             the
             good
             and
             the
             bad
             ,
             even
             as
             death
             at
             the
             last
             hapneth
             to
             them
             all
             alike
             ,
             vers
             .
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             
             Whereupon
             he
             resumeth
             his
             former
             remedy
             against
             this
             vexation
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             that
             we
             should
             comfortably
             enjoy
             life
             ,
             and
             the
             good
             things
             thereof
             ,
             while
             we
             have
             time
             to
             do
             it
             ,
             and
             not
             defer
             it
             till
             it
             be
             too
             late
             ,
             because
             when
             death
             comes
             ,
             it
             deprives
             us
             of
             all
             the
             comforts
             and
             delights
             which
             this
             present
             life
             doth
             afford
             unto
             us
             ;
             upon
             which
             occasion
             he
             praiseth
             life
             before
             death
             ,
             because
             therein
             we
             have
             the
             liberty
             of
             enjoying
             all
             good
             things
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             the
             sense
             of
             all
             which
             Death
             doth
             bereave
             us
             of
             ,
             vers
             .
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             And
             therefore
             since
             the
             dayes
             of
             our
             life
             are
             but
             Vanity
             ,
             we
             ought
             with
             much
             cheerfulnesse
             and
             intention
             
             of
             mind
             to
             enjoy
             all
             the
             sweet
             contentments
             which
             life
             doth
             afford
             us
             ,
             yet
             so
             ,
             as
             not
             to
             leave
             the
             duties
             of
             our
             Calling
             undone
             ,
             this
             being
             all
             the
             portion
             which
             we
             can
             have
             in
             this
             life
             of
             all
             our
             labours
             ,
             vers
             .
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10.
             
             After
             which
             he
             falleth
             into
             the
             contemplation
             of
             another
             wonderful
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             whereby
             events
             seem
             to
             befall
             men
             ,
             rather
             by
             chance
             ,
             then
             by
             reason
             and
             counsel
             ,
             and
             contrary
             to
             those
             previous
             dispositions
             by
             which
             we
             are
             led
             to
             expect
             far
             different
             effects
             from
             those
             which
             do
             come
             to
             passe
             ,
             vers
             .
             11.
             
             The
             reason
             whereof
             in
             part
             he
             subjoyns
             ,
             namely
             that
             invincible
             ignorance
             which
             is
             in
             all
             men
             of
             the
             proper
             seasons
             wherein
             actions
             are
             to
             be
             done
             ,
             or
             else
             disability
             to
             foresee
             and
             prevent
             the
             evils
             which
             are
             coming
             towards
             them
             ,
             and
             do
             suddenly
             surprize
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             12.
             
             Lastly
             lest
             he
             should
             seem
             to
             dictate
             unto
             us
             a
             supine
             neglect
             of
             all
             good
             means
             towards
             our
             desired
             Ends
             ,
             in
             regard
             that
             things
             seem
             to
             be
             governed
             rather
             by
             chance
             ,
             then
             by
             counsel
             ,
             He
             sheweth
             the
             excellent
             use
             of
             godly
             wisdom
             to
             deliver
             us
             out
             of
             such
             dangers
             ,
             by
             an
             example
             of
             One
             poor
             ,
             but
             wise
             man
             ,
             who
             being
             in
             a
             little
             City
             meanly
             man'd
             and
             defended
             ,
             did
             by
             his
             wisdome
             deliver
             it
             from
             the
             power
             and
             military
             assaults
             of
             a
             mighty
             King
             which
             came
             against
             it
             .
             Yet
             shewing
             
             withal
             a
             very
             great
             Vanity
             amongst
             men
             in
             neglecting
             so
             wise
             a
             man
             because
             of
             his
             poverty
             ,
             vers
             .
             13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16.
             whence
             he
             concludeth
             ,
             by
             shewing
             the
             excellency
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             that
             silent
             wisdome
             is
             better
             then
             clamorous
             and
             bustling
             power
             ,
             and
             then
             all
             instruments
             of
             war.
             And
             withal
             ,
             that
             as
             one
             wise
             man
             may
             avert
             much
             danger
             ,
             so
             one
             wicked
             man
             may
             destroy
             much
             good
             ,
             vers
             .
             17
             ,
             28.
             
          
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             
               ALl
               this
               I
               considered
               in
               mine
               heart
            
             ]
             I
             gave
             all
             this
             to
             my
             heart
             .
             I
             laid
             it
             up
             in
             mine
             heart
             .
             It
             noteth
             special
             study
             and
             attention
             thereunto
             ,
             Luke
             2.51
             .
             &
             21.14
             .
          
           
             
               even
               to
               declare
               all
               this
            
             ]
             To
             prove
             ,
             examine
             ,
             perfectly
             to
             understand
             ,
             and
             clearly
             to
             manifest
             all
             this
             .
             The
             word
             signifies
             to
             purifie
             and
             purge
             ,
             because
             when
             a
             thing
             is
             soyled
             and
             defaced
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             more
             difficultly
             known
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             3.16.17
             .
             ,
             18.
             
          
           
             
               That
               the
               Righteous
               ,
               and
               the
               wise
               ,
               and
               their
               works
               ,
               are
               in
               the
               hand
               of
               God
            
             ]
             That
             the
             persons
             and
             works
             of
             the
             best
             and
             most
             prudent
             men
             are
             not
             in
             their
             own
             power
             or
             disposal
             but
             are
             guided
             by
             a
             Divine
             providence
             ,
             and
             by
             a
             secret
             ,
             invisible
             ,
             and
             unpreventable
             direction
             from
             above
             ,
             by
             him
             who
             worketh
             all
             things
             ,
             by
             the
             counsel
             of
             his
             own
             Will
             :
             To
             
             be
             
               in
               the
               hand
               of
               God
            
             ,
             noteth
             ,
             1.
             
             Subjection
             to
             his
             power
             ,
             Joh.
             3.35
             .
             Matth.
             28.18
             .
             Joh.
             5.22
             .
             2.
             
             Direction
             and
             guidance
             by
             his
             povidence
             ,
             Act.
             4.28
             .
             Jer.
             10.23
             .
             Prov.
             16.9
             .
             &
             20.24
             .
             Exod.
             34.24
             .
             3.
             
             Ruling
             by
             his
             powerful
             though
             sometimes
             secret
             and
             invisible
             Government
             .
             So
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             King
             ,
             notes
             the
             command
             or
             order
             given
             by
             the
             King
             ,
             1
             Chron
             25.3
             .
             4.
             
             Custody
             and
             protection
             from
             evil
             by
             his
             care
             Ester
             2.3
             .
             Isa.
             62.3
             .
             Joh.
             10.28
             ,
             29.
             
             Our
             works
             are
             transient
             things
             ,
             and
             as
             they
             come
             from
             us
             ,
             seem
             to
             vanish
             away
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             no
             more
             ,
             they
             are
             quickly
             out
             of
             our
             hands
             :
             but
             they
             are
             alwayes
             in
             Gods
             hands
             ,
             and
             written
             in
             his
             book
             ,
             he
             reserveth
             them
             unto
             the
             time
             of
             Retribution
             ,
             and
             keepeth
             an
             exact
             Record
             and
             Register
             of
             them
             :
             So
             that
             no
             one
             of
             them
             shall
             be
             unrewarded
             ,
             Heb.
             6.10
             .
             Our
             persons
             ,
             our
             times
             ,
             our
             imployments
             are
             in
             the
             hand
             of
             God
             ,
             men
             cannot
             do
             to
             us
             ,
             or
             dispose
             of
             us
             as
             they
             will
             ,
             Joh.
             19
             ,
             10
             ,
             11
             ,
             neither
             can
             we
             dispose
             of
             our selves
             as
             we
             please
             :
             but
             he
             who
             is
             wisest
             ,
             and
             knowes
             what
             is
             best
             for
             us
             ,
             and
             what
             uses
             we
             are
             fittest
             for
             ,
             doth
             as
             it
             pleaseth
             him
             ,
             order
             both
             our
             persons
             ,
             our
             times
             ,
             our
             places
             ,
             our
             callings
             ,
             our
             work
             ,
             our
             wages
             ,
             as
             may
             be
             most
             for
             the
             glory
             of
             his
             Name
             ,
             whose
             we
             are
             ,
             and
             whom
             it
             is
             our
             happinesse
             to
             serve
             in
             whatsoever
             
             station
             he
             shall
             be
             pleased
             to
             place
             us
             in
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             15.25.26
             .
          
           
             
               no
               man
               knoweth
               either
               love
               or
               hatred
               by
               all
               that
               is
               before
               them
            
             ]
             The
             words
             admit
             of
             such
             a
             reading
             as
             this
             ;
             The
             Righteous
             ,
             and
             the
             wise
             ,
             and
             their
             works
             are
             in
             the
             hand
             of
             God
             :
             Also
             Love
             and
             Hatred
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             are
             in
             the
             hand
             of
             God
             ,
             He
             loveth
             whom
             he
             will
             ,
             he
             hateth
             whom
             he
             will
             ,
             Rom.
             9.11
             ,
             12
             ,
             13
             ,
             15
             ,
             16.
             
             No
             man
             knoweth
             any
             thing
             that
             is
             before
             him
             :
             no
             man
             can
             discover
             the
             counsel
             or
             the
             love
             and
             hatred
             of
             God
             by
             any
             outward
             things
             which
             he
             looketh
             on
             ,
             the
             same
             things
             equally
             happening
             to
             the
             good
             and
             to
             the
             bad
             ,
             Chap.
             8.14
             .
             Matth.
             5.45
             .
             Or
             ,
             no
             man
             can
             know
             whether
             the
             things
             which
             he
             loveth
             ,
             or
             the
             things
             which
             he
             hateth
             ,
             shall
             befall
             him
             ,
             though
             he
             guide
             his
             works
             with
             never
             so
             much
             rectitude
             and
             prudence
             ;
             events
             depending
             on
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             not
             on
             the
             counsel
             of
             man
             ,
             Rom.
             9.16
             .
             Jer.
             9.23
             ,
             24.
             
             Isa.
             45.9
             .
             Jam.
             4.13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15.
             
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               All
               things
               come
               alike
               unto
               all
               :
               and
               there
               is
               one
               event
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Some
             would
             have
             these
             words
             ,
             and
             so
             forward
             to
             vers
             .
             13.
             to
             be
             the
             perverse
             judgement
             of
             the
             flesh
             ,
             and
             the
             voice
             of
             Atheists
             and
             Epicures
             upon
             the
             doctrine
             of
             providence
             before
             observed
             :
             But
             we
             must
             remember
             ,
             that
             Solomon
             speaketh
             
             only
             of
             outward
             things
             ,
             and
             the
             different
             administration
             of
             them
             :
             and
             of
             the
             remedies
             of
             vanity
             and
             vexation
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             our
             condition
             here
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             restraining
             and
             limiting
             all
             the
             confused
             events
             of
             worldly
             things
             by
             the
             holy
             hand
             and
             wise
             providence
             of
             God
             :
             And
             all
             the
             precepts
             which
             might
             otherwise
             seem
             to
             savour
             of
             Sensuality
             and
             Epicurisme
             by
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             honest
             labour
             in
             our
             vocations
             :
             which
             things
             being
             premised
             ,
             all
             that
             is
             here
             set
             down
             ,
             doth
             well
             consist
             with
             the
             will
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             the
             scope
             of
             Solomon
             in
             this
             book
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             set
             down
             such
             rules
             de
             
               Tranquillitate
               animi
            
             ,
             as
             may
             make
             a
             man
             comfortably
             to
             digest
             the
             vanities
             of
             this
             life
             ,
             and
             sweetly
             to
             pass
             over
             the
             time
             of
             his
             pilgrimage
             here
             .
          
           
             
               All
               things
               come
               alike
               to
               All
               ]
               Omnia
               sicut
               omnibus
            
             :
             So
             Symmachus
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             
               All
               alike
               unto
               All.
            
             This
             is
             the
             reason
             why
             we
             cannot
             judge
             of
             love
             or
             hatred
             by
             outward
             things
             :
             for
             albeit
             good
             things
             are
             promised
             unto
             good
             men
             ,
             and
             evil
             things
             threatned
             unto
             evil
             men
             ;
             yet
             God
             doth
             so
             proceed
             in
             the
             execution
             of
             these
             promises
             and
             threatnings
             ,
             as
             that
             faith
             only
             can
             discover
             the
             difference
             ;
             all
             things
             outwardly
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             eye
             of
             sense
             appearing
             alike
             to
             all
             :
             As
             if
             the
             Lord
             had
             subjected
             all
             things
             to
             the
             
             domination
             of
             Fortune
             ,
             rather
             than
             of
             Justice
             ;
             and
             that
             the
             events
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             were
             all
             rather
             casual
             and
             contingent
             ,
             than
             either
             predetermined
             by
             the
             counsel
             ,
             or
             governed
             by
             the
             providence
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             
               one
               event
               to
               the
               righteous
               and
               to
               the
               wicked
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Moses
             dyes
             in
             the
             wilderness
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             those
             that
             murmured
             .
             Josiah
             in
             the
             wars
             as
             well
             as
             Ahab
             .
             Is
             Abraham
             rich
             ?
             so
             is
             Nabal
             :
             Is
             Solomon
             wise
             ?
             so
             is
             Achitophel
             :
             Is
             Joseph
             honoured
             by
             Pharoah
             ?
             so
             is
             Doeg
             by
             Saul
             .
             And
             usually
             ,
             as
             to
             outward
             things
             ,
             the
             advantage
             is
             on
             the
             side
             of
             the
             worst
             men
             ,
             Ps.
             73.12
             ,
             13.
             
             Mal.
             3.15
             .
          
           
             
               to
               the
               righteous
               and
               the
               wicked
               ,
            
             ]
             In
             regard
             of
             their
             spiritual
             state
             and
             condition
             towards
             God.
             Not
             that
             any
             man
             is
             perfectly
             righteous
             in
             this
             life
             ,
             Chap.
             7
             .
             2●
             .
             but
             inchoatly
             by
             the
             first
             fruits
             of
             the
             Spirit
             .
             Comparatively
             ,
             in
             opposition
             to
             the
             wicked
             .
             Evangelically
             ,
             by
             sincere
             dispositions
             of
             heart
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             ordinary
             prevalency
             and
             dominion
             of
             grace
             .
          
           
             
               to
               the
               clean
               and
               unclean
            
             ]
             Between
             whom
             great
             difference
             was
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             Ezek.
             22.26
             .
          
           
             
               to
               him
               that
               sacrificeth
               ,
               and
               him
               that
               sacrificeth
               not
            
             ]
             That
             carefully
             observeth
             ,
             or
             prophanely
             neglecteth
             the
             worship
             of
             God
             ;
             as
             we
             see
             in
             the
             examples
             of
             Jeroboam
             and
             Jehu
             .
          
           
           
             
               as
               is
               the
               good
               ,
               so
               is
               the
               sinner
            
             ]
             The
             doubling
             of
             the
             prefix
             Caph
             ,
             noteth
             an
             equal
             comparison
             ,
             and
             absolute
             similitude
             between
             the
             things
             compared
             ,
             Gen.
             18.25
             .
             &
             44.18
             .
             Isa.
             24.2
             .
             1
             Reg.
             22.4
             .
          
           
             
               and
               he
               that
               sweareth
            
             ]
             Namely
             ,
             falsly
             or
             rashly
             ,
             without
             truth
             ,
             or
             judgement
             ,
             or
             righteousness
             .
          
           
             
               as
               he
               that
               feareth
               an
               oath
            
             ]
             The
             character
             of
             a
             godly
             man
             ,
             who
             doth
             so
             reverence
             the
             great
             name
             of
             God
             ,
             Deut.
             28.58
             .
             that
             by
             the
             fear
             thereof
             ,
             he
             is
             kept
             from
             swearing
             rashly
             by
             it
             ,
             and
             when
             he
             is
             called
             to
             swear
             ,
             doth
             it
             with
             an
             awful
             regard
             towards
             that
             glorious
             and
             fearful
             Name
             .
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               This
               is
               an
               evil
               amongst
               all
               things
               that
               are
               done
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             When
             I
             consider
             the
             course
             of
             providence
             ,
             I
             found
             this
             to
             be
             one
             of
             the
             most
             grievous
             things
             which
             hapneth
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             That
             all
             things
             ,
             the
             same
             equal
             events
             ,
             both
             in
             life
             &
             death
             ,
             do
             happen
             not
             only
             to
             the
             just
             and
             the
             unjust
             ,
             but
             even
             to
             the
             maddest
             and
             most
             desperate
             of
             sinners
             ,
             who
             all
             their
             life
             long
             do
             give
             up
             themselves
             unto
             all
             excess
             of
             wickedness
             .
          
           
             
               This
               is
               an
               evil
               among
               all
               things
            
             ]
             It
             is
             not
             evil
             in
             regard
             of
             God
             ,
             who
             doth
             all
             in
             a
             most
             wise
             and
             holy
             manner
             :
             but
             evil
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             grievous
             and
             troublesome
             unto
             man
             to
             behold
             ,
             
             a
             great
             temptation
             unto
             him
             to
             consider
             ,
             that
             just
             and
             wise
             men
             should
             be
             exposed
             to
             the
             self-same
             miseries
             ,
             with
             fools
             and
             ungodly
             .
          
           
             
               an
               evil
               amongst
               all
               things
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               above
               all
               other
               evils
            
             :
             So
             some
             render
             it
             ,
             
               hoc
               pessimum
            
             ,
             this
             is
             the
             worst
             of
             evils
             .
             As
             the
             Superlative
             is
             often
             expressed
             by
             an
             Adjective
             ,
             governing
             an
             Ablative
             case
             with
             the
             Preposition
             Caph
             :
             Examples
             whereof
             ,
             the
             Learned
             give
             in
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             17.12
             .
             Prov.
             30.30
             .
             Cant.
             1.8
             .
             Luke
             1.28
             .
             Jer.
             49.15
             .
          
           
             
               yea
               also
               the
               heart
               of
               the
               sons
               of
               men
               is
               full
               of
               evil
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             
               Yea
               also
            
             ;
             That
             upon
             occasion
             hereof
             ,
             when
             men
             see
             that
             it
             is
             all
             one
             ,
             whether
             men
             be
             good
             or
             bad
             ,
             as
             to
             any
             outward
             difference
             in
             things
             here
             below
             ;
             they
             judge
             it
             vain
             to
             serve
             the
             Lord
             ,
             they
             despise
             all
             threats
             ,
             they
             undervalue
             all
             promises
             ,
             they
             let
             loose
             the
             reins
             ,
             and
             run
             headlong
             unto
             all
             kind
             of
             wickedness
             and
             madness
             ,
             all
             sort
             of
             furious
             ,
             headstrong
             and
             desperate
             excess
             ,
             with
             boldness
             and
             presumption
             ,
             See
             Chap.
             8.11
             .
          
           
             
               and
               after
               that
               they
               go
               to
               the
               dead
            
             ]
             After
             a
             life
             spent
             in
             madness
             and
             sensuality
             ,
             then
             they
             dye
             .
             Or
             ,
             Their
             later
             end
             is
             to
             go
             to
             the
             dead
             :
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             so
             Symmachus
             .
             Others
             ,
             
               After
               that
               ,
               (
               i.
            
             )
             Following
             their
             own
             
             heart
             ,
             running
             after
             their
             own
             lusts
             ,
             they
             do
             at
             last
             fall
             into
             the
             pit
             .
             The
             end
             of
             all
             their
             madness
             is
             death
             ,
             Rom.
             6.21
             .
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               For
               to
               him
               that
               is
               joyned
               to
               all
               the
               living
               ,
               there
               is
               hope
            
             ]
             In
             the
             written
             Text
             it
             is
             ,
             Who
             shall
             be
             chosen
             ?
             but
             the
             Masoreths
             direct
             the
             reading
             to
             be
             ,
             instead
             of
             
               chosen
               ,
               joyned
            
             ,
             by
             a
             transposition
             of
             the
             Original
             letter●
             .
             This
             correction
             some
             Learned
             men
             have
             conceived
             unnecessary
             .
             Some
             rendring
             it
             thus
             ,
             For
             what
             or
             which
             shall
             be
             chosen
             ?
             Thereby
             meaning
             ,
             how
             difficult
             it
             is
             to
             resolve
             ,
             which
             state
             or
             condition
             to
             chuse
             ,
             that
             of
             the
             living
             or
             of
             the
             dead
             .
             Yet
             quickly
             passing
             a
             judgement
             on
             the
             side
             of
             the
             living
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             the
             hope
             a
             man
             may
             have
             ,
             while
             he
             lives
             ,
             of
             bettering
             his
             condition
             .
             Others
             ,
             annexing
             these
             words
             unto
             the
             last
             of
             the
             former
             verse
             ,
             thus
             ,
             After
             all
             mens
             madness
             ,
             their
             end
             is
             to
             dye
             :
             Who
             shall
             be
             chosen
             out
             ,
             or
             exempted
             from
             that
             comon
             condition
             ?
             Since
             therefore
             all
             men
             ,
             without
             any
             choice
             or
             exemption
             ,
             must
             dye
             ,
             most
             miserable
             is
             the
             condition
             of
             those
             mad
             men
             ,
             whose
             hearts
             are
             full
             of
             wickedness
             ,
             even
             till
             death
             overtake
             them
             :
             For
             while
             men
             live
             ,
             there
             is
             some
             ground
             of
             hope
             ,
             but
             the
             mightiest
             of
             sinners
             ,
             when
             once
             dead
             ,
             are
             past
             hope
             ,
             and
             
             in
             a
             worse
             condition
             than
             the
             meanest
             men
             who
             are
             yet
             alive
             .
             Others
             ,
             retaining
             the
             marginal
             reading
             ,
             render
             it
             thus
             ,
             by
             an
             interrogation
             ,
             For
             who
             will
             be
             joyned
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             with
             the
             dead
             ?
             Who
             will
             chuse
             a
             dead
             man
             for
             his
             companion
             ,
             since
             that
             is
             ,
             of
             all
             ,
             the
             most
             hopeless
             condition
             ?
             But
             this
             is
             a
             forced
             sense
             ;
             herein
             therefore
             Interpreters
             do
             most
             agree
             ,
             As
             for
             him
             that
             is
             joyned
             to
             ,
             or
             is
             a
             companion
             of
             the
             living
             ,
             He
             hath
             hope
             .
             While
             life
             remains
             ,
             what
             evils
             ever
             befall
             a
             man
             ,
             he
             is
             in
             hope
             to
             break
             through
             ,
             and
             to
             mend
             his
             condition
             :
             some
             good
             things
             however
             he
             doth
             yet
             injoy
             :
             But
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             good
             things
             of
             this
             world
             ,
             after
             death
             there
             is
             no
             hope
             .
             Symmachus
             ,
             whom
             the
             vulgar
             followeth
             ,
             rendreth
             it
             thus
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             Who
             shall
             alwaies
             continue
             alive
             ?
             Unto
             such
             a
             man
             there
             would
             be
             hope
             .
             Pagnum
             &
             Montanus
             keep
             the
             reading
             in
             the
             Text
             ,
             and
             render
             it
             thus
             ,
             Whosoever
             is
             chosen
             unto
             ,
             or
             amongst
             the
             living
             ,
             unto
             him
             there
             is
             hope
             .
             The
             Septuagint
             renders
             it
             differently
             from
             all
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             Who
             is
             there
             that
             communicateth
             with
             ,
             or
             towards
             all
             the
             living
             ?
             They
             seem
             to
             follow
             ,
             not
             the
             written
             Text
             ,
             but
             the
             reading
             ;
             and
             so
             by
             communicating
             ,
             mean
             joyning
             in
             fellowship
             with
             the
             living
             :
             
             Who
             is
             there
             that
             shall
             have
             the
             society
             and
             communion
             of
             all
             the
             living
             ?
             Surely
             none
             .
             According
             to
             the
             sense
             of
             Symmachus
             ,
             and
             Hierom.
             Marinus
             Brixianus
             offereth
             two
             other
             senses
             ;
             1.
             
             By
             reading
             the
             word
             actively
             ,
             with
             a
             different
             punctation
             ,
             thus
             ,
             Whosoever
             chuseth
             any
             thing
             while
             he
             is
             yet
             alive
             ,
             he
             hath
             hope
             to
             compass
             and
             to
             effect
             his
             desire
             .
             2.
             
             By
             keeping
             to
             the
             written
             Text
             ,
             in
             the
             passive
             sense
             ,
             thus
             ,
             Whosoever
             shall
             be
             chosen
             unto
             any
             life
             ,
             or
             condition
             of
             life
             ,
             he
             may
             therein
             have
             hope
             ;
             which
             maketh
             a
             clear
             and
             a
             good
             sense
             .
             The
             Adjective
             ,
             which
             we
             render
             ,
             Living
             ,
             being
             usually
             taken
             for
             the
             Substantive
             or
             abstract
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             for
             life
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             2.7
             .
             Ps.
             21.4
             .
             Prov.
             18.21
             .
             Ps.
             63.3
             .
             I
             take
             it
             ,
             the
             expression
             we
             find
             Isa.
             4.3
             .
             may
             give
             light
             unto
             this
             place
             .
             Every
             one
             that
             is
             written
             among
             the
             living
             :
             To
             be
             chosen
             among
             the
             living
             ,
             here
             ;
             seems
             to
             be
             the
             same
             ,
             with
             being
             written
             amongst
             the
             living
             ,
             there
             .
             It
             is
             an
             allusion
             unto
             Cities
             ,
             wherein
             there
             is
             a
             Matricula
             or
             Record
             kept
             of
             such
             as
             were
             Free-men
             :
             whereunto
             the
             Scripture
             seemeth
             to
             allude
             ,
             Ps.
             87.6
             .
             Ezek.
             13.9
             .
             Heb.
             12.23
             .
             Jer.
             17.13
             .
             Luke
             10.20
             .
             Ps.
             4.3
             .
             For
             as
             the
             Elect
             are
             said
             to
             be
             written
             in
             the
             Book
             of
             life
             ,
             Dan.
             12.1
             .
             Ps.
             69.28
             .
             Rev.
             17.8
             .
             &
             21.27
             .
             &
             22.19
             .
             
             so
             the
             living
             may
             be
             said
             to
             be
             elected
             unto
             life
             ;
             as
             all
             such
             Enrolements
             ,
             in
             the
             Records
             of
             a
             City
             ,
             do
             follow
             upon
             a
             preceding
             choice
             of
             the
             persons
             so
             enrolled
             .
          
           
             
               for
               a
               living
               Dog
               is
               better
               than
               a
               dead
               Lion
            
             ]
             A
             proverbial
             speech
             ,
             whereby
             is
             meant
             ,
             that
             the
             basest
             and
             most
             contemptible
             person
             while
             he
             lives
             ,
             is
             in
             a
             better
             and
             more
             hopeful
             condition
             than
             the
             most
             honourable
             ,
             when
             he
             is
             laid
             in
             the
             dust
             .
             The
             Scripture
             useth
             the
             Metaphor
             of
             a
             Dog
             ,
             to
             denote
             the
             vilest
             and
             most
             abject
             persons
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             8.13
             .
             Matth.
             15.16
             .
             Rev.
             22.15
             .
             Phil.
             3.2
             .
             as
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ;
             a
             Lion
             is
             the
             most
             noble
             of
             beasts
             ,
             Prov.
             30.30
             .
             yet
             a
             dead
             Lion
             is
             exposed
             to
             the
             scorn
             of
             the
             weakest
             and
             most
             fearful
             creatures
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Greek
             Epigram
             :
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ▪
             The
             lowest
             expression
             of
             a
             vile
             thing
             ,
             which
             the
             Scripture
             useth
             ,
             is
             ,
             A
             dead
             Dog
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             24.14
             .
             2
             Sam.
             9.8
             .
          
           
             V.
             5.
             
             
               For
               the
               living
               know
               that
               they
               shall
               dye
            
             ]
             By
             this
             knowledge
             ,
             they
             gain
             much
             ,
             if
             they
             rightly
             improve
             it
             :
             For
             ,
             1.
             
             Hereby
             they
             are
             perswaded
             to
             repent
             ,
             and
             to
             fit
             themselves
             to
             meet
             with
             the
             king
             of
             terrours
             .
             2.
             
             Hereby
             they
             are
             set
             seriously
             to
             consider
             ,
             how
             this
             unavoidable
             evil
             may
             be
             sweetned
             ,
             and
             sanctified
             unto
             them
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             comfortably
             
             
             
             
             
             desire
             to
             depart
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             with
             Christ
             ,
             which
             is
             best
             of
             all
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             5.4
             .
             Phil.
             1.20
             .
             3.
             
             Hereby
             they
             are
             excited
             unto
             duty
             with
             more
             vigor
             ,
             when
             they
             look
             on
             this
             as
             the
             day
             of
             grace
             ,
             as
             the
             time
             of
             light
             ,
             wherin
             only
             they
             can
             work
             ,
             Joh.
             9.4
             .
             Isa.
             38.18
             ,
             19.
             
             Ps.
             118.17
             .
             Job
             .
             14.14
             .
             Ps.
             39.1.4
             .
             &
             90.12
             .
             But
             4.
             and
             which
             seems
             most
             pertinent
             unto
             this
             place
             ,
             knowing
             that
             they
             shall
             dye
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             present
             comforts
             of
             this
             world
             ,
             are
             for
             the
             use
             of
             the
             living
             only
             ,
             and
             not
             of
             the
             dead
             ;
             therefore
             they
             set
             themselves
             comfortably
             to
             enjoy
             the
             good
             blessings
             of
             God
             here
             ,
             while
             they
             have
             time
             to
             use
             them
             ,
             and
             by
             a
             cheerful
             and
             thankful
             enjoyment
             of
             present
             mercies
             ,
             to
             fit
             themselves
             for
             a
             happy
             dissolution
             .
             For
             godliness
             teacheth
             us
             ,
             both
             quietly
             to
             enjoy
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             willingly
             to
             leave
             it
             when
             God
             calls
             .
          
           
             
               but
               the
               dead
               know
               not
               any
               thing
               .
            
             ]
             This
             is
             not
             spoken
             absolutely
             ,
             for
             the
             spirits
             of
             just
             men
             are
             made
             perfect
             ,
             and
             are
             with
             Christ
             ;
             but
             according
             to
             the
             subject
             matter
             in
             the
             context
             ,
             They
             know
             nothing
             of
             the
             things
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             or
             any
             outward
             comforts
             and
             blessings
             here
             below
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             they
             can
             no
             longer
             be
             delighted
             with
             the
             knowledge
             or
             fruition
             of
             earthly
             things
             ,
             Job
             14.
             
             ●1
             .
          
           
             
               neither
               have
               they
               any
               more
               reward
            
             ]
             He
             speaketh
             not
             of
             the
             reward
             of
             a
             holy
             life
             ,
             for
             
             so
             the
             dead
             have
             a
             reward
             ,
             because
             their
             works
             do
             follow
             them
             ,
             Rev.
             14.13
             .
             but
             he
             speaketh
             of
             the
             comfortable
             use
             of
             outward
             blessings
             ,
             as
             the
             only
             reward
             which
             worldly
             things
             can
             afford
             them
             for
             all
             their
             labour
             ;
             as
             it
             is
             more
             plainly
             expounded
             in
             the
             next
             verse
             ,
             and
             Chap.
             3.22
             .
             &
             5.18
             ,
             19.
             
             &
             8.15
             .
          
           
             
               for
               the
               memory
               of
               them
               is
               forgotten
            
             ]
             They
             are
             wholly
             removed
             from
             all
             humane
             and
             worldly
             conversation
             with
             men
             ,
             their
             house
             ,
             their
             families
             ,
             their
             friends
             know
             them
             no
             more
             .
             So
             far
             are
             they
             from
             enjoying
             and
             knowing
             outward
             things
             ,
             that
             the
             living
             do
             by
             degrees
             forget
             them
             ,
             Isa.
             26.14
             .
             Job
             10.8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10.
             
          
           
             V.
             6.
             
             
               Also
               their
               love
               ,
               and
               their
               hatred
               ,
               and
               their
               envy
               is
               now
               perished
            
             ]
             He
             speaketh
             in
             relation
             to
             outward
             things
             ;
             living
             men
             meet
             here
             with
             objects
             of
             all
             sorts
             ,
             some
             lovely
             ,
             some
             hateful
             ▪
             some
             things
             that
             they
             pity
             ,
             some
             that
             they
             envy
             .
             But
             when
             they
             are
             dead
             ,
             they
             have
             no
             knowledge
             left
             of
             any
             such
             things
             ,
             and
             consequently
             no
             affections
             at
             all
             towards
             them
             .
             And
             because
             it
             were
             endless
             to
             recount
             particulars
             ,
             therefore
             he
             concludeth
             in
             general
             ,
             That
             they
             have
             not
             
               any
               more
               a
               portion
               for
               ever
               in
               any
               thing
               under
               the
               sun
            
             ]
             They
             have
             not
             the
             possession
             ,
             
             the
             fruition
             ,
             so
             much
             as
             the
             contemplation
             of
             any
             worldly
             things
             ;
             They
             carry
             away
             nothing
             with
             them
             ;
             their
             glory
             ,
             their
             contents
             do
             not
             descend
             after
             them
             .
             A
             covetous
             man
             doth
             no
             more
             dote
             upon
             wealth
             ,
             nor
             an
             ambitious
             man
             upon
             honour
             ,
             nor
             a
             sensual
             voluptuous
             man
             upon
             pleasure
             ,
             all
             their
             thoughts
             ,
             desires
             ,
             emulations
             perish
             ;
             therefore
             if
             ever
             we
             will
             enjoy
             the
             good
             blessings
             of
             God
             ,
             it
             must
             be
             while
             we
             live
             ,
             because
             there
             is
             no
             knowledge
             nor
             wisdome
             in
             the
             grave
             whither
             we
             go
             ,
             Ps.
             49.17
             .
             Luke
             12.20
             .
             Job
             3.17
             ,
             18
             ,
             19.
             
             &
             7.7
             —
             10.
             
          
           
             V.
             7.
             
             
               Go
               thy
               way
               ,
               eat
               thy
               bread
               with
               joy
               ,
               and
               drink
               thy
               wine
               with
               a
               merry
               heart
            
             ]
             In
             as
             much
             as
             the
             dead
             neither
             know
             ,
             nor
             enjoy
             any
             of
             these
             worldly
             blessings
             ;
             and
             in
             as
             much
             as
             God
             gives
             them
             to
             his
             servants
             in
             love
             ,
             and
             as
             comfortable
             refreshments
             unto
             them
             in
             the
             daies
             of
             their
             vanity
             :
             Therefore
             he
             exhorteth
             unto
             a
             cheerful
             fruition
             of
             them
             ,
             while
             we
             have
             time
             and
             liberty
             so
             to
             do
             ,
             that
             so
             the
             many
             other
             sorrows
             and
             bitterness
             which
             they
             shall
             meet
             with
             in
             this
             life
             ,
             may
             be
             mitigated
             and
             sweetned
             unto
             them
             .
             He
             speaketh
             not
             (
             as
             some
             conceiv●
             )
             of
             sensual
             ,
             epicurean
             ,
             and
             brutish
             excess
             ,
             but
             of
             an
             honest
             ,
             decent
             ,
             and
             cheerful
             enjoyment
             of
             blessings
             ,
             with
             thankfulness
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             God.
             
          
           
           
             
               Go
               thy
               way
            
             ]
             It
             is
             used
             adverbially
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             
               ag●
               igitur
               ,
               eia
               Agedum
            
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             adhortation
             ,
             or
             encouragement
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             19.32
             .
             Prov.
             1.11
             .
             Eccles.
             2.1
             .
             Isa.
             1.18
             .
             &
             55.11
             .
             Since
             in
             de●th
             thou
             canst
             have
             no
             love
             ,
             nor
             sense
             of
             any
             outward
             blessings
             ,
             therefore
             hearken
             to
             my
             counsel
             ,
             make
             use
             of
             thy
             time
             ,
             and
             enjoy
             mercies
             while
             thou
             maiest
             .
          
           
             
               eat
               thy
               bread
               with
               joy
               ,
               and
               drink
               thy
               wine
               with
               a
               good
               (
               i.
               )
               a
               merry
               heart
            
             ]
             As
             a
             sad
             heart
             is
             called
             an
             evil
             heart
             ,
             Neh.
             2.2
             .
             1
             Reg.
             21.7
             .
             Ruth
             .
             3.7
             .
             Eccles.
             7.3
             .
             
               Enjoy
               the
               fruit
               of
               thine
               own
               labours
            
             ;
             as
             Chap.
             3.22
             .
             When
             he
             saith
             ,
             
               Thy
               bread
               ,
               wine
            
             ,
             &c.
             he
             sheweth
             ,
             that
             our
             comforts
             and
             delights
             must
             be
             bounded
             within
             our
             own
             labours
             and
             possessions
             ;
             though
             stollen
             waters
             ,
             and
             bread
             of
             deceit
             may
             be
             sweet
             ,
             yet
             it
             hath
             gravel
             and
             bitterness
             in
             it
             at
             the
             last
             ,
             Prov.
             9.17
             ,
             18.
             1
             
             Thess.
             3.12
             .
             And
             also
             ,
             that
             our
             delights
             must
             be
             proportioned
             to
             the
             decency
             of
             our
             condition
             ;
             we
             must
             eat
             ,
             
               panem
               statuti
            
             ,
             our
             proper
             portion
             and
             dimensum
             ,
             and
             not
             either
             luxuriously
             exceed
             ,
             or
             sordidly
             live
             beneath
             our
             own
             estate
             and
             condition
             ,
             Prov.
             30.8
             .
          
           
             
               for
               God
               now
               accepteth
               thy
               works
            
             ]
             It
             is
             pleasing
             unto
             God
             ,
             that
             when
             thou
             hast
             ,
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             his
             Name
             ,
             and
             in
             obedience
             to
             
             his
             Ordinance
             ,
             laboured
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             blessing
             ,
             gotten
             thee
             thine
             appointed
             portion
             ,
             then
             thou
             shouldest
             ,
             after
             an
             honest
             ,
             cheerful
             ,
             decent
             ,
             and
             liberal
             manner
             ,
             without
             further
             anxiety
             ,
             or
             sollicitousness
             enjoy
             the
             same
             .
             This
             is
             the
             principal
             boundary
             of
             our
             outward
             pleasures
             and
             delights
             ,
             still
             to
             keep
             our selves
             within
             such
             rules
             of
             piety
             and
             moderation
             ,
             as
             that
             our
             waies
             may
             be
             pleasing
             unto
             God
             ;
             And
             this
             shews
             us
             the
             true
             way
             to
             find
             sweetness
             in
             the
             creature
             ,
             and
             to
             feel
             joy
             in
             the
             fruition
             thereof
             ,
             namely
             ,
             when
             our
             persons
             and
             our
             waies
             are
             pleasing
             unto
             God
             ;
             for
             piety
             doth
             not
             exclude
             ,
             but
             only
             moderate
             earthly
             delights
             ,
             and
             so
             moderate
             them
             ,
             that
             though
             they
             be
             not
             so
             excessive
             as
             the
             luxurious
             and
             sensual
             pleasures
             of
             foolish
             Epicures
             ,
             yet
             they
             are
             far
             more
             pure
             ,
             sweet
             ,
             and
             satisfactory
             ,
             as
             having
             no
             guilt
             ,
             no
             gall
             ,
             no
             curse
             ,
             nor
             inward
             sorrow
             and
             terrors
             attending
             on
             them
             ,
             Nehem.
             8.10
             .
          
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               Let
               thy
               garments
               be
               alwaies
               white
            
             ]
             Food
             and
             rayment
             are
             the
             substantials
             of
             outward
             blessings
             ,
             1
             Tim.
             6.8
             .
             Having
             directed
             unto
             cheerfulness
             in
             the
             one
             ,
             he
             here
             directs
             unto
             decency
             and
             comeliness
             in
             the
             other
             .
             Whiteness
             was
             antiently
             an
             expression
             of
             things
             pleasing
             and
             delightful
             .
             
               Albosque
               dies
               h●rasque
               Serenas
               ,
               in
               Silius
               Italiens
               .
               Candidus
               &
               felix
               proximus
               〈◊〉
               eri●
               ,
            
             
             in
             Ovid.
             So
             the
             white
             stone
             of
             absolution
             ,
             is
             called
             a
             white
             stone
             ,
             Rev.
             2.17
             .
             the
             Asses
             on
             which
             persons
             of
             Honour
             did
             ride
             ,
             were
             white
             Asses
             ,
             Judg.
             5.10
             .
             In
             like
             manner
             they
             did
             use
             in
             the
             Eastern
             Countreys
             to
             use
             white
             garments
             ,
             as
             expressions
             of
             dignity
             and
             honour
             ,
             Esth.
             8.15
             .
             Therefore
             our
             Saviour
             shewing
             his
             glory
             to
             Peter
             ,
             and
             James
             ,
             and
             John
             ,
             in
             the
             Mount
             ,
             had
             his
             garments
             white
             as
             light
             ,
             Matth.
             12.2
             .
             And
             the
             glory
             of
             the
             Saints
             in
             Heaven
             ,
             is
             expressed
             by
             white
             Robes
             ,
             Rev.
             3.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             18.
             
             &
             6.11
             .
             &
             19.8
             .
             Here
             it
             is
             used
             as
             a
             Symbole
             of
             joy
             and
             cheerfulness
             ;
             as
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             Blackness
             is
             the
             colour
             of
             grief
             and
             sorrow
             ,
             Jer.
             14.2
             .
             They
             were
             wont
             to
             use
             white
             garments
             at
             feasts
             and
             joyful
             solemnities
             :
             when
             he
             saith
             ,
             let
             them
             be
             alwaies
             white
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             not
             absolutely
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             were
             never
             to
             mourn
             ,
             Chap.
             7.2
             .
             this
             was
             the
             sin
             of
             the
             rich
             Glutton
             ,
             Luke
             16.19
             .
             but
             with
             restriction
             to
             the
             rules
             of
             seasonableness
             and
             decency
             ,
             Prov.
             5.19
             .
          
           
             
               And
               let
               thine
               head
               lack
               no
               oyntment
            
             ]
             This
             likewise
             was
             an
             expression
             of
             joy
             used
             in
             feasts
             ,
             Luke
             7.46
             .
             Joh.
             12.3
             .
             and
             in
             triumphal
             solemnities
             ,
             whereunto
             the
             Apostle
             seemeth
             to
             allude
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             2.14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16.
             
             And
             in
             the
             like
             occasions
             of
             rejoycing
             ,
             Amos
             6.6
             .
             Prov.
             27.9
             .
             As
             in
             times
             of
             humiliation
             
             and
             sorrow
             ,
             they
             were
             wont
             not
             to
             anoint
             themselves
             ,
             Dan.
             10.3
             .
             The
             meaning
             is
             ,
             that
             we
             should
             lead
             our
             lives
             with
             as
             much
             freeness
             ,
             cheerfulness
             ,
             and
             sweet
             delight
             ,
             in
             the
             liberal
             use
             of
             the
             good
             blessings
             of
             God
             ,
             as
             the
             quality
             of
             our
             degree
             ,
             the
             decency
             of
             our
             condition
             ,
             and
             the
             Rules
             of
             Religious
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             do
             allow
             us
             ,
             not
             sordidly
             or
             frowardly
             denying
             our selves
             the
             benefit
             of
             those
             good
             things
             which
             the
             bounty
             of
             God
             hath
             bestowed
             upon
             us
             .
          
           
             V.
             9.
             
             
               Live
               joyfully
               with
               the
               wife
               whom
               thou
               lovest
            
             ]
             See
             Life
             ,
             or
             enjoy
             life
             .
             So
             Symmachus
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             as
             1
             Pet.
             3.10
             .
             Eccl.
             2.1
             ,
             24.
             
          
           
             
               with
               the
               wife
               whom
               thou
               lovest
            
             ]
             Therefore
             he
             speaketh
             not
             in
             the
             person
             of
             an
             Epicure
             ,
             to
             whom
             stollen
             waters
             are
             sweet
             ,
             Prov.
             9.17
             .
             but
             of
             a
             lawful
             and
             chast
             love
             ;
             as
             Prov.
             5.15
             —
             19.
             
          
           
             
               whom
               thou
               lovest
            
             ]
             This
             is
             the
             character
             of
             a
             wife
             ,
             and
             the
             duty
             of
             the
             husband
             ,
             that
             which
             makes
             their
             communion
             comfortable
             ,
             Ezek.
             24.16
             ,
             18.
             
             Eph.
             5.25
             ,
             28
             ,
             29.
             therefore
             the
             husband
             is
             called
             the
             friend
             of
             his
             wife
             ,
             Jer.
             3.20
             .
             There
             is
             a
             special
             freeness
             of
             delight
             and
             liberty
             of
             love
             which
             is
             allowed
             in
             this
             relation
             ,
             though
             still
             within
             the
             bounds
             of
             honour
             and
             sobriety
             ,
             Prov.
             5.19
             .
             
             Gen.
             26.8
             .
             It
             noteth
             also
             the
             difference
             between
             conjugal
             and
             adulterous
             love
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             a
             love
             wherein
             a
             man
             may
             live
             joyfully
             ,
             or
             may
             sweetly
             enjoy
             his
             life
             with
             comfort
             ;
             whereas
             the
             pleasures
             of
             the
             other
             lead
             unto
             death
             ,
             Prov.
             2.18
             .
             &
             5.3
             —
             11.
             
             &
             6.26
             ,
             32
             ,
             33.
             
             &
             7.23
             .
          
           
             
               all
               the
               daies
               of
               the
               life
               of
               thy
               vanity
            
             ]
             As
             Chap.
             6.12
             .
             This
             is
             repeated
             again
             ,
             to
             mind
             us
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             all
             our
             earthly
             contentments
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             perishing
             and
             Temporary
             things
             .
             This
             living
             joyfully
             All
             our
             daies
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             as
             the
             Alwaies
             ,
             in
             the
             former
             verse
             ,
             with
             restriction
             to
             the
             duties
             of
             piety
             and
             humiliation
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             7.5
             .
             and
             also
             it
             intimateth
             the
             duty
             of
             cohabitation
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             not
             depart
             one
             from
             the
             other
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             7.10
             .
          
           
             
               which
               ●e
               hath
               given
               thee
            
             ]
             That
             may
             refer
             either
             to
             the
             wife
             ,
             which
             Solomon
             elsewhere
             tells
             us
             ,
             is
             the
             gift
             of
             God
             ,
             Prov.
             19.14
             .
             or
             to
             the
             daies
             of
             the
             life
             of
             our
             vanity
             ,
             which
             also
             are
             the
             gift
             of
             God
             ,
             Job
             .
             10.12
             .
             Act.
             17.25
             .
             Ps.
             31.15
             .
          
           
             
               this
               is
               thy
               portion
               in
               this
               life
            
             ]
             As
             Chap.
             2.24
             .
             &
             3.13
             .
             &
             5.18
             ,
             19
             ▪
             &
             8.15
             .
             when
             thou
             dyest
             ,
             thou
             shalt
             carry
             none
             of
             these
             comforts
             away
             with
             thee
             ;
             in
             the
             next
             world
             there
             is
             no
             enjoyment
             of
             these
             kind
             of
             blessings
             ,
             Ps.
             49.17
             .
             Matth.
             22.30
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               Whatsoever
               thy
               hand
               findeth
               to
               do
               ,
               do
               it
               with
               thy
               might
            
             ]
             Having
             instanced
             in
             the
             principal
             outward
             comforts
             of
             life
             ,
             food
             ,
             rayment
             ,
             marriage
             ,
             he
             concludeth
             with
             a
             general
             precept
             ,
             that
             in
             all
             things
             else
             wherein
             the
             Tranquillity
             and
             comfort
             of
             life
             did
             consist
             ,
             they
             should
             freely
             and
             cheerfully
             make
             use
             of
             them
             ,
             before
             they
             go
             into
             their
             graves
             ,
             where
             ,
             as
             they
             shall
             have
             none
             of
             these
             outward
             materials
             to
             work
             upon
             ,
             so
             neither
             ,
             if
             they
             had
             them
             ,
             should
             they
             have
             any
             wisdome
             or
             skill
             to
             make
             use
             of
             them
             ,
             or
             to
             reap
             delight
             from
             them
             .
          
           
             
               Whatsoever
               thy
               hand
               findeth
               to
               do
            
             ]
             Whatsoever
             is
             within
             thy
             power
             ,
             and
             thy
             abilities
             can
             reach
             unto
             ,
             whatever
             works
             in
             thy
             Calling
             do
             belong
             unto
             thee
             ,
             or
             whatsoever
             state
             and
             condition
             the
             providence
             of
             God
             shall
             put
             thee
             in
             ,
             Gen.
             32.13
             .
             Lev.
             5.7
             .
             &
             12.8
             .
             Num.
             6.21
             .
             Judg.
             9.33
             .
             whatsoever
             just
             occasion
             of
             honest
             cheerfulness
             doth
             offer
             it self
             unto
             thee
             ,
             embrace
             it
             .
          
           
             
               do
               it
               with
               thy
               might
            
             ]
             Vigorously
             ,
             industriously
             ,
             instantly
             ,
             do
             not
             slack
             time
             ,
             nor
             defer
             it
             till
             it
             be
             too
             late
             ,
             Rom.
             12.11
             .
             2
             Thess.
             3.8
             .
             Tit.
             3.8
             ,
             14.
             
          
           
             
               for
               there
               is
               no
               work
               ,
               nor
               device
               ,
               nor
               knowledge
               ,
               nor
               wisdome
               in
               the
               grave
               whither
               thou
               goest
            
             ]
             In
             this
             life
             thou
             hast
             opportunities
             of
             
             doing
             good
             ,
             of
             delighting
             thy self
             in
             the
             studies
             of
             knowledge
             and
             wisdome
             ,
             of
             improving
             thy
             strength
             and
             invention
             to
             pleasure
             thy self
             and
             others
             ,
             Therefore
             work
             while
             it
             is
             day
             ,
             and
             while
             thou
             hast
             yet
             an
             opportunity
             ,
             Joh.
             9.4
             .
             &
             12.35
             .
             Gal.
             6.10
             .
             while
             there
             is
             strength
             in
             your
             hand
             ,
             while
             there
             is
             wisdome
             in
             your
             head
             ,
             while
             the
             vigour
             of
             your
             faculties
             last
             :
             for
             in
             the
             Grave
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             state
             of
             death
             ,
             whither
             thou
             art
             every
             moment
             hastening
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             place
             for
             any
             of
             these
             things
             ,
             that
             is
             not
             
               saculum
               operis
            
             ,
             but
             mercedis
             .
             If
             thou
             wilt
             be
             rewarded
             then
             ,
             thou
             must
             work
             now
             .
             
               Carpe
               diem
               ,
               quam
               minimum
               cr●dulus
               postero
               .
               Iam
               te
               promet
               nox
               .
            
             Though
             this
             be
             appliable
             unto
             all
             duties
             of
             piety
             and
             charity
             ,
             yet
             the
             scope
             of
             the
             place
             aims
             principally
             at
             the
             enjoyment
             of
             the
             comforts
             and
             commodities
             of
             this
             present
             life
             ,
             which
             we
             are
             cheerfully
             while
             they
             are
             put
             into
             our
             hands
             ,
             to
             enjoy
             ,
             and
             not
             put
             them
             off
             till
             death
             ,
             when
             we
             shall
             have
             neither
             skill
             nor
             strength
             to
             use
             them
             .
             Here
             also
             we
             may
             observe
             what
             manner
             of
             delights
             he
             alloweth
             them
             ,
             namely
             ,
             such
             as
             arise
             from
             honest
             labours
             ,
             and
             are
             guided
             and
             moderated
             by
             art
             ,
             knowledge
             ,
             and
             wisdome
             .
             Our
             delights
             must
             not
             be
             sensual
             ,
             but
             ra●ional
             and
             industrious
             .
          
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               I
               returned
               and
               saw
               under
               the
               Sun
               ,
               
               that
               the
               race
               is
               not
               to
               the
               swift
               ,
               nor
               the
               battel
               to
               the
               strong
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             These
             words
             some
             make
             to
             be
             the
             observation
             of
             another
             Vanity
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             That
             Events
             and
             Successes
             do
             sometimes
             fall
             out
             quite
             otherwise
             then
             the
             preparation
             or
             probability
             of
             second
             causes
             do
             seem
             to
             promise
             :
             That
             things
             are
             so
             done
             usually
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             as
             that
             no
             reason
             can
             at
             all
             be
             given
             of
             them
             .
             Others
             make
             them
             a
             kind
             of
             corrective
             to
             the
             former
             precept
             of
             living
             joyfully
             in
             the
             use
             of
             all
             outward
             blessings
             ;
             Though
             it
             were
             to
             be
             wished
             that
             man
             could
             thus
             evenly
             and
             comfortably
             pass
             over
             his
             dayes
             ,
             yet
             when
             I
             further
             considered
             ,
             I
             found
             ,
             That
             no
             man
             can
             ever
             enjoy
             a
             stable
             and
             constant
             Delight
             in
             this
             world
             ,
             in
             regard
             that
             future
             events
             do
             oftentimes
             quite
             vary
             from
             those
             principles
             and
             preparations
             which
             went
             before
             them
             .
             The
             words
             seem
             to
             have
             relation
             both
             to
             the
             general
             scope
             of
             the
             Chapter
             before
             ,
             Touching
             the
             powerfull
             and
             unsearchable
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             Chap.
             8.16
             ,
             17
             ,
             &
             9.1
             ,
             2.
             &
             also
             to
             the
             words
             immediately
             preceding
             :
             for
             whereas
             he
             had
             advised
             ,
             That
             whatever
             our
             hand
             findeth
             to
             do
             ,
             we
             should
             do
             it
             with
             our
             might
             :
             Lest
             any
             man
             should
             thereupon
             presume
             ,
             that
             things
             must
             needs
             fall
             out
             according
             to
             those
             abilities
             which
             he
             bringeth
             unto
             the
             effecting
             of
             them
             ,
             He
             here
             directeth
             
             us
             to
             look
             up
             in
             all
             our
             works
             ,
             above
             second
             causes
             ,
             not
             to
             trust
             in
             our
             own
             gifts
             ,
             nor
             to
             attribute
             any
             thing
             to
             our
             own
             strength
             ,
             to
             remember
             ,
             
               that
               it
               is
               not
               in
               him
               that
               willeth
               ,
               nor
               in
               him
               that
               runneth
               ,
               but
               in
               God
               who
               sheweth
               mercy
               ,
            
             Rom.
             9.16
             .
             and
             accordingly
             to
             implore
             his
             assistance
             and
             blessing
             in
             all
             our
             labours
             ,
             who
             worketh
             all
             our
             works
             for
             us
             ,
             Isa.
             26.12
             ▪
             Psal.
             127.1
             ,
             2.
             
             Deut.
             8.17
             ,
             18.
             
             Prov.
             10.22
             .
             Jer.
             9.23
             .
             And
             having
             done
             our
             duty
             ,
             and
             used
             such
             good
             means
             as
             God
             affordeth
             ,
             then
             quietly
             to
             refer
             the
             success
             unto
             God
             ,
             in
             whose
             hand
             are
             all
             the
             wayes
             of
             the
             children
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             upon
             whose
             good
             pleasure
             do
             all
             the
             issues
             of
             things
             depend
             .
          
           
             
               I
               returned
               and
               To
               see
            
             ]
             The
             Infinitive
             Mood
             is
             put
             for
             the
             Indicative
             ;
             as
             Jer.
             14.5
             .
             Zach.
             12.10
             .
          
           
             
               I
               saw
               under
               the
               Sun
            
             ]
             I
             considered
             the
             things
             which
             are
             done
             in
             this
             Life
             amongst
             men
             ,
             and
             found
             by
             my
             observation
             ,
             
               That
               the
               race
               is
               not
               to
               the
               swift
            
             ]
             That
             swiftness
             doth
             not
             ever
             avail
             a
             man
             to
             win
             the
             prize
             ,
             or
             to
             escape
             danger
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             2.18
             ,
             23.
             
             Jer.
             46.5
             ,
             6.
             
             Amos
             2
             14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16.
             
          
           
             
               nor
               the
               battel
               to
               the
               strong
            
             ]
             That
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             mighty
             doth
             not
             alwayes
             avail
             them
             either
             to
             fight
             or
             conquer
             ,
             Judg.
             7.7
             .
             1
             Sam.
             14.6
             .
             2
             Chron.
             14.9
             —
             12.
             
             Psal.
             33.17
             ,
             18.
             
          
           
           
             
               nor
               yet
               bread
               to
               the
               wise
            
             ]
             Livelihood
             and
             subsistence
             to
             men
             whose
             wisdome
             should
             commend
             them
             to
             honour
             and
             great
             place
             ,
             Chap.
             10.6
             ,
             7.
             
             Psal.
             127.2
             .
             David
             was
             put
             to
             desire
             supplies
             from
             Nabal
             ;
             and
             Christ
             ,
             in
             whom
             were
             all
             the
             treasures
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             was
             ministred
             unto
             ,
             Luke
             8.2
             .
             Matth.
             8.20
             .
             2
             Cor.
             21.26
             ,
             27.
             
          
           
             
               nor
               riches
               to
               men
               of
               understanding
            
             ]
             We
             read
             of
             rich
             fools
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             25.2
             ,
             3
             ,
             25.
             
             Luke
             12.16
             ,
             20.
             and
             of
             poor
             wise
             men
             here
             ,
             vers
             .
             15.
             
          
           
             
               nor
               yet
               favour
               to
               men
               of
               skill
            
             ]
             Joseph
             cast
             into
             prison
             ,
             Daniel
             in
             the
             Lions
             den
             ,
             David
             hated
             of
             Saul
             .
          
           
             
               But
               Time
               and
               chance
               hapneth
               to
               them
               all
            
             ]
             Their
             Endeavours
             do
             arrive
             at
             such
             a
             success
             as
             the
             Councel
             of
             God
             had
             pre-ordained
             ,
             which
             is
             wholly
             hidden
             from
             our
             eyes
             ,
             and
             therefore
             seem
             to
             fall
             out
             many
             times
             rather
             at
             adventure
             ,
             and
             casually
             ,
             then
             according
             to
             any
             regular
             means
             that
             have
             been
             used
             in
             order
             unto
             them
             .
             Whereby
             we
             learn
             ,
             that
             Divine
             providence
             hath
             a
             wise
             and
             holy
             hand
             in
             ordering
             the
             most
             casual
             and
             fortuitous
             Events
             ,
             to
             the
             execution
             of
             his
             righteous
             counsells
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             22.34
             .
             Esther
             6.1
             —
             11.
             1
             
             Sam.
             6.7
             —
             12
             ▪
             2
             Reg.
             3.22
             —
             24.
             
             He
             doth
             not
             hereby
             dishearten
             us
             from
             the
             use
             of
             means
             ,
             but
             direct
             us
             in
             the
             
             use
             of
             them
             ,
             not
             to
             sacrifice
             to
             our
             net
             ,
             nor
             to
             glory
             in
             our
             own
             wisdome
             ,
             but
             to
             wait
             upon
             the
             blessing
             and
             providence
             of
             God
             ,
             to
             give
             him
             the
             praise
             of
             our
             successes
             ,
             and
             quietly
             bear
             whatever
             miscarriages
             he
             hath
             ordered
             to
             befall
             us
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             1.31
             .
             Jam.
             4.13
             —
             16.
             2
             
             Sam.
             15.25
             ,
             26.
             
          
           
             V.
             12.
             
               for
               man
               also
               knoweth
               not
               his
               time
            
             ]
             Events
             are
             then
             said
             to
             be
             casual
             ,
             when
             no
             praevious
             knowledge
             or
             counsel
             hath
             made
             way
             unto
             them
             .
             Therefore
             to
             prove
             that
             even
             able
             ,
             wise
             ,
             and
             skilfull
             men
             are
             subject
             in
             common
             with
             others
             unto
             Time
             and
             chance
             ,
             he
             here
             addeth
             ,
             That
             
               man
               knoweth
               not
               his
               time
            
             ]
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             so
             the
             Septuagint
             :
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             so
             Symmachus
             :
             His
             proper
             season
             and
             opportunity
             of
             working
             .
             But
             by
             the
             similitudes
             here
             used
             to
             illustrate
             this
             ignorance
             ,
             It
             should
             seem
             ,
             that
             
               His
               Time
            
             ,
             noteth
             the
             time
             of
             evil
             and
             calamity
             ,
             which
             many
             times
             befalls
             a
             man
             when
             he
             little
             dreams
             of
             it
             .
             This
             is
             called
             
               his
               day
            
             ,
             or
             
               his
               hour
            
             ,
             Psal.
             37.13
             .
             Joh.
             16.4
             .
             &
             13.1
             .
             Calamity
             comes
             as
             a
             Thief
             in
             the
             night
             ,
             unseen
             ,
             unexpected
             ,
             Matth.
             24.50
             .
             1
             Thess.
             5.3
             .
             Luke
             12.20
             .
             Or
             as
             a
             snare
             which
             a
             man
             thinks
             not
             of
             ,
             Luk.
             21.35
             .
          
           
             
               As
               the
               fishes
               that
               are
               taken
               in
               an
               evil
               net
               ,
            
             [
             evil
             and
             exitious
             unto
             them
             ,
             ]
             
               and
               as
               the
               birds
               that
               are
               caught
               in
               a
               snare
               ;
               so
               are
               the
               
               sons
               of
               men
               snared
               in
               an
               evil
               time
               ,
               when
               it
               falleth
               suddenly
               upon
               them
            
             ]
             Many
             times
             when
             we
             think
             things
             to
             go
             best
             with
             us
             ,
             as
             the
             fish
             and
             the
             bird
             go
             with
             much
             hope
             and
             promise
             of
             good
             to
             themselves
             ,
             unto
             the
             bait
             and
             snare
             :
             so
             men
             fall
             into
             evil
             by
             those
             very
             means
             by
             which
             they
             promised
             much
             good
             unto
             themselves
             ,
             Esther
             ,
             5.12
             .
             Psal.
             69.22
             .
             2
             Sam.
             13.28
             .
             Luke
             12.19
             ,
             20.
             
             He
             intimateth
             likewise
             ,
             that
             as
             the
             wisdom
             of
             man
             can
             easily
             deceive
             the
             simple
             birds
             ,
             so
             the
             providence
             and
             power
             of
             God
             can
             be
             too
             hard
             for
             all
             the
             wisdome
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             ensnare
             them
             in
             their
             own
             counsels
             ,
             Job
             5.12.13
             ,
             14.
             
             Prov.
             11.5
             ,
             6.
             
             He
             can
             suddenly
             infatuate
             them
             ,
             Isa.
             19.11
             —
             15.
             or
             suddenly
             start
             up
             some
             unexpected
             circumstance
             ,
             which
             shall
             vary
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             whole
             business
             ,
             though
             otherwise
             never
             so
             wisely
             contrived
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             23.27
             ,
             28.
             
             Job
             22.10
             .
             Psal.
             64.7
             .
          
           
             V.
             13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16.
             
             
               This
               wisdome
               have
               I
               seen
               also
               under
               the
               Sun
               ,
               and
               it
               seemed
               great
               unto
               me
               :
               There
               was
               a
               little
               City
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             These
             words
             may
             be
             understood
             either
             as
             the
             Observation
             of
             another
             Vanity
             ,
             namely
             ,
             the
             disrespect
             which
             is
             shewed
             unto
             wisdome
             when
             it
             is
             over-clouded
             with
             poverty
             ,
             by
             the
             example
             or
             parable
             of
             a
             little
             City
             ,
             delivered
             from
             a
             great
             King
             ,
             by
             a
             poor
             despised
             
             man
             :
             or
             else
             in
             Relation
             to
             the
             words
             next
             preceding
             ,
             thus
             ;
             Though
             it
             be
             true
             ,
             that
             sometimes
             Events
             fall
             out
             contrary
             to
             the
             second
             causes
             ,
             so
             that
             even
             wise
             men
             are
             disappointed
             in
             their
             works
             of
             those
             ends
             which
             regularly
             should
             have
             ensued
             upon
             them
             ;
             yet
             wisdome
             ought
             not
             therefore
             to
             be
             despised
             ,
             no
             not
             in
             the
             meanest
             persons
             ;
             for
             as
             sometimes
             God
             doth
             deny
             success
             to
             the
             most
             proper
             and
             probable
             causes
             ,
             so
             doth
             he
             at
             other
             times
             give
             great
             deliverance
             by
             unknown
             and
             unthought
             on
             means
             .
             The
             scope
             is
             to
             shew
             the
             excellent
             use
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             how
             highly
             it
             is
             to
             be
             valued
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             as
             a
             treasure
             in
             an
             earthen
             vessel
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             4.7
             .
             though
             brought
             unto
             us
             by
             mean
             hands
             :
             as
             David
             blessed
             God
             for
             the
             wise
             counsel
             of
             Abigail
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             25.32
             ,
             33.
             and
             Naaman
             rejected
             not
             the
             advice
             of
             a
             little
             maid
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             5.2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4.
             wisdome
             ,
             in
             but
             a
             woman
             ,
             saved
             a
             City
             from
             destruction
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             20.16
             —
             22.
             
          
           
             
               It
               seemed
               great
               unto
               me
            
             ]
             However
             the
             wisdome
             of
             the
             poor
             man
             was
             undervalued
             by
             others
             ,
             yet
             it
             seemed
             great
             unto
             me
             ;
             so
             much
             the
             greater
             ,
             by
             how
             much
             fewer
             helps
             and
             means
             he
             had
             to
             attain
             unto
             it
             .
          
           
             
               There
               was
               a
               little
               City
               ,
               and
               few
               men
               within
               it
            
             ]
             Here
             in
             a
             parable
             ,
             he
             sheweth
             the
             excellency
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             by
             the
             greatness
             of
             the
             
             danger
             from
             which
             it
             delivereth
             ;
             set
             forth
             by
             a
             little
             City
             ,
             with
             few
             men
             ,
             and
             weak
             defence
             ,
             assaulted
             by
             a
             great
             King
             ,
             with
             a
             numerous
             Army
             ,
             and
             strong
             bulwarks
             :
             so
             that
             the
             disadvantage
             was
             every
             way
             on
             the
             City
             side
             .
          
           
             
               now
               there
               was
               found
               in
               it
               a
               poor
               wise
               man
            
             ]
             He
             found
             in
             it
             :
             Verbs
             active
             of
             the
             third
             person
             are
             used
             sometimes
             passively
             ,
             Isa.
             9.6
             .
             Hos.
             10.2
             .
             God
             many
             times
             maketh
             one
             wife
             and
             holy
             man
             a
             means
             of
             delivering
             a
             whole
             people
             ,
             Prov.
             11.11
             .
             Gen.
             50.20
             .
             1
             Reg.
             2.12
             .
             1
             Sam.
             17.8
             ,
             9
             ,
             51
             ,
             52.
             
             Deut.
             32.30
             .
          
           
             
               And
               he
               by
               his
               wisdome
               delivered
               the
               City
            
             ]
             As
             one
             Archimedes
             at
             Syracuse
             ,
             by
             his
             Art
             ,
             did
             more
             towards
             the
             defence
             of
             the
             City
             ,
             then
             all
             the
             rest
             that
             were
             in
             it
             ;
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
          
           
             
               yet
               no
               man
               remembred
               that
               poor
               man
            
             ]
             This
             deliverance
             was
             wrought
             by
             a
             poor
             man
             whom
             no
             man
             made
             any
             account
             of
             ,
             nor
             expected
             any
             such
             good
             from
             ,
             being
             an
             obscure
             unknown
             person
             :
             and
             when
             he
             had
             wrought
             it
             ,
             no
             man
             looked
             after
             him
             ,
             to
             return
             him
             thanks
             for
             it
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             4.7
             .
          
           
             
               Then
               said
               I
               ,
               wisdome
               is
               better
               then
               strength
            
             ]
             As
             Chap.
             7.19
             .
             Prov.
             21.22
             .
             &
             24.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             Hereby
             we
             are
             taught
             to
             consider
             the
             goodness
             of
             things
             in
             comparison
             
             one
             to
             another
             ,
             and
             to
             prefer
             that
             which
             is
             most
             excellent
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             12.31
             .
             &
             7.38
             .
             1
             Sam.
             15.22
             .
          
           
             V.
             17.
             
             
               The
               words
               of
               wise
               men
               are
               heard
               in
               quiet
               ,
               more
               then
               the
               cry
               of
               him
               that
               ruleth
               among
               fools
               ]
               Are
               heard
               ,
            
             that
             is
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             heard
             .
             
               As
               a
               son
               honoureth
               his
               father
               ,
            
             Mal.
             1.6
             .
             that
             is
             ,
             he
             ought
             to
             honour
             him
             .
          
           
             
               are
               heard
               in
               quiet
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             either
             are
             to
             be
             delivered
             with
             submission
             and
             meekness
             ,
             Prov.
             25.15
             .
             1
             Reg.
             12.7
             .
             Or
             ,
             Are
             to
             be
             heard
             with
             a
             tractable
             and
             calm
             spirit
             ,
             without
             pride
             or
             contradiction
             ,
             Job
             .
             29.21
             ,
             22.
             
             Jam.
             1.21
             .
             A
             wise
             man
             speaking
             ,
             though
             without
             clamour
             ,
             contention
             ,
             or
             ostentation
             ,
             doth
             by
             his
             weighty
             and
             seasonable
             advice
             ,
             more
             calm
             the
             spirits
             of
             his
             hearers
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             sober
             and
             serious
             counsel
             more
             powerfully
             prevail
             with
             them
             ,
             then
             all
             the
             angry
             and
             passionate
             words
             of
             such
             as
             have
             more
             power
             ,
             but
             no
             skill
             to
             manage
             it
             :
             
               Ille
               regit
               dictis
               animos
               &
               pectora
               mulcet
               .
            
          
           
             V.
             18.
             
             
               Wisdome
               is
               better
               then
               weapons
               of
               war
               :
               but
               one
               sinner
               destroyeth
               much
               good
               .
            
             ]
             Wisdome
             is
             not
             only
             better
             then
             strength
             ,
             but
             then
             strength
             armed
             and
             seconded
             with
             military
             provisions
             :
             the
             poor
             mans
             wisdome
             did
             not
             only
             deliver
             the
             City
             from
             the
             great
             King
             and
             his
             numerous
             Army
             ,
             but
             from
             his
             bulwarks
             and
             fortifications
             
             which
             he
             had
             raised
             against
             it
             .
          
           
             
               but
               one
               sinner
               destroyeth
               much
               good
            
             ]
             By
             the
             opposition
             between
             a
             sinner
             and
             a
             wise
             man
             ,
             It
             is
             evident
             ,
             that
             Solomons
             Wise
             man
             here
             ,
             is
             also
             a
             godly
             man
             :
             otherwise
             God
             useth
             to
             infatuate
             and
             defeat
             the
             counsels
             of
             worldly
             wisdome
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             15.31
             .
             Isa.
             19.11
             —
             14.
             
             Isa.
             29.14
             .
             &
             44.25
             .
             1
             Cor.
             1.19
             .
          
           
             
               one
               sinner
            
             ]
             Some
             render
             it
             ,
             
               Qui
               in
               uno
               peccat
            
             .
             He
             that
             in
             war
             through
             folly
             and
             inadvertency
             committeth
             one
             Errour
             ,
             may
             destroy
             a
             whole
             Army
             :
             for
             they
             say
             ,
             
               In
               bello
               non
               licet
               bis
               peccare
               .
            
             That
             one
             Errour
             in
             Absalom
             in
             preferring
             the
             counsel
             of
             Hushai
             before
             Achitophels
             ,
             did
             undo
             his
             whole
             enterprize
             .
             But
             it
             is
             rather
             to
             be
             understood
             in
             opposition
             to
             the
             
               one
               poor
               wise
               man
            
             ,
             vers
             .
             15.
             one
             wicked
             man
             like
             Achan
             will
             endanger
             the
             Camp.
             Josh.
             7.1
             —
             5.
             1
             
             Cor.
             5.6
             .
             as
             one
             leak
             in
             a
             ship
             ,
             one
             spark
             in
             a
             barrel
             of
             gun-powder
             will
             suddenly
             undo
             all
             .
             One
             fool
             can
             throw
             a
             jewel
             into
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             a
             thousand
             wise
             men
             cannot
             get
             up
             again
             :
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             
               ●rex
               totus
               in
               agris
               unius
               Scabie
               cadit
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             
          
           
             IN
             the
             later
             end
             of
             the
             former
             Chapter
             ,
             he
             shewed
             the
             excellent
             use
             of
             godly
             wisdome
             in
             order
             unto
             tranquillity
             ,
             both
             private
             and
             publick
             ,
             and
             the
             mischief
             which
             one
             fool
             might
             do
             in
             destroying
             much
             good
             :
             which
             last
             clause
             in
             that
             Chapter
             ,
             he
             proceedeth
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             this
             ,
             to
             demonstrate
             by
             three
             instances
             ,
             shewing
             first
             how
             folly
             destroyes
             a
             good
             name
             ,
             which
             he
             illustrateth
             by
             an
             excellent
             similitude
             ,
             vers
             .
             1.
             
             Secondly
             ,
             how
             it
             spoils
             a
             mans
             actions
             and
             undertakings
             ,
             which
             by
             wisdome
             might
             be
             dexterously
             managed
             ,
             vers
             .
             2.
             
             Thirdly
             ,
             How
             it
             defaceth
             a
             mans
             whole
             behaviour
             ,
             and
             conversation
             ,
             vers
             .
             3.
             
          
           
             Then
             he
             proceedeth
             to
             shew
             the
             excellent
             use
             of
             true
             wisdome
             ,
             in
             relation
             to
             our
             behaviour
             towards
             Princes
             ,
             and
             Persons
             in
             Authority
             ,
             whereby
             ,
             through
             prudent
             Caution
             ,
             meekness
             ,
             and
             gracious
             deportment
             ,
             a
             man
             may
             restrain
             in
             himself
             all
             thoughts
             ,
             speeches
             ,
             or
             attempts
             tending
             unto
             rebellion
             ,
             and
             may
             allay
             and
             pacifie
             the
             displeasure
             which
             had
             been
             conceived
             against
             him
             ,
             in
             the
             mind
             of
             the
             Ruler
             ;
             whereas
             folly
             transporting
             a
             man
             into
             any
             disloyal
             resolutions
             ,
             doth
             but
             ruine
             himself
             ,
             and
             end
             in
             fruitless
             
             and
             weary
             labour
             .
             Concerning
             those
             kind
             of
             disloyal
             Affections
             ,
             He
             sheweth
             ,
             First
             ,
             The
             Rise
             and
             occasion
             of
             them
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             double
             .
             First
             ,
             Undutifull
             and
             Revengefull
             passions
             ,
             upon
             any
             private
             displeasure
             of
             the
             Ruler
             against
             us
             in
             our
             own
             particular
             persons
             ,
             vers
             .
             4.
             
             Secondly
             ,
             Envy
             or
             Indignation
             growing
             out
             of
             Errors
             in
             Government
             ;
             when
             a
             man
             observes
             foolish
             and
             unworthy
             persons
             to
             be
             advanced
             ,
             and
             those
             more
             Honourable
             and
             deserving
             to
             be
             depressed
             and
             discountenanced
             ,
             vers
             .
             5.6
             ,
             7.
             
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             he
             sheweth
             the
             great
             danger
             of
             Disloyalty
             ,
             and
             that
             1.
             
             In
             regard
             of
             actions
             and
             attempts
             ,
             which
             usually
             prove
             pernitious
             to
             their
             Authors
             ,
             and
             this
             illustrated
             by
             many
             lively
             similitudes
             ,
             vers
             .
             8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             In
             regard
             of
             rebellious
             and
             foolish
             speeches
             ,
             contrary
             unto
             that
             gracious
             circumspection
             and
             decorum
             which
             wisdome
             would
             teach
             a
             man
             to
             observe
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             through
             the
             heat
             of
             passion
             ,
             a
             man
             usually
             proceedeth
             on
             from
             bad
             to
             worse
             ,
             vers
             .
             12
             ,
             13
             ,
             14.
             
             Concerning
             which
             he
             sheweth
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             mischief
             which
             they
             bring
             ,
             vers
             .
             12.
             2.
             
             The
             vanity
             and
             fruitlessness
             of
             them
             to
             the
             person
             that
             utters
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             15.
             3.
             
             The
             root
             of
             them
             ,
             ignorance
             of
             civil
             affairs
             ,
             and
             want
             of
             skill
             to
             converse
             with
             men
             ,
             vers
             .
             15.
             4.
             
             The
             
             nature
             of
             them
             ,
             they
             begin
             in
             folly
             ,
             they
             end
             in
             madness
             ,
             they
             proceed
             in
             babling
             ,
             and
             multiplicity
             of
             words
             ,
             concerning
             things
             which
             a
             man
             cannot
             foresee
             or
             know
             any
             thing
             of
             them
             ,
             vers
             .
             13
             ,
             14.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             In
             regard
             of
             inward
             Thoughts
             and
             Affections
             ;
             concerning
             which
             he
             sheweth
             how
             little
             security
             a
             man
             can
             promise
             himself
             even
             in
             his
             most
             secret
             and
             in
             most
             projections
             of
             disloyalty
             ,
             in
             as
             much
             as
             God
             hath
             invisible
             and
             unexpected
             means
             to
             bring
             it
             all
             to
             light
             ,
             vers
             .
             20.
             
          
           
             And
             because
             Princes
             might
             haply
             hereupon
             think
             themselves
             free
             from
             all
             tye
             or
             duty
             towards
             their
             people
             ,
             because
             they
             should
             be
             free
             from
             all
             danger
             and
             rebellion
             from
             them
             :
             He
             doth
             therefore
             further
             shew
             the
             necessary
             dependance
             which
             Prince
             and
             people
             mutually
             have
             in
             regard
             of
             Weal
             and
             Woe
             .
             Thereby
             deterring
             Princes
             from
             Tyranny
             and
             misgovernment
             :
             (
             whereby
             they
             utterly
             subvert
             the
             end
             of
             Gods
             ordinance
             ,
             which
             was
             for
             the
             peace
             and
             prosperity
             of
             the
             people
             .
             )
             And
             also
             directing
             them
             unto
             the
             right
             means
             of
             Government
             ,
             and
             proper
             vertues
             requisite
             thereunto
             ,
             which
             are
             ,
             1
             ▪
             Wisdome
             ,
             and
             maturity
             of
             judgement
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             not
             a
             child
             ,
             vers
             .
             16.
             2.
             
             Nobleness
             of
             mind
             ,
             not
             only
             in
             regard
             of
             blood
             ,
             but
             chiefly
             in
             vertuous
             endowments
             ,
             raising
             the
             
             soul
             above
             all
             sordid
             &
             base
             designs
             .
             3.
             
             Temperance
             and
             sobriety
             ,
             eating
             and
             drinking
             to
             strengthen
             unto
             duty
             ,
             not
             to
             disable
             or
             indispose
             unto
             it
             ,
             nor
             to
             incroach
             upon
             it
             ,
             vers
             .
             16
             ,
             17.
             4.
             
             Diligent
             attendance
             ,
             and
             superinspection
             over
             the
             house
             of
             the
             Common-wealth
             ,
             that
             there
             may
             be
             no
             ruptures
             in
             it
             ,
             but
             that
             all
             be
             sound
             ,
             and
             in
             good
             repair
             ,
             vers
             .
             18.
             5.
             
             Moderation
             in
             delights
             ,
             not
             feast
             for
             laughter
             ,
             nor
             spend
             the
             life
             in
             mirth
             and
             drinking
             ,
             because
             excess
             in
             these
             will
             require
             a
             proportionable
             increase
             in
             money
             and
             treasures
             to
             maintain
             them
             ,
             whence
             will
             necessarily
             arise
             oppressions
             and
             extortions
             upon
             the
             people
             ,
             vers
             .
             19.
             
          
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             
               DEad
               flies
               cause
               the
               oyntment
               of
               the
               Apothecary
               to
               send
               forth
               a
               stinking
               savour
               :
               so
               doth
               a
               little
               folly
               ,
            
             &c
             ]
             In
             these
             words
             the
             wise
             man
             doth
             by
             an
             elegant
             similitude
             or
             proverbial
             speech
             ,
             illustrate
             what
             he
             had
             last
             spoken
             ,
             namely
             ,
             That
             
               one
               sinner
               destroyeth
               much
               good
            
             ,
             as
             one
             dead
             flie
             doth
             corrupt
             and
             mar
             a
             whole
             vessel
             of
             most
             pretious
             oyntment
             ,
             which
             in
             those
             Countries
             was
             had
             in
             great
             account
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             20.13
             .
             It
             is
             here
             applyed
             unto
             a
             mans
             good
             name
             ,
             which
             is
             compared
             unto
             sweet
             oyntment
             ,
             Eccles.
             7.1
             .
             Cant.
             1.3
             .
             and
             as
             a
             flie
             ,
             
             though
             but
             a
             little
             creature
             ,
             can
             taint
             and
             corrupt
             much
             precious
             perfume
             ,
             a
             little
             mixture
             of
             folly
             and
             indiscretion
             will
             stai●
             and
             blemish
             the
             Reputation
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             otherwise
             very
             wise
             and
             honourable
             .
             And
             this
             so
             much
             the
             rather
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             malignity
             and
             ingratitude
             of
             men
             ,
             who
             do
             more
             hastily
             censure
             one
             error
             ,
             then
             value
             many
             graces
             ,
             and
             with
             whom
             one
             small
             miscarriage
             doth
             blot
             out
             the
             memory
             of
             all
             other
             deservings
             :
             as
             one
             little
             cloud
             doth
             serve
             to
             overshadow
             the
             whole
             body
             of
             the
             Sun.
             Therefore
             it
             concerneth
             us
             to
             walk
             so
             much
             the
             more
             unblameably
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             not
             by
             the
             least
             oversight
             or
             folly
             blemish
             our
             profession
             ,
             or
             cause
             it
             to
             stink
             in
             the
             nostrils
             of
             others
             ,
             Gen.
             34.30
             .
             Phil.
             2.15
             .
             1
             Tim.
             6.1
             .
             2
             Cor.
             6.3
             .
             1
             Pet.
             2.15
             .
             much
             less
             by
             our
             leaven
             sour
             the
             whole
             mass
             ,
             and
             derive
             infection
             upon
             many
             others
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             5.6
             .
             Gal.
             5.9
             .
          
           
             
               Dead
               flies
            
             ]
             Flies
             of
             death
             ,
             the
             Genitive
             Case
             in
             the
             place
             of
             an
             Adjective
             ,
             Psal.
             2.9
             .
             &
             31.3
             .
             Rom.
             7.24
             .
             Phil.
             3.21
             .
             Judg.
             7.13
             .
             2
             Thess.
             2.3
             .
             2
             Pet.
             2.1
             .
             This
             may
             be
             taken
             either
             actively
             ,
             flies
             which
             cause
             death
             ,
             as
             the
             plague
             of
             the
             Locusts
             is
             called
             death
             ,
             Exod.
             10.17
             .
             poysonous
             flies
             which
             do
             render
             sweet
             oyntment
             deadly
             and
             mortiferous
             ,
             as
             instruments
             of
             death
             ,
             P●al
             .
             7.
             
             14.
             
             (
             i.
             )
             which
             do
             cause
             death
             :
             Or
             else
             ,
             passively
             ,
             flies
             which
             are
             dead
             ,
             and
             by
             their
             putrifaction
             do
             taint
             the
             oyntment
             in
             the
             which
             they
             are
             drowned
             .
          
           
             
               Dead
               flies
               do
               cause
            
             ]
             The
             Nown
             is
             plural
             ,
             and
             the
             Verb
             singular
             ,
             which
             may
             properly
             thus
             be
             rendred
             ,
             
               Any
               one
               of
               dead
               flies
               doth
               cause
               the
               oyntment
               to
               stink
            
             ;
             as
             Exod.
             31.14
             .
             Rom.
             1.20
             .
             Thereby
             intimating
             the
             great
             mischief
             and
             damage
             may
             be
             from
             very
             small
             causes
             .
          
           
             
               cause
               to
               send
               forth
               a
               stinking
               savour
            
             ]
             Heb.
             maketh
             to
             stink
             ,
             exhaleth
             or
             belche●●
             forth
             ;
             thereby
             noting
             a
             continual
             Emanation
             of
             unsavouriness
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             stink
             dot●
             never
             cease
             or
             give
             over
             .
             When
             two
             Verbs
             o●
             the
             same
             Tense
             come
             thus
             together
             ,
             Grammarians
             tell
             us
             ,
             that
             the
             former
             hath
             an
             adverbial
             signification
             ,
             as
             Jer.
             13.18
             .
             
               Humbl●
               your selves
               ,
               sit
               down
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
            
             sit
             humbly
             down
             ▪
             Hos.
             9.9
             .
             
               They
               have
               made
               deep
               ,
               they
               ha●●
               corrupted
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
               They
               have
               deeply
               corrupted
               .
            
             Rom.
             10.20
             .
             
               Esay
               is
               bold
               and
               saith
               ,
               (
               i.
               )
            
             speaketh
             boldly
             .
             So
             here
             ,
             
               foetere
               fecit
               ,
               eructat
            
             ,
             (
             i.
             )
             
               foetide
               eructat
            
             .
             Which
             is
             well
             rendred
             in
             our
             Version
             ,
             
               causeth
               to
               send
               forth
               a
               stink
               .
            
          
           
             
               so
               doth
               a
               little
               folly
               him
               that
               is
               in
               reputation
               for
               wisdome
               and
               honour
            
             ]
             The
             note
             of
             similitude
             is
             wanting
             ,
             as
             in
             many
             other
             
             places
             ,
             both
             in
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             as
             Prov.
             11.22
             .
             Jer.
             17.11
             .
             Psal.
             125.2
             .
          
           
             
               so
               doth
               a
               little
               folly
            
             ]
             Here
             is
             an
             Ellipsis
             of
             the
             Verb
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             be
             repeated
             out
             of
             the
             former
             member
             ,
             namely
             ,
             It
             causeth
             to
             send
             forth
             a
             stinking
             savour
             ;
             as
             Gen.
             1.29
             ,
             30.
             
             The
             more
             eminent
             any
             person
             is
             for
             wisdome
             and
             honour
             ,
             the
             more
             circumspect
             ought
             he
             to
             be
             in
             his
             conversation
             ,
             because
             a
             little
             folly
             and
             over-sight
             will
             much
             diminish
             his
             reputation
             ;
             as
             spots
             are
             soonest
             observed
             in
             the
             whitest
             and
             finest
             garments
             ,
             and
             envy
             (
             like
             worms
             and
             moths
             )
             doth
             usually
             feed
             on
             the
             purest
             cloath
             ,
             Neh.
             6.11
             .
             Hierom
             and
             the
             Vulgar
             read
             the
             words
             to
             another
             sense
             ,
             
               Pretiosior
               est
               sapientia
               &
               gloria
               parva
               a●
               tempus
               stultitia
               .
            
             That
             sometimes
             a
             little
             folly
             is
             more
             pretious
             then
             wisdome
             and
             honour
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             21.13
             .
             But
             this
             ,
             besides
             the
             grammatical
             incongruity
             ,
             holdeth
             no
             proportion
             to
             the
             former
             part
             of
             the
             verse
             ,
             whereunto
             it
             answereth
             ,
             and
             therefore
             is
             neglected
             by
             the
             best
             Interpreters
             .
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               A
               wise
               mans
               heart
               is
               at
               his
               right
               hand
               ,
               but
               a
               fools
               heart
               at
               his
               left
            
             ]
             A
             like
             kind
             of
             proverbial
             form
             we
             had
             ,
             Chap.
             2.14
             .
             The
             right
             hand
             is
             usually
             the
             most
             expedite
             and
             ready
             for
             action
             ,
             doth
             its
             work
             more
             
             surely
             ,
             more
             speedily
             ,
             more
             decently
             ,
             therefore
             the
             right
             hand
             is
             the
             dearest
             of
             the
             two
             ,
             Matth.
             5.29
             ,
             30.
             and
             it
             is
             noted
             as
             a
             thing
             strange
             and
             unusual
             when
             men
             have
             been
             left
             handed
             ,
             or
             able
             to
             use
             both
             hands
             alike
             ,
             Judg.
             3.21
             .
             &
             20.16
             .
             1
             Chron.
             12.2
             .
             So
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             A
             wise
             mans
             heart
             is
             ready
             and
             prepared
             unto
             every
             good
             work
             ,
             he
             doth
             things
             with
             judgment
             and
             counsel
             ,
             he
             doth
             with
             mature
             advice
             and
             deliberation
             so
             weigh
             his
             actions
             ,
             the
             circumstances
             ,
             consequences
             ,
             probabilities
             ,
             and
             events
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             that
             he
             may
             not
             afterwards
             repent
             of
             his
             behaviour
             therein
             .
             He
             worketh
             by
             the
             guidance
             of
             his
             heart
             ,
             Prov.
             15.22
             .
             Luke
             14.28
             —
             30.
             
             But
             a
             fool
             is
             left-handed
             in
             his
             works
             ,
             doth
             all
             his
             business
             bunglingly
             ,
             praeposterously
             ,
             inconsiderately
             ,
             either
             when
             he
             adviseth
             about
             business
             his
             hand
             is
             absent
             ,
             and
             doth
             not
             execute
             it
             ;
             or
             when
             he
             worketh
             and
             goeth
             about
             it
             ,
             his
             heart
             is
             absent
             ,
             and
             doth
             not
             direct
             it
             .
             A
             wise
             man
             hath
             the
             command
             of
             his
             heart
             ,
             knowes
             how
             to
             use
             it
             seasonably
             ,
             opportunely
             ,
             and
             in
             conformity
             to
             times
             ,
             places
             ,
             persons
             ,
             so
             that
             his
             undertakings
             may
             be
             successful
             and
             prosperous
             :
             whereas
             a
             fool
             is
             transported
             with
             passion
             ,
             amazed
             at
             difficulties
             ,
             perplexed
             with
             uncertainties
             ,
             at
             his
             wits
             end
             ,
             and
             knowes
             not
             which
             way
             to
             take
             ,
             or
             what
             to
             resolve
             ,
             goes
             
             about
             his
             business
             as
             awkwardly
             and
             undecently
             ,
             as
             a
             man
             would
             do
             whose
             right
             hand
             were
             tyed
             behind
             him
             ,
             and
             had
             onely
             his
             left
             hand
             to
             help
             him
             ,
             Prov.
             2.10
             —
             15.
             
             &
             4.26
             .
             &
             13.16
             .
             &
             16.22
             ,
             23.
             
             Examples
             of
             this
             wisdome
             we
             have
             in
             Jacob
             ,
             Gen.
             32.
             
             Joseph
             ,
             Gen.
             41.
             
             David
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             16.18
             .
             Abigail
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             25.
             
             Jethro
             ,
             Exod.
             18.19
             .
             the
             Woman
             of
             Abel
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             20.
             
             Paul
             ,
             Act.
             23.6
             .
             and
             of
             the
             contrary
             folly
             ,
             Numb
             .
             14.40
             —
             45.
             1
             
             Reg.
             12.8
             .
             Isa.
             19.11
             —
             17.
             
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               Yea
               also
               when
               he
               that
               is
               a
               fool
               walketh
               by
               the
               way
               ,
               his
               wisdome
               faileth
               him
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Not
             onely
             in
             his
             private
             actions
             and
             undertakings
             ,
             but
             in
             his
             open
             conversation
             amongst
             men
             ,
             in
             his
             motions
             ,
             gestures
             ,
             behaviour
             ,
             gate
             ,
             countenance
             ,
             usual
             deportment
             ,
             he
             is
             destitute
             of
             prudence
             and
             common
             discretion
             ,
             and
             bewrayeth
             the
             folly
             of
             his
             heart
             ,
             by
             the
             affected
             fondness
             of
             his
             conversation
             .
          
           
             
               and
               he
               saith
               to
               every
               one
               ,
               that
               he
               is
               a
               fool
            
             ]
             The
             Septuagint
             render
             it
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             
               whatsoever
               he
               thinketh
               on
               is
               folly
               .
            
             Symmachus
             in
             Hierom
             ,
             
               He
               suspecteth
               of
               all
               men
               that
               they
               are
               fooles
               .
            
             Whereunto
             the
             Vulgar
             answereth
             ,
             
               Cum
               ipse
               insipiens
               sit
               ,
               omnes
               stultos
               aestimat
               ,
            
             being
             a
             fool
             himself
             ,
             he
             accompteth
             all
             other
             men
             fools
             :
             as
             to
             him
             that
             hath
             the
             Jaundies
             every
             thing
             
             seemeth
             yellow
             ;
             and
             to
             him
             that
             hath
             a
             distempered
             palate
             ,
             every
             sweet
             thing
             ●asteth
             bitter
             ;
             to
             him
             that
             hath
             a
             vertiginous
             brain
             ,
             every
             fixed
             thing
             seemeth
             to
             turn
             round
             ;
             so
             to
             a
             man
             made
             up
             of
             pride
             and
             folly
             ,
             other
             men
             much
             wiser
             then
             himself
             do
             appear
             fools
             .
             The
             Chaldee
             rendreth
             it
             ,
             
               All
               men
               say
               that
               he
               is
               a
               fool
               .
            
             But
             the
             most
             emphatical
             is
             as
             we
             read
             it
             ,
             
               He
               saith
               to
               All
               men
               ,
               That
               he
               is
               a
               fool
            
             :
             He
             doth
             so
             palpably
             discover
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             proclaim
             his
             own
             folly
             ,
             by
             his
             gestures
             and
             behaviour
             ,
             as
             if
             he
             would
             himself
             tell
             them
             that
             he
             is
             a
             fool
             ,
             Prov.
             6.13
             .
             &
             12.23
             .
             &
             13.6
             .
             &
             18.2
             .
             Jude
             vers
             .
             13.
             
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               If
               the
               spirit
               of
               the
               Ruler
               rise
               up
               against
               thee
               ,
               leave
               not
               thy
               place
            
             ]
             Here
             he
             sheweth
             the
             excellent
             use
             of
             wisdome
             in
             ordering
             our
             conversation
             towards
             Superiours
             ,
             teaching
             us
             to
             bridle
             all
             disloyal
             passions
             ,
             to
             restrain
             all
             unlawful
             attempts
             ,
             to
             keep
             our selves
             in
             the
             same
             eaven
             and
             unmoved
             temper
             ,
             whatever
             provocations
             we
             meet
             with
             to
             the
             contrary
             .
          
           
             
               If
               the
               spirit
               of
               the
               Ruler
            
             ]
             The
             Chaldee
             hereby
             understandeth
             the
             power
             and
             dominion
             of
             any
             ruling
             lust
             ,
             by
             which
             a
             man
             should
             not
             suffer
             himself
             to
             be
             shaken
             from
             his
             steadfastnesse
             ,
             nor
             removed
             out
             of
             his
             place
             ,
             or
             from
             his
             duty
             .
             But
             this
             is
             inconsonant
             with
             
             the
             series
             of
             this
             Chapter
             ,
             which
             is
             much
             taken
             up
             in
             the
             Errours
             of
             Government
             ,
             and
             the
             inconvenient
             passions
             which
             those
             Errors
             may
             produce
             in
             the
             minds
             of
             the
             people
             .
             Others
             understand
             it
             of
             the
             spirit
             of
             Rule
             and
             Government
             ,
             as
             we
             often
             read
             of
             the
             spirit
             of
             Judgment
             .
             of
             Prophecy
             ,
             of
             Revelation
             ,
             of
             Wisdome
             ,
             of
             Knowledg
             ;
             so
             the
             skill
             of
             Governing
             ,
             is
             called
             the
             Spirit
             of
             God
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             10.10
             ,
             11.
             
             &
             11.6
             .
             &
             16.14
             .
             Isa.
             11.1
             ,
             2.
             
             And
             they
             understand
             it
             thus
             ,
             If
             the
             Lord
             advance
             thee
             unto
             high
             place
             of
             power
             and
             Government
             ,
             Leave
             not
             thy
             place
             ,
             continue
             humble
             and
             lowly
             still
             ,
             forget
             not
             thy
             duty
             towards
             thy
             brethren
             ;
             as
             Deut.
             17.15
             —
             20.
             
             But
             the
             later
             clause
             of
             this
             verse
             plainly
             leads
             us
             to
             another
             sense
             ;
             
               If
               the
               spirit
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             wrath
             and
             displeasure
             of
             the
             Ruler
             rise
             up
             against
             thee
             ;
             so
             passion
             is
             sometimes
             called
             ,
             Chap.
             7.9
             .
             Prov.
             25.28
             .
             Judg.
             9.23
             .
             2
             Chron.
             21.16
             .
             And
             it
             seems
             to
             denote
             high
             displeasure
             ,
             like
             that
             of
             Saul
             ,
             of
             whom
             it
             is
             said
             ,
             That
             he
             Breathed
             out
             threats
             against
             the
             Church
             ,
             Act.
             9.1
             .
             His
             rage
             was
             as
             a
             Terrible
             Blast
             of
             a
             storm
             against
             a
             wall
             ,
             Isa.
             25.4
             .
             And
             this
             is
             further
             intimated
             in
             the
             phrase
             of
             Ascending
             or
             rising
             up
             ,
             as
             a
             grievous
             Tempest
             ,
             or
             as
             a
             flame
             of
             fire
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             11.20
             .
             Ezek
             24.8
             .
             Psal.
             78.21
             ,
             If
             
             the
             high
             displeasure
             of
             the
             Ruler
             be
             ,
             though
             unjustly
             and
             injuriously
             ,
             lifted
             up
             against
             thee
             ,
             as
             Potiphars
             against
             Josephs
             ;
             Sauls
             against
             David
             ;
             Labans
             against
             Jacob
             ;
             Pauls
             against
             the
             Church
             of
             Christ
             ,
             
               leave
               not
               thy
               place
            
             ]
             Contain
             thy self
             within
             the
             bounds
             of
             thine
             own
             calling
             and
             condition
             ,
             do
             not
             either
             through
             fear
             and
             despair
             withdraw
             thy self
             from
             thy
             duty
             ,
             nor
             through
             insolence
             and
             impatience
             ,
             rise
             up
             in
             disloyalty
             against
             him
             ,
             whose
             spirit
             is
             risen
             against
             thee
             ;
             keep
             still
             in
             the
             rank
             of
             a
             subject
             ,
             and
             behave
             thy self
             with
             that
             lowliness
             and
             submission
             which
             becometh
             a
             subject
             .
             He
             speaketh
             not
             against
             a
             prudent
             withdrawing
             from
             a
             storm
             ,
             and
             hiding
             a
             mans
             self
             ,
             as
             Jacob
             ●led
             from
             Esau
             ,
             and
             David
             from
             Saul
             ,
             and
             Elias
             from
             Jezabel
             ,
             and
             Christ
             from
             Herod
             ,
             Matth.
             10.23
             .
             but
             of
             disloyal
             and
             rebellious
             defection
             ,
             going
             out
             of
             his
             sight
             ,
             Chap.
             8.3
             .
             as
             Israel
             to
             their
             Tents
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             12.16
             .
             He
             requireth
             us
             for
             conscience
             towards
             God
             ,
             to
             suffer
             wrongfully
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             subject
             even
             to
             those
             that
             are
             froward
             ,
             and
             injurious
             ,
             1
             Pe●
             .
             2.18
             ,
             19.
             
             Not
             to
             violate
             our
             Allegiance
             ,
             nor
             to
             attempt
             any
             conspiracy
             against
             them
             ,
             but
             onely
             in
             our
             sufferings
             ,
             to
             make
             our
             prayers
             and
             complaints
             known
             unto
             God
             ,
             who
             is
             a
             Judge
             between
             them
             and
             us
             ,
             and
             is
             able
             to
             
             vindicate
             our
             innocency
             ,
             and
             to
             deliver
             us
             out
             of
             their
             hands
             .
             Every
             man
             must
             keep
             his
             station
             ,
             as
             Souldiers
             in
             an
             Army
             are
             to
             stay
             in
             their
             own
             rank
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             7.20
             ,
             21.
             
             A
             man
             cannot
             expect
             to
             have
             Gods
             blessing
             any
             where
             ,
             but
             in
             his
             own
             place
             .
             His
             promises
             and
             protection
             are
             annexed
             unto
             our
             duty
             ,
             Psal.
             91.11
             .
             2
             Chron.
             15.2
             .
             This
             was
             the
             sin
             of
             the
             Ten
             Tribes
             against
             the
             house
             of
             David
             ,
             Hos.
             8.4
             .
             and
             of
             Absolom
             and
             Sheba
             against
             David
             himself
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             15.10
             .
             and
             20.1
             .
          
           
             
               for
               yielding
               pacifieth
               great
               offences
            
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             reason
             
               ab
               utili
            
             ,
             to
             perswade
             unto
             the
             duty
             .
             For
             whereas
             a
             man
             might
             haply
             conceive
             ,
             that
             the
             wrath
             of
             a
             King
             is
             implacable
             ,
             and
             their
             lost
             love
             unreconcileable
             again
             ,
             and
             that
             therefore
             their
             case
             being
             desperate
             ,
             a
             man
             were
             as
             good
             give
             over
             duty
             ,
             as
             perish
             under
             it
             :
             He
             sheweth
             ,
             that
             by
             submission
             and
             lenity
             of
             spirit
             ,
             a
             man
             may
             not
             onely
             recover
             the
             favour
             ,
             but
             prevent
             and
             preserve
             his
             Prince
             from
             many
             offences
             .
             Some
             render
             the
             wo●ds
             
               vir
               sanans
            
             ,
             an
             healer
             ,
             pacifieth
             great
             offences
             ;
             and
             so
             the
             Septuagint
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             :
             He
             that
             by
             gentle
             behaviour
             ,
             seeketh
             to
             heal
             the
             wound
             and
             breach
             between
             him
             and
             his
             Soveraign
             ,
             shall
             pacifie
             great
             offences
             .
             Or
             ,
             as
             a
             man
             in
             a
             course
             of
             Physick
             ,
             will
             abstain
             
             from
             those
             things
             which
             are
             hurtful
             unto
             him
             :
             so
             a
             wise
             man
             will
             leave
             off
             all
             those
             sins
             ,
             whereby
             the
             anger
             of
             the
             Ruler
             may
             be
             stirred
             up
             against
             him
             .
             Wisdom
             is
             of
             an
             healing
             nature
             ,
             Prov.
             12.18
             .
             &
             16.24
             .
             as
             we
             see
             in
             the
             carriage
             of
             Abigail
             to
             David
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             25.
             and
             of
             the
             Woman
             of
             Abel
             to
             Joab
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             20.
             others
             rendring
             it
             by
             mollities
             or
             remissio
             ,
             yiel●●ng
             ▪
             or
             fainting
             ,
             give
             a
             double
             sense
             of
             it
             ;
             First
             ,
             That
             a
             mans
             yielding
             to
             temptations
             and
             passions
             of
             disloyalty
             ,
             doth
             cause
             many
             offences
             to
             rest
             on
             him
             ,
             doth
             bring
             with
             it
             many
             other
             sins
             ,
             through
             fainting
             in
             the
             day
             of
             adversity
             ,
             Prov.
             24.10
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             that
             yielding
             for
             a
             while
             unto
             the
             tempest
             ,
             doth
             break
             the
             force
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             cause
             the
             heart
             of
             a
             man
             to
             relent
             and
             to
             melt
             towards
             those
             ,
             who
             do
             with
             calmnesse
             and
             humility
             endeavour
             to
             divert
             it
             ,
             Prov.
             15.1
             .
             &
             25.15
             .
             As
             a
             tempest
             which
             breaketh
             strong
             Oaks
             that
             resist
             it
             ,
             doth
             no
             hurt
             unto
             the
             weak
             Corn
             which
             yields
             unto
             it
             :
             Or
             as
             Wooll
             or
             mud
             ,
             doth
             more
             abate
             the
             force
             of
             a
             Canon
             bullet
             ,
             then
             walls
             of
             stone
             that
             stand
             stubbornly
             against
             it
             .
             See
             Judg.
             8.1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             
             Gen.
             32.13
             —
             20.
             
             &
             33.4
             .
             1
             Sam.
             24.16
             —
             19.
             
             &
             25.32
             ,
             33.
             
          
           
             V.
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             
               There
               is
               an
               evil
               which
               I
               have
               s●●n
               under
               the
               Sun
               ,
               as
               an
               errour
               which
               proceedeth
               
               from
               the
               Ruler
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             Here
             is
             intimated
             another
             cause
             of
             defection
             and
             rebellion
             against
             Princes
             ,
             namely
             ,
             misgovernment
             ,
             when
             through
             their
             errour
             and
             inadvertency
             ,
             unworthy
             persons
             are
             exalted
             ,
             and
             men
             of
             eminency
             and
             desert
             depressed
             .
          
           
             
               There
               is
               an
               evil
            
             ]
             Another
             evil
             ,
             or
             a
             common
             evil
             ;
             an
             evil
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             in
             humane
             affairs
             .
          
           
             
               as
               an
               errour
            
             ]
             Which
             is
             indeed
             an
             errour
             :
             It
             is
             here
             
               Caph
               veritatis
            
             ,
             not
             a
             note
             of
             comparison
             ,
             or
             similitude
             ,
             but
             of
             truth
             ;
             as
             Judg.
             13.23
             .
             Neh.
             7.2
             .
             Hos.
             4.4
             .
             &
             5.10
             .
             Luke
             22.44
             .
             By
             errour
             ,
             is
             noted
             a
             fault
             committed
             ignorantly
             and
             through
             inadvertency
             ;
             as
             Levit.
             4.2
             .
             Numb
             .
             15.24
             .
             Whereby
             we
             are
             taught
             to
             put
             the
             fairest
             construction
             upon
             the
             faults
             of
             Superiours
             ,
             in
             the
             case
             of
             misgovernment
             ;
             it
             being
             so
             easie
             a
             thing
             for
             them
             ,
             who
             must
             see
             much
             with
             other
             mens
             eyes
             ,
             and
             cannot
             possibly
             have
             a
             clear
             knowledg
             of
             the
             worth
             of
             all
             persons
             whom
             they
             advance
             ,
             but
             may
             easily
             be
             carried
             into
             mistakes
             by
             the
             flatteries
             ,
             or
             plausible
             pretences
             of
             those
             that
             serve
             them
             ,
             to
             be
             deceived
             in
             their
             opinions
             ,
             of
             the
             fitnesse
             of
             persons
             for
             those
             places
             of
             trust
             ,
             wherein
             they
             do
             imploy
             them
             .
          
           
             
               Folly
               is
               set
               in
               great
               dignity
               ;
               and
               the
               rich
               sit
               in
               low
               places
            
             ]
             Fools
             are
             very
             highly
             advanced
             :
             
             The
             abstract
             for
             the
             concrete
             ,
             to
             denote
             men
             extreamly
             foolish
             and
             wicked
             ;
             as
             Psal.
             5.9
             .
             1
             Cor.
             2.14
             .
             Phil.
             3.2
             .
             Cant.
             5.16
             .
             This
             is
             matter
             of
             much
             grief
             and
             trouble
             to
             good
             men
             ,
             when
             power
             is
             put
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             men
             ,
             as
             Vice-gerents
             for
             God
             ,
             who
             yet
             will
             use
             it
             all
             against
             him
             .
             When
             the
             great
             interests
             of
             States
             and
             Churches
             ,
             shall
             be
             intrusted
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             those
             ,
             who
             have
             neither
             skill
             nor
             hearts
             to
             promote
             the
             good
             of
             them
             ,
             Psal.
             12.8
             .
             Prov.
             28.28
             .
             &
             29.2
             .
             Esth.
             3.1
             —
             15.
             
             This
             the
             Lord
             is
             often
             pleased
             in
             his
             providence
             to
             permit
             ,
             sometimes
             for
             the
             punishment
             of
             a
             wicked
             people
             ,
             Job
             34
             30.
             
             Isa.
             19.4
             .
             Hos.
             13.11
             .
             Zach.
             11.6
             .
             Prov.
             28.2
             .
             Judg.
             9.23
             ,
             24.
             and
             sometimes
             for
             the
             triall
             of
             his
             faithful
             servants
             ,
             and
             to
             stir
             up
             in
             them
             earnest
             prayer
             for
             those
             who
             are
             in
             authority
             ,
             that
             according
             to
             their
             duty
             they
             may
             be
             friends
             to
             those
             that
             are
             pure
             of
             heart
             ,
             1
             Tim.
             2.1
             ,
             2.
             
             Prov
             22.11
             .
             Psal.
             101.6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             
             And
             sometimes
             to
             shew
             the
             greatness
             of
             his
             power
             in
             destroying
             tyrants
             ,
             Exod.
             9.16
             .
          
           
             
               and
               the
               rich
               sit
               in
               low
               place
            
             ]
             This
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             in
             opposition
             to
             the
             former
             ;
             and
             so
             by
             rich
             is
             meant
             ,
             men
             of
             noble
             endowments
             for
             wisdom
             and
             goodnesse
             ,
             Psal.
             45.12
             .
             To
             sit
             in
             low
             place
             ,
             or
             in
             an
             abject
             and
             despised
             condition
             ,
             is
             noted
             here
             as
             a
             posture
             
             of
             mourning
             and
             great
             sorrow
             ;
             as
             Jer.
             13.18
             .
             Humble
             your selves
             ,
             or
             make
             your selves
             low
             ,
             sit
             .
             So
             Isai.
             47.1
             .
             Ezek.
             26.16
             .
          
           
             V.
             7.
             
             
               I
               have
               seen
               servants
               upon
               horses
               ,
               and
               Princes
               walking
               as
               servants
               upon
               the
               earth
            
             ]
             By
             servants
             ,
             he
             meaneth
             men
             of
             a
             low
             and
             base
             condition
             ,
             fitter
             to
             be
             the
             tail
             then
             the
             head
             ,
             Gen.
             9.27
             .
             Lam.
             5.8
             .
             which
             is
             a
             thing
             extreamly
             preposterous
             and
             absurd
             ,
             when
             servants
             do
             bear
             rule
             ,
             men
             of
             slavish
             condition
             are
             advanced
             above
             those
             that
             are
             free
             ,
             noble
             ,
             and
             pious
             ,
             Prov.
             19.10
             .
             &
             30.21
             ,
             22.
             
             Deut.
             28.43
             ,
             44.
             
          
           
             
               upon
               horses
            
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             note
             of
             honour
             and
             dignity
             ,
             Esth.
             6.8
             ,
             9.
             
             Jer.
             17.25
             .
             Ezek.
             23.23
             .
             Hereby
             he
             meaneth
             ,
             That
             abject
             and
             vile
             persons
             ,
             who
             ought
             to
             be
             under
             government
             ,
             were
             exalted
             unto
             the
             Throne
             ,
             and
             unto
             places
             of
             trust
             and
             honour
             .
             Such
             an
             one
             was
             Athenion
             in
             Greece
             ,
             who
             of
             a
             poor
             and
             mean
             person
             ,
             grew
             up
             to
             be
             a
             proud
             and
             potent
             tyrant
             ;
             laid
             aside
             wise
             Counsellors
             ,
             spoiled
             Temples
             and
             Cities
             ,
             wasted
             men
             of
             their
             estates
             ,
             and
             filled
             pits
             with
             treasure
             ;
             as
             Athenaeus
             ,
             lib.
             5.
             reporteth
             .
             And
             the
             like
             ,
             Zenophon
             relateth
             ,
             lib.
             2.
             
             Hellenic
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
          
           
             
               and
               Princes
               walking
               as
               servants
               upon
               the
               earth
            
             ]
             As
             David
             seemeth
             to
             have
             walked
             
             when
             he
             fled
             from
             Absolom
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             15.30
             .
          
           
             V.
             8
             ,
             9.
             
             
               He
               that
               diggeth
               a
               pit
               shall
               fall
               into
               it
               ,
               and
               who
               so
               breaketh
               an
               hedge
               ,
               a
               serpent
               shall
               bite
               him
               .
               Who
               so
               removeth
               stones
               ,
               shall
               be
               hurt
               therewith
               :
               and
               he
               that
               cleaveth
               wood
               ,
               shall
               be
               endangered
               thereby
            
             ]
             These
             are
             four
             Proverbial
             similitudes
             ,
             tending
             all
             unto
             one
             end
             ,
             viz.
             to
             shew
             ,
             that
             evil
             usually
             returneth
             on
             the
             heads
             of
             those
             who
             were
             authors
             of
             it
             ;
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Psal.
             7.15
             ,
             16.
             
             &
             9.15
             ,
             16.
             
             Job
             5.13
             .
             Prov.
             11.5
             ,
             6.
             
             &
             26.27
             .
             Esth.
             7.10
             .
             2
             Sam.
             17.23
             .
             Exod.
             14.28
             .
             &
             18.11
             .
             Obad.
             ver
             .
             15.
             
             Isa.
             33.1
             .
             Judg.
             1.6
             ,
             7.
             
             
               Quod
               quisque
               ●●lieno
               excogitavit
               supplicio
               ,
               excipit
               suo
               .
            
             He
             that
             made
             the
             fetters
             for
             another
             ,
             doth
             many
             times
             wear
             them
             himself
             .
          
           
             The
             application
             of
             this
             general
             ,
             in
             the
             present
             case
             ,
             is
             ,
             First
             ,
             against
             Princes
             ,
             who
             do
             so
             advance
             unworthy
             men
             ,
             and
             depresse
             the
             well
             deserving
             ;
             such
             disorders
             in
             Government
             do
             ,
             many
             times
             ,
             redound
             unto
             their
             own
             sufferings
             ,
             and
             while
             they
             oppress
             the
             people
             ,
             they
             do
             supplant
             their
             own
             Thrones
             ,
             Prov.
             16.12
             .
             &
             25.5
             .
             2
             Reg.
             8.8.15
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             against
             such
             as
             attempt
             to
             alter
             the
             long
             established
             ,
             and
             wholsom
             Constitutions
             of
             Nations
             and
             People
             ,
             and
             do
             rashly
             
             over-turn
             the
             foundations
             of
             Lawes
             and
             Customs
             ;
             such
             changes
             are
             usually
             mortiferous
             to
             the
             undertakers
             of
             them
             ,
             Prov.
             22.28
             .
             &
             24.21
             ,
             22.
             
          
           
             Thirdly
             ,
             against
             the
             undutiful
             and
             rebellious
             carriages
             of
             people
             towards
             their
             Princes
             and
             Rulers
             ,
             which
             commonly
             are
             pernicious
             unto
             the
             authors
             thereof
             ,
             as
             we
             finde
             in
             the
             examples
             of
             Absolom
             ,
             Sheba
             ,
             and
             others
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             18.14
             .
             &
             20.22
             .
             2
             Chron.
             23.15
             .
             &
             25.3
             .
             &
             33.24
             ,
             25.
             
             Esth.
             2.21
             ,
             22
             ,
             23.
             
          
           
             
               he
               that
               diggeth
               a
               pit
               shall
               fall
               into
               it
            
             ]
             It
             is
             a
             similitude
             drawn
             from
             Huntsmen
             ,
             who
             dig
             pits
             ,
             and
             then
             cover
             them
             over
             again
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             were
             firm
             ground
             ,
             by
             which
             means
             the
             beasts
             passing
             on
             them
             ,
             fall
             in
             and
             are
             taken
             .
             Many
             times
             in
             the
             digging
             of
             such
             a
             pit
             ,
             the
             earth
             falls
             on
             him
             that
             openeth
             it
             .
             It
             is
             used
             Metaphorically
             ,
             for
             an
             attempting
             of
             evil
             to
             ensnare
             another
             man
             ,
             Job
             6.27
             .
             in
             the
             which
             snare
             many
             times
             a
             man
             is
             taken
             himself
             ,
             Psal.
             10.2
             .
             &
             9.15
             .
             Prov.
             5.22
             .
             Dan.
             6.24
             .
          
           
             
               and
               who
               so
               breaketh
               an
               hedge
               ,
               a
               serpent
               shall
               bite
               him
            
             ]
             Serpents
             and
             Adders
             use
             to
             harbour
             in
             old
             walls
             and
             hedges
             ,
             so
             that
             without
             much
             caution
             ,
             he
             that
             rashly
             removeth
             them
             ,
             is
             in
             danger
             of
             being
             slung
             by
             them
             ,
             Act.
             28.3
             .
             Now
             as
             hedges
             do
             inclose
             
             grounds
             ,
             and
             distinguish
             the
             property
             of
             one
             man
             from
             another
             ;
             so
             the
             Lord
             hath
             set
             an
             hedge
             about
             his
             own
             ordinance
             of
             Magistracy
             ,
             which
             he
             will
             not
             have
             violated
             by
             any
             disloyal
             attempts
             ,
             as
             the
             phrase
             is
             used
             in
             another
             case
             ,
             Job
             1.10
             .
             Ezr.
             9.9
             .
             And
             all
             trayterous
             attempts
             against
             the
             Ordinance
             of
             God
             ,
             is
             a
             breaking
             of
             that
             mound
             ,
             and
             an
             incroaching
             upon
             that
             authority
             ,
             which
             seldom
             escapeth
             some
             mischief
             or
             other
             ,
             which
             the
             contrivers
             thereof
             did
             not
             foresee
             ,
             nor
             were
             wise
             enough
             to
             prevent
             .
             It
             is
             a
             dangerous
             thing
             to
             confound
             rule
             and
             subjection
             ,
             and
             to
             break
             down
             the
             partition
             wall
             between
             the
             one
             and
             the
             other
             .
             They
             who
             are
             impatient
             of
             rule
             over
             them
             ,
             have
             ruine
             very
             near
             them
             .
          
           
             
               Who
               so
               removeth
               stones
               shall
               be
               hurt
               therewith
            
             ]
             He
             that
             goeth
             about
             to
             demolish
             a
             building
             ,
             and
             to
             pull
             the
             great
             stones
             out
             of
             the
             walls
             thereof
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             shall
             be
             put
             to
             pain
             and
             labour
             thereby
             ;
             So
             the
             Septuagint
             :
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             shall
             be
             broken
             and
             torn
             thereby
             ;
             So
             Aquila
             :
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             shall
             be
             hurt
             ,
             and
             suffer
             evil
             thereby
             ;
             So
             Symmachus
             .
             So
             dangerous
             is
             the
             attempt
             of
             those
             ,
             who
             go
             about
             to
             unjoynt
             ,
             and
             dissolve
             the
             ligaments
             of
             Government
             .
             A-like
             expressions
             we
             finde
             ,
             Zach.
             12.13
             .
             Matth
             ▪
             21.44
             .
          
           
           
             
               and
               he
               that
               cleaveth
               wood
               shall
               be
               endangered
               thereby
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               heated
               thereby
            
             ;
             The
             Chaldee
             ,
             
               shall
               be
               burnt
               thereby
            
             :
             Shall
             not
             do
             it
             without
             danger
             ,
             if
             his
             Tools
             be
             blunt
             ,
             as
             it
             followeth
             in
             the
             next
             verse
             .
             We
             finde
             mention
             of
             danger
             in
             this
             imployment
             ,
             Deut.
             19.5
             .
             2
             Reg.
             6.4
             ,
             5.
             
             So
             all
             these
             four
             Proverbial
             Similitudes
             tend
             unto
             one
             and
             the
             same
             end
             .
          
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               If
               the
               iron
               be
               blunt
               ,
               and
               he
               do
               not
               whet
               the
               edg
               ,
               then
               must
               he
               put
               to
               more
               strength
               :
               but
               wisdom
               is
               profitable
               to
               direct
            
             ]
             This
             seems
             to
             relate
             to
             the
             words
             next
             immediately
             before
             it
             .
             He
             that
             cleaveth
             wood
             ,
             if
             the
             iron
             be
             blunt
             ,
             shall
             be
             endangered
             and
             over-heated
             thereby
             ,
             as
             being
             every
             stroke
             necessitated
             to
             put
             to
             more
             strength
             ,
             and
             all
             in
             vain
             ,
             till
             wisdom
             ,
             by
             whetting
             the
             weapon
             do
             get
             the
             better
             of
             the
             wood
             .
             Nay
             ,
             the
             more
             strength
             is
             used
             ,
             when
             the
             iron
             is
             too
             blunt
             to
             enter
             ,
             the
             more
             danger
             there
             is
             of
             its
             recoiling
             upon
             him
             that
             useth
             it
             .
             So
             in
             the
             present
             case
             ,
             the
             more
             violent
             and
             froward
             the
             passions
             of
             men
             are
             against
             Governours
             ,
             the
             more
             danger
             do
             they
             create
             unto
             themselves
             .
             Princes
             being
             like
             strong
             Oaks
             ,
             that
             are
             not
             easily
             wrought
             upon
             by
             opposition
             :
             But
             wise
             ,
             mild
             ,
             and
             gentle
             behaviour
             may
             break
             their
             displeasure
             :
             as
             wisdom
             directing
             a
             man
             to
             whet
             his
             iron
             ,
             will
             with
             lesse
             labour
             
             cleave
             the
             strongest
             Timber
             .
             Like
             hereunto
             was
             that
             of
             Esop
             to
             Solon
             ,
             that
             we
             should
             speak
             unto
             Princes
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             either
             very
             little
             ,
             or
             that
             which
             may
             sweeten
             and
             please
             them
             .
          
           
             
               then
               must
               he
               put
               to
               more
               strength
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             
               then
               it
               will
               overcome
               the
               strength
               of
               him
               that
               cutteth
               .
            
             Some
             understand
             it
             of
             an
             Army
             ;
             it
             will
             exercise
             and
             weary
             the
             whole
             strength
             of
             an
             Army
             ,
             to
             cleave
             wood
             with
             it
             .
             Or
             ,
             in
             War
             ,
             though
             the
             arms
             be
             blunt
             ,
             so
             that
             strength
             can
             do
             little
             good
             ,
             yet
             wisdom
             may
             supply
             that
             defect
             ,
             and
             get
             the
             victory
             ;
             as
             Chap.
             9.15
             ,
             16.
             
          
           
             
               but
               wisdom
               is
               profitable
               to
               direct
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             the
             
               the
               excellency
               of
               direction
               is
               wisdom
               .
            
             The
             Infinitive
             Mood
             for
             the
             Noun
             ,
             as
             Merc●●
             hath
             observed
             ;
             as
             2
             Reg.
             19.27
             .
             Psal.
             101.3
             .
             The
             direction
             which
             wisdom
             gives
             ▪
             is
             more
             profitable
             then
             strength
             ;
             it
             guideth
             a
             mans
             actions
             without
             so
             much
             toyl
             and
             labour
             ,
             unto
             a
             better
             end
             .
             It
             is
             ,
             of
             all
             other
             ,
             the
             most
             excellent
             moderator
             and
             director
             of
             the
             actions
             of
             life
             ;
             because
             without
             it
             ,
             all
             other
             means
             are
             bootless
             and
             full
             of
             hazard
             :
             without
             it
             labour
             is
             dangerous
             ;
             there
             is
             wisdom
             requisite
             in
             the
             most
             ordinary
             and
             meanest
             works
             ,
             in
             digging
             ,
             in
             bearing
             burdens
             ,
             in
             cleaving
             and
             hewing
             of
             Wood
             ;
             as
             we
             read
             of
             a
             Porter
             ,
             whom
             a
             Philosopher
             took
             and
             
             bred
             unto
             learning
             ,
             because
             he
             observed
             a
             natural
             wisdom
             and
             dexterity
             ,
             in
             his
             ordering
             of
             his
             burden
             for
             the
             more
             easie
             carriage
             ;
             1
             Reg.
             5.6
             .
             Isai.
             28.24
             ,
             25
             ,
             26.
             
             Without
             it
             strength
             of
             body
             is
             useless
             ;
             a
             blunt
             Axe
             will
             tire
             out
             the
             arm
             of
             the
             strongest
             man
             ,
             if
             he
             have
             not
             wisdome
             to
             whet
             it
             .
             Art
             and
             cunning
             can
             move
             bodies
             ,
             and
             apply
             Engines
             ,
             which
             exceed
             all
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             body
             alone
             ,
             to
             stir
             or
             stand
             under
             .
             As
             we
             finde
             what
             huge
             stones
             were
             placed
             in
             the
             Temple
             ,
             in
             our
             Saviours
             time
             ,
             Luke
             21.5
             .
             Josephus
             saith
             of
             them
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             12.
             cubits
             one
             way
             ,
             and
             8.
             another
             .
             3.
             
             Without
             it
             ,
             eloquence
             is
             to
             no
             purpose
             ,
             for
             unlesse
             a
             man
             have
             wisdom
             to
             charm
             a
             Serpent
             before
             he
             bite
             ,
             all
             a
             mans
             eloquence
             afterward
             will
             not
             be
             able
             to
             heal
             him
             .
          
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               Surely
               a
               Serpent
               will
               bite
               without
               enchantment
               ,
               and
               a
               babler
               is
               no
               better
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             If
             the
             Serpent
             bite
             without
             being
             charmed
             ,
             or
             before
             he
             be
             charmed
             ,
             there
             is
             then
             no
             profit
             to
             him
             that
             is
             a
             master
             of
             his
             tongue
             ,
             or
             an
             eloquent
             man.
             A
             mans
             eloquence
             will
             do
             him
             no
             good
             ,
             after
             the
             Serpent
             hath
             bitten
             him
             ;
             except
             he
             do
             wisely
             charm
             him
             ,
             before
             the
             danger
             become
             :
             The
             meaning
             is
             ,
             that
             a
             man
             should
             by
             meekness
             of
             wisdome
             ,
             as
             by
             a
             charm
             ,
             allay
             the
             displeasure
             of
             the
             Ruler
             against
             him
             ,
             before
             it
             break
             forth
             ,
             
             and
             be
             too
             late
             to
             pacifie
             him
             .
             Or
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             scope
             of
             our
             Version
             ,
             A
             wise
             ma●
             should
             ,
             by
             meekness
             and
             discretion
             ,
             charm
             his
             own
             bitter
             tongue
             ,
             and
             spirit
             of
             detraction
             ,
             whereby
             he
             is
             apt
             to
             curse
             and
             revile
             the
             Ruler
             of
             the
             people
             .
             Such
             a
             vain
             babler
             ,
             whose
             lawless
             tongue
             is
             ever
             finding
             faul●
             with
             Government
             ,
             and
             speaking
             evil
             of
             dignities
             ,
             is
             no
             better
             then
             an
             uncharmed
             Serpent
             ,
             Psal.
             58.4
             ,
             5.
             
             Rom.
             3.13
             .
             Or
             ,
             as
             ●
             Serpent
             bites
             most
             dangerously
             ,
             which
             bite●
             without
             hissing
             ,
             doth
             not
             give
             warning
             of
             the
             harm
             ,
             that
             a
             man
             might
             flye
             from
             it
             ;
             so
             of
             all
             enemies
             ,
             a
             secret
             detractor
             is
             the
             worst
             .
          
           
             The
             scope
             is
             ,
             1.
             
             To
             compare
             the
             spirit
             of
             disloyalty
             and
             murmuring
             in
             the
             people
             against
             their
             Rulers
             ,
             (
             so
             often
             forbidden
             ,
             Exod.
             22.28
             .
             Act.
             23.4
             .
             Jude
             vers
             .
             12.
             1
             
             Pet.
             2.23
             .
             )
             unto
             the
             biting
             of
             a
             Serpent
             ,
             every
             rebellious
             &
             trayterous
             speech
             against
             those
             who
             are
             over
             us
             by
             Gods
             ordinance
             and
             in
             his
             stead
             ,
             is
             full
             of
             deadly
             poyson
             ,
             Ezek.
             2.6
             .
             a
             sin
             which
             the
             querulous
             disposition
             of
             people
             is
             very
             apt
             to
             transport
             them
             into
             .
             Exod.
             15.24
             .
             &
             16.2
             .
             and
             .17.2
             .
             Numb
             .
             14.2
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             To
             compare
             the
             wise
             and
             humble
             behaviour
             of
             men
             towards
             their
             offended
             Governours
             ,
             unto
             an
             Inchantment
             ,
             whereby
             
             ●hat
             serpentine
             spirit
             of
             detraction
             is
             allayed
             〈◊〉
             an
             adder
             is
             kept
             from
             biting
             by
             a
             charm
             .
             ●n
             the
             Original
             it
             is
             ,
             
               If
               the
               serpent
               bite
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             We
             take
             the
             conditional
             conjunction
             for
             a
             Confirmation
             or
             Asseveration
             of
             a
             truth
             .
             as
             we
             likewise
             render
             it
             in
             other
             places
             ,
             Psal.
             139.19
             .
             Prov.
             3.34
             ,
             &
             23.18
             .
          
           
             V.
             12.
             
             
               The
               words
               of
               a
               wise
               mans
               mouth
               are
               Gracious
               :
               But
               the
               lips
               of
               a
               fool
               will
               swallow
               up
               himself
               .
            
             ]
             He
             here
             sheweth
             ,
             How
             the
             words
             of
             wise
             men
             are
             not
             only
             as
             a
             charm
             to
             prevent
             the
             biting
             of
             an
             enemy
             ,
             but
             do
             further
             conciliate
             favour
             and
             grace
             .
          
           
             
               are
               Gracious
            
             ]
             Heb.
             Grace
             .
             They
             are
             so
             comely
             and
             graceful
             in
             themselves
             ,
             that
             they
             minister
             grace
             to
             others
             ,
             Ephes.
             4.29
             .
             Col.
             4.6
             .
             and
             obtain
             grace
             and
             respect
             from
             them
             .
             As
             Abigail
             did
             not
             onely
             appease
             the
             wrath
             of
             David
             ,
             but
             did
             greatly
             draw
             his
             heart
             and
             love
             towards
             her
             ,
             by
             her
             wise
             and
             gracious
             words
             .
             Prov.
             10.32
             .
             &
             15.1
             ,
             2
             ,
             4
             ,
             26.
             
             &
             16.23.24
             .
          
           
             
               But
               the
               lips
               of
               a
               fool
               will
               swallow
               up
               himself
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             will
             destroy
             ,
             and
             drown
             him
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             so
             the
             70.
             the
             noun
             is
             plural
             ,
             and
             the
             verb
             singular
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             Emphatical
             ,
             to
             note
             ,
             that
             
               every
               one
            
             of
             his
             words
             do
             destroy
             :
             or
             do
             suddenly
             ruine
             ,
             as
             a
             whale
             ,
             or
             a
             grave
             ,
             doth
             presently
             devour
             that
             which
             it
             swallowes
             .
             
             A
             foolish
             man
             by
             froward
             and
             disloyal
             speeches
             ,
             layes
             snares
             against
             his
             ow●
             life
             ,
             provokes
             so
             much
             wrath
             and
             displeasure
             as
             thereby
             utterly
             to
             undo
             ,
             and
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ▪
             eat
             up
             himself
             ,
             Prov.
             19.28
             .
             Prov.
             12.13
             Rom.
             3.13
             .
          
           
             V.
             13.
             
             
               The
               beginning
               of
               the
               words
               of
               hi●
               mouth
               is
               foolishnesse
               ,
               and
               the
               end
               of
               his
               talk
               is
               desperate
               madness
               .
            
             ]
             Hereby
             we
             understand
             the
             Emphasis
             of
             the
             former
             verse
             ,
             where
             a
             plural
             noun
             was
             joyned
             to
             a
             singular
             verb
             ,
             noting
             ,
             that
             
               every
               one
            
             of
             his
             words
             ,
             from
             the
             beginning
             to
             the
             end
             ,
             tendeth
             unto
             ruine
             .
             The
             more
             he
             speaks
             ,
             the
             more
             folly
             he
             discovers
             ▪
             and
             goes
             on
             from
             evil
             unto
             worse
             ,
             according
             as
             his
             rage
             or
             distemper
             of
             minde
             doth
             further
             and
             further
             transport
             him
             .
             Corruptio●
             in
             the
             heart
             when
             it
             breaks
             forth
             ,
             is
             like
             breach
             in
             the
             Sea
             ,
             which
             begins
             in
             a
             narro●
             passage
             ,
             till
             it
             eat
             through
             and
             cast
             down
             〈◊〉
             the
             banks
             ,
             2
             Tim.
             3.13
             .
             as
             the
             Pharisee
             and
             other
             Jewes
             in
             their
             discourses
             wit●
             Christ
             ,
             did
             commonly
             begin
             with
             arguments
             (
             such
             as
             they
             were
             )
             and
             ended
             with
             stones
             Joh.
             8.33
             .
             ,
             48
             ,
             59.
             
             &
             10.24
             ,
             31.
             
             Act.
             6.9
             &
             7.54.57
             .
             &
             19.28
             ,
             34.
             first
             they
             deal
             foolishly
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             lift
             up
             their
             horn
             ,
             Psalm
             75.4
             ,
             5.
             from
             reproches
             they
             go
             o●●to
             oathes
             and
             madnesse
             ,
             Psal.
             102.8
             .
             Act
             
             22.22
             23.
             
             Prov.
             21.24
             .
             2
             Sam
             ,
             16.13
             .
             Prov.
             26.18
             .
             &
             15.28
             .
             Thus
             a
             furious
             man
             aboundeth
             in
             transgression
             ,
             Prov.
             29.22
             .
          
           
             V.
             14.
             
             
               A
               fool
               also
               is
               full
               of
               words
               :
               A
               man
               cannot
               tell
               what
               shall
               be
               :
               and
               what
               shall
               be
               after
               him
               who
               can
               tell
               him
            
             ]
             Besides
             the
             madnesse
             and
             folly
             of
             such
             a
             mans
             discouses
             ,
             they
             are
             also
             many
             and
             endlesse
             .
             A
             wise
             man
             is
             contented
             with
             words
             enough
             to
             expresse
             his
             mind
             ,
             he
             speaks
             alwayes
             pertinently
             such
             things
             as
             may
             bring
             glory
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             minister
             grace
             to
             the
             Hearers
             .
             He
             speaketh
             with
             choyce
             &
             election
             ,
             and
             therefore
             in
             measure
             and
             moderation
             .
             As
             the
             Orator
             gives
             this
             for
             the
             reason
             why
             learned
             men
             do
             not
             make
             so
             long
             and
             tedious
             Orations
             as
             others
             of
             weaker
             parts
             ,
             
               quia
               doctis
               est
               electio
               &
               modus
            
             :
             They
             choose
             a
             few
             things
             out
             of
             many
             ,
             and
             weigh
             their
             words
             before
             they
             utter
             them
             .
             Whereas
             fooles
             pour
             out
             all
             that
             offers
             it self
             ;
             
               verbis
               humidis
               &
               lapsantibus
               ,
               in
               ore
               non
               in
               pectore
               natis
               de
               fluunt
            
             ;
             as
             he
             said
             ,
             Prov.
             15.28
             .
             &
             29.11
             .
             &
             10.19
             .
             Eccles.
             5.7
             .
             nature
             hath
             given
             a
             man
             but
             one
             tongue
             ,
             and
             that
             well
             fenced
             in
             ;
             but
             two
             ears
             ,
             to
             teach
             us
             to
             be
             
               swift
               to
               heare
               and
               slow
               to
               speak
               ,
            
             Jam.
             1.19
             .
          
           
             
               a
               fool
               multiplyeth
               words
            
             ]
             Useth
             many
             boasting
             discourses
             ,
             vainly
             reporteth
             his
             own
             undertakings
             
             and
             purposes
             ,
             brags
             what
             he
             will
             do
             ,
             and
             what
             he
             shall
             have
             ,
             as
             if
             all
             events
             were
             in
             his
             own
             power
             ;
             whereas
             no
             man
             ,
             much
             lesse
             a
             fool
             ,
             can
             either
             tell
             himself
             ,
             or
             understand
             by
             any
             other
             man
             ,
             what
             shall
             be
             after
             him
             .
             There
             seemeth
             to
             be
             an
             Emphasis
             in
             the
             word
             ,
             
               After
               him
            
             ,
             He
             boasteth
             what
             he
             will
             do
             ,
             whither
             he
             will
             go
             ,
             what
             successe
             he
             shall
             have
             ,
             the
             next
             moneth
             ,
             or
             the
             next
             year
             ,
             when
             haply
             the
             next
             moneth
             or
             year
             may
             be
             After
             him
             ,
             he
             may
             be
             cut
             off
             before
             it
             come
             ,
             Psal
             49.11
             ,
             18.
             
             Luke
             12.19
             ,
             20.
             
             Jam.
             4.13
             —
             16.
             
             Eccles.
             3.22
             .
             &
             6.12
             .
          
           
             The
             words
             may
             haply
             be
             a
             Mimesis
             ,
             setting
             forth
             the
             humour
             of
             such
             a
             garrulous
             person
             ,
             who
             saith
             ,
             
               A
               man
               cannot
               tell
               what
               shall
               be
               after
               him
            
             ;
             and
             then
             saith
             it
             over
             again
             ,
             
               what
               shall
               be
               after
               him
               who
               can
               tell
               him
            
             ?
             therefore
             let
             us
             indulge
             to
             our
             genius
             ,
             eat
             and
             drink
             ,
             and
             enjoy
             our
             pleasures
             while
             we
             have
             time
             to
             enjoy
             them
             .
             The
             former
             sense
             seemeth
             rightest
             .
          
           
             V.
             15.
             
             
               The
               labour
               of
               the
               fool
               wearieth
               every
               one
               of
               them
               ,
               because
               he
               knoweth
               not
               how
               to
               go
               to
               the
               City
               .
            
             ]
             Having
             shewed
             the
             many
             attempts
             of
             foolish
             men
             ,
             both
             in
             deeds
             and
             words
             ,
             He
             here
             discovereth
             the
             vanity
             and
             fruitlesnesse
             of
             them
             all
             .
             All
             his
             boasting
             
             projects
             and
             undertakings
             prove
             but
             labour
             in
             vain
             .
             As
             the
             Sodomites
             being
             smitten
             with
             blindnesse
             ,
             wearied
             themselves
             to
             find
             out
             the
             door
             ,
             which
             they
             could
             not
             get
             to
             ,
             Gen.
             19.11
             .
             He
             tyreth
             and
             wearieth
             out
             himself
             in
             matters
             which
             are
             most
             easie
             ,
             and
             yet
             cannot
             overcome
             them
             :
             for
             even
             children
             can
             find
             out
             the
             way
             into
             a
             City
             when
             they
             are
             neer
             unto
             it
             .
             Or
             ,
             though
             he
             have
             not
             wit
             enough
             to
             keep
             a
             high
             rode
             ,
             yet
             he
             will
             be
             wearying
             of
             himself
             in
             abstruser
             things
             ,
             which
             are
             as
             difficult
             as
             to
             foresee
             future
             and
             contingent
             events
             :
             as
             in
             the
             former
             verse
             .
          
           
             The
             sense
             seemeth
             to
             be
             much
             like
             that
             ,
             vers
             .
             10.
             as
             there
             the
             fool
             puts
             to
             all
             his
             strength
             to
             cleave
             knotty
             wood
             wtth
             blunt
             tooles
             ,
             and
             all
             in
             vain
             ;
             whereas
             a
             little
             wisdome
             to
             whet
             his
             Iron
             ,
             would
             make
             his
             vvork
             both
             more
             easie
             ,
             and
             more
             effectual
             :
             so
             here
             the
             fool
             ,
             like
             an
             ignorant
             Traveller
             that
             hath
             m●ssed
             his
             way
             ,
             goes
             up
             and
             down
             to
             little
             purpose
             ,
             till
             he
             quite
             weary
             himself
             ,
             and
             yet
             can
             never
             find
             the
             way
             into
             the
             City
             for
             want
             of
             skill
             ,
             or
             a
             guide
             to
             direct
             him
             ,
             which
             otherwise
             would
             have
             been
             most
             easily
             and
             speedily
             done
             .
             Where
             wisdome
             is
             wanting
             to
             direct
             our
             actions
             ,
             labour
             will
             be
             endlesse
             ,
             we
             shall
             sooner
             weary
             our selves
             ,
             
             then
             effect
             any
             thing
             by
             blind
             endeavours
             .
             If
             we
             understand
             the
             words
             in
             a
             civil
             sense
             consonantly
             to
             the
             other
             passages
             of
             the
             Chapter
             before
             ,
             then
             those
             vvords
             ,
             [
             
               because
               he
               knoweth
               not
               to
               go
               into
               the
               City
            
             ]
             do
             signifie
             the
             Ignorance
             of
             such
             a
             man
             to
             convers
             with
             men
             ,
             or
             to
             behave
             himself
             wisely
             in
             civil
             or
             political
             relations
             :
             Whereas
             true
             wisdome
             is
             to
             understand
             our
             way
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             strait
             paths
             for
             our
             feet
             to
             walk
             in
             ,
             and
             to
             have
             the
             light
             shine
             on
             our
             wayes
             ,
             whatever
             relation
             we
             stand
             in
             ,
             or
             whatever
             imployment
             we
             are
             called
             unto
             ,
             Prov.
             14.8
             .
             Heb.
             12.13
             .
             Psal.
             5.8
             .
          
           
             V.
             16.
             
             
               Wo
               to
               thee
               ,
               O
               Land
               ,
               when
               thy
               King
               is
               a
               child
               ,
               thy
               Princes
               eat
               in
               the
               morning
               .
            
             ]
             The
             Wise
             man
             is
             not
             onely
             careful
             to
             keep
             Subjects
             from
             rebellion
             and
             disloyalty
             ,
             (
             which
             was
             the
             matter
             of
             the
             greatest
             part
             of
             the
             Chapter
             before
             ,
             )
             but
             also
             to
             mind
             Princes
             of
             their
             duty
             ,
             that
             they
             be
             not
             wilful
             ,
             sensual
             ,
             tyrannous
             ,
             but
             that
             they
             manage
             their
             office
             with
             noblenesse
             of
             spirit
             ,
             with
             temperance
             ,
             and
             industry
             ,
             and
             that
             by
             a
             most
             mighty
             argument
             ,
             because
             They
             cannot
             be
             good
             or
             bad
             to
             themselves
             alone
             ,
             multitudes
             are
             concerned
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             weal
             or
             woe
             of
             whole
             nations
             doth
             depend
             upon
             it
             .
             A
             wicked
             Prince
             is
             a
             great
             argument
             of
             Divine
             displeasure
             
             against
             a
             whole
             people
             ,
             1
             Sam
             ,
             8.6
             —
             18.
             
             Isa.
             19.4
             .
             Job
             34.30
             .
             Prov.
             28.2
             .
             And
             a
             good
             Prince
             an
             argument
             of
             his
             Love
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             intendeth
             to
             blesse
             such
             a
             Nation
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             10.9
             .
          
           
             
               when
               thy
               King
               is
               a
               child
            
             ]
             He
             meaneth
             not
             so
             much
             in
             age
             ;
             for
             many
             have
             in
             their
             tender
             years
             ,
             by
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             the
             help
             of
             prudent
             Counsellors
             governed
             their
             people
             aright
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             them
             much
             better
             then
             afterwards
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             3.7
             —
             12.
             compared
             with
             1
             Reg.
             11.4
             .
             2
             Chr.
             24.2
             ,
             3
             ,
             17.
             
             &
             25.1
             ,
             2
             ,
             14
             ,
             27
             ,
             &
             26.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             16.
             
             But
             in
             understanding
             ,
             in
             experience
             ,
             in
             manners
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             childishly
             suffereth
             the
             affaires
             of
             a
             Kingdome
             to
             be
             turned
             upside
             down
             ,
             to
             be
             broken
             to
             peices
             by
             his
             carelesnesse
             ,
             and
             through
             want
             of
             prudence
             &
             skill
             to
             discern
             between
             right
             and
             wrong
             ,
             Ephes.
             4.14
             Heb.
             5.13
             .
             Isa.
             3.4
             .
             1.
             
             Cor.
             14.20
             .
             Such
             a
             child
             was
             Rehoboam
             in
             the
             strength
             of
             his
             age
             ,
             A
             child
             of
             one
             and
             fourty
             years
             old
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             14.21
             ,
             2
             Chron.
             13.7
             .
             when
             a
             man
             is
             ,
             1.
             
             Ignorant
             or
             forgetfull
             of
             his
             duty
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Changeable
             and
             easily
             turned
             out
             of
             it
             with
             every
             perswasion
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Passionate
             ,
             easily
             angry
             ,
             and
             fearful
             ,
             and
             accordingly
             alterable
             upon
             such
             sudden
             impressions
             .
          
           
           
             4.
             
             Sensual
             ,
             and
             given
             unto
             vain
             delights
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Craving
             and
             covetous
             ,
             and
             so
             easily
             turned
             aside
             by
             gifts
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Vain
             and
             subject
             to
             be
             flattered
             by
             those
             who
             know
             how
             to
             make
             a
             prey
             of
             him
             .
          
           
             These
             and
             such
             like
             impotencies
             ,
             argue
             childishnesse
             in
             one
             that
             Governs
             .
             The
             wise
             man
             instanceth
             in
             one
             principal
             of
             these
             ,
             viz.
             Sensuality
             ,
             in
             the
             next
             words
             .
          
           
             
               And
               thy
               Princes
               eat
               in
               the
               morning
            
             ]
             Though
             the
             King
             be
             a
             child
             ,
             yet
             if
             he
             have
             prudent
             and
             vigilant
             Counsellours
             their
             care
             may
             recompence
             and
             supply
             his
             defects
             ▪
             but
             where
             they
             likewise
             be
             as
             bad
             as
             he
             ▪
             Prov.
             29.12
             .
             where
             all
             other
             ministers
             of
             State
             follow
             onely
             their
             private
             gain
             and
             pleasure
             ,
             without
             any
             regard
             unto
             publick
             welfare
             ,
             no
             wonder
             if
             such
             a
             Nation
             have
             a
             wo
             hang
             over
             it
             .
          
           
             
               eat
               in
               the
               moring
            
             ]
             Are
             riotous
             ,
             luxurious
             ,
             spend
             their
             whole
             time
             in
             sleep
             ,
             and
             excesse
             ▪
             Rise
             not
             up
             unto
             service
             ,
             but
             unto
             delights
             ,
             consecrate
             the
             flower
             and
             best
             of
             their
             time
             (
             which
             should
             have
             been
             given
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             publick
             )
             to
             their
             own
             vanity
             and
             riot
             Jer.
             21.12
             .
             Isa.
             5.11
             ,
             12.
             
             Hos.
             7.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6
             ▪
             Act.
             2.15
             .
             Prov.
             31.4
             ,
             This
             is
             matter
             o●
             patience
             unto
             the
             affl●cted
             people
             ,
             vvhe●
             
             they
             consider
             ,
             that
             God
             doth
             thus
             reprove
             Kings
             for
             their
             sake
             ,
             Psal.
             105.14
             .
          
           
             V.
             17.
             
             
               Blessed
               art
               thou
               ,
               O
               Land
               ,
               when
               thy
               King
               is
               the
               son
               of
               nobles
               ;
               and
               thy
               Princes
               eat
               in
               due
               season
               ,
               for
               strength
               ,
               and
               not
               for
               drunkennesse
               .
            
             ]
             The
             
               son
               of
               nobles
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             men
             trained
             up
             ,
             instructed
             ,
             and
             shaped
             with
             principles
             of
             true
             Nobility
             ,
             wisdome
             ,
             and
             holiness
             .
             As
             a
             son
             of
             death
             ,
             of
             perdition
             ,
             of
             wrath
             ,
             is
             one
             devoted
             thereunto
             :
             so
             a
             
               son
               of
               nobles
            
             ,
             is
             one
             nobly
             seasoned
             with
             principles
             of
             honour
             and
             Government
             .
             As
             sons
             of
             God
             ,
             Gen.
             6.2
             .
             men
             bred
             in
             the
             Church
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             under
             a
             godly
             Education
             ;
             sons
             of
             the
             Prophets
             :
             sons
             of
             Physitians
             ,
             men
             bred
             in
             such
             professions
             .
          
           
             
               of
               nobles
            
             ]
             From
             a
             word
             which
             signifieth
             whitenesse
             ,
             either
             because
             persons
             of
             honour
             did
             use
             to
             wear
             white
             rayments
             ,
             Esther
             8.15
             .
             Rev.
             3.4
             .
             sit
             in
             white
             thrones
             ,
             Rev.
             20.11
             .
             ride
             on
             white
             asses
             ,
             Judg.
             5.10
             .
             or
             to
             denote
             the
             purity
             of
             manners
             which
             should
             be
             in
             Rulers
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             be
             examples
             of
             all
             integrity
             unto
             others
             ,
             Rev.
             19.8
             .
             By
             
               sons
               of
               nobles
            
             ,
             then
             ,
             he
             doth
             not
             understand
             men
             barely
             born
             of
             noble
             Parents
             ,
             and
             who
             have
             noble
             blood
             in
             their
             veins
             ,
             (
             such
             an
             
             one
             likely
             might
             the
             child
             be
             of
             whom
             he
             spake
             in
             the
             former
             verse
             )
             but
             as
             there
             he
             meant
             a
             child
             not
             in
             years
             ,
             but
             in
             manners
             and
             qualities
             :
             (
             as
             the
             words
             Presbyter
             ,
             Elder
             ,
             Ancient
             ,
             in
             the
             Scripture
             use
             ,
             do
             not
             so
             much
             signifie
             age
             ,
             as
             wisdom
             ,
             and
             authority
             ,
             )
             so
             here
             he
             meaneth
             one
             noble
             as
             well
             in
             vertue
             ,
             as
             in
             blood
             and
             birth
             .
             This
             is
             the
             true
             nobility
             ,
             when
             piety
             ,
             wisdome
             ,
             righteounesse
             ,
             courage
             ,
             and
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             do
             adorn
             the
             royal
             blood
             ,
             and
             render
             persons
             truly
             illustrious
             ,
             and
             not
             dark
             and
             obscure
             creatures
             ,
             as
             mean
             persons
             are
             ,
             Prov.
             22.29
             ,
             Deut.
             1.13
             .
             Exod.
             18.21
             .
             nobility
             of
             blood
             ,
             without
             nobility
             of
             vertue
             and
             holinesse
             ,
             addeth
             nothing
             to
             a
             Govenou●
             at
             all
             ,
             Psal.
             16.3
             .
             &
             47.9
             .
             &
             87.3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.6
             .
             &
             110.3
             .
             Act.
             17.11
             .
          
           
             
               and
               thy
               Princes
               eat
               in
               due
               season
            
             ]
             In
             the
             time
             of
             eating
             ,
             after
             they
             have
             spent
             their
             strength
             in
             duty
             :
             As
             to
             every
             thing
             there
             is
             a
             
               fit
               time
            
             ,
             Eccles.
             3.1
             .
             so
             to
             this
             particular
             of
             eating
             and
             drinking
             ,
             Psal.
             145.15
             .
             Matth.
             24.45
             .
             Labour
             and
             service
             should
             go
             before
             eating
             ,
             Luk
             ,
             12.35
             ,
             37.
             
             &
             17.7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
             Abrahams
             servant
             would
             not
             eat
             till
             he
             had
             done
             his
             businesse
             ,
             Gen.
             24.33
             .
             and
             our
             Saviour
             preferred
             his
             own
             Fathers
             work
             before
             his
             own
             Refection
             ,
             Joh.
             4.31
             ,
             32.
             
             
             Sometimes
             even
             wicked
             men
             have
             been
             so
             intent
             on
             their
             wickednesse
             ,
             as
             to
             deny
             liberty
             of
             eating
             ,
             drinking
             ,
             and
             other
             refreshments
             ,
             to
             themselves
             ,
             till
             their
             designs
             were
             to
             be
             accomplished
             ,
             Act.
             23.12
             .
             Prov.
             4.16
             .
             and
             so
             we
             find
             Magistrates
             so
             serious
             in
             duty
             ,
             as
             to
             forbear
             eating
             ,
             and
             to
             forbid
             it
             even
             sometimes
             when
             it
             was
             necessary
             ,
             Ezra
             10.6
             .
             1
             Sam.
             14.23
             .
             Temperance
             is
             in
             no
             calling
             more
             requisite
             ,
             then
             in
             the
             Calling
             of
             a
             Magistrate
             ,
             Prov.
             31.4
             .
             Multitudes
             of
             businesses
             ,
             and
             those
             of
             greatest
             importment
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             do
             often
             require
             immediate
             consultation
             and
             dispatch
             ,
             (
             and
             such
             are
             many
             times
             the
             affaires
             of
             States
             )
             will
             not
             allow
             liberty
             of
             eating
             and
             drinking
             ,
             all
             delights
             must
             be
             laid
             aside
             to
             attend
             them
             .
             Exod.
             12.34.39
             .
             It
             was
             wickedly
             done
             by
             the
             King
             and
             Haman
             to
             sit
             down
             to
             drink
             when
             the
             City
             was
             in
             perplexity
             ,
             Ester
             .
             3.15
             .
             to
             let
             publick
             safety
             lye
             still
             ,
             while
             private
             luxury
             was
             served
             .
          
           
             
               for
               strength
               ,
               and
               not
               for
               drunkennesse
            
             ]
             The
             end
             of
             eating
             ,
             is
             to
             repaire
             that
             strength
             which
             had
             been
             weakened
             in
             duty
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             enable
             unto
             the
             attendance
             upon
             duty
             again
             .
             It
             ought
             not
             to
             be
             the
             end
             of
             our
             liing
             ,
             but
             onely
             a
             necessary
             means
             unto
             life
             ,
             and
             unto
             the
             services
             thereof
             .
          
           
           
             And
             therefore
             Gluttony
             and
             Drunkenesse
             are
             to
             be
             avoyded
             ,
             as
             by
             all
             men
             ,
             because
             of
             many
             other
             evils
             which
             are
             in
             them
             ,
             so
             in
             special
             manner
             by
             Princes
             &
             Rulers
             ,
             because
             they
             do
             totally
             indispose
             for
             such
             weighty
             affaires
             as
             are
             to
             be
             managed
             by
             wisdome
             and
             counsel
             ,
             Isa.
             28.1
             .
             Hos.
             4.11
             .
             &
             7.5
             .
          
           
             V.
             18.
             
             
               By
               much
               slothfulnesse
               the
               building
               decayeth
               :
               and
               through
               idlenesse
               of
               the
               hands
               ,
               the
               house
               droppeth
               thorow
               .
            
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             proverbial
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             and
             appliable
             unto
             all
             kind
             of
             businesses
             ,
             shewing
             the
             danger
             of
             idlenesse
             and
             procrastination
             in
             them
             .
             And
             it
             is
             here
             used
             as
             an
             illustration
             of
             what
             he
             had
             said
             vers
             .
             16.
             to
             set
             forth
             the
             misery
             of
             a
             Land
             under
             childish
             and
             carelesse
             Government
             ,
             by
             a
             Comparison
             drawn
             from
             the
             lesser
             to
             the
             greater
             ,
             from
             an
             house
             to
             a
             State
             ;
             for
             as
             an
             house
             being
             exposed
             to
             wind
             and
             weather
             ,
             will
             in
             time
             drop
             thorow
             ,
             and
             so
             endanger
             the
             rotting
             of
             the
             Timber
             ,
             and
             the
             ruine
             of
             the
             whole
             ,
             if
             the
             owner
             thereof
             do
             not
             by
             timely
             repairs
             prevent
             such
             a
             mischief
             :
             so
             the
             Common-wealth
             ,
             being
             exposed
             to
             various
             dangers
             ,
             from
             the
             subtilty
             and
             hostility
             of
             enemies
             abroad
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             rebellion
             ,
             sedition
             ,
             and
             various
             discontents
             
             of
             ill-affected
             people
             within
             it self
             ,
             will
             be
             continually
             in
             danger
             of
             dissolution
             ,
             if
             Governours
             ,
             who
             should
             be
             the
             
               Healers
               ,
               Repairers
            
             ,
             and
             Builders
             thereof
             ,
             be
             not
             exceeding
             vigilant
             upon
             its
             preservation
             and
             safety
             :
             which
             if
             he
             be
             ,
             he
             will
             have
             little
             time
             left
             for
             luxury
             and
             intemperance
             .
          
           
             Here
             then
             ,
             1.
             
             A
             State
             or
             Kingdome
             ,
             is
             compared
             to
             an
             House
             ,
             as
             sometimes
             the
             Church
             is
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             3.9
             .
             Ephes.
             2.21
             .
             &
             3.15
             .
             Heb.
             3.2
             —
             6.
             1
             
             Tim.
             3.15
             .
             nothing
             more
             usual
             ,
             then
             to
             call
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Israel
             ,
             The
             House
             of
             Israel
             ,
             the
             House
             of
             Jacob
             ,
             &c.
             
             Isa.
             2.6
             .
             &
             5.7
             .
             Luke
             1.33
             .
             Obad.
             vers
             .
             18.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             Princes
             are
             compared
             unto
             the
             Masters
             of
             the
             Family
             ,
             and
             to
             those
             unto
             whom
             it
             belongeth
             to
             Heal
             and
             Repair
             the
             ruines
             and
             breaches
             in
             that
             great
             building
             ,
             Isa.
             3.7
             .
             Job
             34.17
             .
             Isa.
             58.12
             .
             &
             61.4
             .
             As
             elsewhere
             to
             foundations
             ,
             Psal.
             82.5
             .
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             quasi
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             to
             Coverings
             ,
             Ezek.
             28.16
             .
             to
             Barrs
             ,
             which
             keep
             a
             house
             from
             being
             broken
             open
             ,
             Hos.
             11.6
             .
             to
             the
             Coignes
             ,
             or
             Corners
             in
             a
             Building
             ,
             which
             keep
             the
             Compages
             of
             a
             structure
             together
             ,
             Isa.
             19.13
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Misgovernment
             is
             compared
             unto
             carelesness
             
             in
             an
             House-keeper
             ,
             or
             Steward
             ,
             that
             doth
             not
             in
             time
             prevent
             those
             ruines
             in
             an
             house
             ,
             which
             a
             few
             breaches
             uncured
             ,
             will
             quickly
             draw
             after
             them
             .
             Which
             ,
             to
             shew
             the
             greatness
             of
             it
             ,
             is
             called
             in
             the
             duall
             number
             ,
             double
             slothfulness
             ,
             or
             the
             
               slothfulnesse
               of
               both
               hands
            
             :
             and
             so
             the
             70.
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             by
             slothfulnesses
             .
             The
             Building
             decayeth
             ,
             is
             vitiated
             ,
             weakned
             ,
             disjoynted
             ,
             sinketh
             ,
             inclineth
             ;
             the
             70
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             is
             brought
             low
             :
             a
             proper
             expression
             ,
             being
             spoken
             of
             the
             roof
             of
             the
             house
             :
             and
             so
             the
             word
             is
             rendred
             ,
             Psal.
             106.43
             .
             Job
             24.24
             .
             
               And
               through
               idleness
               of
               the
               hands
               ,
            
             so
             the
             70
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             the
             word
             is
             ,
             through
             the
             humility
             ,
             abjection
             ,
             demission
             ,
             
               hanging
               down
            
             of
             the
             hands
             ,
             that
             do
             not
             put
             themselves
             forth
             ,
             nor
             lift
             themselves
             up
             unto
             labour
             ;
             a●
             Heb.
             12.12
             .
             Exod.
             17.12
             .
             The
             like
             expressions
             whereunto
             we
             have
             ,
             Psal.
             76.5
             .
             &
             74.11
             .
             Prov.
             6.10
             .
             &
             19.24
             .
             &
             26.15
             .
             Prov.
             10.4
             .
          
           
             
               the
               house
               droppeth
               thorow
            
             ]
             Which
             first
             causeth
             the
             walls
             and
             timber
             to
             rot
             ,
             and
             so
             tendeth
             unto
             ruine
             ;
             and
             secondly
             ,
             causeth
             a
             mans
             habitation
             to
             be
             irksome
             and
             uncomfortable
             unto
             him
             ,
             Prov.
             19.13
             .
             &
             27.15
             .
          
           
           
             V.
             19.
             
             
               A
               feast
               is
               made
               for
               laughter
               ,
               and
               nine
               maketh
               merry
               :
               but
               money
               answereth
               all
               things
               .
            
             ]
             These
             words
             ,
             if
             taken
             absolutely
             and
             alone
             ,
             are
             to
             shew
             the
             dominion
             of
             money
             in
             humane
             affairs
             above
             all
             other
             things
             ;
             other
             common
             things
             ,
             even
             the
             best
             of
             them
             ,
             Bread
             and
             Wine
             ,
             (
             whereby
             the
             Scripture
             useth
             to
             expresse
             most
             outward
             contents
             )
             have
             a
             definite
             and
             limited
             use
             ,
             proper
             to
             themselves
             ,
             distinct
             from
             others
             .
             They
             tend
             to
             make
             men
             laugh
             and
             be
             merry
             ,
             but
             money
             is
             the
             measure
             of
             
               all
               things
            
             ;
             It
             will
             feed
             ,
             and
             cloath
             ,
             and
             harbour
             ,
             and
             purchase
             ,
             and
             extend
             as
             a
             civill
             Instrument
             unto
             all
             secular
             provisions
             .
             But
             they
             seem
             rather
             to
             bear
             Relation
             to
             what
             went
             before
             ;
             slothful
             men
             intend
             not
             the
             supportance
             of
             their
             houses
             ,
             families
             ,
             or
             estates
             ,
             but
             they
             spend
             their
             whole
             time
             in
             feasting
             and
             luxury
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             ,
             not
             out
             of
             any
             store
             which
             by
             their
             provident
             labours
             they
             had
             laid
             up
             ,
             but
             by
             the
             constant
             expence
             of
             treasure
             ,
             and
             emptying
             of
             their
             baggs
             ,
             whereby
             at
             last
             their
             houses
             ,
             families
             ,
             estates
             ,
             are
             wholly
             brought
             to
             ruine
             .
          
           
             Some
             joyn
             the
             words
             unto
             the
             former
             ,
             thus
             ;
             
               Through
               idlenesse
               of
               the
               hands
               of
               th●se
               
               men
               the
               house
               droppeth
               thorow
               ,
               who
               make
               feasts
               for
               laughter
               ,
               and
               prepare
               wine
               to
               make
               their
               life
               merry
               ,
               and
               whose
               money
               doth
               readily
               answer
               all
               these
            
             greedy
             lusts
             and
             desires
             of
             theirs
             ,
             and
             doth
             bring
             in
             supplyes
             and
             fuel
             into
             them
             .
             So
             this
             Verse
             looketh
             back
             to
             verse
             16.
             shewing
             the
             Cause
             of
             the
             Woe
             there
             pronounced
             against
             a
             Land
             whose
             Princes
             were
             luxurious
             ,
             and
             by
             whose
             slothfulnes
             in
             regard
             of
             publick
             service
             ,
             the
             House
             of
             the
             State
             was
             ready
             to
             decay
             and
             drop
             thorow
             ;
             for
             by
             riot
             and
             excess
             ,
             which
             cannot
             be
             maintained
             without
             vast
             proportion
             of
             treasure
             to
             answer
             all
             the
             exigences
             of
             them
             ,
             such
             Princes
             are
             constrained
             to
             crush
             and
             oppress
             the
             poor
             people
             ,
             and
             to
             squeeze
             them
             with
             heavy
             exactions
             ,
             Jer.
             22.13
             —
             19.
             which
             is
             unto
             the
             hearts
             of
             the
             people
             as
             a
             continual
             dropping
             in
             a
             ruinous
             house
             ,
             causeth
             them
             either
             through
             sadness
             of
             spirit
             to
             fall
             and
             despond
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             become
             an
             abject
             and
             low
             condition'd
             Nation
             ,
             Ezek.
             17.13.14
             .
             2.
             
             Reg.
             15.20
             .
             or
             else
             stirreth
             them
             unto
             more
             resolute
             practises
             ,
             to
             shake
             off
             the
             yoke
             which
             they
             are
             not
             willing
             nor
             able
             any
             longer
             to
             bear
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             12.14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16.
             
          
           
             
               They
               make
               a
               feast
               for
               laughter
               ,
            
             ]
             So
             
               facere
               
               panem
               ,
               vitulum
               ,
               agnam
               ,
            
             are
             expressions
             used
             for
             dressing
             of
             such
             things
             towards
             a
             feast
             or
             entertainment
             ,
             Dan.
             5.1
             .
             Gen.
             18.7
             ,
             8.
             2
             
             Sam.
             12.4
             .
          
           
             
               and
               wine
               maketh
               merry
               ]
               Laetificat
               vitam
               ,
            
             maketh
             a
             mans
             life
             merry
             ,
             as
             elsewhere
             
               Laetificat
               Cor
            
             ,
             giveth
             him
             a
             merry
             heart
             ,
             Ps.
             104.15
             .
          
           
             
               But
               money
               answereth
               all
               things
            
             ]
             LXX
             .
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Whereunto
             agreeth
             the
             Vulgar
             ,
             
               pecuniae
               obediunt
               omnia
            
             ,
             Money
             can
             command
             all
             things
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             which
             are
             measurable
             thereby
             .
             It
             being
             the
             Instrument
             and
             element
             of
             Commerce
             ,
             as
             the
             Philosopher
             calleth
             it
             .
             Symmachus
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Is
             profitable
             for
             all
             things
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             bought
             therewith
             :
             or
             
               Exaudit
               omnia
            
             ,
             It
             heareth
             the
             desires
             of
             men
             ,
             when
             men
             desire
             such
             things
             as
             they
             outwardly
             want
             ;
             If
             they
             have
             money
             ,
             that
             ordinarily
             can
             answer
             this
             desire
             ,
             and
             procure
             those
             things
             for
             them
             :
             a
             like
             expression
             we
             find
             ,
             Hos.
             2.21
             ,
             22.
             
          
           
             V.
             20.
             
             
               Curse
               not
               the
               King
               ,
               no
               not
               in
               thy
               thought
               :
               and
               curse
               not
               the
               Rich
               in
               thy
               bed-chamber
               :
               for
               a
               bird
               of
               the
               air
               shall
               carry
               the
               voice
               ,
               and
               that
               which
               hath
               wings
               shall
               tell
               the
               matter
               .
            
             ]
             Because
             by
             occasion
             of
             such
             
             sins
             of
             mis-government
             in
             evil
             Princes
             ,
             men
             might
             be
             very
             apt
             through
             impatiency
             of
             spirit
             ,
             to
             break
             forth
             into
             disloyal
             thoughts
             and
             affection
             towards
             them
             ,
             however
             they
             might
             haply
             be
             by
             fear
             of
             danger
             restrained
             from
             seditious
             speeches
             ,
             or
             rebellious
             practices
             :
             He
             therefore
             concludeth
             this
             whole
             Argument
             with
             a
             strict
             prohibition
             of
             all
             hard
             and
             undutiful
             thoughts
             and
             risings
             of
             heart
             against
             Rulers
             ,
             notwithstanding
             their
             Errors
             in
             Government
             ,
             and
             Corruptions
             in
             living
             ,
             not
             so
             much
             as
             secretly
             in
             their
             hearts
             to
             wrong
             them
             ,
             both
             for
             conscience
             sake
             ,
             and
             for
             fear
             of
             wrath
             ,
             as
             the
             Apostle
             likewise
             directeth
             ,
             Rom.
             13.5
             .
          
           
             Even
             in
             thy
             thought
             ,
             or
             in
             thy
             
               conscience
               curse
               not
               the
               King
            
             ]
             Entertain
             not
             any
             l●ght
             ,
             vain
             ,
             contemptuous
             or
             dishonourable
             thoughts
             of
             him
             ,
             do
             not
             wish
             any
             evil
             to
             his
             person
             ,
             crown
             or
             Government
             ,
             not
             so
             much
             as
             in
             thy
             inmost
             and
             most
             secret
             retirements
             ,
             Exod.
             22.28
             .
             2
             Pet.
             2.10
             .
             Ps.
             62.4
             .
             1
             Sam.
             10.27
             .
             2
             Sam.
             19.21
             .
             1
             Reg.
             2.8
             .
             Isa.
             8.21
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             clause
             ,
             
               neither
               curse
               the
               Rich
            
             ,
             is
             a
             re-enforcing
             of
             the
             same
             precept
             again
             ,
             meaning
             by
             the
             Rich
             ,
             the
             Governour
             ,
             Isa.
             53.9
             .
             
               In
               the
               chambers
               of
               thy
               bed
               ,
            
             or
             ,
             in
             thy
             most
             secret
             retirement
             .
          
           
             And
             left
             a
             man
             should
             presume
             so
             to
             do
             ,
             
             as
             conceiving
             thoughts
             to
             be
             free
             ,
             and
             far
             enough
             out
             of
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             Governor
             to
             observe
             or
             avenge
             ,
             He
             addeth
             the
             great
             danger
             like
             to
             ensue
             by
             means
             which
             they
             could
             not
             so
             much
             as
             imagine
             ,
             or
             suspect
             .
          
           
             [
             
               for
               a
               bird
               of
               the
               air
               shall
               carry
               the
               voice
               ,
               and
               that
               which
               hath
               wings
               shall
               tell
               the
               matter
            
             ]
             As
             if
             he
             had
             said
             ,
             Thy
             thoughts
             and
             secret
             curses
             are
             heard
             in
             Heaven
             ,
             by
             him
             who
             will
             certainly
             punish
             them
             ,
             however
             secret
             they
             are
             kept
             from
             men
             .
             And
             the
             Lord
             can
             easily
             find
             our
             waies
             even
             by
             bruit
             Creatures
             ,
             to
             bring
             them
             to
             light
             :
             as
             he
             did
             rebuke
             the
             madness
             of
             Balaam
             by
             his
             asse
             ,
             2
             Pet.
             2.16
             .
             and
             punish
             the
             pride
             of
             Pharaoh
             and
             Herod
             by
             
               frogs
               ,
               lice
            
             ,
             and
             worms
             ,
             Exod.
             8.6
             ,
             17.
             
             Act.
             12.23
             .
             We
             read
             how
             a
             flight
             of
             Cranes
             did
             discover
             the
             murther
             done
             upon
             the
             Poet
             Ibycus
             :
             and
             how
             Bessus
             ,
             who
             had
             slain
             his
             father
             ,
             overthrew
             a
             neast
             of
             swallows
             chattering
             ,
             because
             ,
             saith
             he
             ,
             they
             accuse
             me
             for
             killing
             my
             father
             .
             As
             our
             Saviour
             saith
             in
             another
             case
             ,
             
               If
               these
               should
               hold
               their
               peace
               ,
               the
               very
               stones
               would
               cry
               out
               ,
            
             Luke
             19.40
             .
             So
             the
             Lord
             can
             by
             even
             dead
             and
             inanimate
             Creatures
             ,
             discover
             wickedness
             .
             The
             earth
             it self
             ,
             which
             drank
             blood
             in
             ,
             shall
             disclose
             and
             reveal
             it
             ,
             Gen.
             4.11
             .
             Isa.
             26.21
             .
             Hab.
             2.11
             .
             The
             Chaldee
             by
             
               birds
               of
               the
               air
            
             ,
             understand
             the
             
             Angels
             of
             Heaven
             ,
             who
             like
             winged
             Eagles
             shall
             make
             report
             of
             secret
             wickedness
             .
             Others
             understand
             it
             of
             fame
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             swift
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             a
             winged
             Messenger
             ;
             alluding
             unto
             that
             which
             is
             said
             of
             Princes
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ▪
             That
             Princes
             have
             many
             Eyes
             ,
             &
             many
             Ears
             ,
             and
             long
             arms
             ,
             that
             can
             see
             ,
             and
             hear
             ,
             and
             punish
             offences
             at
             at
             a
             greater
             distance
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XI
             .
          
           
             IN
             the
             former
             Chapter
             he
             shewed
             the
             excellent
             use
             of
             true
             wisdome
             ,
             as
             a
             means
             of
             Tranquillity
             of
             mind
             ,
             and
             remedy
             against
             the
             vanity
             of
             outward
             things
             ,
             in
             ordering
             our
             behaviour
             aright
             towards
             Superiors
             for
             prevention
             of
             those
             dangers
             which
             their
             displeasure
             may
             subject
             us
             unto
             .
             In
             this
             Chapter
             he
             further
             discovereth
             the
             use
             thereof
             unto
             the
             same
             End
             of
             comfortable
             living
             ,
             in
             ordering
             of
             our
             behaviour
             towards
             Inferiors
             ,
             those
             especially
             that
             are
             in
             want
             .
          
           
             Concerning
             which
             ,
             we
             have
             ,
             First
             ,
             the
             precept
             it self
             ,
             concerning
             substantial
             and
             useful
             charity
             ,
             vers
             .
             1.
             with
             an
             effectual
             reason
             thereof
             ,
             both
             drawn
             from
             a
             Metaphor
             of
             sowing
             and
             reaping
             seed
             ,
             vers
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             the
             manner
             and
             measure
             of
             this
             our
             charity
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             abound
             towards
             all
             
             that
             are
             in
             want
             ,
             and
             that
             enforced
             by
             a
             reason
             drawn
             from
             the
             uncertainty
             of
             future
             Events
             ;
             now
             thou
             art
             able
             ;
             hereafter
             thou
             mayst
             be
             disabled
             ,
             therefore
             do
             good
             while
             thou
             hast
             means
             so
             to
             do
             ,
             and
             thereby
             provide
             friends
             to
             thy self
             against
             any
             evils
             which
             thou
             also
             mayst
             fall
             into
             ,
             vers
             .
             2.
             
          
           
             Thirdly
             ,
             Both
             those
             are
             illustrated
             by
             many
             similitudes
             ,
             in
             the
             which
             he
             doth
             by
             way
             of
             Prolepsis
             prevent
             such
             objections
             as
             the
             covetous
             hearts
             of
             men
             are
             apt
             to
             make
             against
             this
             duty
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             A
             man
             is
             apt
             to
             say
             ,
             That
             he
             is
             neerest
             to
             himself
             ,
             and
             must
             look
             after
             his
             own
             supplyes
             ,
             and
             leave
             others
             to
             look
             after
             theirs
             .
          
           
             To
             which
             he
             answereth
             ,
             That
             as
             Clouds
             are
             not
             filled
             with
             waters
             to
             keep
             them
             to
             themselves
             ,
             but
             to
             empty
             them
             upon
             the
             Earth
             :
             so
             Gods
             blessings
             are
             not
             deposited
             to
             men
             only
             for
             their
             own
             good
             ,
             but
             as
             Stewards
             they
             are
             to
             dispence
             out
             of
             them
             unto
             others
             ,
             vers
             .
             3.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             It
             may
             be
             objected
             ,
             If
             I
             must
             relieve
             
               seven
               and
               eight
            
             ,
             take
             notice
             of
             the
             wants
             of
             many
             ,
             It
             will
             be
             seven
             to
             one
             if
             much
             of
             this
             bounty
             will
             not
             be
             cast
             away
             upon
             unworthy
             and
             ungrateful
             persons
             ,
             who
             will
             make
             no
             return
             either
             unto
             God
             or
             man
             for
             it
             .
          
           
             To
             this
             he
             answereth
             ,
             That
             as
             it
             is
             all
             one
             
             to
             the
             master
             of
             
               a
               tree
            
             ,
             whether
             it
             fall
             North
             or
             South
             ,
             for
             either
             way
             it
             falls
             to
             the
             owners
             use
             and
             benefit
             :
             so
             that
             good
             which
             is
             done
             to
             any
             man
             in
             want
             ,
             out
             of
             a
             desire
             thereby
             to
             honour
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             help
             our
             neighbour
             ,
             shall
             prove
             beneficial
             unto
             him
             that
             so
             doth
             it
             ,
             whatever
             the
             person
             be
             unto
             whom
             it
             is
             done
             ,
             vers
             .
             3.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             It
             may
             be
             objected
             ,
             That
             it
             is
             not
             yet
             a
             season
             to
             be
             thus
             bountiful
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             Impediments
             and
             discouragements
             thereunto
             ,
             This
             charge
             ,
             this
             loss
             ;
             that
             affliction
             or
             danger
             ,
             or
             expence
             lyes
             upon
             me
             ,
             when
             I
             am
             gotten
             over
             these
             ,
             it
             will
             then
             be
             a
             fitter
             time
             to
             think
             on
             the
             wants
             of
             others
             ,
             when
             I
             am
             secured
             against
             mine
             own
             .
          
           
             To
             this
             he
             answers
             by
             another
             similitude
             drawn
             from
             husbandry
             ,
             He
             that
             will
             not
             sow
             his
             seed
             lest
             the
             wind
             should
             blow
             it
             away
             ,
             nor
             reap
             his
             corn
             ,
             lest
             the
             Clouds
             should
             rain
             and
             wet
             it
             ,
             shall
             never
             want
             exceptions
             against
             that
             which
             yet
             is
             necessary
             to
             be
             done
             .
             Therefore
             our
             duty
             is
             to
             embrace
             the
             present
             opportunity
             ,
             and
             leave
             the
             success
             for
             the
             future
             unto
             Gods
             blessing
             .
          
           
             If
             we
             could
             certainly
             fore-see
             better
             weather
             ,
             and
             more
             seasonable
             accommodations
             for
             our
             businesses
             to
             morrow
             than
             to
             day
             ,
             we
             might
             haply
             pretend
             some
             reason
             for
             delay
             of
             duty
             .
             But
             that
             is
             in
             Gods
             hand
             alone
             ,
             
             as
             unknown
             unto
             us
             ,
             as
             the
             way
             of
             the
             wind
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             souls
             coming
             into
             the
             body
             ,
             or
             the
             growing
             of
             the
             bones
             of
             an
             Embryo
             in
             the
             womb
             .
             Therefore
             it
             is
             our
             duty
             to
             do
             good
             at
             present
             while
             we
             have
             opportunity
             ,
             and
             to
             commit
             the
             success
             of
             all
             for
             the
             future
             unto
             God
             ,
             vers
             .
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             Whereupon
             he
             repeateth
             the
             Exhortation
             in
             the
             same
             Metaphor
             ,
             sow
             thy
             seed
             ,
             scatter
             thy
             charity
             in
             season
             and
             out
             of
             season
             ,
             in
             youth
             ,
             in
             age
             ,
             at
             all
             times
             ,
             on
             all
             occasions
             ,
             since
             thou
             knowest
             not
             which
             will
             be
             most
             succesful
             ,
             vers
             .
             6.
             
          
           
             And
             now
             having
             thus
             largely
             set
             down
             various
             precepts
             for
             making
             the
             life
             of
             a
             man
             comfortable
             ,
             and
             his
             mind
             quiet
             amidst
             all
             the
             vanities
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             He
             proceedeth
             to
             instruct
             him
             how
             he
             may
             provide
             for
             death
             ,
             and
             judgement
             ,
             and
             so
             secure
             happiness
             in
             another
             world
             too
             :
             for
             a
             man
             might
             be
             apt
             to
             say
             ,
             when
             I
             am
             thus
             throughly
             fitted
             by
             these
             many
             precepts
             unto
             a
             secure
             and
             comfortable
             manner
             of
             living
             ,
             having
             the
             favour
             of
             great
             men
             ,
             the
             blessing
             of
             poor
             men
             ,
             peace
             within
             ,
             and
             plenty
             without
             ,
             when
             by
             godly
             wisdome
             ,
             vexation
             of
             mind
             ,
             and
             the
             vanity
             and
             disquietness
             thereupon
             of
             all
             outward
             things
             is
             healed
             ,
             and
             removed
             .
             It
             cannot
             then
             but
             be
             a
             very
             pleasant
             thing
             to
             live
             ,
             to
             see
             the
             light
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             to
             enjoy
             those
             
             contents
             which
             by
             these
             means
             we
             have
             arrived
             at
             ,
             vers
             .
             7.
             
             To
             this
             the
             Wise
             man
             answereth
             ,
             That
             albeit
             by
             these
             means
             life
             is
             much
             sweetned
             ,
             and
             the
             vanity
             thereof
             is
             much
             abated
             ,
             yet
             it
             is
             never
             throughly
             removed
             :
             But
             when
             all
             is
             done
             which
             can
             be
             done
             to
             render
             our
             condition
             here
             comfortable
             ,
             yet
             
               All
               that
               cometh
            
             ,
             both
             life
             ,
             and
             the
             supplyes
             thereof
             ,
             are
             still
             Vanity
             ,
             and
             will
             pass
             away
             ,
             and
             the
             
               daies
               of
               darkness
            
             which
             follow
             ,
             will
             be
             abundantly
             more
             than
             the
             daies
             of
             light
             which
             went
             before
             .
             And
             that
             therefore
             we
             ought
             ,
             by
             the
             timely
             remembrance
             of
             them
             both
             ,
             to
             moderate
             our
             delights
             in
             things
             present
             ,
             and
             to
             prepare
             our selves
             to
             lift
             up
             our
             heads
             with
             comfort
             in
             the
             judgement
             to
             come
             ,
             vers
             .
             8.
             
          
           
             And
             because
             of
             all
             others
             ,
             young
             men
             ,
             whose
             blood
             is
             fresh
             ,
             and
             spirits
             active
             ,
             are
             most
             apt
             to
             surfeit
             on
             present
             pleasures
             ,
             and
             to
             put
             far
             from
             them
             the
             evil
             day
             ,
             slighting
             such
             admonitions
             as
             these
             ;
             therefore
             the
             Wise
             man
             ,
             who
             had
             had
             himself
             as
             full
             a
             gale
             of
             youthful
             pleasures
             ,
             as
             ever
             any
             other
             man
             ,
             and
             had
             found
             the
             vanity
             of
             them
             all
             ,
             doth
             by
             an
             
               Irony
               ,
               deride
            
             the
             folly
             ,
             and
             by
             a
             solemn
             citation
             unto
             the
             Tribunal
             of
             God
             ,
             awaken
             the
             conscience
             of
             such
             a
             voluptuous
             Epicure
             ,
             vers
             .
             9.
             perswading
             him
             by
             the
             assurance
             of
             a
             future
             judgement
             ,
             wherein
             he
             must
             be
             called
             
             to
             a
             strict
             account
             for
             all
             the
             vanities
             and
             miscarriages
             of
             his
             youth
             :
             and
             by
             the
             flitting
             condition
             of
             that
             age
             wherein
             he
             doth
             so
             glut
             upon
             them
             ,
             to
             remove
             far
             from
             himself
             those
             sinful
             excesses
             which
             would
             fill
             his
             heart
             with
             sorrow
             ,
             and
             his
             flesh
             with
             sin
             .
          
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             
               CAst
               thy
               bread
               upon
               the
               waters
               :
               for
               thou
               shalt
               find
               it
               after
               many
               daies
            
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             proverbial
             form
             of
             speech
             ,
             drawn
             from
             the
             manner
             of
             husbandmen
             ,
             who
             sow
             their
             land
             in
             expectation
             of
             a
             plentiful
             harvest
             ,
             after
             many
             daies
             .
             Whereby
             the
             Wise
             man
             ,
             in
             pursuance
             of
             his
             principal
             argument
             ,
             touching
             tranquillity
             and
             comfort
             of
             life
             ,
             doth
             perswade
             unto
             liberality
             towards
             the
             poor
             ,
             that
             their
             mouths
             and
             bowels
             may
             bless
             us
             .
             Some
             make
             it
             an
             allusion
             to
             Merchants
             ,
             who
             send
             their
             Estates
             in
             Ships
             upon
             the
             Sea
             ,
             expecting
             in
             time
             a
             return
             with
             much
             gain
             ,
             called
             the
             
               Harvest
               of
               the
               River
            
             ,
             Isa.
             23.3
             .
             if
             the
             Prophet
             do
             not
             rather
             there
             allude
             to
             the
             plenty
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             by
             the
             over-flowing
             of
             the
             River
             ,
             whereunto
             possibly
             the
             Wise
             man
             may
             likewise
             allude
             in
             this
             place
             .
             Others
             ,
             more
             generally
             ,
             understand
             it
             of
             giving
             alms
             to
             the
             poor
             ,
             where
             all
             we
             do
             ,
             may
             seem
             to
             be
             
               cast
               away
            
             ,
             as
             if
             it
             were
             thrown
             into
             the
             Sea.
             Though
             thou
             think
             ,
             what
             is
             so
             given
             ,
             is
             all
             lost
             ,
             because
             given
             to
             those
             who
             can
             
             never
             recompence
             thee
             ;
             yet
             do
             thou
             lend
             in
             that
             manner
             ,
             looking
             for
             nothing
             again
             ,
             Luk.
             6.35
             .
             being
             assured
             ,
             that
             what
             is
             thus
             given
             to
             the
             poor
             ,
             is
             
               lent
               unto
               the
               Lord
            
             ,
             Prov.
             19.17
             .
             who
             will
             in
             his
             time
             ,
             certainly
             repay
             it
             with
             advantage
             unto
             thee
             .
             But
             I
             rather
             take
             it
             to
             be
             an
             allusion
             unto
             seed
             ,
             which
             is
             sowed
             on
             very
             
               fertil
               ground
            
             ,
             which
             is
             neer
             a
             river
             ,
             or
             is
             made
             fat
             by
             the
             over-flowing
             of
             a
             river
             ,
             Numb
             .
             24.7
             .
             Isa.
             32.20
             .
             So
             they
             used
             in
             Egypt
             to
             make
             their
             land
             fertil
             ,
             by
             drawing
             the
             water
             ,
             when
             the
             river
             flowed
             over
             ,
             by
             art
             unto
             it
             ,
             Deut.
             11.10
             ,
             11.
             
             Therefore
             amongst
             other
             plagues
             ,
             which
             the
             Lord
             threatneth
             Egypt
             withal
             ,
             this
             is
             one
             ,
             That
             
               their
               Rivers
               should
               be
               dried
               up
            
             ;
             and
             
               that
               which
               was
               sowed
               by
               them
               ,
               should
               wither
               ,
            
             Isa.
             19.5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7.
             and
             so
             we
             read
             of
             the
             
               seed
               of
               Sihor
            
             ,
             Isa.
             23.3
             .
             which
             was
             a
             River
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             Josh.
             13.3
             .
             Jer.
             2.18
             .
             By
             casting
             the
             bread
             upon
             the
             waters
             ,
             we
             understand
             ,
             by
             or
             neer
             the
             waters
             ;
             as
             Ps.
             1.3
             .
             Gen.
             41.1
             .
             because
             those
             places
             are
             the
             most
             fertil
             .
             When
             he
             saith
             ,
             
               thy
               bread
            
             ,
             he
             thereby
             teacheth
             us
             ,
             that
             our
             charity
             must
             be
             out
             of
             our
             own
             estate
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             that
             condition
             wherewith
             God
             hath
             blessed
             us
             ,
             Eph.
             4.28
             .
          
           
             
               for
               thou
               shalt
               find
               it
               after
               many
               daies
            
             ]
             The
             seed
             which
             a
             man
             sows
             seemeth
             to
             dye
             
             and
             perish
             ,
             but
             the
             husbandman
             waiteth
             patiently
             for
             many
             daies
             together
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             he
             reapeth
             a
             plentiful
             harvest
             ,
             Jam.
             5.7
             .
             as
             Isaac
             did
             ,
             Gen.
             26.12
             .
             Mark.
             4.8
             .
             And
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             that
             which
             is
             sowed
             in
             the
             bellies
             and
             backs
             of
             the
             poor
             ,
             will
             be
             repayed
             ,
             as
             the
             seed
             is
             in
             harvest
             ,
             manifold
             into
             the
             bosoms
             of
             righteous
             men
             ,
             Prov.
             19.17
             .
             2
             Cor.
             9.6
             —
             10.
             
             Deut.
             15.10
             .
             Matth
             19.22
             .
             Ps.
             112.9
             .
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               Give
               a
               portion
               to
               seven
               ,
               and
               also
               to
               eight
               :
               for
               thou
               knowest
               not
               what
               evil
               shall
               be
               upon
               the
               earth
            
             ]
             By
             waters
             ,
             is
             sometimes
             in
             the
             Scripture
             meant
             ,
             multitudes
             of
             people
             ;
             as
             Isa.
             8.7
             .
             &
             17.12
             .
             Revel
             .
             17.15
             .
             and
             the
             Wise
             man
             here
             bidding
             us
             to
             cast
             our
             bread
             
               on
               the
               waters
            
             ,
             doth
             in
             this
             verse
             explain
             what
             he
             meant
             thereby
             ,
             namely
             ,
             that
             we
             should
             disperse
             our
             good
             works
             ,
             and
             alms-deeds
             unto
             many
             ,
             that
             we
             should
             be
             large
             hearted
             ,
             and
             open-handed
             unto
             the
             poor
             .
          
           
             
               Give
               a
               portion
            
             ]
             He
             alludeth
             unto
             the
             manner
             of
             their
             feasts
             and
             entertainments
             in
             old
             times
             ,
             when
             they
             did
             use
             to
             distribute
             portions
             to
             their
             guests
             ,
             and
             to
             send
             to
             the
             poor
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             6.19
             .
             1
             Sam.
             1.4
             ,
             5.
             
             Gen.
             43.34
             .
             Esth.
             9.22
             .
             Nehem.
             8.10.12
             .
             Isa.
             58.7
             .
             Whereunto
             our
             Saviour
             haply
             alludeth
             ,
             when
             he
             saith
             that
             Mary
             had
             chosen
             
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             A
             good
             part
             or
             portion
             ,
             Luk.
             10.42
             .
             Which
             custome
             of
             distributing
             equal
             portions
             to
             the
             guests
             ,
             we
             find
             in
             Homer
             and
             Plutarch
             ,
             to
             have
             been
             observed
             likewise
             among
             the
             Grecians
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             custome
             of
             sending
             portions
             from
             the
             Tables
             of
             greater
             persons
             ,
             to
             those
             that
             were
             absent
             .
             Vide
             Stuck
             .
             Antiq.
             Conviv
             .
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             3.
             
          
           
             
               to
               seven
               and
               also
               to
               eight
            
             ]
             That
             is
             ,
             to
             many
             :
             a
             definite
             number
             ,
             for
             an
             indefinite
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             2.5
             .
             Job
             5.19
             .
             Mic.
             5.5
             .
             So
             hereby
             is
             noted
             ,
             large
             and
             cheerful
             liberality
             to
             all
             in
             want
             ,
             according
             to
             our
             abilities
             .
             We
             may
             not
             think
             we
             have
             done
             our
             duty
             ,
             when
             we
             have
             been
             charitable
             to
             one
             or
             two
             persons
             ;
             but
             we
             must
             disperse
             our
             bounty
             ,
             as
             seed
             that
             is
             sown
             ;
             and
             do
             good
             unto
             all
             men
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             need
             and
             to
             our
             condition
             ,
             cheerfully
             and
             incessantly
             .
             The
             necessity
             of
             a
             man
             may
             require
             it
             ,
             when
             his
             person
             doth
             not
             deserve
             it
             ,
             Luk.
             6.30
             .
             2
             Cor.
             9.5
             —
             10.
             
             Gal.
             6.10
             .
             Isa.
             2●
             .
             18
             .
             Prov.
             31.20
             .
          
           
             
               for
               thou
               knowest
               not
               what
               evil
               shall
               be
               upon
               the
               earth
            
             ]
             Embrace
             the
             present
             opportunity
             of
             doing
             good
             ,
             thou
             canst
             not
             fore-see
             how
             soon
             thou
             mayst
             be
             deprived
             of
             it
             ,
             since
             thou
             knowest
             not
             what
             a
             day
             may
             bring
             forth
             ,
             Jam.
             4.14
             .
             Prov.
             27.1
             .
             &
             3.27
             ,
             28.
             
             Luk.
             
             12.20
             .
             Haply
             thou
             mayst
             dye
             ,
             and
             leave
             thy
             wealth
             to
             those
             who
             will
             shut
             up
             their
             bowels
             against
             the
             poor
             ;
             however
             ,
             what
             they
             do
             shall
             not
             be
             put
             on
             thy
             account
             .
             Thou
             art
             a
             steward
             of
             thy
             estate
             ,
             no
             longer
             than
             for
             thine
             own
             life
             ;
             and
             therefore
             be
             thine
             own
             Executor
             ,
             and
             consider
             the
             wants
             of
             the
             poor
             at
             present
             ,
             therefore
             let
             not
             thy
             bounty
             be
             only
             future
             .
             Haply
             God
             may
             disable
             thee
             another
             time
             ,
             from
             doing
             that
             good
             which
             now
             he
             puts
             into
             thy
             hand
             .
             It
             is
             wisdome
             to
             do
             
               Gods
               work
               in
               Gods
               time
            
             .
             Haply
             thou
             thy self
             mayst
             fall
             into
             want
             ,
             and
             stand
             in
             need
             of
             help
             from
             others
             ;
             therefore
             make
             thee
             friends
             of
             Mammon
             before
             hand
             ,
             Luk.
             16.9
             .
             Ps.
             37.26
             .
             &
             41.1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             1
             
             Tim.
             6.18
             ,
             19.
             
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               If
               the
               clouds
               be
               full
               of
               rain
               ,
               they
               empty
               themselves
               upon
               the
               earth
               :
               and
               if
               the
               tree
               fall
               towards
               the
               South
               ,
               or
               towards
               the
               North
               ,
               in
               the
               place
               where
               the
               tree
               falleth
               ,
               there
               it
               shall
               be
            
             ]
             He
             urgeth
             the
             duty
             of
             charity
             and
             bounty
             ,
             by
             elegant
             
               similitudes
               .
               Clouds
            
             that
             are
             full
             of
             moisture
             ,
             do
             not
             keep
             it
             to
             themselves
             ,
             but
             shed
             it
             forth
             in
             showers
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             on
             all
             kind
             of
             corn
             ,
             and
             herbs
             for
             the
             benefit
             of
             many
             ;
             whence
             they
             are
             called
             the
             bottles
             of
             heaven
             ,
             Job
             .
             38.37
             .
             and
             the
             chambers
             of
             the
             Lord
             :
             Ps.
             104.13
             .
             
             from
             whence
             he
             poureth
             down
             rain
             according
             to
             the
             vapour
             thereof
             ,
             Job
             .
             36.27
             ,
             28.
             so
             should
             rich
             men
             ,
             Prov.
             11.25
             .
             whom
             the
             Lord
             hath
             filled
             with
             his
             blessings
             ,
             as
             the
             Scripture
             useth
             to
             express
             it
             ,
             Deut.
             33.23
             .
             Job
             22.18
             .
             Prov.
             5.10
             .
             Deut.
             6.11
             .
             Prov.
             30.9
             .
             Phil.
             4.12.18
             .
             not
             keep
             Gods
             blessings
             to
             themselves
             ,
             but
             pour
             them
             forth
             upon
             those
             that
             are
             empty
             .
          
           
             
               and
               if
               the
               tree
               fall
            
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             This
             some
             apply
             unto
             death
             ,
             as
             if
             we
             were
             thereby
             warned
             to
             do
             good
             while
             we
             may
             ,
             because
             death
             will
             at
             last
             cut
             us
             down
             ,
             and
             deprive
             us
             of
             any
             further
             opportunity
             ,
             Eccl.
             9.10
             .
             Joh.
             9.4
             .
             and
             as
             death
             leaves
             us
             ,
             judgement
             will
             find
             us
             .
             But
             it
             seemeth
             rather
             to
             denote
             the
             benefit
             of
             charity
             unto
             the
             authors
             thereof
             ,
             that
             wheresoever
             their
             bounty
             and
             mercy
             is
             placed
             ,
             there
             it
             will
             be
             found
             again
             to
             their
             comfort
             ;
             they
             shall
             not
             go
             without
             their
             reward
             ,
             as
             the
             tree
             on
             which
             side
             ever
             it
             falls
             ,
             it
             will
             there
             be
             found
             ,
             when
             the
             owner
             thereof
             inquireth
             after
             it
             .
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               He
               that
               observeth
               the
               wind
               ,
               shall
               not
               sow
               ,
               and
               he
               that
               regardeth
               the
               clouds
               ,
               shall
               not
               reap
            
             ]
             By
             these
             similitudes
             ,
             he
             preventeth
             all
             those
             pretences
             and
             objections
             which
             carnal
             hearts
             are
             apt
             to
             make
             
             against
             the
             present
             season
             of
             doing
             good
             ,
             and
             are
             apt
             thereby
             ,
             to
             defer
             and
             put
             it
             off
             to
             some
             fitter
             time
             ,
             when
             they
             shall
             have
             found
             out
             more
             fitting
             objects
             on
             which
             to
             place
             their
             bounty
             .
             We
             are
             very
             apt
             to
             frame
             excuses
             against
             
               present
               duty
            
             ,
             Hag.
             1.2
             .
             Act.
             24.25
             .
             Prov.
             3.27
             ,
             28.
             
             Here
             therefore
             the
             Wise
             man
             removeth
             these
             pretences
             ;
             He
             that
             will
             by
             every
             wind
             be
             deterred
             from
             sowing
             his
             seed
             ,
             lest
             it
             should
             be
             blown
             away
             ;
             and
             by
             every
             cloud
             from
             reaping
             his
             corn
             ,
             lest
             the
             weather
             should
             be
             unseasonable
             ,
             shall
             never
             do
             his
             business
             ;
             because
             there
             will
             never
             be
             wanting
             some
             discouragement
             or
             other
             :
             so
             he
             that
             is
             ever
             framing
             carnal
             objections
             against
             doing
             good
             ,
             shall
             over-slip
             the
             season
             ,
             and
             never
             do
             his
             duty
             ,
             nor
             receive
             his
             reward
             .
             We
             are
             to
             take
             notice
             of
             the
             
               present
               call
            
             of
             God
             unto
             any
             good
             work
             ,
             and
             the
             present
             opportunity
             he
             puts
             into
             our
             hands
             ,
             and
             not
             delay
             service
             upon
             the
             fear
             of
             future
             contingents
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             in
             our
             power
             ,
             Matth.
             6.34
             .
          
           
             V.
             5.
             
             
               As
               thou
               knowest
               not
               what
               is
               the
               way
               of
               the
               Spirit
               ,
               nor
               how
               the
               bones
               do
               grow
               in
               the
               womb
               of
               her
               that
               is
               with
               Child
               :
               even
               so
               thou
               knowest
               not
               the
               works
               of
               God
               who
               maketh
               all
            
             ]
             By
             our
             ignorance
             of
             the
             works
             of
             Gods
             providence
             ,
             he
             warneth
             us
             to
             be
             diligent
             in
             embracing
             every
             present
             opportunity
             
             of
             doing
             good
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             defer
             or
             delay
             duty
             ,
             till
             haply
             the
             Lord
             will
             put
             us
             out
             of
             all
             capacity
             to
             do
             it
             .
             This
             ignorance
             he
             proveth
             a
             minori
             ,
             If
             we
             know
             not
             things
             more
             ordinary
             and
             familiar
             unto
             us
             ,
             which
             happen
             every
             day
             ,
             as
             
               the
               way
               of
               the
               spirit
            
             .
             ]
             Symmachus
             rendreth
             it
             ,
             of
             the
             wind
             ,
             which
             way
             it
             comes
             and
             goes
             ,
             how
             it
             riseth
             and
             slackneth
             ,
             Joh.
             3.8
             .
             Or
             how
             the
             soul
             comes
             into
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             quickneth
             it
             ;
             so
             the
             Septuagint
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             Or
             ,
             
               how
               the
               bones
               do
               grow
            
             ;
             How
             the
             several
             parts
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             skin
             ,
             flesh
             ,
             sinews
             ,
             bones
             ,
             some
             hard
             ,
             some
             soft
             ,
             are
             all
             shaped
             out
             of
             the
             same
             seed
             ,
             Psal.
             139.13
             —
             16.
             
             Job
             10.10
             —
             13.
             
             Much
             less
             are
             we
             able
             to
             foresee
             the
             works
             of
             Gods
             providence
             ,
             which
             are
             far
             off
             and
             exceeding
             deep
             ,
             Chap.
             7.24
             .
             Therefore
             since
             we
             know
             not
             what
             shall
             be
             to
             morrow
             ,
             how
             God
             may
             dispose
             of
             our
             life
             or
             our
             estate
             ▪
             how
             long
             he
             may
             continue
             unto
             us
             opportunities
             of
             doing
             good
             ,
             we
             ought
             not
             to
             defer
             or
             put
             off
             duty
             from
             time
             to
             time
             ,
             but
             while
             we
             have
             a
             present
             season
             ,
             to
             embrace
             it
             ,
             Chap.
             9.10
             .
             Gal.
             6.10
             .
          
           
             V.
             6.
             
             
               In
               the
               morning
               sow
               thy
               seed
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               evening
               withold
               not
               thy
               hand
               :
               for
               thou
               knowest
               not
               whether
               shall
               prosper
               ,
               either
               this
               or
               that
               ,
               or
               whether
               they
               both
               shall
               be
               alike
               good
            
             ]
             He
             inferreth
             from
             the
             former
             doctrine
             
             of
             the
             uncertainty
             of
             future
             events
             ,
             an
             hortatory
             conclusion
             ,
             to
             be
             doing
             good
             on
             all
             occasions
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             assiduous
             and
             dililigent
             in
             the
             work
             which
             God
             hath
             set
             us
             to
             do
             ,
             whether
             all
             our
             labour
             take
             effect
             or
             no.
             The
             Lord
             being
             sometimes
             pleased
             to
             frustrate
             mens
             endeavours
             ,
             and
             to
             defer
             the
             success
             they
             expected
             from
             them
             ;
             First
             ,
             to
             try
             them
             whether
             they
             would
             persevere
             in
             their
             calling
             :
             and
             
               continue
               therein
               with
               God
            
             ,
             though
             they
             had
             not
             alwayes
             alike
             incouragement
             .
             2.
             
             To
             teach
             them
             ,
             that
             successes
             depend
             not
             upon
             the
             labours
             of
             man
             ,
             but
             upon
             the
             will
             and
             free
             blessing
             of
             God.
             And
             he
             persisteth
             in
             his
             former
             Metaphor
             of
             
               sowing
               seed
            
             ;
             meaning
             thereby
             ,
             First
             ,
             in
             particular
             works
             of
             charity
             and
             mercy
             to
             the
             poor
             ;
             as
             vers
             .
             1
             —
             4.
             2
             
             Cor.
             9.6
             .
             Ps.
             112.9
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             In
             general
             ,
             works
             of
             righteousness
             in
             our
             general
             or
             particular
             callings
             ,
             Prov.
             11.18
             .
             Hos.
             12.10
             .
             Thereby
             teaching
             us
             ,
             that
             works
             of
             mercy
             and
             righteousness
             do
             not
             perish
             ,
             but
             will
             bring
             forth
             an
             harvest
             of
             comfort
             ,
             and
             great
             reward
             unto
             those
             that
             abound
             in
             them
             ,
             Gal.
             6.8
             .
          
           
             
               sow
               thy
               seed
            
             ]
             Do
             thine
             own
             work
             ,
             intend
             thine
             own
             calling
             ,
             intermix
             not
             thy self
             in
             things
             which
             belong
             not
             unto
             thee
             ,
             2
             Thess.
             3.10
             .
             1
             Thess.
             4.11
             .
             Be
             liberal
             of
             thine
             own
             estate
             ,
             Ephes.
             4.28
             .
          
           
           
             
               In
               the
               morning
               sow
               —
               and
               in
               the
               evening
               withold
               not
               thine
               hand
               ,
            
             or
             let
             not
             thine
             hand
             rest
             or
             give
             over
             .
             ]
             Begin
             betimes
             ,
             and
             be
             not
             weary
             of
             well
             doing
             ,
             but
             continue
             unto
             the
             end
             ;
             be
             alwayes
             doing
             of
             good
             ,
             morning
             and
             evening
             ,
             note
             the
             whole
             day
             from
             one
             end
             of
             it
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             Gen.
             1.5
             .
             Dan.
             8.14
             .
             Psal.
             104.22
             ,
             23.
             
             So
             Solomon
             bids
             us
             ,
             
               be
               in
               the
               fear
               of
               the
               Lord
               all
               the
               day
               long
               ,
            
             Prov.
             23.17
             .
             It
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             of
             the
             
               morning
               and
               evening
            
             of
             a
             mans
             life
             ,
             which
             should
             be
             wholly
             consecrated
             to
             God
             ,
             Lam.
             3.27
             .
             Eccles.
             12.1
             .
             Psal.
             92.14
             .
             Matth.
             10.22
             .
             or
             of
             the
             
               morning
               and
               evening
            
             of
             a
             mans
             prosperity
             ;
             as
             soon
             as
             ever
             God
             giveth
             thee
             an
             estate
             ,
             begin
             to
             do
             good
             with
             it
             ,
             and
             be
             not
             weary
             of
             so
             doing
             ,
             but
             continue
             to
             the
             end
             .
             God
             requires
             our
             charity
             to
             be
             set
             about
             on
             the
             first
             day
             of
             the
             week
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             16.2
             .
             Gal.
             6.9
             ,
             10.
             
             The
             night
             is
             shut
             out
             of
             the
             time
             of
             working
             ,
             or
             of
             d●ty
             ,
             therefore
             while
             it
             is
             day
             ,
             while
             we
             have
             life
             and
             opportunity
             ,
             we
             must
             ply
             our
             duties
             ,
             Eccles.
             9.10
             .
             Joh.
             9.4
             .
          
           
             
               for
               thou
               knowest
               not
               whether
               shall
               prosper
               ,
               or
               whether
               will
               be
               most
               right
               ,
            
             or
             congruous
             ,
             the
             one
             or
             the
             other
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             Thou
             maiest
             justly
             expect
             a
             blessing
             upon
             all
             ,
             however
             ,
             though
             the
             success
             ,
             as
             to
             men
             ,
             be
             not
             alwa●es
             prosperous
             ;
             sometimes
             thy
             bounty
             is
             misplaced
             
             upon
             those
             that
             abuse
             it
             ,
             or
             return
             evil
             for
             good
             ,
             yet
             with
             God
             ,
             constancy
             in
             well-doing
             will
             not
             miss
             of
             its
             reward
             ;
             and
             by
             this
             largeness
             heart
             ,
             thou
             maist
             unawares
             entertain
             Angels
             ,
             and
             bring
             extraordinary
             blessings
             upon
             thy
             family
             ,
             Matth.
             10.14
             ,
             42.
             
             Heb.
             13.2
             .
             1
             Reg.
             17.13
             —
             16.
             
          
           
             V.
             7.
             
             
               Truly
               the
               light
               is
               sweet
               ,
               and
               a
               pleasant
               thing
               it
               is
               for
               the
               eyes
               to
               behold
               the
               Sun
            
             ]
             By
             light
             ,
             and
             beholding
             the
             Sun
             ,
             we
             are
             to
             understand
             the
             time
             of
             this
             
               present
               life
            
             ,
             as
             is
             evident
             by
             what
             follows
             in
             the
             next
             verse
             ;
             so
             Job
             3.20
             .
             &
             33.30
             .
             and
             withall
             ,
             we
             may
             take
             in
             those
             pleasures
             and
             comforts
             thereof
             ,
             which
             serve
             to
             render
             it
             more
             sweet
             and
             contentfull
             .
             Some
             make
             it
             to
             be
             a
             tacit
             objection
             ,
             against
             that
             continual
             labour
             which
             he
             before
             prescribed
             .
             Since
             life
             is
             short
             ,
             we
             ought
             to
             use
             all
             the
             wayes
             we
             can
             to
             render
             it
             pleasant
             ,
             and
             not
             weary
             out
             our
             time
             and
             strength
             in
             continual
             toyl
             and
             labour
             ;
             it
             is
             much
             more
             sweet
             ,
             to
             enjoy
             the
             light
             and
             pleasures
             of
             life
             while
             we
             may
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             15.32
             .
             whereunto
             they
             make
             the
             words
             of
             the
             next
             verse
             to
             be
             an
             answer
             ;
             That
             when
             death
             comes
             ,
             the
             good
             we
             have
             done
             will
             remain
             with
             us
             ,
             but
             all
             our
             pleasures
             and
             delights
             will
             vanish
             into
             nothing
             .
             It
             may
             seem
             to
             relate
             unto
             the
             former
             verse
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             to
             that
             which
             follows
             ;
             sow
             your
             seed
             in
             the
             
             morning
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             evening
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             you
             have
             the
             light
             of
             the
             Sun
             to
             guide
             you
             ;
             for
             this
             is
             the
             chief
             comfort
             and
             sweetness
             of
             life
             ,
             to
             be
             doing
             good
             while
             we
             have
             time
             &
             opportunity
             ,
             because
             the
             dayes
             of
             death
             and
             darkness
             are
             coming
             ,
             wherein
             we
             cannot
             work
             .
          
           
             But
             it
             seemeth
             rather
             to
             be
             a
             Transition
             unto
             a
             new
             matter
             .
             In
             the
             former
             parts
             of
             this
             book
             ,
             the
             Wise
             man
             had
             set
             forth
             the
             vanity
             of
             all
             outward
             things
             ,
             and
             had
             prescribed
             many
             gracious
             and
             excellent
             means
             to
             remedy
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             to
             frame
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             unto
             Tranquillity
             and
             peace
             .
             But
             now
             when
             by
             these
             precepts
             the
             life
             of
             man
             here
             is
             rendred
             as
             full
             of
             comfort
             ,
             and
             quietness
             ,
             as
             an
             earthly
             condition
             is
             capable
             of
             ,
             yet
             though
             his
             life
             be
             never
             so
             sweet
             ,
             there
             are
             
               great
               evils
            
             coming
             ,
             which
             will
             require
             much
             meditation
             and
             preparation
             of
             hear●
             to
             fit
             a
             man
             for
             them
             :
             and
             there
             is
             a
             
               far
               longer
               condition
            
             for
             the
             future
             ,
             which
             will
             abide
             us
             after
             this
             life
             is
             gone
             ;
             necessary
             therefore
             it
             is
             unto
             the
             compleating
             of
             that
             happiness
             whereinto
             he
             had
             all
             this
             while
             inquired
             ,
             to
             secure
             not
             only
             the
             comforts
             of
             this
             life
             ,
             but
             the
             assurance
             of
             a
             better
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             business
             of
             Solomon
             in
             the
             remaining
             part
             of
             this
             Book
             ,
             by
             a
             timely
             meditation
             of
             death
             and
             judgement
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             keeping
             his
             commandments
             in
             our
             youth
             ,
             
             to
             arm
             us
             against
             the
             terror
             of
             future
             evils
             ,
             and
             to
             fit
             us
             for
             that
             happiness
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             whole
             of
             man
             ,
             and
             which
             will
             be
             throughly
             proportionable
             to
             his
             largest
             desires
             .
             And
             so
             the
             meaning
             is
             this
             ,
             It
             is
             true
             indeed
             ,
             to
             enjoy
             the
             
               light
               of
               the
               Sun
            
             ,
             and
             the
             comforts
             of
             this
             present
             life
             ,
             is
             a
             very
             sweet
             thing
             :
             Sensually
             sweet
             unto
             those
             ,
             who
             are
             voluptuous
             ;
             Solidly
             and
             substantially
             sweet
             unto
             those
             ,
             who
             by
             all
             the
             foregoing
             precepts
             ,
             have
             gotten
             wisdome
             to
             cure
             the
             vanity
             and
             vexation
             of
             spirit
             ,
             which
             otherwise
             outward
             things
             are
             apt
             to
             produce
             ;
             yet
             both
             the
             one
             and
             the
             other
             must
             remember
             ,
             that
             though
             life
             be
             sweet
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             yet
             it
             is
             not
             long
             ,
             much
             less
             ,
             perpetual
             ;
             
               dayes
               of
               darkness
               are
            
             to
             come
             ,
             therefore
             unto
             compleat
             happiness
             there
             is
             yet
             more
             to
             be
             done
             ,
             and
             such
             an
             estate
             to
             be
             secured
             ,
             as
             may
             bear
             full
             proportion
             to
             the
             capacities
             of
             an
             immortal
             soul
             ,
             and
             may
             make
             up
             the
             
               Whole
               of
               man.
            
             
          
           
             
               Light
               is
               Sweet
            
             ]
             Sweetness
             here
             is
             that
             properly
             which
             is
             the
             object
             of
             our
             Taste
             ,
             J●dg
             .
             14.18
             .
             Prov.
             24.13
             .
             but
             it
             is
             usual
             in
             the
             Scripture
             to
             attribute
             that
             which
             is
             proper
             unto
             one
             sense
             ,
             to
             another
             ;
             as
             to
             see
             thunder
             ,
             Exod.
             20.18
             .
             to
             see
             the
             smell
             ●f
             a
             field
             ,
             Gen.
             27.27
             .
             It
             is
             a
             broken
             and
             concise
             sentence
             ,
             unto
             which
             something
             is
             to
             be
             added
             or
             understood
             ,
             it
             is
             
               indeed
               sweet
            
             
             to
             see
             the
             Sun
             ;
             life
             is
             pleasant
             ,
             but
             yet
             it
             is
             vanity
             ,
             and
             will
             end
             in
             death
             ;
             by
             the
             meditation
             whereof
             ,
             we
             are
             to
             abate
             our
             inordinate
             love
             of
             the
             profits
             and
             pleasures
             of
             so
             vanishing
             a
             condition
             .
          
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               But
               if
               a
               man
               live
               many
               years
               ,
               and
               rejoyce
               in
               them
               all
               ,
               yet
               let
               him
               remember
               the
               dayes
               of
               darkness
               ,
               for
               they
               shall
               be
               many
               .
               All
               that
               cometh
               is
               Vanity
            
             ]
             Though
             it
             be
             a
             sweet
             thing
             to
             enjoy
             life
             ,
             and
             the
             comforts
             thereof
             ,
             and
             though
             a
             man
             should
             live
             long
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             long
             life
             should
             have
             his
             full
             of
             worldly
             delights
             ,
             yet
             the
             serious
             meditation
             of
             death
             ,
             and
             the
             long
             abode
             we
             shall
             after
             all
             those
             pleasures
             have
             in
             the
             house
             of
             darkness
             ,
             will
             sufficiently
             demonstrate
             the
             vanity
             of
             Temporal
             life
             ,
             how
             long
             ,
             or
             how
             prosperous
             soever
             it
             have
             been
             ;
             such
             a
             life
             we
             find
             described
             ,
             Job
             21.7
             —
             13.
             
             By
             
               dayes
               of
               darkness
            
             ,
             are
             understood
             in
             opposition
             to
             light
             ;
             and
             the
             seeing
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             in
             the
             former
             verse
             ,
             that
             space
             of
             time
             wherein
             men
             shall
             lie
             in
             the
             dust
             ,
             Psal.
             88.12
             ,
             13.
             
             Psal.
             143.3
             .
             Eccles.
             6.4
             .
             Job
             .
             10.21
             .
          
           
             
               for
               they
               shall
               be
               many
            
             ]
             This
             some
             apply
             to
             the
             first
             words
             of
             the
             verse
             ,
             though
             the
             dayes
             of
             life
             be
             m●ny
             ,
             yet
             let
             a
             man
             remember
             the
             dayes
             of
             darkness
             ,
             and
             that
             will
             make
             him
             judge
             all
             things
             which
             happen
             in
             this
             world
             to
             be
             but
             vanity
             :
             we
             may
             likewise
             
             read
             the
             words
             thus
             ;
             If
             a
             man
             live
             many
             years
             ,
             let
             him
             rejoyce
             in
             them
             all
             ,
             he
             is
             not
             debarred
             the
             comforts
             and
             contents
             of
             them
             ,
             but
             let
             him
             withall
             temper
             and
             moderate
             the
             joyes
             of
             life
             ,
             with
             the
             meditation
             of
             death
             ,
             and
             know
             that
             
               every
               thing
            
             which
             hapneth
             ,
             that
             
               every
               man
            
             which
             cometh
             into
             the
             world
             is
             vanity
             .
          
           
             V.
             9.
             
             
               Rejoyce
               O
               young
               man
               in
               thy
               youth
               ,
               and
               let
               thine
               heart
               cheer
               thee
               in
               the
               dayes
               of
               thy
               youth
               ,
               and
               walk
               in
               the
               wayes
               of
               thine
               heart
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               sight
               of
               thine
               eyes
               :
               But
               know
               thou
               ,
               that
               for
               all
               these
               things
               God
               will
               bring
               thee
               into
               judgement
               .
            
             ]
             Since
             all
             that
             cometh
             is
             vanity
             ,
             as
             well
             youth
             as
             age
             ,
             both
             which
             he
             sheweth
             here
             and
             in
             the
             next
             Chapter
             :
             And
             since
             the
             dayes
             of
             life
             and
             jollity
             here
             ,
             how
             long
             soever
             ,
             are
             very
             short
             and
             inconsiderable
             ,
             in
             comparison
             of
             the
             dayes
             of
             darkness
             which
             follow
             after
             them
             ,
             he
             therefore
             perswadeth
             those
             who
             are
             most
             subject
             to
             be
             transported
             with
             the
             pleasures
             of
             life
             ,
             to
             remember
             
               death
               and
               judgement
            
             ,
             and
             thereby
             to
             restrain
             their
             inordinate
             desires
             .
             A
             young
             Epicure
             ,
             who
             is
             scornfull
             and
             impatient
             of
             such
             cooling
             and
             chill
             doctrines
             as
             those
             of
             
               death
               and
               judgement
            
             ,
             might
             be
             apt
             to
             say
             ;
             if
             the
             
               dayes
               of
               darkness
            
             be
             so
             many
             ,
             let
             us
             not
             make
             them
             more
             then
             they
             are
             by
             denying
             our selves
             the
             pleasures
             
             of
             light
             ,
             but
             let
             us
             freely
             indulge
             to
             our selves
             all
             our
             delights
             ,
             and
             live
             to
             the
             length
             of
             our
             desires
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             15.32
             .
             whereunto
             Solomon
             answereth
             in
             these
             words
             ,
             1.
             
             By
             way
             of
             Concession
             ,
             2.
             
             By
             way
             of
             sad
             and
             severe
             praemonition
             .
             The
             Concession
             some
             would
             have
             to
             be
             real
             and
             serious
             ,
             as
             if
             he
             had
             said
             ,
             I
             would
             not
             discourage
             thee
             from
             the
             use
             of
             lawfull
             pleasures
             ,
             nor
             debar
             thee
             such
             contents
             as
             the
             flower
             of
             thine
             age
             do
             call
             for
             :
             only
             I
             would
             have
             thee
             carefull
             not
             to
             exceed
             the
             bounds
             of
             temperance
             and
             moderation
             ,
             but
             by
             the
             vanity
             of
             things
             present
             ,
             and
             certainty
             of
             future
             judgement
             ,
             to
             compose
             thy
             mind
             to
             sobriety
             in
             enjoying
             ,
             and
             to
             a
             readiness
             to
             depart
             from
             these
             vain
             delights
             ,
             as
             Gal.
             5.13
             .
             1
             Pet.
             2.16
             .
             enjoy
             pleasures
             ,
             but
             be
             not
             drowned
             in
             them
             ;
             use
             honest
             delights
             ,
             but
             be
             not
             a
             slave
             unto
             them
             :
             Thou
             seest
             that
             all
             here
             is
             Vanity
             ,
             that
             the
             fashion
             of
             this
             world
             ,
             the
             power
             ,
             wealth
             ,
             honour
             ,
             pleasures
             ,
             strength
             ,
             health
             ,
             beauties
             thereof
             ,
             all
             vanish
             and
             pass
             away
             ,
             &
             that
             all
             of
             us
             must
             be
             brought
             before
             Gods
             tribunal
             ;
             and
             all
             our
             actions
             undergo
             a
             severe
             tryal
             :
             therefore
             let
             it
             be
             thy
             chiefest
             care
             to
             provide
             for
             that
             account
             .
             But
             the
             place
             is
             much
             more
             Emphatical
             ,
             if
             we
             understand
             the
             Concession
             Ironically
             ;
             as
             1
             Reg.
             18.27
             .
             &
             22.15
             .
             Ezek.
             28.3
             ,
             4.
             
             Matth.
             26.45
             .
             Since
             thou
             
             art
             wilfull
             and
             scornfull
             ,
             take
             thy
             course
             ,
             
               Rejoyce
               in
               thy
               youth
            
             ;
             or
             ,
             because
             thou
             art
             young
             ,
             strong
             ,
             healthfull
             ,
             and
             thy
             bones
             full
             of
             marrow
             ,
             Job
             21.23
             ,
             24.
             
          
           
             
               And
               let
               thine
               heart
               cheer
               thee
            
             ]
             Symmachus
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             Let
             it
             be
             wholly
             in
             good
             ,
             or
             in
             delights
             .
          
           
             
               and
               walk
               in
               the
               wayes
               of
               thy
               heart
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               sight
               of
               thine
               eyes
            
             ]
             Do
             what
             thou
             pleasest
             ,
             let
             thy
             wanton
             and
             wandring
             eye
             enflame
             the
             lusts
             of
             thy
             heart
             ,
             and
             let
             thy
             sensual
             heart
             give
             law
             to
             thy
             whole
             man
             ,
             deny
             not
             thy self
             any
             thing
             which
             heart
             can
             wish
             ,
             or
             eye
             look
             on
             ,
             Numb
             .
             15.39
             .
             1
             Joh.
             2.16
             .
             2
             Pet.
             2.14
             .
             &
             3.2
             .
             Ezek.
             23.16
             .
             Josh.
             7.21
             .
             Jer.
             18.12
             .
             Psal.
             81.12
             .
             Job
             .
             21.7
             .
             Thus
             sharply
             doth
             the
             Lord
             deride
             the
             pride
             and
             folly
             of
             young
             men
             in
             their
             career
             of
             Lust
             and
             Vanity
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             give
             them
             over
             to
             their
             own
             hearts
             desires
             ,
             Prov.
             1.24
             —
             28.
             
             Rom.
             1.28
             .
          
           
             
               But
               know
               thou
            
             ]
             Though
             thou
             Endeavour
             to
             blind
             thine
             own
             eyes
             with
             sensual
             delights
             ,
             to
             smother
             thy
             conscience
             ,
             and
             to
             baffle
             those
             principles
             of
             fear
             and
             restraint
             which
             God
             hath
             planted
             in
             thee
             ;
             Though
             thou
             wouldst
             not
             see
             ,
             yet
             thou
             shalt
             see
             and
             know
             to
             thy
             cost
             ,
             Isa.
             26.11
             .
             1
             Reg.
             22.25
             .
             2
             Pet.
             3.5
             .
          
           
             
               that
               for
               All
               these
               things
            
             ]
             For
             all
             the
             sins
             ,
             
             vanities
             ,
             and
             excesses
             of
             thy
             youth
             ,
             for
             all
             those
             things
             which
             are
             now
             so
             gratefull
             to
             thy
             senses
             ,
             though
             they
             please
             thine
             eye
             ,
             they
             will
             gnaw
             and
             sting
             thy
             conscience
             ,
             Job
             .
             13.26
             .
             Psal.
             25.7
             .
             God
             ,
             whose
             Word
             and
             fear
             thou
             now
             despisest
             ,
             from
             whose
             eye
             thou
             canst
             not
             hide
             thy
             sins
             ,
             from
             whose
             Tribunal
             thou
             canst
             not
             withdraw
             thy
             conscience
             ;
             
               will
               bring
               thee
            
             ]
             Perforce
             whether
             thou
             wilt
             or
             no
             ,
             when
             thou
             shalt
             in
             vain
             call
             to
             Mountains
             and
             Rocks
             to
             hide
             thee
             ,
             Rev.
             6.16
             .
             Luk.
             23.30
             .
          
           
             
               into
               judgement
            
             ]
             The
             Judgement
             of
             the
             
               great
               day
            
             ,
             Jude
             vers
             .
             6.
             called
             the
             
               Terrour
               of
               the
               Lord
            
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             5.10
             .
             Act.
             17.30
             .
             the
             consideration
             whereof
             should
             abate
             the
             heat
             of
             lust
             ,
             and
             cause
             the
             heart
             of
             young
             men
             to
             tremble
             at
             the
             wrath
             to
             come
             .
          
           
             V.
             10.
             
             
               Therefore
               remove
               sorrow
               from
               thine
               heart
               ,
               and
               put
               away
               evil
               from
               thy
               flesh
               :
               for
               childhood
               and
               youth
               are
               vanity
            
             ]
             This
             is
             not
             to
             be
             understood
             Ironically
             ,
             as
             the
             former
             words
             of
             the
             verse
             foregoing
             ,
             nor
             in
             that
             sense
             ;
             but
             seriously
             ,
             as
             a
             seasonable
             precept
             unto
             young
             men
             ,
             who
             are
             of
             all
             other
             men
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             heat
             of
             their
             blood
             ,
             subject
             unto
             passions
             ,
             ,
             and
             unto
             pleasures
             ;
             the
             one
             seated
             in
             the
             heart
             ,
             the
             other
             in
             the
             flesh●
             ;
             from
             both
             which
             ,
             he
             doth
             here
             forewarn
             them
             .
          
           
             
               Remove
               sorrow
            
             ,
             or
             anger
             and
             
               indignation
               
               from
               thine
               heart
            
             ]
             If
             we
             read
             it
             sorrow
             ,
             then
             hereby
             is
             meant
             all
             those
             sinfull
             pleasures
             which
             though
             the
             deceitfull
             heart
             look
             on
             as
             matter
             of
             joy
             ,
             yet
             will
             certainly
             fill
             the
             heart
             with
             sorrow
             at
             the
             last
             ,
             Prov.
             14.13
             .
             If
             Anger
             ,
             or
             Indignation
             ,
             then
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             that
             he
             should
             restrain
             all
             Inordinate
             passions
             and
             perturbations
             of
             mind
             ,
             especially
             take
             heed
             of
             swelling
             or
             storming
             at
             the
             will
             and
             wayes
             of
             God
             ,
             or
             at
             any
             serious
             advice
             minding
             him
             thereof
             ,
             James
             1.19
             .
             Job
             6.24
             .
          
           
             
               and
               put
               away
               evil
            
             ,
             sinfull
             lusts
             ,
             
               from
               thy
               flesh
            
             ]
             From
             thy
             bodily
             members
             ,
             Rom.
             6.13
             .
             1
             Cor.
             6.15
             .
             2
             Cor.
             7.1
             .
             1
             Pet.
             2.11
             .
             2
             Tim.
             2.22
             .
             and
             so
             some
             understand
             the
             word
             flesh
             ,
             in
             the
             sense
             as
             it
             is
             used
             ,
             Ezek.
             16.26
             .
             &
             23.20
             .
             2
             Pet.
             2.10
             .
             Jude
             vers
             .
             23.
             
          
           
             
               for
               childhood
               and
               youth
               are
               vanity
               .
            
             ]
             The
             reason
             of
             this
             advice
             ,
             drawn
             from
             the
             vanishing
             condition
             of
             youth
             ,
             and
             the
             pleasures
             thereof
             :
             Youth
             is
             but
             as
             the
             Aurora
             or
             early
             morning
             of
             a
             day
             quickly
             gone
             ,
             from
             thence
             to
             noon
             ,
             and
             from
             noon
             to
             night
             ,
             therefore
             care
             should
             be
             used
             to
             spend
             it
             in
             such
             a
             manner
             ,
             as
             that
             we
             may
             have
             an
             abiding
             fruit
             ,
             and
             pleasure
             which
             will
             not
             vanish
             with
             the
             years
             which
             were
             consumed
             in
             the
             pursuance
             of
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
          
           
             IN
             this
             Chapter
             the
             Wise
             man
             proceedeth
             to
             demonstrate
             this
             Vanity
             of
             youth
             and
             old
             age
             ,
             which
             quickly
             run
             into
             Death
             ,
             And
             then
             concludeth
             the
             whole
             Book
             .
          
           
             He
             had
             before
             by
             an
             Emphatical
             Ironie
             ,
             deterred
             Young
             men
             from
             those
             inordinate
             passions
             ,
             and
             sensual
             pleasures
             ,
             which
             that
             slippery
             age
             is
             most
             subject
             unto
             ,
             and
             that
             by
             the
             Consideration
             of
             that
             dreadfull
             account
             which
             in
             the
             last
             Judgement
             God
             will
             require
             of
             them
             .
             And
             because
             that
             age
             of
             of
             all
             other
             is
             most
             apt
             to
             put
             the
             evil
             day
             far
             from
             them
             ,
             and
             to
             look
             on
             Death
             and
             Judgement
             as
             at
             a
             great
             distance
             ,
             (
             as
             evil
             men
             use
             to
             do
             ,
             Ezek.
             12.27
             .
             2
             Pet.
             3.3
             ,
             4.
             
             Amos
             6.3
             .
             )
             therefore
             he
             doth
             by
             a
             Prolepsis
             prevent
             that
             shift
             ;
             Young
             men
             might
             be
             apt
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             things
             you
             press
             us
             unto
             are
             good
             ,
             but
             we
             shall
             have
             time
             enough
             before
             Judgement
             come
             ,
             to
             think
             of
             them
             ,
             old
             age
             will
             be
             a
             fit
             season
             to
             draw
             off
             from
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             to
             draw
             nigh
             to
             God.
             Solomon
             here
             perswades
             from
             so
             dangerous
             a
             Resolution
             ,
             shewing
             the
             necessity
             of
             seeking
             and
             serving
             God
             in
             our
             youth
             ,
             in
             regard
             old
             age
             will
             be
             very
             unfit
             to
             begin
             so
             great
             a
             work
             in
             .
          
           
             Whereupon
             he
             sheweth
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             Vanity
             
             of
             Old
             age
             ,
             setting
             it
             forth
             by
             a
             large
             and
             an
             elegant
             Allegory
             ,
             and
             by
             other
             expressions
             ,
             Vers.
             2
             —
             6.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             He
             presseth
             the
             same
             duty
             by
             another
             argument
             :
             from
             the
             approach
             of
             death
             ,
             which
             taketh
             away
             all
             means
             of
             Repentance
             and
             conversion
             ,
             vers
             .
             7.
             
             And
             having
             thus
             by
             an
             Induction
             of
             many
             particulars
             shewed
             the
             Vanity
             both
             of
             the
             Creatures
             here
             below
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Condition
             of
             man
             under
             the
             Sun
             ,
             who
             ,
             were
             they
             never
             so
             excellent
             ,
             could
             not
             long
             enjoy
             them
             ;
             He
             doth
             conclude
             the
             whole
             book
             ,
             1.
             
             With
             resuming
             his
             first
             conclusion
             ,
             vers
             .
             8.
             2.
             
             By
             vindicating
             the
             truth
             of
             his
             doctrine
             therein
             ,
             and
             in
             other
             his
             Writings
             ,
             by
             arguments
             ;
             1.
             
             From
             the
             Pen-man
             of
             them
             ,
             His
             Piety
             ,
             he
             was
             a
             penitent
             Convert
             ;
             His
             wisdome
             :
             His
             fidelity
             in
             teaching
             the
             people
             :
             His
             diligence
             ,
             in
             seeking
             out
             choyce
             matter
             to
             teach
             them
             :
             His
             success
             in
             composing
             many
             excellent
             and
             profitable
             Sentences
             for
             their
             furtherance
             in
             Piety
             ,
             Vertue
             ,
             and
             Prudence
             ,
             vers
             .
             9.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             From
             the
             Quality
             of
             the
             doctrine
             which
             he
             taught
             ,
             which
             he
             commendeth
             ,
             1.
             
             Absolutely
             ,
             and
             for
             it self
             ,
             in
             regard
             ,
             1.
             
             Of
             the
             pleasantness
             .
             2.
             
             The
             uprightness
             .
             3.
             
             The
             truth
             of
             it
             ,
             vers
             .
             10.
             4.
             
             The
             Efficacy
             of
             it
             ,
             set
             forth
             by
             two
             similitudes
             of
             goads
             ,
             and
             of
             
             nailes
             .
             5.
             
             The
             Authority
             of
             it
             ,
             1.
             
             In
             regard
             of
             the
             office
             of
             those
             who
             dispence
             it
             ,
             they
             are
             Masters
             of
             the
             Assemblies
             .
             2.
             
             In
             regard
             of
             the
             great
             Shepherd
             of
             the
             sheep
             ,
             by
             whose
             Spirit
             it
             was
             revealed
             ,
             vers
             .
             11.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             He
             commendeth
             it
             Comparatively
             ,
             from
             the
             Vanity
             of
             all
             other
             studies
             and
             learning
             without
             this
             ;
             All
             other
             Books
             are
             made
             without
             end
             or
             number
             ,
             and
             read
             without
             Satisfaction
             or
             Content
             ;
             by
             these
             a
             man
             may
             be
             admonished
             ;
             by
             others
             he
             can
             be
             onely
             wearied
             ,
             vers
             .
             12.
             
          
           
             And
             having
             thus
             demonstrated
             the
             Doctrine
             he
             had
             in
             this
             book
             delivered
             ,
             he
             closeth
             the
             whole
             with
             a
             most
             grave
             and
             solemn
             conclusion
             ,
             containing
             ,
             1.
             
             A
             summary
             abridgment
             of
             the
             means
             of
             perfect
             Happiness
             and
             Tranquility
             of
             mind
             ,
             in
             two
             words
             ,
             fear
             and
             obedience
             ,
             fear
             of
             God
             in
             the
             heart
             ,
             as
             the
             root
             ;
             Obedience
             to
             his
             Will
             in
             the
             life
             ,
             as
             the
             fruit
             of
             that
             holy
             fear
             ,
             vers
             .
             13.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             A
             strong
             Motive
             thereunto
             drawn
             from
             the
             future
             Judgment
             ,
             upon
             which
             and
             that
             final
             sentence
             of
             Absolution
             or
             Condemnation
             then
             to
             be
             pronounced
             ,
             the
             everlasting
             Happiness
             or
             Misery
             of
             Man
             standeth
             ,
             vers
             .
             14.
             
             He
             will
             bring
             
               every
               work
            
             to
             Judgment
             ,
             therefore
             
               keep
               his
               Commandements
            
             :
             He
             will
             bring
             
               every
               secret
               thing
            
             to
             judgment
             ,
             therefore
             
             
               fear
               him
            
             ,
             and
             sanctifie
             him
             in
             your
             hearts
             .
          
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             
               REmember
               now
               thy
               Creator
               in
               the
               dayes
               of
               thy
               youth
               ,
               while
               the
               evil
               dayes
               come
               not
               ,
               nor
               the
               years
               draw
               nigh
               when
               thou
               shalt
               say
               ,
               I
               have
               no
               pleasure
               in
               them
               ]
               Remember
            
             ]
             We
             are
             naturally
             apt
             to
             forget
             God
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             retain
             him
             in
             our
             knowledg
             ,
             but
             to
             live
             as
             it
             were
             without
             him
             ,
             Psal.
             10.4
             ,
             5.
             
             Ephes.
             2.12
             .
             and
             this
             most
             of
             all
             ,
             when
             Earthly
             and
             Sensual
             objects
             draw
             the
             heart
             with
             a
             stronger
             attraction
             ;
             therefore
             the
             Wise
             man
             having
             disswaded
             young
             men
             from
             youthful
             lusts
             ,
             doth
             here
             exhort
             them
             as
             a
             necessary
             means
             thereunto
             ,
             to
             
               Remember
               their
               Creator
            
             ,
             To
             set
             the
             Lord
             alwayes
             before
             their
             eyes
             ,
             Psal.
             16.8
             .
             to
             be
             in
             his
             fear
             all
             the
             day
             long
             ,
             Prov.
             23.17
             .
             To
             compose
             themselves
             unto
             his
             service
             ,
             to
             keep
             in
             memory
             ,
             to
             hold
             fast
             ,
             to
             ponder
             ,
             and
             stir
             up
             the
             thoughts
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             desires
             towards
             him
             in
             their
             hearts
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             15.2
             .
             Tit.
             1.9
             .
             Prov.
             4.4
             .
             Luke
             8.15
             .
             Deut.
             11.18
             .
             Psal.
             119.11
             .
             Luke
             2.51
             .
             This
             Remembrance
             imports
             love
             ,
             desire
             ,
             obedience
             ,
             
               Verba
               notitiae
               connotant
               affectus
            
             ,
             Psal.
             119.55
             .
             Isa.
             26.8
             ,
             9.
             
          
           
             We
             find
             Two
             Psalms
             amongst
             Davids
             ,
             with
             this
             Inscription
             ,
             
               To
               bring
               to
               Remembrance
            
             ,
             
             so
             careful
             was
             he
             not
             to
             forget
             the
             dealings
             of
             God
             with
             him
             ,
             Psal.
             38.1
             .
             &
             70.1
             .
             for
             this
             purpose
             were
             Sacraments
             instituted
             ,
             Exod.
             12.42
             .
             1
             Cor.
             11.24
             .
             Feastivals
             ordained
             to
             keep
             alive
             the
             memory
             of
             mercies
             ,
             Esth.
             9.27
             ,
             28.
             
             Stones
             and
             Monuments
             erected
             for
             ●he
             remembring
             of
             Gods
             goodnesse
             ,
             Josh.
             4.6
             ,
             7.
             the
             Law
             wr●tten
             on
             
               door-posts
               ,
               fringes
               ,
               frontlets
            
             ,
             to
             be
             kept
             ever
             in
             mind
             ,
             Deut.
             6.7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             for
             this
             purpose
             God
             hath
             appointed
             his
             Ordinances
             ,
             and
             given
             his
             Spirit
             to
             his
             Church
             ,
             to
             put
             them
             in
             remembrance
             ,
             2
             Pet.
             1.12
             .
             1
             Tim.
             4.6
             .
             Joh.
             14.26
             .
          
           
             
               thy
               Creator
            
             ]
             This
             word
             includeth
             many
             reasons
             ,
             why
             God
             ought
             to
             be
             remembred
             and
             served
             by
             us
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             
               He
               made
               us
               ,
               and
               not
               we
               our selves
               ,
            
             and
             we
             owe
             our
             service
             to
             him
             from
             whom
             we
             receive
             our
             Being
             ,
             Psal.
             100.2
             ,
             3.
             
             Remember
             he
             made
             all
             things
             
               for
               himself
            
             ,
             we
             are
             
               of
               him
            
             ,
             therefore
             we
             must
             live
             
               to
               him
            
             ,
             Prov.
             16.4
             .
             Isa.
             43.21
             .
             Rom.
             11.36
             .
             &
             14.7
             ,
             8.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             He
             made
             us
             after
             
               his
               own
               Image
            
             ,
             to
             know
             him
             ,
             and
             to
             have
             special
             interest
             in
             him
             ,
             and
             acquaintance
             with
             him
             ;
             and
             being
             made
             like
             him
             ,
             we
             are
             the
             more
             obliged
             unto
             his
             service
             ,
             Eph.
             4.23
             ,
             24.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             By
             that
             Power
             which
             created
             us
             ,
             we
             are
             continually
             preserved
             ;
             if
             he
             withdraw
             
             it
             ,
             we
             presently
             perish
             ,
             
               In
               him
               we
               live
               ,
               and
               move
               ,
               and
               have
               our
               being
               .
            
             The
             more
             vigour
             and
             strength
             we
             have
             ,
             the
             more
             sensible
             we
             should
             be
             of
             that
             Divine
             supportance
             ,
             which
             continueth
             it
             unto
             us
             ,
             Act.
             17.27
             —
             30.
             
             Psal.
             104.28
             ,
             29.
             
          
           
             4.
             
             He
             who
             hath
             power
             to
             create
             ,
             hath
             power
             to
             destroy
             ;
             and
             he
             will
             shew
             the
             same
             Almighty
             power
             ,
             in
             destroying
             those
             ,
             who
             live
             not
             suteably
             to
             the
             ends
             of
             their
             Creation
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             2.6
             ,
             8.
             2
             
             Thess.
             1.9
             .
             This
             creating
             power
             of
             God
             ,
             should
             teach
             us
             to
             fear
             him
             .
             Jer.
             5.22
             .
          
           
             
               in
               the
               dayes
               of
               thy
               youth
            
             ]
             The
             choicest
             time
             of
             thy
             life
             ,
             Lam.
             3.27
             .
             Prov.
             22.6
             .
             2
             Chron.
             34.1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             2
             
             Tim.
             3.15
             .
             Psal.
             119.9
             .
             therefore
             God
             required
             ,
             that
             the
             
               first
               ripe
               fruits
            
             should
             be
             dedicated
             unto
             him
             ,
             Exod.
             23.19
             .
             and
             the
             
               first
               born
            
             ,
             Exod.
             22.29
             .
             And
             his
             sacrifices
             he
             would
             have
             to
             be
             young
             ,
             Exod.
             12.5
             .
             &
             29.1
             .
             Lev.
             4.3
             .
             We
             enjoy
             mercies
             in
             our
             youth
             ,
             therefore
             we
             should
             do
             duty
             in
             our
             youth
             ;
             we
             expect
             eternal
             life
             from
             God
             ,
             therefore
             we
             should
             not
             withdraw
             any
             part
             of
             our
             temporal
             life
             from
             him
             .
             He
             requireth
             to
             be
             served
             with
             all
             our
             strength
             ,
             therefore
             we
             may
             not
             put
             him
             off
             till
             our
             strength
             is
             gone
             .
          
           
             
               before
               the
               evil
               dayes
               come
            
             ,
             &c.
             ]
             If
             thou
             
             wilt
             have
             God
             to
             pity
             and
             help
             thee
             in
             thy
             evil
             dayes
             ,
             thou
             must
             serve
             him
             in
             thy
             good
             dayes
             .
             The
             dayes
             of
             old
             age
             ,
             are
             called
             
               evil
               dayes
               ,
               aetas
               mala
            
             ,
             in
             Plautus
             ,
             because
             they
             bring
             many
             pains
             and
             troubles
             along
             with
             them
             :
             
               vitae
               hyems
            
             ,
             the
             W●nter
             of
             our
             life
             ,
             as
             Solon
             called
             it
             ,
             
               nam
               res
               plurimas
               ,
               pessimas
               cum
               advenit
               affert
               .
            
             As
             the
             dayes
             of
             youth
             are
             called
             ,
             
               aetas
               bona
            
             ,
             in
             Cicero
             ,
             and
             
               aetas
               optima
            
             in
             Seneca
             :
             Because
             then
             nature
             is
             strong
             and
             vigorous
             ,
             and
             doth
             most
             fully
             enjoy
             it self
             .
             Thine
             old
             age
             will
             bring
             evils
             enough
             of
             its
             own
             ,
             Do
             not
             thou
             bring
             upon
             it
             the
             bitterness
             and
             burden
             of
             all
             thy
             youthful
             follies
             ;
             repentance
             is
             a
             hard
             work
             ,
             when
             thy
             sins
             are
             fewer
             ,
             and
             thy
             strength
             greater
             :
             When
             infirmities
             bend
             thy
             back
             ,
             do
             not
             keep
             thine
             iniquities
             to
             break
             it
             .
             Since
             the
             dayes
             of
             old
             age
             will
             be
             evil
             dayes
             ,
             Lay
             up
             as
             many
             graces
             as
             thou
             canst
             to
             sweeten
             it
             ,
             as
             many
             comforts
             as
             thou
             canst
             to
             strengthen
             thine
             heart
             against
             the
             evils
             of
             it
             .
             Gather
             ,
             in
             Summer
             ,
             against
             such
             a
             Winter
             as
             this
             ,
             Prov.
             10.5
             .
             That
             old
             age
             may
             not
             be
             to
             thee
             an
             evil
             age
             ,
             but
             as
             it
             was
             to
             Abraham
             ,
             a
             
               good
               old
               age
            
             ,
             Gen.
             25.8
             .
          
           
             
               And
               the
               years
               wherein
               thou
               shalt
               say
               ,
               I
               have
               no
               pleasure
               in
               them
            
             ]
             This
             seems
             to
             be
             added
             ,
             as
             an
             aggravation
             of
             the
             evil
             of
             those
             
             evil
             dayes
             ,
             that
             if
             they
             be
             lengthened
             into
             years
             ,
             yet
             all
             that
             while
             a
             man
             can
             finde
             no
             matter
             of
             pleasure
             or
             content
             ,
             whole
             years
             together
             shall
             be
             full
             of
             weariness
             and
             sorrow
             .
             So
             Job
             complains
             of
             the
             length
             of
             his
             misery
             ,
             that
             he
             possessed
             moneths
             of
             vanity
             ,
             Job
             7.3
             .
             and
             Ezekiah
             ,
             Isai.
             38.12
             ,
             13
             ,
             15.
             
             The
             very
             strength
             of
             the
             years
             of
             an
             old
             man
             ,
             is
             all
             labour
             and
             sorrow
             ,
             Psal.
             90.10
             .
          
           
             V.
             2.
             
             
               While
               the
               Sun
               ,
               or
               the
               light
               ,
               or
               the
               Moon
               ,
               or
               the
               Stars
               be
               not
               darkned
               :
               nor
               the
               clouds
               return
               after
               the
               rain
            
             ]
             These
             words
             may
             be
             understood
             either
             Literally
             ,
             or
             Allegorically
             ,
             as
             those
             that
             follow
             .
             Literally
             ,
             the
             meaning
             is
             ,
             That
             unto
             old
             men
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             decay
             of
             their
             senses
             ,
             even
             the
             lightest
             bodies
             seem
             to
             be
             darkned
             ;
             they
             look
             upon
             the
             Sun
             at
             noon
             through
             the
             clouds
             and
             scales
             which
             are
             over
             their
             own
             eyes
             .
             And
             whereas
             it
             is
             a
             pleasant
             thing
             to
             behold
             the
             Sun
             ,
             Chap.
             11.7
             .
             this
             shall
             minister
             no
             delight
             at
             all
             unto
             them
             :
             Light
             is
             little
             worth
             unto
             a
             man
             that
             is
             in
             misery
             ,
             Job
             3.20
             ,
             23.
             
             Allegorically
             ,
             It
             is
             by
             some
             understood
             so
             ,
             as
             that
             the
             Sun
             ,
             Moon
             ,
             Stars
             ,
             Light
             ,
             may
             refer
             unto
             
               some
               parts
               in
               man
            
             ,
             signified
             thereby
             ;
             (
             as
             the
             other
             parts
             of
             the
             Allegory
             ensuing
             do
             )
             and
             thus
             :
             First
             ,
             the
             Chaldee
             Paraphrase
             referreth
             it
             unto
             the
             face
             ,
             and
             eyes
             ;
             
             Before
             the
             glory
             and
             beauty
             of
             thy
             face
             be
             changed
             ,
             and
             the
             light
             of
             thine
             eyes
             be
             darkned
             ,
             and
             the
             comeliness
             of
             thy
             cheeks
             be
             abated
             ,
             and
             the
             Apples
             of
             thine
             eyes
             ,
             the
             Stars
             of
             thy
             countenance
             be
             extinguished
             ;
             and
             thine
             eye-lids
             drop
             down
             tears
             ,
             as
             Clouds
             after
             rain
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             others
             understand
             it
             of
             the
             weakning
             of
             the
             inward
             vigour
             of
             the
             Soul
             ,
             and
             
               rational
               faculties
            
             ;
             Understanding
             ,
             Perspicacy
             ,
             Memory
             ,
             Judgment
             ,
             Fancy
             ;
             all
             which
             in
             the
             nature
             of
             man
             ,
             answer
             to
             the
             coelestial
             Lights
             .
             Others
             ,
             by
             Sun
             ,
             Moon
             ,
             Starrs
             ,
             and
             Light
             ,
             understand
             the
             various
             sorts
             and
             degrees
             of
             prosperity
             and
             joy
             ,
             which
             men
             meet
             with
             in
             their
             younger
             years
             :
             and
             so
             the
             sense
             to
             be
             ,
             
               Remember
               thy
               Creator
               in
               the
               dayes
               of
               thy
               youth
               ,
               before
               those
               evil
               dayes
               come
            
             ;
             wherein
             all
             thy
             light
             shall
             be
             turned
             into
             darknesse
             ,
             all
             thy
             prosperity
             into
             sorrow
             ,
             before
             greater
             and
             lesser
             comforts
             do
             all
             fail
             thee
             ,
             and
             thy
             dayes
             and
             nights
             be
             full
             of
             trouble
             and
             darkness
             ,
             one
             calamity
             (
             like
             storms
             in
             the
             Winter
             )
             coming
             upon
             the
             neck
             of
             another
             .
             Prosperity
             is
             usually
             in
             Scripture
             compared
             unto
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             to
             light
             ,
             Judg.
             5.31
             .
             2
             Sam.
             23.4
             .
             and
             in
             greater
             prosperity
             ,
             then
             usual
             the
             light
             of
             the
             Moon
             is
             said
             to
             be
             as
             the
             light
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             the
             light
             of
             the
             Sun
             seven
             fold
             ,
             Isai.
             30.26
             .
             &
             60.20
             .
             And
             on
             
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             when
             great
             afflictions
             ,
             such
             as
             swallow
             up
             all
             former
             joy
             and
             contentments
             ,
             come
             upon
             a
             man
             ;
             the
             Scripture
             expresseth
             it
             by
             the
             obscurity
             ,
             blackness
             ,
             and
             falling
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             Moon
             and
             Stars
             ,
             Isa.
             13.9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11.
             
             &
             24.20
             —
             23.
             
             &
             34.3
             ,
             4.
             
             Jer.
             4.23
             ,
             24.
             
             &
             15.9
             .
             Ezek.
             32.7
             ,
             8.
             
             Joel
             2.10
             .
             &
             3.15
             .
             Amos
             8.9
             .
             Matth.
             24.29
             .
             And
             this
             sense
             seemeth
             most
             genuine
             ,
             as
             expressing
             the
             reason
             ,
             why
             the
             days
             of
             old
             age
             are
             evil
             days
             ,
             and
             years
             wherein
             a
             man
             hath
             no
             pleasure
             ,
             because
             ,
             both
             day
             and
             night
             ,
             the
             life
             of
             such
             a
             man
             is
             full
             of
             darknesse
             and
             trouble
             .
             Therefore
             mention
             is
             made
             of
             Sunne
             ,
             and
             of
             Moon
             and
             Starrs
             ,
             to
             note
             the
             incessant
             pains
             ,
             aches
             ,
             troubles
             ,
             weaknesses
             which
             this
             age
             is
             afflicted
             with
             ,
             Job
             .
             7.4
             ,
             13
             ,
             14
             ,
             18
             ,
             19.
             
             Psal.
             32.4
             .
          
           
             
               nor
               the
               clouds
               return
               after
               rain
            
             ]
             This
             likewise
             may
             be
             understood
             generally
             of
             the
             troubles
             of
             old
             age
             ;
             in
             the
             former
             sense
             ,
             to
             no●e
             the
             continual
             returns
             of
             them
             day
             and
             night
             .
             A
             
               proverbial
               speech
            
             ,
             expressing
             the
             constant
             succession
             of
             one
             grief
             ,
             pain
             ,
             disease
             ,
             calamity
             ,
             after
             another
             ;
             as
             when
             the
             Wether
             is
             set
             in
             to
             rain
             ,
             one
             cloud
             is
             no
             sooner
             blown
             over
             ,
             but
             another
             ucceeds
             and
             brings
             more
             rain
             .
             
               Velut
               unda
               supervenit
               undae
            
             .
             Others
             ,
             understand
             it
             of
             the
             Catarrhs
             ,
             and
             defluxions
             ,
             which
             by
             reason
             of
             natural
             weaknesse
             ,
             and
             
             want
             of
             heat
             to
             concoct
             them
             ,
             do
             still
             ascend
             from
             the
             stomack
             to
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             fall
             down
             upon
             the
             breast
             and
             lungs
             ;
             so
             that
             the
             head
             is
             ever
             rainy
             ,
             never
             serene
             .
          
           
             The
             former
             sense
             seems
             most
             pertinent
             ,
             because
             in
             this
             verse
             ,
             is
             a
             general
             description
             of
             the
             miseries
             of
             old
             age
             ,
             the
             particular
             specification
             whereof
             follows
             in
             the
             rest
             .
             For
             as
             Usurers
             ,
             before
             the
             whole
             debt
             is
             paid
             ,
             do
             fetch
             away
             some
             good
             parts
             of
             it
             for
             the
             loan
             :
             so
             before
             the
             debt
             of
             death
             be
             paid
             by
             the
             whole
             body
             ,
             Old
             age
             doth
             by
             little
             and
             little
             take
             away
             sometimes
             one
             Sense
             ,
             sometimes
             another
             ;
             this
             year
             one
             Limb
             ;
             the
             next
             another
             ;
             and
             causeth
             a
             man
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             to
             dye
             daily
             .
             No
             Sun
             can
             dispel
             the
             clouds
             and
             sorrowes
             of
             old
             age
             ,
             but
             Christ
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             Sun
             of
             Righteousness
             ,
             and
             the
             bright
             Morning
             Star
             ,
             Mal.
             4.2
             .
             Prov.
             4.18
             .
             Rev.
             22.16
             .
          
           
             V.
             3.
             
             
               In
               the
               day
               when
               the
               keepers
               of
               the
               house
               shall
               tremble
               ,
               and
               the
               strong
               men
               shall
               bow
               themselves
               ,
               and
               the
               grinders
               cease
               ,
               because
               they
               are
               few
               ,
               and
               those
               that
               look
               out
               of
               the
               windows
               shall
               be
               darkned
            
             ]
             The
             Body
             is
             here
             compared
             to
             an
             House
             ,
             or
             Castle
             ,
             so
             elsewhere
             called
             ,
             Job
             .
             4.19
             .
             2
             Cor.
             5.1
             .
             〈…〉
             watchmen
             and
             Keepers
             ,
             to
             〈…〉
             being
             broken
             open
             .
             By
             these
             ,
             
             some
             understand
             the
             
               outward
               Senses
            
             ,
             which
             observe
             any
             danger
             approaching
             ,
             and
             give
             timely
             notice
             of
             it
             to
             have
             it
             prevented
             .
             Others
             ,
             the
             
               inward
               Faculties
            
             of
             Memory
             ,
             Wisdome
             ,
             Providence
             ,
             which
             take
             speciall
             care
             of
             the
             common
             safety
             .
             Others
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             ,
             The
             Hands
             and
             Arms
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             principal
             instruments
             ,
             which
             the
             Body
             useth
             in
             repelling
             any
             evil
             from
             it
             .
             Others
             ,
             understand
             the
             Ribs
             ,
             whereby
             the
             vital
             parts
             are
             fenced
             and
             hedged
             in
             ,
             that
             danger
             may
             not
             easily
             come
             near
             them
             :
             As
             the
             expression
             is
             ,
             Job
             10.11
             .
             Though
             the
             Verb
             ,
             Tremble
             ,
             seem
             to
             carry
             the
             sense
             chiefly
             unto
             the
             Hands
             and
             Arms
             ,
             which
             are
             more
             subject
             unto
             palsies
             ,
             and
             shakings
             ;
             yet
             it
             is
             not
             amiss
             to
             take
             in
             many
             of
             the
             other
             :
             The
             Head
             ,
             the
             seat
             of
             the
             Senses
             ,
             as
             the
             Watchman
             ;
             the
             Arms
             ,
             as
             the
             Souldiers
             in
             a
             Castle
             ;
             the
             Ribs
             ,
             as
             the
             Walls
             and
             Works
             which
             serve
             to
             defend
             it
             :
             All
             which
             are
             much
             shaken
             and
             weakned
             in
             old
             age
             .
          
           
             
               and
               the
               strong
               men
               shall
               bow
               themselves
            
             ]
             The
             Leggs
             and
             Thighs
             ,
             which
             were
             wont
             to
             carry
             the
             body
             upright
             ,
             shall
             now
             falter
             and
             shrink
             under
             their
             weight
             ,
             and
             buckle
             for
             feebleness
             ,
             Isai.
             35.3
             .
             Or
             ,
             the
             Back
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             strongest
             part
             of
             the
             body
             〈◊〉
             bearing
             burdens
             ,
             shall
             bow
             and
             stoop
             under
             
             its
             own
             weight
             .
             Symmachus
             rendreth
             it
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             shall
             perish
             ,
             or
             be
             corrupted
             ;
             the
             Septuagint
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             shall
             be
             perverted
             ,
             shall
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             trip
             up
             and
             supplant
             one
             the
             other
             with
             crooked
             and
             unsteady
             motion
             .
             The
             old
             Wife
             in
             the
             Comedian
             ,
             excused
             her
             slow
             and
             faltering
             pace
             ,
             because
             she
             carried
             a
             very
             heavy
             burden
             ,
             the
             weight
             of
             seventy
             four
             years
             .
             Cajetan
             understandeth
             it
             literally
             ,
             when
             the
             strongest
             men
             that
             are
             do
             fail
             ,
             and
             stoop
             through
             weakness
             .
          
           
             
               and
               the
               grinders
               cease
               because
               they
               are
               few
               ]
               Dentes
               molares
               ,
            
             the
             great
             jaw-teeth
             ,
             wherewith
             we
             grinde
             our
             meat
             ,
             shall
             cease
             and
             be
             unable
             to
             work
             ,
             because
             they
             
               are
               diminished
            
             and
             made
             few
             ,
             or
             because
             they
             
               do
               diminish
            
             their
             grinding
             ,
             being
             sluggish
             and
             dull
             ,
             both
             for
             want
             of
             strength
             in
             themselves
             ,
             and
             of
             appetite
             in
             the
             stomach
             .
          
           
             
               and
               those
               that
               look
               out
               of
               the
               windows
               shall
               be
               darkned
            
             ]
             The
             Vulgar
             ,
             
               per
               foramina
            
             ,
             through
             the
             holes
             ;
             as
             Zach.
             14.12
             .
             It
             is
             elsewhere
             rendred
             ,
             Windows
             ,
             2
             Reg.
             7.19
             .
             Isai.
             60.8
             .
             Gen.
             8.2
             .
             So
             it
             is
             understood
             of
             the
             
               dimness
               of
               the
               eyes
            
             in
             old
             men
             ,
             Gen.
             27.1
             .
             &
             48.10
             .
             
               Solomon
               Glassius
            
             in
             his
             
               Rhetorica
               Sacra
            
             ,
             by
             Windowes
             understandeth
             Spectacles
             ,
             which
             for
             weakness
             of
             sight
             ,
             aged
             men
             are
             necessitated
             to
             use
             :
             Cajetan
             applyeth
             
             it
             to
             
               all
               the
               Senses
            
             ;
             and
             by
             foramina
             ,
             understandeth
             the
             holes
             of
             the
             Ears
             ,
             Nose
             ,
             Mouth
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             of
             the
             Eyes
             .
             All
             these
             for
             want
             of
             vital
             spirits
             ,
             being
             blunted
             and
             dulled
             in
             their
             exercise
             .
             But
             the
             words
             [
             
               looking
               out
            
             ]
             and
             [
             darkned
             ]
             plainly
             limit
             the
             meaning
             unto
             the
             sight
             onely
             ,
             which
             through
             the
             want
             of
             spirits
             ,
             dryness
             ,
             and
             ineptitude
             of
             the
             Organes
             ,
             hardness
             of
             the
             membranes
             ,
             defluxion
             of
             humours
             ,
             and
             other
             inconveniences
             ,
             is
             much
             weakned
             in
             aged
             men
             .
             So
             that
             it
             is
             noted
             as
             a
             strange
             thing
             in
             Moses
             ,
             that
             when
             he
             was
             a
             hundred
             and
             twenty
             years
             old
             his
             eye
             was
             not
             dim
             ,
             nor
             his
             natural
             force
             abated
             ,
             Deut.
             34.7
             .
             and
             the
             like
             we
             read
             of
             Caleb
             ,
             Josh.
             14.10
             ,
             11.
             
          
           
             By
             these
             Infirmities
             ,
             we
             should
             be
             taught
             ,
             in
             our
             younger
             years
             ,
             to
             provide
             and
             lay
             in
             comforts
             against
             them
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             trust
             in
             the
             strength
             of
             our
             own
             Arms
             ,
             which
             are
             so
             easily
             broken
             ,
             but
             to
             make
             the
             Lord
             our
             Arm
             ,
             and
             his
             Right
             hand
             our
             Keeper
             ,
             whose
             Arms
             are
             everlasting
             ,
             Isa.
             33.2
             .
             Deut.
             33.27
             .
             Psal.
             121.5
             .
             Not
             to
             rest
             upon
             our
             own
             bottom
             ,
             nor
             stay
             onely
             upon
             our
             own
             strength
             ,
             by
             which
             no
             man
             shall
             be
             established
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             2.9
             .
             but
             to
             make
             the
             Lord
             our
             stay
             and
             support
             ,
             in
             whom
             there
             is
             everlasting
             strength
             :
             He
             is
             eyes
             to
             the
             blind
             ,
             and
             feet
             to
             the
             lame
             ,
             he
             giveth
             power
             to
             the
             faint
             ,
             and
             to
             them
             
             that
             have
             no
             might
             ,
             he
             increaseth
             strength
             ,
             Psal.
             18.18
             .
             Isai.
             26.4
             .
             &
             40.29
             .
             &
             41.10
             .
             Psal.
             145.14
             .
          
           
             V.
             4.
             
             
               And
               the
               doors
               shall
               be
               shu●
               in
               the
               streets
               ,
               when
               the
               sound
               of
               the
               grinding
               is
               low
               ,
               and
               he
               shall
               rise
               up
               at
               the
               voice
               of
               the
               bird
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               daughters
               of
               musick
               shall
               be
               brought
               low
            
             ]
             Various
             interpretations
             are
             given
             of
             these
             particulars
             .
             Some
             understand
             the
             first
             clause
             ,
             literally
             ,
             The
             doors
             of
             the
             house
             ,
             by
             which
             he
             was
             wont
             to
             go
             into
             the
             streets
             ,
             to
             visit
             his
             friends
             ,
             to
             walk
             up
             and
             down
             about
             his
             business
             ,
             shall
             be
             now
             shut
             up
             ;
             He
             shall
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             his
             many
             infirmities
             ,
             keep
             within
             doors
             ,
             and
             abstain
             from
             all
             publick
             meetings
             ,
             wherein
             ,
             in
             his
             younger
             years
             ,
             he
             was
             wont
             greatly
             to
             delight
             .
             Others
             ,
             refer
             it
             allegorically
             to
             the
             Body
             ,
             here
             compared
             to
             an
             House
             ,
             the
             doors
             whereof
             towards
             the
             street
             ,
             are
             ,
             in
             old
             age
             ,
             shut
             up
             ,
             and
             made
             useless
             .
             Whereby
             many
             things
             are
             understood
             ,
             First
             ,
             The
             
               two
               Lips
            
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             doors
             of
             the
             mouth
             outwardly
             ,
             Psal.
             141.3
             .
             The
             word
             is
             in
             the
             dual
             number
             .
             Or
             ,
             The
             Mouth
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             door
             of
             the
             heart
             :
             This
             may
             be
             applyed
             ,
             both
             unto
             eating
             ,
             and
             unto
             speech
             ,
             unto
             the
             Oesophagus
             ,
             and
             the
             Arteria
             ,
             the
             passages
             for
             the
             meat
             to
             go
             down
             to
             the
             stomach
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             breath
             to
             go
             to
             the
             
             lungs
             ,
             called
             
               fistula
               cibaria
            
             ,
             and
             
               fistula
               spiritalis
            
             .
             These
             pipes
             are
             haply
             here
             compared
             unto
             the
             street
             ,
             or
             passage
             down
             into
             several
             parts
             within
             the
             body
             ,
             which
             have
             doors
             or
             covers
             ,
             that
             open
             one
             way
             ,
             and
             shut
             another
             way
             when
             we
             eat
             and
             drink
             ,
             that
             our
             food
             may
             go
             right
             to
             the
             stomach
             ,
             and
             not
             away
             to
             the
             lungs
             .
             These
             doors
             in
             old
             age
             are
             ,
             through
             weakness
             ,
             shut
             up
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             off
             from
             their
             hinges
             ,
             do
             not
             so
             pliantly
             and
             readily
             do
             their
             proper
             office
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             wont
             to
             do
             .
             Whence
             difficulty
             of
             swallowing
             ,
             and
             difficulty
             of
             speaking
             ;
             unto
             which
             two
             ,
             most
             of
             the
             interpretations
             of
             this
             place
             may
             be
             referred
             .
             Some
             by
             these
             
               two
               d●●rs
            
             ,
             understand
             the
             Eye-lids
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             weak
             ,
             and
             hang
             down
             over
             the
             eyes
             .
             Others
             ,
             
               All
               the
               Senses
            
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             outward
             doors
             ,
             by
             which
             objects
             enter
             ,
             and
             are
             admitted
             to
             the
             Soul.
             All
             which
             ,
             in
             old
             age
             ,
             are
             so
             weakned
             ,
             and
             unuseful
             ,
             that
             they
             do
             very
             little
             service
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             Clause
             ,
             seems
             most
             to
             favour
             that
             sense
             ,
             which
             ,
             by
             Doors
             ,
             understands
             the
             passages
             of
             the
             meat
             down
             into
             the
             stomach
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             voice
             from
             the
             lungs
             ,
             unto
             both
             which
             uses
             ,
             the
             Teeth
             are
             greatly
             subservient
             .
          
           
             
               when
               the
               sound
               of
               the
               grinding
               is
               low
            
             ]
             This
             some
             apply
             unto
             Hearing
             ,
             when
             that
             growe
             
             weak
             .
             Others
             ,
             unto
             the
             
               Concoction
               of
               the
               stomach
            
             ,
             when
             that
             is
             decayed
             :
             but
             the
             most
             probable
             interpretation
             ,
             is
             that
             which
             applies
             it
             to
             the
             Teeth
             ,
             which
             being
             few
             ,
             and
             weak
             ,
             cannot
             readily
             crush
             and
             break
             harder
             meats
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             a
             lesser
             sound
             in
             eating
             ,
             then
             young
             men
             do
             ;
             
               frangendus
               misero
               gingiva
               panis
               inermi
            
             .
             When
             the
             Teeth
             are
             gone
             ,
             the
             lips
             are
             compressed
             ,
             the
             mouth
             falls
             down
             ,
             the
             organs
             of
             feeding
             and
             speaking
             are
             much
             disabled
             .
             They
             who
             take
             the
             former
             clauses
             literally
             ,
             joyn
             the
             senses
             thus
             together
             ,
             Old
             men
             stay
             within
             doores
             ,
             and
             walk
             little
             abroad
             ,
             because
             the
             weakness
             of
             their
             appetite
             and
             digestion
             doth
             cause
             them
             to
             eat
             little
             ,
             whereby
             their
             strength
             is
             much
             abated
             ,
             neither
             do
             they
             for
             this
             reason
             care
             to
             go
             to
             feasts
             ,
             or
             merry
             meetings
             ,
             all
             desires
             and
             delights
             being
             in
             them
             wholly
             decayed
             and
             broken
             .
          
           
             
               and
               he
               shall
               rise
               up
               at
               the
               voice
               of
               the
               bird
            
             ]
             At
             the
             chirping
             or
             singing
             of
             any
             little
             bird
             ]
             An
             expression
             of
             the
             little
             sleep
             which
             old
             men
             have
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             coldness
             of
             the
             stomach
             ,
             and
             difficulty
             of
             Concoction
             ,
             sending
             up
             fewer
             vapours
             to
             the
             brain
             ,
             or
             lesse
             benigne
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             are
             easily
             awakened
             with
             every
             little
             noise
             .
             It
             may
             also
             be
             understood
             of
             his
             weariness
             to
             lye
             long
             in
             his
             bed
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             leannesse
             and
             aches
             ,
             so
             that
             
             he
             is
             willing
             to
             rise
             as
             early
             as
             the
             birds
             leave
             their
             nests
             .
          
           
             
               and
               all
               the
               daughters
               of
               musick
               shall
               be
               brought
               low
               .
            
             ]
             By
             
               daughters
               of
               musick
            
             ,
             we
             may
             understand
             ,
             First
             ,
             Some
             organs
             of
             the
             body
             tending
             unto
             musick
             ,
             either
             to
             sing
             our selves
             ,
             as
             the
             arterie
             for
             speaking
             ,
             those
             
               fibra
               vocales
            
             which
             are
             bended
             and
             inflected
             in
             singing
             ;
             or
             the
             ear
             which
             judgeth
             of
             sounds
             ,
             as
             the
             palate
             of
             meats
             ,
             when
             we
             hear
             others
             sing
             ;
             or
             secondly
             ,
             All
             kind
             of
             
               musical
               consort
               and
               harmony
            
             ,
             vocal
             or
             instrumental
             ,
             which
             young
             men
             greatly
             delight
             in
             ,
             as
             Solomon
             did
             ,
             Eccl.
             2.8
             .
             but
             to
             old
             men
             are
             little
             delightful
             ,
             they
             can
             neither
             sing
             themselves
             ,
             nor
             are
             greatly
             pleased
             with
             the
             musick
             of
             others
             ,
             2
             Sam.
             19.34
             ,
             35.
             
             By
             these
             defects
             we
             are
             instructed
             in
             the
             daies
             of
             our
             youth
             ,
             to
             open
             all
             the
             doors
             of
             our
             heart
             to
             let
             Christ
             in
             ,
             that
             in
             old
             age
             he
             may
             be
             with
             us
             ,
             and
             when
             our
             appetite
             faileth
             us
             ,
             he
             may
             sup
             with
             us
             ,
             Rev.
             3.20
             .
             and
             when
             our
             sleep
             faileth
             us
             ,
             he
             may
             give
             us
             rest
             ;
             and
             when
             all
             other
             delights
             are
             worn
             out
             ,
             a
             good
             conscience
             may
             be
             a
             continual
             feast
             ,
             Prov.
             15.15
             ▪
             and
             may
             give
             songs
             in
             the
             night
             ,
             Job
             35.10
             .
             Eph.
             5.19
             .
          
           
             V.
             5.
             
             
               Also
               when
               they
               shall
               be
               afraid
               of
               that
               which
               is
               High
               ,
               and
               fears
               shall
               be
               in
               the
               
               way
               ,
               and
               the
               Almond-tree
               shall
               flourish
               ,
               and
               the
               grashopper
               shall
               be
               a
               burden
               ,
               and
               desire
               shall
               fail
               ;
               because
               man
               goeth
               to
               his
               long
               home
               ,
               and
               the
               mourners
               go
               about
               the
               streets
               .
            
             ]
             These
             are
             further
             degrees
             of
             the
             infirmities
             of
             old
             age
             when
             it
             grows
             now
             more
             decrepit
             ,
             and
             neer
             unto
             the
             grave
             .
          
           
             
               Also
               when
               they
               shall
               be
               afraid
               of
               that
               which
               is
               High
            
             ]
             Either
             to
             go
             up
             to
             any
             high
             place
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             weariness
             ,
             or
             want
             of
             breath
             ,
             or
             giddiness
             of
             brain
             ,
             or
             disability
             to
             hold
             out
             ,
             or
             danger
             of
             falling
             from
             it
             ;
             or
             lest
             any
             thing
             that
             is
             over
             them
             should
             fall
             down
             upon
             them
             and
             hurt
             them
             .
          
           
             
               and
               fears
               shall
               be
               in
               the
               way
            
             ]
             They
             shall
             go
             slowly
             and
             timorously
             ,
             lest
             they
             stumble
             at
             every
             stone
             or
             little
             bunch
             that
             is
             before
             them
             ,
             lest
             they
             be
             thrust
             ,
             and
             bruized
             by
             any
             that
             pass
             by
             them
             ,
             lest
             weariness
             ,
             sickness
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             infirmity
             come
             upon
             them
             ,
             and
             hinder
             them
             in
             their
             Journey
             ,
             lest
             any
             thing
             run
             against
             them
             ,
             and
             cast
             them
             down
             ,
             no
             way
             is
             so
             smooth
             and
             easie
             ,
             wherein
             there
             will
             not
             be
             something
             to
             afright
             them
             .
          
           
             
               and
               the
               Almond-tree
               shall
               flourish
            
             ,
             ]
             This
             some
             take
             literally
             ,
             when
             the
             Almond
             flourisheth
             ,
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             spring
             ,
             when
             the
             grashopper
             is
             fat
             in
             the
             middle
             of
             the
             Summer
             ,
             then
             shall
             the
             desires
             and
             delights
             (
             which
             in
             those
             seasons
             young
             men
             were
             
             wont
             to
             take
             )
             fail
             them
             ,
             they
             shall
             find
             no
             pleasure
             in
             the
             most
             beautiful
             seasons
             of
             the
             year
             .
             And
             so
             they
             make
             the
             spring
             to
             be
             described
             by
             the
             flowring
             of
             the
             Almond-tree
             ,
             which
             doth
             first
             bring
             forth
             blossoms
             ,
             Jer.
             1.11
             .
             and
             the
             Summer
             ,
             by
             the
             fatness
             of
             the
             grashopper
             ,
             which
             then
             is
             most
             busie
             .
             Others
             understand
             it
             of
             Aversation
             from
             sensual
             desires
             ,
             and
             from
             pleasant
             fruits
             ,
             as
             we
             find
             in
             Vatablus
             and
             Caietan
             ,
             
               Omnis
               Cibus
               suavis
               reprobabitur
               :
               flocci
               faciet
               coitum
               ob
               multam
               debilitatem
               .
            
             But
             he
             seemeth
             to
             carry
             on
             the
             Allegory
             ,
             and
             to
             compare
             the
             speed
             which
             old
             age
             makes
             to
             overtake
             a
             man
             ,
             unto
             the
             Almond-tree
             ,
             which
             thrusts
             out
             her
             blossoms
             before
             any
             other
             tree
             .
             And
             as
             the
             flowers
             of
             the
             Almond
             are
             evident
             fore-runners
             of
             approaching
             Summer
             ,
             so
             is
             old
             age
             of
             death
             ,
             The
             most
             agreed
             sense
             is
             ,
             of
             
               Gray
               hairs
            
             ,
             which
             are
             here
             compared
             to
             the
             white
             flowers
             of
             an
             Almond-tree
             ,
             and
             are
             called
             
               flores
               Caemiterii
            
             .
             So
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             in
             Sophocles
             ,
             a
             white
             hoary
             head
             .
          
           
             
               and
               the
               grashopper
               shall
               be
               a
               burthen
            
             ]
             The
             lightest
             hop
             of
             so
             little
             a
             creature
             shall
             be
             burthensome
             to
             him
             ,
             he
             is
             impatient
             of
             any
             the
             smallest
             weight
             .
             Allegorically
             may
             be
             understood
             ,
             either
             the
             bowing
             down
             of
             his
             
             back
             ,
             and
             the
             sticking
             out
             of
             the
             vertebrae
             and
             bones
             thereof
             ,
             which
             shall
             be
             a
             heavy
             weight
             unto
             him
             .
             Or
             ,
             the
             legs
             which
             in
             a
             young
             man
             were
             as
             nimble
             as
             the
             legs
             of
             a
             grashopper
             ,
             shall
             now
             be
             heavy
             and
             swell'd
             with
             gowts
             and
             evil
             humours
             ,
             so
             the
             Chaldee
             Paraphrase
             ,
             the
             former
             sense
             is
             most
             general
             .
          
           
             
               And
               Desire
               shall
               fail
            
             ]
             The
             Desires
             of
             meat
             ,
             drink
             ,
             marriage
             ,
             other
             pleasures
             ,
             whatever
             is
             delightful
             to
             the
             eyes
             ,
             ears
             ,
             palate
             ,
             other
             senses
             ,
             shall
             all
             fail
             :
             A
             man
             shall
             abhor
             those
             things
             which
             in
             youth
             his
             nature
             did
             greatly
             incline
             unto
             .
             Symmachus
             rendreth
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             shall
             be
             dissolved
             ,
             so
             some
             understand
             it
             of
             the
             mutual
             Confederation
             between
             the
             soul
             and
             the
             body
             which
             will
             be
             loosned
             and
             broken
             .
             The
             Septuagint
             read
             it
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             which
             word
             the
             Vulgar
             Latin
             retaineth
             ,
             being
             a
             shrub
             ,
             whose
             fruit
             ,
             Galen
             saith
             ,
             is
             good
             for
             a
             weak
             appetite
             ;
             and
             Avicen
             ,
             
               ad
               irritandam
               Venerem
            
             :
             consonant
             whereunto
             is
             the
             Chaldee
             Paraphrase
             .
             Athenaeus
             numbreth
             Capparis
             amongst
             other
             hot
             and
             salacious
             herbs
             .
          
           
             
               Because
               man
               goeth
               to
               his
               long
               home
               ]
               Ad
               Dom●m
               Mundi
               sui
               ,
               hic
               enim
               mundus
               non
               est
               
               suus
               .
            
             So
             Caietan
             wittily
             ,
             though
             impertinently
             ,
             
               Domus
               Saeculi
            
             ,
             The
             
               Long
               Home
            
             is
             the
             Grave
             ,
             whence
             men
             are
             never
             more
             to
             return
             into
             this
             world
             any
             more
             .
             It
             is
             called
             a
             mans
             own
             and
             proper
             house
             ,
             Isa.
             14.18
             .
             They
             promise
             themselves
             Houses
             for
             ever
             here
             ,
             Ps.
             49.12
             .
             but
             they
             have
             no
             abiding
             home
             but
             in
             the
             grave
             ,
             Job
             7.10
             .
             The
             body
             is
             
               domus
               pernoctavionis
            
             ,
             but
             the
             Grave
             
               Domus
               aeternitatis
            
             .
          
           
             
               and
               the
               mourners
               go
               about
               the
               streets
               .
            
             ]
             Accompany
             the
             Herse
             unto
             the
             Grave
             ,
             Jer.
             9.17
             .
             Or
             his
             friends
             that
             visit
             him
             ,
             go
             from
             him
             mourning
             ,
             and
             expecting
             his
             funeral
             .
             So
             we
             read
             of
             wailing
             in
             all
             Streets
             ,
             Amos
             ,
             5.16
             .
             Those
             
               hired
               mourners
            
             who
             with
             musick
             were
             wont
             to
             praise
             the
             party
             deceased
             ,
             (
             whereunto
             alludeth
             the
             Evangelist
             ,
             Matth.
             9.23
             .
             )
             we
             read
             of
             in
             Varro
             ,
             lib.
             6.
             de
             lingua
             latin
             .
             vid.
             Scalig.
             ib.
             
          
           
             Now
             from
             these
             Infirmities
             we
             may
             be
             instructed
             to
             take
             care
             ,
             that
             amidst
             our
             own
             fears
             we
             may
             be
             guarded
             by
             Angels
             ,
             and
             led
             in
             our
             way
             ,
             and
             upheld
             by
             the
             Lords
             right
             hand
             ,
             who
             hath
             promised
             to
             give
             his
             
               Angels
               a
               charge
               to
               keep
               us
               in
            
             our
             waies
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             his
             
               way
               plain
            
             before
             our
             eyes
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             
             have
             plain
             paths
             for
             our
             feet
             to
             walk
             in
             ,
             and
             every
             high
             thing
             may
             be
             taken
             down
             ,
             Ps.
             34.7
             .
             Gen.
             48.16
             .
             Ps.
             91.11
             .
             Ps.
             37.24
             .
             Prov.
             15.19
             .
             Ps.
             27.11
             .
             Ps.
             5.8
             .
             Heb.
             12.13
             .
             Isa.
             40.4
             .
             Luke
             3.4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             2
             
             Cor.
             10.5
             .
             to
             be
             
               trees
               of
               Righteousness
            
             ,
             and
             then
             we
             shall
             bring
             forth
             fruit
             ,
             and
             
               flourish
               in
               old
               age
            
             ,
             Ps.
             92.12
             ,
             13
             ,
             14.
             
             When
             we
             can
             bear
             no
             burthen
             our selves
             ,
             If
             the
             Lord
             be
             ours
             ,
             we
             may
             cast
             all
             our
             burthens
             on
             him
             who
             careth
             for
             us
             ,
             and
             will
             sustain
             us
             ,
             Ps.
             55.22
             .
             And
             when
             All
             other
             
               desires
               fail
            
             ,
             Let
             us
             labour
             to
             be
             in
             such
             a
             preparation
             for
             death
             ,
             as
             that
             we
             may
             say
             with
             Old
             Simeon
             ,
             
               Lord
               now
               letrest
               thou
               thy
               servant
               depart
               in
               peace
            
             ;
             and
             with
             Paul
             ,
             
               I
               desire
               to
               depart
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               with
               Christ
               ,
               which
               is
               best
               of
               all
               ,
            
             Phil.
             1.23
             .
             And
             since
             the
             grave
             is
             our
             
               longest
               home
            
             ,
             let
             our
             greatest
             care
             be
             to
             have
             that
             a
             House
             of
             Rest
             and
             of
             Hope
             unto
             us
             ;
             Christ
             by
             his
             lying
             in
             it
             hath
             sweetned
             it
             unto
             Believers
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             let
             us
             so
             live
             ,
             as
             that
             we
             may
             dye
             without
             fear
             ,
             and
             they
             who
             bewail
             us
             ,
             may
             not
             mourn
             as
             they
             who
             have
             no
             Hope
             ,
             1
             Thess.
             4.13
             .
          
           
             V.
             6.
             
             
               Or
               ever
               the
               silver
               Cord
               be
               loosed
               ,
               or
               the
               golden
               bowl
               be
               broken
               ,
               or
               the
               pitcher
               be
               broken
               at
               the
               fountain
               ,
               or
               the
               wheel
               broken
               at
               the
               Cistern
               .
            
             ]
             Some
             understand
             this
             verse
             literally
             .
             
             1.
             
             Of
             the
             ornaments
             .
             2.
             
             Of
             the
             more
             needful
             instruments
             of
             life
             ,
             whether
             they
             be
             more
             obvious
             and
             easie
             to
             come
             by
             ,
             as
             to
             draw
             water
             out
             of
             a
             Fountain
             with
             a
             pitcher
             ;
             or
             more
             remote
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             gotten
             without
             labour
             and
             cost
             ,
             as
             the
             drawing
             of
             water
             out
             of
             a
             deep
             Well
             with
             a
             wheel
             and
             a
             chain
             .
             And
             so
             the
             meaning
             runs
             thus
             ,
             
               Remember
               thy
               Creator
               in
               the
               daies
               of
               thy
               Youth
               ,
            
             before
             God
             strip
             thee
             of
             thine
             ornaments
             wherein
             thou
             now
             rejoycest
             ,
             Thy
             plate
             ,
             chains
             ,
             rings
             ,
             jewels
             ,
             bracelets
             ,
             which
             will
             then
             be
             too
             heavy
             for
             thee
             to
             wear
             ,
             
               nec
               sufferre
               potes
               majoris
               pondera
               g●mmae
            
             :
             2.
             
             Before
             he
             spoyl
             thee
             of
             the
             other
             Helps
             and
             
               Commodities
               of
               life
            
             ,
             and
             make
             both
             thine
             
               extraordinary
               ornaments
            
             ,
             and
             thine
             
               ordinary
               utensils
            
             all
             useless
             unto
             thee
             :
             or
             haply
             in
             this
             sense
             the
             former
             clause
             may
             relate
             unto
             
               rich
               men
            
             ,
             Let
             not
             thy
             silver
             and
             gold
             bewitch
             thee
             :
             the
             later
             unto
             
               meaner
               men
            
             ,
             Let
             not
             thy
             pitcher
             and
             thy
             wheel
             take
             thee
             off
             from
             minding
             the
             things
             of
             another
             and
             a
             better
             life
             .
             Others
             carry
             on
             the
             Allegory
             ,
             making
             these
             things
             figurative
             and
             elegant
             expressions
             of
             death
             ,
             and
             of
             those
             evils
             which
             immediately
             forego
             it
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             the
             dissolution
             of
             those
             parts
             which
             are
             most
             vital
             :
             for
             death
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             storming
             or
             battering
             of
             a
             
             Garrison
             ,
             doth
             first
             break
             and
             weaken
             the
             out-works
             ,
             the
             bodily
             limbs
             ,
             and
             outward
             senses
             ,
             and
             and
             after
             that
             sets
             upon
             the
             in-works
             ,
             and
             the
             Vitals
             .
             He
             here
             compareth
             Life
             unto
             a
             Fountain
             ,
             or
             Well
             ,
             out
             of
             which
             men
             draw
             water
             with
             a
             Cord
             ,
             a
             bowl
             ,
             or
             bucket
             ,
             a
             pitcher
             ,
             and
             a
             wheel
             .
             And
             as
             when
             these
             are
             broken
             we
             can
             draw
             water
             no
             more
             ,
             so
             when
             the
             Vital
             parts
             are
             decayed
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             hope
             longer
             to
             draw
             life
             into
             the
             body
             which
             is
             the
             Cistern
             .
             This
             Life
             he
             compares
             ,
             for
             the
             pretiousness
             of
             it
             ,
             unto
             silver
             and
             gold
             ,
             for
             the
             weakness
             and
             fragility
             of
             it
             ,
             unto
             a
             pitcher
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             in●●ability
             and
             unsetledness
             of
             it
             ,
             unto
             a
             wheel
             .
          
           
             Now
             besides
             this
             general
             proportion
             between
             life
             and
             these
             things
             as
             the
             figures
             of
             it
             ,
             Interpreters
             do
             make
             the
             particulars
             here
             mentioned
             to
             answer
             unto
             some
             particulars
             in
             the
             vital
             parts
             of
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             By
             the
             
               silver
               Cord
            
             ,
             they
             understand
             the
             marrow
             or
             
               pith
               of
               the
               back
            
             ,
             continued
             from
             the
             brain
             as
             it
             were
             in
             a
             cord
             or
             string
             unto
             the
             bottom
             of
             the
             back-bones
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             white
             colour
             of
             it
             ,
             compared
             unto
             silver
             .
             It
             may
             also
             be
             applyed
             unto
             all
             the
             other
             Sinews
             and
             Ligaments
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             which
             from
             the
             head
             ,
             
             as
             the
             Fountain
             ,
             convey
             sense
             and
             motion
             upon
             the
             other
             parts
             .
             Hereby
             also
             may
             not
             unfitly
             be
             understood
             the
             chain
             and
             sweet
             harmony
             of
             the
             Elements
             and
             humors
             in
             the
             body
             ,
             which
             being
             preserved
             in
             its
             due
             proportion
             ,
             the
             body
             doth
             receive
             life
             from
             the
             Soul
             which
             is
             the
             Spring
             thereof
             ,
             but
             being
             once
             dissolved
             ,
             life
             presently
             faileth
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             By
             the
             
               Golden
               bowl
            
             ,
             they
             understand
             the
             Meninx
             or
             skin
             wherein
             the
             brain
             and
             vital
             powers
             thereof
             are
             contained
             as
             in
             a
             bowl
             .
             Others
             understand
             the
             blood
             which
             is
             in
             the
             heart
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             pretious
             Fountain
             of
             life
             .
             Schindler
             rendreth
             it
             ,
             
               Scaturigo
               Auri
            
             or
             aurea
             ,
             &
             would
             have
             us
             thereby
             to
             understand
             the
             Law
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             is
             compared
             unto
             Gold
             :
             but
             the
             word
             is
             elsewhere
             used
             to
             signifie
             a
             vessel
             ,
             Zach.
             4.2
             ,
             3.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             By
             the
             fountain
             ,
             we
             may
             understand
             those
             
               principal
               parts
            
             from
             whence
             vital
             supplyes
             are
             drawn
             into
             the
             body
             ,
             as
             from
             the
             
               Head
               ,
               Sense
            
             ,
             and
             motion
             ;
             from
             the
             Heart
             ,
             spirits
             ,
             and
             heat
             ;
             from
             the
             liver
             ,
             blood
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             By
             the
             pitch●r
             ,
             and
             the
             wheel
             ,
             those
             Instrumental
             and
             subservient
             parts
             ,
             which
             from
             these
             convey
             those
             supplyes
             into
             the
             several
             
             vessels
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             as
             into
             a
             Cistern
             ,
             as
             the
             veins
             blood
             from
             the
             Liver
             ,
             the
             arteries
             spirits
             from
             the
             heart
             ,
             the
             Sinews
             motion
             and
             sense
             from
             the
             brain
             .
             By
             all
             which
             we
             should
             learn
             to
             draw
             water
             of
             life
             out
             of
             
               the
               Wells
               of
               Salvation
            
             ,
             that
             out
             of
             our
             belly
             may
             flow
             rivers
             of
             
               living
               water
            
             ,
             through
             the
             continual
             supplyes
             of
             the
             Spirit
             of
             grace
             ,
             that
             all
             our
             springs
             may
             be
             in
             Christ
             ,
             and
             our
             life
             hidden
             with
             him
             in
             God
             ,
             Isa.
             14.3
             .
             &
             66.11
             ,
             12.
             
             Zach.
             13.
             1.
             
             John
             4.14
             .
             &
             7.38
             ,
             39.
             
          
           
             In
             the
             second
             Chapter
             Solomon
             had
             shewed
             us
             ,
             The
             many
             choice
             varieties
             of
             pleasure
             ,
             riches
             ,
             and
             other
             excellent
             outward
             blessings
             ,
             in
             which
             he
             had
             sought
             for
             contentment
             :
             and
             in
             this
             Chapter
             he
             hath
             in
             a
             most
             elegant
             Allegory
             shewed
             us
             how
             quickly
             old
             age
             doth
             break
             them
             all
             ,
             and
             take
             away
             the
             comfort
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             V.
             7.
             
             
               Then
               shall
               the
               Dust
               return
               to
               the
               Earth
               ,
               as
               it
               was
               :
               and
               the
               spirit
               shall
               return
               unto
               God
               who
               gave
               it
               .
            
             ]
             The
             Dust
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             The
             body
             ,
             to
             shew
             the
             Original
             of
             it
             ,
             Gen.
             2.7
             .
             The
             weakness
             of
             it
             ,
             dust
             is
             the
             weakest
             part
             of
             earth
             ,
             Ps.
             103.14
             .
             The
             baseness
             and
             vileness
             of
             it
             ,
             Job
             4.19
             .
             Phil.
             3.21
             .
             Gen.
             18.17
             .
             Job
             30.19
             .
             Our
             Original
             from
             the
             
             dust
             ,
             Our
             Return
             unto
             the
             dust
             ,
             should
             humble
             us
             ,
             and
             make
             us
             vile
             in
             our
             own
             eyes
             ,
             and
             should
             warn
             us
             to
             make
             haste
             to
             secure
             a
             better
             life
             before
             this
             be
             ended
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             put
             off
             the
             endeavours
             towards
             it
             unto
             old
             age
             ,
             which
             haply
             we
             may
             never
             attain
             unto
             ,
             and
             if
             we
             do
             ,
             will
             bring
             it self
             work
             enough
             for
             us
             to
             do
             .
             Death
             is
             swift
             ,
             and
             uncertain
             :
             Sin
             ,
             the
             longer
             lived
             in
             ,
             doth
             the
             more
             harden
             :
             Repentance
             is
             not
             in
             our
             Call
             or
             command
             when
             we
             please
             :
             and
             it
             is
             a
             work
             of
             the
             whole
             man
             ,
             and
             the
             vvhole
             life
             :
             The
             vvork
             deferred
             vvill
             be
             greater
             ,
             the
             time
             to
             do
             it
             in
             vvill
             be
             shorter
             ,
             the
             strength
             to
             do
             it
             by
             vvill
             be
             less
             ,
             bodily
             infirmities
             vvill
             disable
             spiritual
             actions
             .
             God
             vvill
             have
             less
             honour
             and
             service
             from
             us
             ,
             and
             vve
             shall
             have
             more
             sorrovv
             ,
             and
             less
             comfort
             .
             Therefore
             remember
             thy
             Creator
             ,
             before
             the
             Dust
             return
             to
             the
             Earth
             vvhence
             it
             came
             .
          
           
             
               And
               the
               spirit
               shall
               return
               unto
               God
               who
               gave
               it
               .
            
             ]
             The
             Soul
             is
             called
             a
             Spirit
             ,
             to
             note
             the
             Immaterial
             substance
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             its
             original
             ,
             It
             came
             from
             him
             who
             is
             the
             
               Father
               of
               Spirits
            
             ,
             Heb.
             12.9
             .
             Gen.
             2.7
             .
          
           
             
               shall
               return
               unto
               God
               that
               gave
               it
               ]
               Ut
               stet
               Iudicio
               ante
               Deum
               ?
            
             That
             it
             may
             appear
             before
             his
             Tribunal
             to
             be
             judged
             :
             as
             the
             Chaldee
             well
             paraphraseth
             the
             place
             .
             As
             
             certainly
             as
             the
             body
             goes
             unto
             the
             dust
             ,
             so
             certainly
             the
             Soul
             returneth
             unto
             God
             to
             be
             judged
             .
             The
             godly
             are
             translated
             into
             Paradise
             ,
             into
             Abrahams
             bosome
             ,
             into
             the
             condition
             of
             Just
             men
             made
             perfect
             ,
             Luke
             16.22
             .
             and
             23.34
             .
             Heb.
             12.23
             .
             The
             wicked
             into
             the
             prison
             of
             disobedient
             spirits
             ,
             reserved
             there
             in
             Hell
             unto
             the
             Judgement
             of
             the
             great
             day
             ,
             Luke
             16.23
             .
             1
             Pet.
             3.19
             .
          
           
             V.
             8.
             
             
               Vanity
               of
               Vanities
               ,
               saith
               the
               Preacher
               :
               All
               is
               Vanity
               .
            
             ]
             As
             Mathematicians
             having
             made
             their
             demonstration
             ,
             do
             then
             resume
             their
             principal
             conclusion
             with
             a
             
               quod
               erat
               demonstrandum
            
             :
             so
             here
             the
             Wise
             man
             having
             made
             a
             large
             and
             distinct
             demonstration
             ,
             That
             the
             Happiness
             of
             man
             doth
             not
             stand
             in
             Any
             ,
             or
             in
             All
             the
             Contents
             which
             the
             World
             can
             afford
             ,
             both
             in
             regard
             of
             their
             disproportion
             unto
             him
             ,
             and
             their
             discontinuance
             with
             him
             ,
             He
             doth
             hereby
             conclude
             his
             discourse
             ,
             1.
             
             With
             a
             confident
             affirming
             what
             he
             had
             in
             the
             beginning
             undertaken
             to
             prove
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             With
             a
             strong
             and
             solid
             vindication
             thereof
             from
             any
             Cavils
             which
             might
             yet
             arise
             in
             the
             minds
             of
             men
             against
             it
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             With
             a
             positive
             Conclusion
             containing
             the
             sum
             of
             the
             whole
             Book
             ,
             and
             the
             right
             
             means
             unto
             true
             Happiness
             indeed
             .
          
           
             V.
             9.
             
             
               And
               moreover
               ,
               because
               the
               Preacher
               was
               wise
               ,
               he
               still
               taught
               the
               people
               knowledge
               :
               yea
               he
               gave
               good
               heed
               ,
               and
               sought
               out
               ,
               and
               set
               in
               order
               many
               Proverbs
               .
            
             V.
             10.
             
             
               The
               Preacher
               sought
               to
               find
               out
               Acceptable
               words
               ;
               and
               that
               which
               was
               written
               was
               upright
               ,
               even
               words
               of
               truth
               .
            
             ]
             Here
             Solomon
             commendeth
             the
             doctrine
             taught
             in
             this
             Book
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Because
             it
             was
             the
             doctrine
             of
             a
             
               penitent
               Convert
            
             :
             for
             Repentance
             is
             an
             excellent
             means
             to
             discern
             and
             acknowledge
             spiritual
             truth
             ,
             2
             Tim.
             2.25
             .
             James
             1.21
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Because
             he
             was
             indued
             with
             wisdome
             from
             God
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             came
             and
             sent
             from
             remote
             Countreys
             to
             hear
             him
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.30
             ,
             31.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             He
             used
             this
             wisdome
             aright
             ,
             he
             did
             not
             hide
             his
             talent
             in
             a
             napkin
             ,
             but
             being
             taught
             of
             God
             himself
             ,
             he
             also
             
               taught
               the
               people
            
             ;
             and
             being
             converted
             himself
             ,
             he
             sought
             to
             convert
             others
             ,
             and
             hereby
             shewed
             himself
             to
             be
             wise
             ,
             and
             a
             penitent
             indeed
             ,
             Ps.
             51.12
             ,
             13.
             
             John
             4
             ,
             28
             ,
             29.
             
             Joh.
             1.41
             ,
             45.
             
             Luke
             2.17
             .
             &
             24.33
             ,
             34
             ,
             35.
             
             Prov.
             11.30
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Because
             he
             was
             exceeding
             considerate
             in
             the
             doctrine
             he
             taught
             ,
             he
             
               gave
               good
               heed
               unto
               it
            
             ,
             and
             weighed
             it
             in
             the
             ballance
             of
             
             wisdome
             .
             He
             was
             exceeding
             diligent
             to
             learn
             of
             others
             ,
             and
             to
             study
             himself
             .
             He
             was
             very
             perspicacious
             and
             judicious
             ,
             to
             select
             choice
             matter
             to
             teach
             the
             people
             ,
             1
             Pet.
             1.10
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Because
             he
             had
             been
             exceeding
             succesful
             in
             that
             disquisition
             ,
             and
             had
             composed
             many
             excellent
             and
             wise
             parables
             for
             instruction
             in
             piety
             ,
             vertue
             ,
             and
             prudence
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.32
             .
          
           
             Whereupon
             he
             doth
             ,
             sixthly
             ,
             commend
             the
             doctrine
             he
             taught
             from
             the
             nature
             and
             quality
             of
             it
             ,
             1.
             
             They
             were
             
               Verba
               desiderii
            
             ,
             pleasant
             ,
             delightful
             ,
             acceptable
             words
             ,
             such
             as
             would
             be
             worthy
             of
             all
             entertainment
             ,
             and
             minister
             solid
             comfort
             and
             refreshment
             to
             the
             hearers
             ,
             Psal.
             19.10
             .
             1
             Tim.
             1.13
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             They
             were
             
               Verba
               Rectitudinis
            
             ,
             equal
             and
             right
             words
             ,
             not
             loose
             ,
             fabulous
             ,
             amorous
             ,
             impertinent
             ,
             which
             should
             satisfie
             the
             itch
             of
             the
             ear
             ,
             or
             tickle
             only
             a
             wanton
             fancy
             ;
             but
             they
             were
             profitable
             and
             wholsome
             words
             ;
             he
             did
             so
             seek
             to
             please
             men
             ,
             as
             that
             it
             might
             be
             unto
             edification
             ,
             and
             for
             their
             profit
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             10.33
             .
             2
             Tim.
             3.16
             .
             words
             written
             to
             make
             men
             sound
             and
             upright
             ,
             Prov.
             8.8
             .
             to
             make
             their
             paths
             direct
             and
             straight
             ,
             without
             falsen●sse
             or
             hypocrisie
             .
          
           
           
             3.
             
             They
             were
             
               Verba
               veritatis
            
             ,
             words
             of
             truth
             and
             infallible
             certainty
             ,
             which
             would
             not
             deceive
             or
             misguide
             those
             that
             should
             yield
             up
             themselves
             to
             the
             direction
             of
             them
             ,
             Psal.
             19.9
             .
             Joh.
             17.17
             .
             A
             truth
             which
             is
             sanctifying
             and
             saving
             ,
             Ephes.
             1.13
             .
             and
             in
             these
             respects
             most
             worthy
             of
             our
             Attention
             and
             belief
             .
             Many
             other
             books
             Solomon
             wrote
             ,
             besides
             those
             which
             we
             now
             have
             mentioned
             ,
             1
             Reg.
             4.32
             ,
             33.
             2
             
             Chron.
             35.4
             .
             See
             Josephus
             Antiquit.
             lib.
             8.
             cap.
             2.
             
             Pineda
             de
             Rebus
             Solomonis
             ,
             lib.
             3.
             
             Sixtus
             Senensis
             Biblioth
             ,
             lib.
             2.
             
          
           
             V.
             11.
             
             
               The
               words
               of
               the
               wise
               are
               as
               goads
               ,
               and
               as
               nailes
               fastened
               by
               the
               Masters
               of
               Assemblies
               ,
               which
               are
               given
               from
               one
               shepherd
               .
            
             ]
             Before
             ,
             he
             shewed
             the
             Internal
             Quality
             of
             the
             doctrine
             taught
             in
             the
             Church
             ;
             here
             ,
             he
             sheweth
             the
             use
             ,
             vertue
             ,
             Efficacy
             and
             Authority
             thereof
             ,
             and
             that
             by
             Two
             excellent
             Similitudes
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             Of
             Goades
             ,
             sententious
             and
             concise
             parables
             and
             wise
             Sayings
             ,
             have
             a
             notable
             a●umen
             in
             them
             to
             stirre
             up
             the
             heart
             unto
             attention
             ,
             and
             to
             urge
             our
             sluggish
             affections
             forward
             unto
             obedience
             ,
             as
             the
             goad
             quickens
             the
             Oxe
             unto
             labour
             .
             This
             is
             the
             nature
             of
             sound
             and
             spiritual
             doctrine
             ,
             it
             
             searcheth
             ,
             pricketh
             ,
             and
             extimulateth
             the
             hearers
             of
             it
             unto
             Duty
             ,
             doth
             not
             flatter
             any
             in
             their
             sins
             ,
             or
             security
             ,
             but
             rouzeth
             them
             up
             ,
             and
             awakeneth
             them
             ,
             Psal.
             45
             5.
             
             Isa.
             49.2
             .
             Act.
             2.37
             .
             Heb.
             4.12
             .
             Shamgar
             with
             an
             Oxe
             goad
             slew
             sixe
             hundred
             Philistines
             ,
             Judg.
             3.31
             .
             Such
             is
             the
             power
             of
             the
             word
             to
             mortifie
             our
             lusts
             and
             corruption
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             Of
             nayles
             or
             stakes
             ,
             by
             which
             we
             are
             fastened
             and
             confirmed
             in
             our
             duties
             ;
             a
             Metaphor
             either
             from
             Smiths
             and
             Carpenters
             ,
             who
             fasten
             their
             work
             together
             with
             nailes
             ;
             or
             from
             Shepherds
             ,
             who
             fasten
             their
             hurdles
             and
             sheep-pens
             together
             with
             stakes
             fixed
             in
             the
             ground
             ,
             as
             likewise
             Tents
             were
             wont
             with
             cords
             and
             pins
             or
             stakes
             to
             be
             pitched
             ,
             Isa.
             33.20
             .
             &
             54.2
             .
             Isa.
             22.23
             .
             elsewhere
             the
             word
             is
             compared
             unto
             an
             Hammer
             ,
             where●y
             these
             nailes
             are
             thus
             fastened
             ,
             Jer
             23.20
             .
          
           
             
               fastened
               by
               the
               masters
               of
               Assemblies
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             planted
             and
             fixed
             ;
             so
             the
             Apostle
             compareth
             preaching
             unto
             planting
             ,
             1
             Cor.
             3.6
             .
             and
             the
             Word
             is
             called
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             an
             implanted
             ,
             or
             
               ingrafted
               word
            
             ,
             James
             1.21
             .
             Some
             read
             the
             words
             thus
             ,
             
               The
               words
               of
               the
               wise
               are
               as
               goades
               ,
               and
               as
               nayles
               fastned
               ,
               They
               are
               the
               Masters
               of
               Collections
               ,
            
             or
             the
             
             choycest
             and
             most
             principal
             Collections
             ,
             unto
             which
             no
             other
             writing
             is
             to
             be
             compared
             ,
             unto
             which
             all
             other
             learning
             is
             to
             be
             an
             handmaid
             ,
             to
             wait
             upon
             it
             ,
             &
             to
             be
             subservient
             unto
             it
             :
             &
             thus
             they
             are
             a
             further
             commendation
             of
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             from
             the
             excellency
             and
             preeminency
             of
             them
             above
             all
             other
             writings
             .
             Others
             thus
             ;
             
               As
               goads
               ,
               and
               as
               nails
               fixed
               ,
               quibus
               fiunt
               Coagmentationes
            
             or
             Collections
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             nails
             are
             the
             Masters
             of
             the
             Collections
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             former
             sense
             ;
             They
             who
             forsake
             the
             Word
             ,
             have
             scatter'd
             ,
             broken
             ,
             disjoynted
             ,
             discomposed
             minds
             and
             affections
             ;
             But
             the
             Word
             is
             of
             a
             knitting
             ,
             and
             uniting
             vertue
             ,
             Ephes.
             4.12.13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16.
             
             Col.
             2.19
             .
             Others
             ,
             by
             this
             expression
             ,
             understand
             those
             who
             did
             collect
             the
             doctrine
             of
             the
             Holy
             men
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             compose
             them
             in
             brief
             Summaries
             for
             the
             use
             of
             the
             Church
             :
             such
             as
             were
             the
             
               servants
               of
               Hezekiah
            
             ,
             Prov.
             25.1
             .
             like
             unto
             that
             Colledg
             of
             wise
             and
             learned
             men
             ,
             whom
             Justinian
             the
             Emperour
             imployed
             in
             gathering
             into
             one
             Body
             or
             Pandect
             the
             Abridgment
             of
             the
             civil
             Laws
             :
             and
             likewise
             those
             Doctors
             and
             Pastours
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             whose
             work
             it
             is
             to
             fasten
             these
             nails
             in
             the
             hearts
             of
             the
             people
             by
             their
             Ministery
             ;
             as
             Peter
             did
             in
             theirs
             to
             whom
             he
             preached
             ,
             Act.
             21.37
             .
             These
             are
             all
             very
             sound
             &
             mutual
             consistent
             senses
             ,
             which
             for
             substance
             agree
             
             in
             one
             end
             to
             shew
             the
             efficacy
             of
             the
             word
             .
             The
             Authority
             whereof
             is
             confirmed
             by
             the
             next
             clause
             ,
          
           
             
               Which
               are
               given
               from
               one
               Shepherd
            
             ]
             Though
             the
             Collectors
             ,
             Expounders
             ,
             &
             publishers
             of
             the
             word
             be
             many
             ,
             some
             Prophets
             ,
             some
             Apostles
             ,
             some
             Evangelists
             ,
             some
             Pastors
             &
             Teachers
             ;
             yet
             the
             word
             it self
             hath
             its
             original
             from
             
               One
               principal
               Shepherd
               ,
               the
               great
               Shepherd
               of
               the
               sheep
               ,
            
             and
             Master
             of
             the
             house
             ,
             He
             by
             his
             Spirit
             inspired
             it
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             same
             Spirit
             assisteth
             his
             Ministers
             in
             the
             dispensation
             of
             it
             ;
             It
             is
             he
             that
             speaketh
             in
             them
             &
             by
             them
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             they
             keep
             to
             their
             commission
             ,
             and
             deliver
             nothing
             to
             the
             people
             but
             the
             counsel
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             that
             which
             they
             have
             first
             received
             .
             Christ
             is
             here
             ,
             as
             elsewhere
             ,
             called
             a
             Shepheard
             ,
             in
             pursuance
             of
             the
             Metaphor
             of
             goads
             and
             stakes
             ,
             whereby
             herdsmen
             drive
             their
             oxen
             ,
             and
             shepherds
             pitch
             their
             caules
             ,
             John.
             10.11
             .
             Heb.
             13.20
             .
             1
             Pet.
             5.4
             .
             Hereby
             then
             is
             noted
             ,
             The
             Divine
             Authority
             of
             the
             holy
             Scriptures
             delivered
             by
             Inspiration
             unto
             the
             Pen-man
             thereof
             for
             the
             use
             of
             Church
             .
             The
             Spirit
             of
             Christ
             being
             in
             those
             that
             wrote
             them
             ,
             1
             Pet.
             1.11
             .
             2
             Pet.
             1.21
             ▪
             2
             Tim.
             3.16
             .
             2
             Cor.
             13.3
             .
             Heb.
             1.1
             ,
             2.
             
             &
             2
             ▪
             3
             ,
             4.
             
             &
             12.25
             .
             And
             also
             the
             duty
             of
             Pastors
             ,
             to
             deliver
             nothing
             to
             the
             sheep
             of
             Christ
             ,
             but
             that
             which
             is
             his
             ,
             and
             which
             cometh
             from
             
             himself
             ,
             Jer.
             23.22
             .
             Isai.
             21.10
             .
             1
             Reg.
             22.14
             .
             Ezek.
             2.7
             .
             Acts
             5.20
             .
             &
             20.27
             .
             1
             Cor.
             Ezek.
             3.4
             .
             1
             Pet.
             4.11
             .
             1
             Joh.
             1.1
             .
          
           
             V.
             12.
             
             
               And
               further
               ,
               by
               these
               ,
               my
               sonne
               ,
               be
               admonished
               :
               of
               making
               many
               books
               there
               is
               no
               end
               ,
               and
               much
               study
               is
               a
               wearinesse
               of
               the
               flesh
               ]
               And
               further
               ,
            
             The
             Learned
             do
             by
             this
             word
             ,
             joyn
             this
             verse
             unto
             the
             three
             former
             ,
             as
             an
             inference
             from
             them
             .
             And
             some
             render
             it
             thus
             .
             
               Quod
               reliqum
               est
               ,
               that
               which
               remains
            
             as
             is
             the
             result
             of
             all
             this
             inquiry
             is
             this
             ,
             That
             since
             the
             Preacher
             was
             wise
             and
             faithful
             ,
             to
             seek
             out
             such
             acceptable
             words
             ,
             words
             of
             truth
             ,
             consonant
             to
             the
             doctrine
             of
             other
             wise
             men
             ,
             effectual
             ,
             as
             goads
             and
             nails
             ,
             delivered
             from
             the
             great
             and
             chief
             shepherd
             of
             the
             flock
             :
             That
             I
             say
             which
             hereupon
             remains
             is
             this
             ,
             
               That
               thou
               my
               son
               be
               admonished
               by
               these
               words
               .
            
             Others
             begin
             the
             ninth
             Verse
             thus
             ,
             
               And
               rather
            
             ,
             because
             the
             Preacher
             was
             wise
             ,
             &c.
             and
             then
             here
             repeat
             it
             ,
             
               And
               rather
               ,
               I
               say
               ,
               by
               these
               be
               admonished
               ,
            
             rather
             by
             these
             doctrines
             of
             mine
             ,
             then
             by
             any
             other
             humane
             and
             vain
             writings
             .
             
               Amplius
               his
               ,
               cave
               ,
               quaeras
               ,
            
             so
             Vatablus
             :
             and
             
               quod
               plus
               est
               istis
               ,
               cave
               ab
               isto
            
             ;
             so
             Cajetan
             .
             Whatever
             others
             say
             ,
             If
             they
             speak
             not
             according
             unto
             these
             words
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             wisdom
             in
             them
             ,
             and
             therefore
             no
             heed
             to
             be
             given
             unto
             them
             ,
             Isa.
             8.20
             .
             These
             are
             the
             most
             excellent
             
             Monitors
             thou
             canst
             have
             ;
             from
             these
             thou
             maist
             most
             richly
             be
             informed
             ,
             and
             warned
             how
             to
             live
             ,
             Psal.
             19.11
             .
          
           
             
               of
               making
               many
               books
               there
               is
               no
               end
               ,
            
             &c.
             ]
             An
             argument
             to
             enforce
             the
             exhortation
             ,
             from
             the
             fruitlessness
             and
             
               vanity
               of
               other
               studies
            
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             There
             is
             no
             end
             of
             writing
             them
             ;
             one
             refutes
             what
             another
             wrote
             ,
             another
             vindicates
             what
             his
             adversary
             disliked
             .
             If
             happiness
             were
             to
             be
             sought
             for
             in
             humane
             writings
             ;
             The
             Volums
             are
             so
             infinite
             ,
             the
             opinions
             so
             endless
             and
             various
             ,
             that
             it
             would
             be
             impossible
             for
             any
             man
             to
             find
             it
             out
             of
             them
             ;
             when
             a
             man
             had
             with
             much
             curiosity
             ,
             and
             continual
             reading
             ,
             wearied
             himself
             ,
             and
             pined
             his
             flesh
             away
             ,
             he
             would
             find
             it
             all
             an
             unprofitable
             ,
             and
             impertinent
             labour
             ,
             weariness
             to
             the
             body
             ,
             without
             any
             satisfaction
             to
             the
             mind
             .
             Therefore
             let
             these
             words
             ,
             so
             few
             ,
             and
             yet
             so
             full
             ,
             be
             thy
             counsellors
             :
             He
             that
             will
             not
             be
             admonished
             by
             those
             ,
             shall
             never
             be
             satisfied
             with
             any
             others
             :
             He
             that
             refuseth
             the
             Wheat
             ,
             will
             be
             but
             choaked
             with
             the
             Chaff
             .
             Well
             may
             we
             say
             unto
             this
             one
             Shepherd
             ,
             as
             Peter
             did
             ,
             
               Lord
               ,
               to
               whom
               shall
               we
               go
               ?
               Thou
               hast
               the
               words
               of
               eternal
               life
               ,
            
             Joh.
             6.68
             .
             These
             only
             are
             the
             Writings
             which
             make
             us
             wise
             unto
             salvation
             ,
             and
             do
             furnish
             us
             throughly
             unto
             all
             good
             works
             ,
             2
             Tim.
             3.15
             ,
             17.
             others
             are
             usefull
             in
             
             their
             order
             :
             These
             only
             are
             the
             Rule
             of
             faith
             and
             life
             .
          
           
             V.
             13.
             
             
               Let
               us
               hear
               the
               conclusion
               of
               the
               whole
               matter
               ;
               Fear
               God
               and
               keep
               his
               commandements
               :
               for
               this
               is
               the
               whole
               duty
               of
               a
               man
            
             ]
             Or
             ,
             the
             whole
             end
             of
             the
             matter
             ,
             or
             the
             Summe
             and
             substance
             of
             the
             whole
             matter
             is
             heard
             ;
             The
             discourse
             of
             mans
             happiness
             ,
             which
             in
             this
             Book
             I
             have
             undertaken
             ,
             is
             at
             an
             end
             ,
             no
             more
             need
             be
             said
             of
             it
             ;
             The
             summe
             of
             all
             is
             comprized
             in
             these
             two
             words
             ,
             
               Fear
               God
               ,
               keep
               his
               Commandements
            
             ;
             this
             is
             all
             man
             needs
             ,
             to
             lead
             an
             happy
             life
             .
          
           
             
               Let
               us
               hear
               the
               conclusion
               of
               the
               whole
               matter
            
             ]
             This
             is
             an
             Exordium
             to
             stir
             up
             attention
             ;
             I
             will
             in
             two
             words
             give
             you
             an
             Abridgement
             of
             all
             that
             can
             be
             said
             ;
             therefore
             take
             special
             heed
             to
             remember
             them
             .
             The
             Verse
             begins
             with
             a
             great
             Letter
             in
             the
             Original
             ,
             which
             is
             as
             Buxtorf
             ,
             in
             his
             Tiberius
             notes
             ,
             to
             excite
             the
             more
             heed
             and
             attention
             ,
             the
             whole
             sum
             of
             the
             duty
             of
             man
             ,
             being
             contained
             in
             this
             short
             saying
             ,
             wherein
             he
             observeth
             the
             right
             order
             ;
             for
             first
             ,
             he
             begins
             with
             the
             
               internal
               root
            
             of
             all
             obedience
             and
             worship
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             a
             filial
             ,
             reverend
             ,
             awful
             ,
             and
             loving
             
               fear
               of
               God
            
             and
             his
             goodness
             in
             
             the
             heart
             ,
             Hos.
             3.5
             .
             Prov.
             1.7
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             He
             proceedeth
             unto
             the
             fruit
             ,
             which
             groweth
             out
             of
             this
             root
             of
             filial
             fear
             &
             love
             ,
             shed
             abroad
             in
             the
             heart
             ,
             which
             is
             an
             equal
             ,
             uniform
             ,
             constant
             ,
             universal
             observing
             of
             his
             Commandements
             ;
             of
             all
             of
             them
             without
             partiality
             ;
             of
             all
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             his
             ,
             in
             obedience
             to
             his
             authority
             ,
             in
             the
             acknowledgement
             of
             His
             Holiness
             in
             them
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             Dominion
             and
             Soveraignty
             over
             us
             :
             keep
             His
             Commandements
             out
             of
             fear
             to
             displease
             him
             ;
             out
             of
             conscience
             to
             approve
             your selves
             unto
             him
             ;
             out
             of
             care
             to
             bring
             glory
             to
             his
             Name
             ,
             to
             testifie
             your
             thankfulness
             for
             his
             mercies
             ,
             and
             your
             conformity
             to
             his
             Will.
             
          
           
             Thus
             to
             fear
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             keep
             his
             Commandements
             ,
             is
             
               the
               whole
               of
               man
            
             ;
             About
             this
             should
             he
             spend
             all
             the
             strength
             of
             his
             thoughts
             and
             cares
             ;
             This
             is
             the
             summe
             of
             all
             ,
             which
             man
             can
             ,
             after
             all
             his
             writing
             ,
             reading
             ,
             studying
             ,
             inquiring
             ,
             in
             order
             unto
             happiness
             ,
             attain
             unto
             ;
             This
             is
             the
             whole
             happiness
             of
             man
             ,
             or
             ,
             all
             the
             means
             which
             man
             can
             use
             to
             come
             unto
             happiness
             at
             the
             last
             :
             This
             is
             the
             basis
             ,
             and
             bottom
             of
             all
             that
             perfection
             which
             man
             is
             capable
             of
             ;
             It
             is
             the
             
               whole
               duty
               of
               man
            
             ,
             and
             the
             
               duty
               of
               all
               men
            
             that
             will
             be
             happy
             ,
             Job
             28.28
             .
          
           
           
             This
             necessarily
             ,
             takes
             in
             the
             Doctrine
             of
             faith
             in
             Christ
             ,
             because
             without
             him
             we
             can
             do
             nothing
             ;
             by
             faith
             in
             him
             ,
             the
             heart
             is
             purified
             to
             fear
             and
             love
             God
             ;
             and
             by
             that
             fear
             and
             love
             ,
             it
             is
             inclined
             to
             obey
             his
             Commandements
             ,
             1
             Joh.
             3.5
             .
             Joh.
             14.22
             .
          
           
             V.
             14.
             
             
               For
               God
               shall
               bring
               every
               work
               into
               judgement
               ,
               with
               every
               secret
               thing
               ,
               whether
               it
               be
               good
               or
               whether
               it
               be
               evil
            
             ]
             This
             is
             a
             strong
             motive
             unto
             fear
             and
             obedience
             :
             If
             the
             Excellency
             of
             the
             Doctrine
             do
             not
             perswade
             ,
             let
             the
             Terrour
             of
             Gods
             Judgement
             drive
             unto
             duty
             ,
             
               Because
               he
               hath
               appointed
               a
               day
               wherein
               he
               will
               judge
               the
               world
               in
               righteousness
               ,
            
             Act.
             17.31
             .
             2
             Cor.
             5.9
             ,
             10.
             
             Rom.
             2.16
             .
             &
             14.10
             .
          
           
             
               with
               every
               secret
               thing
            
             ]
             It
             is
             the
             day
             of
             the
             Revelation
             of
             Gods
             righteous
             Judgement
             .
             Hypocrisie
             shall
             be
             disclosed
             ,
             Sincerity
             shall
             be
             rewarded
             ,
             because
             nothing
             is
             hidden
             from
             him
             ,
             Heb.
             4.13
             .
             All
             other
             things
             are
             vain
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             not
             vain
             to
             fear
             the
             Lord.
             They
             that
             do
             good
             ,
             their
             works
             will
             follow
             them
             into
             Heaven
             ;
             and
             they
             that
             do
             evil
             ,
             their
             works
             will
             hunt
             and
             pursue
             them
             into
             Hell.
             
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .